IBM System i5, eServer i5, and iSeries Systems Builder IBM i5/OS Version 5 Release 4 - January 2006

An IBM Redbook Publication
IBM Redbook Form Number: SG24-2155-12
ISBN: 073849576X
ISBN: 9780738495767
Publication Date: 22-Sep-2006
Last Update Date: 05-Apr-2010
Find Similar Download

Related People

Susan Powers - Author [+5] [-5]
Dick Bresenham - Author
Harold Distler - Author
Glen McClymont - Author
Gerd Reinhardt - Author
Jerry Watson - Author

Abstract

Attention: Before reviewing this publication you should first review IBM Redbooks® Technote TIPS0637 - Where to Find Today and Yesterday's System i Technical Marketing Deliverables

Welcome to the thirteenth formal edition of the world-renown System Builder. This IBM System i5, IBM eServer i5, and iSeries System Builder, SG24-2155, offers you a comprehensive guide to the IBM System i5, IBM eServer i5, and iSeries processor hardware, related hardware, and System i software marketed by IBM representatives since the introduction of the AS/400e servers in 1996. This technical IBM Redbooks publication describes the newest members of the System i product line, the IBM System i5 Models 520, 550, 570 and 595, as well as the IBM eServer i5 Models 520, 550, 570, and 595, and the iSeries Models 800, 810, 825, 870, and Model 890. This book has been updated to include changes to the software offerings with the latest release of i5/OS software, IBM i5/OS Version 5 Release 4.

This book is written for use by IBM System Specialists, Marketing Representatives, Business Partners, and clients. Use this System Builder for detailed System i information and configuration rules. Refer to the companion guide IBM System i5 Handbook, SG24-7486, as a reference for the latest marketing messages on today's models and software, and IBM eServer iSeries Migration: A Guide to Upgrades and Migrations to POWER TechnologyFont, SG24-7200 , for migration considerations. Placement rules are further described in PCI and PCI-X Placement Rules for IBM System i5, eServer i5, and iSeries servers with i5/OS V5R4 and V5R3, REDP-4011 .

Readers who require the latest System i information need to refer to the IBM Redbooks® publication IBM System i Overview: Models 515, 525, 570, 595, and More, REDP-5052. This contains a superset of the system builder type information provided in SG24-2155-12. There are no plans to update SG24-2155.

See TIPS0637 for the REDP-4011 version of PCI and PCI-X Placement Rules content that corresponds to REDP-5052 content.

Language

English

Table of Content

Chapter 1. IBM System i5, eServer i5 and iSeries upgrades
Chapter 2. IBM System i5 and eServer i5 models
Chapter 3. iSeries 800, 810, 825, 870, and 890 models
Chapter 4. IBM System i5, eServer i5, and iSeries features and placement
Chapter 5. Customer Install Features
Chapter 6. System i5, eServer i5 and iSeries towers schematics
Chapter 7. Storage and media for IBM System i5, eServer i5, and iSeries models
Chapter 8. Customer Card Identification Numbers cross reference
Chapter 9. Feature code cross reference
Chapter 10. Software for the System i5, eServer i5, and iSeries models
Chapter 11. HSL, SPCN, line cord, and communication cables for IBM System i5, eServer i5, and iSeries systems
Chapter 12. Summary of AS/400 CISC models
Chapter 13. Summary of AS/400e RISC models


ibm.com/redbooks
Dick Bresenham
Harold Distler
Glen McClymont
Susan Powers
Gerd Reinhardt
Jerry Watson
The authoritative source for current
IBM System i5, eServer i5, and iSeries models
Facts, rules, and placement for the System i5,
eServer i5 and iSeries features
Product numbers, prerequisites, storage
specifications, and software facts
IBM System i5, eServer i5,
and iSeries System Builder
IBM i5/OS Version 5 Release 4 - January 2006


International Technical Support Organization
IBM System i5, eServer i5, and iSeries System Builder
IBM i5/OS Version 5 Release 4 January 2006
September 2006
SG24-2155-12

© Copyright International Business Machines Corporation 1997 - 2006. All rights reserved.
Note to U.S. Government Users Restricted Rights -- Use, duplication or disclosure restricted by GSA ADP Schedule Contract with IBM
Corp.
Thirteenth edition (September 2006)
This edition applies to Version 5 Releases 3 and 4 of IBM i5/OS, Version 5 Releases 1 and 2 of OS/400
(product number 5722-SS1), and Version 4 Releases 1, 2, 3, 4, and 5 (product number 5769-SS1).
This document was created or updated on April 2, 2010.
Note: Before using this information and the product it supports, read the information in “Notices” on
page ix.

© Copyright IBM Corp. 1997 - 2006. All rights reserved.
iii
Contents
Notices . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ix
Trademarks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .x
Preface . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . xi
Special note. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .xii
The team that wrote this redbook. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . xiii
Become a published author. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .xv
Comments welcome. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .xv
Chapter 1. IBM System i5, eServer i5 and iSeries upgrades. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
1.1 Upgrades for System i processors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2
1.2 RISC-to-RISC Data Migration. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
Chapter 2. IBM System i5 and eServer i5 models . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5
2.1 System i5 Model 520+ overview. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7
2.2 eServer i5 Model 520 overview. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9
2.3 System i5 Model 550+ and eServer i5 Model 550 overview. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12
2.4 System i5 Model 570+ overview. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14
2.5 eServer i5 Model 570 overview. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16
2.6 System i5 and eServer i5 Model 595 overview. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19
2.7 Notes for System i5 and eServer i5 Models 520, 550, 570, and 595 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 21
2.8 9405 and 9406 Models 520+ and 520 system unit schematics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 27
2.8.1 Model 520+ top view. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 27
2.8.2 Model 520+ front view. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 28
2.8.3 Model 520+ back view . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 28
2.8.4 Model 520 top view. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 29
2.8.5 Model 520 front view. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 29
2.8.6 Model 520 back view . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 30
2.9 9406 Models 550+ and 550 system unit schematics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 30
2.9.1 Models 550+ and 550 top view. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 30
2.9.2 Models 550+ and 550 front view. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 31
2.9.3 Models 550+ and 550 back view. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 32
2.9.4 Models 550+ and 550 memory layout. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 32
2.10 9406 Models 570+ and 570 system unit schematics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 33
2.10.1 Model 570+ top view. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 33
2.10.2 Models 570+ and 570 front view. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 34
2.10.3 Models 570+ and 570 back view. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 35
2.10.4 Model 570 top view. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 36
2.10.5 Model 570 front view. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 37
2.10.6 Models 570+ and 570 memory layout. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 37
2.11 9406 Model 595 system unit schematics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 38
2.11.1 Model 595 front view. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 38
2.11.2 Model 595 back view . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 39
2.11.3 Models 595+ and 595 memory layout. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 40
2.12 System i5 Model 520+ and eServer 520 processors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 41
2.13 IBM System i5 and eServer i5 Model 550 processors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 46
2.14 IBM System i5 and eServer i5 Model 570 processors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 48
2.15 IBM System i5 and eServer Model 595 processors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 54
2.16 IBM System i5 and eServer i5 features. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 58

iv
IBM System i5, eServer i5, and iSeries System Builder: IBM i5/OS Version 5 Release 4
2.17 Supported upgrades for System i5 and eServer i5 models. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 58
Chapter 3. iSeries 800, 810, 825, 870, and 890 models . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 59
3.1 iSeries Model 800 overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 60
3.2 iSeries Model 810 overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 61
3.3 iSeries Model 825 overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 63
3.4 iSeries Model 870 overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 65
3.5 iSeries Model 890 overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 66
3.6 Notes for iSeries Models 800, 810, 825, 870, and 890 overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 68
3.7 9406 Model 800 system unit schematic . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 73
3.8 9406 Model 810 system unit schematic . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 74
3.9 iSeries Models 800 and 810 #7116 System Unit Expansion schematic. . . . . . . . . . . . 75
3.10 9406 Model 825 system unit schematic . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 76
3.11 9406 Model 870 system unit schematic . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 78
3.11.1 Model 870 MCM and HSL relationship. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 80
3.12 9406 Model 890 system unit schematic . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 81
3.12.1 Model 890 MCM and HSL relationship. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 83
3.13 iSeries Models 870 and 890 #9094 Base PCI I/O Enclosure schematic. . . . . . . . . . . 85
3.13.1 #9094 PCI Card Enclosure schematic . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 86
3.14 iSeries Models 870 and 890 #8094 Optional 1.8 m I/O Rack schematic . . . . . . . . . . 87
3.15 iSeries Model 800 processors. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 88
3.16 iSeries Model 810 processors. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 89
3.17 iSeries Model 825 processors. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 91
3.18 iSeries Model 870 processors. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 92
3.19 iSeries Model 890 processors. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 93
3.20 iSeries Models 800, 810, 825, 870, and 890 features. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 95
3.21 Supported upgrades for Models 800, 810, 825, 870, and 890 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 95
Chapter 4. IBM System i5, eServer i5, and iSeries features and placement . . . . . . . . 97
4.1 PCI card placement for IBM System i5, eServer i5 and iSeries servers. . . . . . . . . . . . 98
4.2 Power and packaging . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 98
4.3 i5/OS partitions on eServer p5 servers. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 156
4.4 Models 825, 870, and 890 Capacity on Demand . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 156
4.5 Main storage. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 159
4.6 PCI IOP controllers. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 173
4.6.1 IOP-less IOAs and placement. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 185
4.7 Workstation controllers and console features. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 190
4.8 LAN and WAN adapters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 192
4.9 Disk units. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 216
4.10 Internal tape units and CD-ROM. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 221
4.11 Magnetic media controllers. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 228
Chapter 5. Customer Install Features. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 247
5.1 IBM System i5 and eServer Models 520, 550, 570, 595 system unit and tower supported
features . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 248
5.2 IBM eServer iSeries Models 800, 810, 825, 870, #2497/#2498 890 system unit and tower
supported features. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 264
Chapter 6. System i5, eServer i5 and iSeries towers schematics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 275
6.1 System i towers, racks, and expansion unit schematics. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 277
6.1.1 #5074 PCI Expansion Tower . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 277
6.1.2 #5075 PCI Expansion Tower . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 278
6.1.3 #5078/#0578 PCI Expansion Unit. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 279
6.1.4 #5079 1.8 m I/O Tower. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 279


v
6.1.5 #5088/#0588 PCI-X Expansion Unit. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 281
6.1.6 #5094 PCI Expansion Tower . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 282
6.1.7 #5095/#0595 PCI-X Expansion Tower . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 283
6.1.8 #5294 PCI-X Expansion Tower. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 284
6.1.9 #5790 PCI Expansion Drawer. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 285
6.1.10 #8093 Optional Base 1.8 m I/O Rack. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 285
6.1.11 #8094 Optional 1.8 m I/O Rack. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 287
6.1.12 #9094 Base PCI I/O Enclosure. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 288
6.1.13 #9094 PCI Card Enclosure. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 289
6.2 Required EIA units . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 289
Chapter 7. Storage and media for IBM System i5, eServer i5, and iSeries models . 291
7.1 External tape for System i5, eServer i5, and iSeries systems. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 292
7.1.1 Alternate IPL or alternate installation device. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 293
7.2 SAN components for IBM System i5, eServer i5 and iSeries systems. . . . . . . . . . . . 293
7.3 QIC tape specifications and compatibility for IBM System i5, eServer i5, and iSeries
systems . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 294
7.4 VXA and LTO tape specifications and compatibility for IBM System i5, eServer i5, and
iSeries systems . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 295
7.5 External SCSI, Fibre Channel tape, and optical cable part numbers for IBM System i5,
eServer i5, and iSeries systems. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 296
7.6 Device cabling rules for #5702, #5705, #5712, #5715, #2718, and #2768 PCI Magnetic
Media Controller. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 300
Chapter 8. Customer Card Identification Numbers cross reference . . . . . . . . . . . . . 303
Chapter 9. Feature code cross reference . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 323
Chapter 10. Software for the System i5, eServer i5, and iSeries models. . . . . . . . . . 341
10.1 Minimum i5/OS and OS/400 software level requirements for System i5, eServer i5, and
iSeries hardware. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 342
10.2 i5/OS and OS/400 general availability and support . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 345
10.3 i5/OS and OS/400 upgrade paths. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 345
10.4 Current-release to previous-release support for i5/OS and OS/400. . . . . . . . . . . . . 346
10.5 Software ordering terminology . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 346
10.6 i5/OS V5R4 software. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 346
10.7 i5/OS V5R3 software. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 351
10.8 OS/400 V5R2 software. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 356
10.9 OS/400 V5R1 software. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 362
10.10 Notes for Version 5 software tables . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 366
10.11 i5/OS and OS/400 software pricing groups. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 369
10.11.1 i5/OS and OS/400 Version 5 software groups . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 369
10.11.2 OS/400 Version 4 software groups. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 372
10.12 Release-to-release software product mapping. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 374
Chapter 11. HSL, SPCN, line cord, and communication cables for IBM System i5,
eServer i5, and iSeries systems . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 377
11.1 HSL cables . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 378
11.1.1 HSL cable feature descriptions. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 380
11.2 SPCN (power) cables . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 382
11.3 Dual line cords . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 383
11.4 Communication cables . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 385
Chapter 12. Summary of AS/400 CISC models. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 389

vi
IBM System i5, eServer i5, and iSeries System Builder: IBM i5/OS Version 5 Release 4
12.1 AS/400 Model P02, P03, and 10S capacities. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 390
12.1.1 Model P02 capacities . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 390
12.1.2 Model P03 and 10S capacities. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 390
12.2 AS/400 Model Y10, 236, and 436 capacities . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 391
12.2.1 Model Y10 capacities . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 391
12.2.2 Model 236 and 436 capacities . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 391
12.2.3 Model 436 package capacities . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 393
12.3 AS/400 Model C, D, E, and F capacities. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 394
12.3.1 Model C and D capacities. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 394
12.3.2 Model E and F capacities . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 395
12.4 AS/400 Model 200, 20S, 1xx, and 3xS capacities . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 396
12.4.1 Model 1xx, 20S, and 3xS capacities. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 396
12.4.2 Model 200 capacities . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 397
12.4.3 Model 20S package capacities. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 397
12.5 AS/400 Model B, C, D, E, and F capacities . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 398
12.5.1 Model B and C capacities. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 398
12.5.2 Model D and E capacities. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 399
12.5.3 Model F capacities . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 399
12.6 AS/400 Model B, D, E, F, and 3xx capacities. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 400
12.6.1 Model B capacities . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 400
12.6.2 Model D capacities . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 401
12.6.3 Model E capacities . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 402
12.6.4 Model F capacities . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 403
12.6.5 Model 300, 310, and 320 capacities. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 404
12.7 Notes for all CISC system summary tables. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 405
Chapter 13. Summary of AS/400e RISC models. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 407
13.1 AS/400e Model S10, S20, S30, and S40 capacities. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 409
13.1.1 Model S10 capacities . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 409
13.1.2 Model S20 capacities . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 410
13.1.3 Model S30 capacities . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 411
13.1.4 Model S40 capacities . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 412
13.2 AS/400e Model 150 capacities . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 413
13.3 AS/400e Model 4HS, 4HE, 4HG, 4HL, 42E, 42G, and 42L packages and Model 4SS,
4SE, 4SG, 4TG, 4SL, 4TL, 40E, 41E, 40G, 41G, 40L, 41L, 400, and 40S capacities 415
13.3.1 Model 4HS, 4HE, 4HG, and 4HL package capacities. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 415
13.3.2 Model 42E, 42G, and 42L package capacities. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 415
13.3.3 Model 4SS, 4SE, 4SG, 4TG, 4SL, and 4TL capacities. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 416
13.3.4 Model 40E, 41E, 40G, 41G, 40L, and 41L capacities. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 416
13.3.5 Model 400 capacities . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 417
13.3.6 Model 40S capacities . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 418
13.4 AS/400e Model 50S, 53S, 500, 510, and 530 capacities . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 419
13.4.1 Model 50S, and 53S capacities . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 419
13.4.2 Model 500, 510, and 530 capacities. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 420
13.5 AS/400e Model 600, 620, 640, and 650 capacities. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 421
13.5.1 Model 600 capacities . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 421
13.5.2 Model 620 capacities . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 422
13.5.3 Model 640 and 650 capacities . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 423
13.6 Notes for all RISC system summary tables. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 424
Related publications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 425
IBM Redbooks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 425
Other publications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 426


vii
Online resources . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 426
How to get IBM Redbooks. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 427
Help from IBM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 427

viii
IBM System i5, eServer i5, and iSeries System Builder: IBM i5/OS Version 5 Release 4

© Copyright IBM Corp. 1997 - 2006. All rights reserved.
ix
Notices
This information was developed for products and services offered in the U.S.A.
IBM may not offer the products, services, or features discussed in this document in other countries. Consult
your local IBM representative for information on the products and services currently available in your area. Any
reference to an IBM product, program, or service is not intended to state or imply that only that IBM product,
program, or service may be used. Any functionally equivalent product, program, or service that does not
infringe any IBM intellectual property right may be used instead. However, it is the user's responsibility to
evaluate and verify the operation of any non-IBM product, program, or service.
IBM may have patents or pending patent applications covering subject matter described in this document. The
furnishing of this document does not give you any license to these patents. You can send license inquiries, in
writing, to:
IBM Director of Licensing, IBM Corporation, North Castle Drive, Armonk, NY 10504-1785 U.S.A.
The following paragraph does not apply to the United Kingdom or any other country where such
provisions are inconsistent with local law: INTERNATIONAL BUSINESS MACHINES CORPORATION
PROVIDES THIS PUBLICATION "AS IS" WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EITHER EXPRESS OR
IMPLIED, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF NON-INFRINGEMENT,
MERCHANTABILITY OR FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. Some states do not allow disclaimer of
express or implied warranties in certain transactions, therefore, this statement may not apply to you.
This information could include technical inaccuracies or typographical errors. Changes are periodically made
to the information herein; these changes will be incorporated in new editions of the publication. IBM may make
improvements and/or changes in the product(s) and/or the program(s) described in this publication at any time
without notice.
Any references in this information to non-IBM Web sites are provided for convenience only and do not in any
manner serve as an endorsement of those Web sites. The materials at those Web sites are not part of the
materials for this IBM product and use of those Web sites is at your own risk.
IBM may use or distribute any of the information you supply in any way it believes appropriate without incurring
any obligation to you.
Information concerning non-IBM products was obtained from the suppliers of those products, their published
announcements or other publicly available sources. IBM has not tested those products and cannot confirm the
accuracy of performance, compatibility or any other claims related to non-IBM products. Questions on the
capabilities of non-IBM products should be addressed to the suppliers of those products.
This information contains examples of data and reports used in daily business operations. To illustrate them
as completely as possible, the examples include the names of individuals, companies, brands, and products.
All of these names are fictitious and any similarity to the names and addresses used by an actual business
enterprise is entirely coincidental.
COPYRIGHT LICENSE:
This information contains sample application programs in source language, which illustrate programming
techniques on various operating platforms. You may copy, modify, and distribute these sample programs in
any form without payment to IBM, for the purposes of developing, using, marketing or distributing application
programs conforming to the application programming interface for the operating platform for which the sample
programs are written. These examples have not been thoroughly tested under all conditions. IBM, therefore,
cannot guarantee or imply reliability, serviceability, or function of these programs.

x
IBM System i5, eServer i5, and iSeries System Builder: IBM i5/OS Version 5 Release 4
Trademarks
The following terms are trademarks of the International Business Machines Corporation in the United States,
other countries, or both:
Advanced Function Printing™
AFP™
AIX 5L™
AIX®
AS/400e™
AS/400®
CICS®
DataPropagator™
Domino®
DB2 OLAP Server™
DB2 Universal Database™
DB2®
DS6000™
DS8000™
Electronic Service Agent™
Enterprise Storage Server®
ESCON®
eServer™
iSeries™
i5/OS®
Infoprint®
Intelligent Miner™
IBM®
IBMLink™
Lotus Enterprise Integrator®
Lotus®
Magstar®
MQSeries®
Netfinity®
NetView®
Operating System/400®
OS/400®
Passport Advantage®
Print Services Facility™
POWER™
POWER4™
POWER5™
POWER5+™
QuickPlace®
QMF™
Redbooks™
Redbooks (logo) ™
System i™
System i5™
System/36™
System/38™
Tivoli®
TotalStorage®
WebSphere®
xSeries®
1350™
The following terms are trademarks of other companies:
IPX, Java, Ultra, and all Java-based trademarks are trademarks of Sun Microsystems, Inc. in the United
States, other countries, or both.
Windows NT, Windows Server, Windows, and the Windows logo are trademarks of Microsoft Corporation in
the United States, other countries, or both.
Intel, Pentium, Intel logo, Intel Inside logo, and Intel Centrino logo are trademarks or registered trademarks of
Intel Corporation or its subsidiaries in the United States, other countries, or both.
Linux is a trademark of Linus Torvalds in the United States, other countries, or both.
Other company, product, or service names may be trademarks or service marks of others.

© Copyright IBM Corp. 1997 - 2006. All rights reserved.
xi
Preface
Welcome to the thirteenth worldwide-distributed finished edition of the IBM System i5,
eServer i5, and iSeries System Builder, SG24-2155. This IBM® Redbook offers you a
comprehensive guide to the System i™ processor hardware and feature components
marketed by IBM representatives since the introduction of the AS/400e™ servers in 1996.
This -12 edition covers the newest members of the IBM System i product line, the
POWER5+™ Models 520, 550, 570, the 1.9 GHz Model 595, as well as the POWER5™
Models 520, 550, 570, and 595. Information on the IBM eServer™ iSeries™ Models 800,
810, 825, 870, and Model 890 is also presented.
This IBM Redbook has been updated to describe the prerequisites and placement rules for
features and devices supported by these processors, as well as the latest release of the
operating system, IBM i5/OS® Version 5 Release 4, and associated program products.
In the interest of maintaining the size of the System Builder, information on earlier models of
the iSeries and AS/400e product line was extracted into a separate Redpaper, after the
October 2005 edition was produced as IBM eServer i5, iSeries, and AS/400e System Builder
IBM i5/OS Version 5 Release 3 - October 2005, SG24-2155-11. For details on the iSeries
Models 250, 270, 820, 830, 840, SB2 and SB3, as well as the AS/400e Models 170, 720, 730,
and 740, with corresponding feature and software information (through OS/400 V5R2), refer
to IBM eServer iSeries and AS/400e System Builder: IBM OS/400 Version 4 Release 3 -
Version 5 Release 2, REDP-0542.
The System Builder is written for an IBM audience of System Specialists, Marketing
Representatives, Business Partners, and clients. Use this IBM Redbook when planning,
ordering, and installing new systems, and when performing model upgrades or installing
additional features, and as a technical reference for detailed System i information and
configuration rules. Refer to the companion guide IBM System i5 Handbook, SG24-7486, for
the current marketing view of the System i product line. Refer to IBM eServer iSeries
Migration: A Guide to Upgrades and Migrations to POWER Technology, SG24-7200, for
migration considerations to these systems.
The flexibility of configuration offered on today’s systems can add an increased requirement
to understand the detailed configuration rules. Plan for the placement of I/O processors
(IOPs) and I/O adapters (IOAs) to affect a more efficient use of card slots, which can then
result in a lower cost of implementation. For placement rules and restrictions beyond what is
described in this IBM Redbook, see PCI and PCI-X Placement Rules for IBM System i5,
eServer i5, and iSeries servers with i5/OS V5R4 and V5R3, REDP-4011. See Table 4-2 on
page 186 for a list of IOAs that do not require an IOP.
Note: System i is a term that describes the combination of IBM System i5™, eServer i5,
eServer iSeries, and AS/400e product lines. IBM System i5 is the follow-on product line to
the eServer i5 and iSeries systems.
To help distinguish the different models and technology in this IBM Redbook, the System
i5 name is used to specifically reference the 1.9 GHz Models 520, 550, and 595, and the
2.2 GHz Model 570 announced on 31 January 2006. These processors are also known as
the the POWER5+ Models 520, 550, 570, and the #8966 Model 595. The eServer i5 name
is used to reference the 520, 550, 570, and 595 POWER5 models announced in 2005 and
2004.

xii
IBM System i5, eServer i5, and iSeries System Builder: IBM i5/OS Version 5 Release 4
For workload and performance information about servers, disk components, communications
features, and more, refer to iSeries Performance Capabilities Reference, SC41-0607.
This IBM Redbook serves as an extensive guide for configuration and installation support. It
is an authoritative source. Use online systems (including the IBM marketing configurator,
announcement letters, and online sales manuals) to verify client orders. Consult your IBM
marketing and service representatives to help implement the best solution for your business.
We continually receive feedback and suggestions for improvement on the contents and
layout of this IBM Redbook and do our best to accommodate them. If you have further
suggestions or comments regarding the content, layout, and usefulness of this book, we
welcome your input. We intend to do whatever is necessary to continue to improve this
publication so that it remains as useful as possible for those who need it most.
Special note
This IBM Redbook is organized into chapters on IBM System i5 and eServer i5 processors,
iSeries processors, and features, and towers common to these IBM System i models. The
chapters on processors include summary charts that show the capacity of each model,
system diagrams, and descriptions of the processor features.
Feature descriptions and rules for the IBM System i5, eServer i5 and iSeries processors are
in a chapter common to the supporting models. This feature chapter, that is Chapter 4, is
divided into these categories: power and packaging, capacity on demand, main storage,
Peripheral Component Interconnect (PCI) input/output processor (IOP) controllers,
workstation controllers and console features, local area network (LAN) and wide area
network (WAN) adapters, disk units, internal tape and CD-ROM units, and magnetic media
controllers. Features are listed in numerical sequence within each category.
External storage components (storage devices and QIC formats), CCIN and feature tables,
cables, and software information is organized in stand-alone chapters. They serve to
complement the hardware content described in the mainstay of this IBM Redbook.
Every chargeable feature is included in this book. Since nonchargeable features might need
to be ordered, some of these features are also listed in this document. Note that the items
listed in this book might not be announced in all countries (regions).
Note: This is the thirteenth edition of the IBM System i5, eServer i5, and iSeries System
Builder, SG24-2155. The book title includes the January 2006 date to reflect the latest
System i5 announcements represented in this book.
Note: The models represented in this book are each supported by i5/OS Version 5
Release 4.
For CISC and RISC models, only summary tables are in this document. For readers who
still require CISC information, refer to AS/400 CISC System Builder, REDP-0042. For
readers who still require RISC information, refer to IBM eServer AS/400e RISC System
Builder Version 3 Release 6 - Version 5 Release 2, REDP-0342.
For iSeries models earlier than the 800, 810, 825, 870, and 890 models, refer to IBM
eServer iSeries and AS/400e System Builder: IBM OS/400 Version 4 Release 3 - Version
5 Release 2, REDP-0542.

Preface
xiii
To order a copy or copies of this IBM Redbook, as well as the other publications referenced in
this IBM Redbook, see “Related publications” on page 425.
The team that wrote this redbook
This redbook was produced by a team of specialists from around the world working at the
International Technical Support Organization (ITSO), Rochester Center. It is a result of close
cooperation of the ITSO with IBM Rochester engineering and development teams. ITSO
residents and partners dedicated their skills and time, serving on ITSO residencies with
continual support from around the world throughout 2006.
Dick Bresenham is a Senior iSeries Techline Specialist on the Western Area team in Dallas,
Texas, providing iSeries pre-sales technical marketing support. Prior to joining IBM Techline,
he was a System/36™, System/38™, and AS/400/iSeries Systems Engineer. He joined IBM
as a Process Engineer in Austin, Texas, and has 21 years of service with IBM.
Harold Distler is an iSeries Product Specialist involved with pre-sales and post-sales support
for iSeries hardware, operating system, and software for Sirius Computing Solutions. He is
also familiar with other platforms and networking. His 25-year career in the computing
industry includes 17 years with IBM. He was an IBM Customer Engineer for office products,
unit record, System/32, System/34, System/36, and System/38 systems. He also provided
Level 2 support for PC hardware and AIX®. He was involved in RT/PC development before
he moved into the field as an Open Systems System Engineer.
Glen McClymont is a Senior AS/400® Techline Specialist with IBM in Canada. Since 1988,
he has worked with the iSeries server in customer hardware support, software support, and
most recently in pre-sales marketing support. Glen has 30 years with IBM. He is an alumni
resident for the ITSO from previous Handbook and Builder residencies, providing expertise
between updates.
Susan Powers is a Consulting I/T Specialist at the ITSO, Rochester Center. Prior to joining
the ITSO in 1997, she was an AS/400 Technical Advocate in the IBM Support Center with a
variety of communications, performance, and work management assignments. Her IBM
career began as a Program Support Representative and Systems Engineer in Des Moines,
Iowa. She holds a degree in Mathematics, with an emphasis in Education, from St. Mary’s
College of Notre Dame. She is the Project Manager for the iSeries Handbook and System
Builder suite of IBM Redbooks™.
Gerd Reinhardt is a Hardware Support Center Specialist for i5, iSeries, and AS/400
midrange systems in IBM Germany. He has a certificate in electronics and holds an
advanced technical college certificate. He received a diploma in Business Administration from
the academy of Bad Harzburg. He joined the Regional Front End Team in Germany in 1997
providing support to customers located in Austria, Germany and Switzerland, specializing in
hardware technical support and problem determination. In April 2004 he joined the EMEA
Virtual Front End Team providing Level 2 Support for clients located throughout Europe.
Jerry Watson, an iSeries Systems Specialist, has been with IBM United Kingdom for 21
years. His participation in the production of this redbook started with the V4R1 edition in
1997. He initially worked as an AS/400 Systems Engineer with customers in the London area,
before moving to iSeries Techline Europe providing presales Technical support for clients in
the UK, South Africa, and Nordic countries.

xiv
IBM System i5, eServer i5, and iSeries System Builder: IBM i5/OS Version 5 Release 4
Thanks to the following developers and engineers who assisted in answering questions,
providing input, and validating output:
For input on iSeries processors and features:
Gerald Allen
Denis Nizinski
Jeff Trachy
Dave Wells, team leader
For input on iSeries I/O configuration and placement rules:
Mike Fallenstein, I/O Configuration
Mark Olson, IBM eServer iSeries Brand Manager
For project coordination and other help:
Ian Jarman
For input on hardware or other products, as well as publishing assistance:
Jim Cook Mark Manges Aurora Ritter
Mark Gennrich Ray Perkins Jesus Villarreal
Thomas Gray Brian Podrow IBM Austin
Randy Grimm Craig Schmitz
Duane Grosz Fant Steele Mehboob H. Mithaiwala
Charlie Jones Joe Writz IBM Dallas
IBM Rochester IBM Rochester

Preface
xv
Become a published author
Join us for a two- to six-week residency program! Help write an IBM Redbook dealing with
specific products or solutions, while getting hands-on experience with leading-edge
technologies. You'll team with IBM technical professionals, Business Partners and/or clients.
Your efforts will help increase product acceptance and client satisfaction. As a bonus, you'll
develop a network of contacts in IBM development labs, and increase your productivity and
marketability.
Find out more about the residency program, browse the residency index, and apply online at:
ibm.com/redbooks/residencies.html
Comments welcome
Your comments are important to us!
We want our Redbooks to be as helpful as possible. Send us your comments about this or
other Redbooks in one of the following ways:
Use the online Contact us review redbook form found at:
ibm.com/redbooks
Send your comments in an Internet note to:
redbook@us.ibm.com
Mail your comments to:
IBM Corporation, International Technical Support Organization
Dept. HYTD Mail Station P099
2455 South Road
Poughkeepsie, NY 12601-5400

xvi
IBM System i5, eServer i5, and iSeries System Builder: IBM i5/OS Version 5 Release 4

© Copyright IBM Corp. 1997 - 2006. All rights reserved.
1
Updgrades
Chapter 1.
IBM System i5, eServer i5 and
iSeries upgrades
IBM System i5 and IBM eServer i5 Models 520, 550, 570, and 595, as well as iSeries Models
800, 810, 825, 870, and 890, support a large number of common I/O towers and I/O features.
None of these models support SPD towers or expansion units which were used extensively
with older models, such as the iSeries Models 720, 730, and 740 or earlier, or with the iSeries
Models 820, 830, and 840 with the SPD migration tower.
The following table shows an overview of the supported upgrades for these System i models
as of 1 June 2006.
1
Note: The #5065 Storage/PCI Expansion Tower is an SPD I/O tower.
Note: Although this redbook is based on January 2006 announcements, at the time of the
latest publication, the authors have updated this table per announcements as of 1 June
2006.
From model
To model
520
520+
550
550+
570
570+
595
595
1.9GHz
800
810
825
870
890
Model 520
 
Model 520+

Model 550

Model 550+
Model 570
  
Model 570+
 

2
IBM System i5, eServer i5, and iSeries System Builder: IBM i5/OS Version 5 Release 4
Upgrades
The relationship between commercial processing workloads (CPWs) of the “from and to”
systems varies depending on the ratio of batch to interactive workload. To determine the
appropriate upgrade path, use the PATROL for iSeries – Predict (5620-FIF) or BEST/1
tool (part of 5722-PT1).
Refer to the Upgrade topic in the Find and Compare Tool (FACT) at the following Web site to
determine the supported upgrade paths for a given processor:
http://www-919.ibm.com/servers/eserver/fact/
For software considerations, refer to “Software migration and upgrade paths” in IBM System
i5 Handbook, SG24-7486. Use the IBM Prerequisite tool to find compatibility information for
hardware and software features for supported System i processors. This tool is available at:
http://www-912.ibm.com/e_dir/eServerPrereq.nsf
1.1 Upgrades for System i processors
IBM eServer iSeries Migration: A Guide to Upgrades and Migrations to POWER Technology,
SG24-7200, provides guidance for upgrading to eServer i5 Models 520, 550, 570, and 595.
This redbook will be updated in 2006 to provide guidance for upgrading to the latest System i
models.
Processor upgrades within IBM System i5 models are performed by IBM Service
Representatives. Processor upgrades within and to IBM eServer i5 models are performed by
IBM Service Representatives.
IBM eServer iSeries Migration: System Migration and Upgrades at V5R1 and V5R2,
SG24-6055, provides guidance for upgrading to Models 800, 810, 820, 830, 840, 825, 870,
and 890.
Model 595
 
Model 595+

Model 800
*
Model 810
      *
Model 825
     * *
Model 870
    * *
Model 890
    *
* Effective 1 June 2006 upgrades from Models 800, 810, 825, 870, and 890 to Models 800, 810, 825, 870, and
890 are no longer available. Upgrades from Models 810, 825, 870, and 890 to Models 520, 550, 570, and 590
remain available. remain available
Note: BEST/1 is
withdrawn from marketing.
The latest modeling tools use PATROL for
iSeries – Predict.
From model
To model
520
520+
550
550+
570
570+
595
595
1.9GHz
800
810
825
870
890

IBM System i5, eServer i5 and iSeries upgrades
3
Upgrades
1.2 RISC-to-RISC Data Migration
The #0205 RISC-to-RISC Data Migration specify code is used when a client orders a new
(RISC) System i5 server to replace an existing iSeries or AS/400e RISC-based system. The
#0205 is ordered on the initial order of a Model 270, 520, 550, 570, 595, 800, 810, 820, 825,
830, 840, 870, or 890.
Manufacturing loads only the System Licensed Internal Code (SLIC) up through QSYS of
i5/OS when the #0205 is ordered. Because of this limited loading of i5/OS by manufacturing,
#5000 Software Preload Required is not allowed with the #0205. The #0205 RISC-to-RISC
Data Migration and #5000 Software Preload Required are mutually exclusive.
Note: The #0205 RISC-to-RISC Data Migration specify code is
withdrawn from marketing

as of 01 April 2005 for machine type 9405.

4
IBM System i5, eServer i5, and iSeries System Builder: IBM i5/OS Version 5 Release 4
Upgrades

© Copyright IBM Corp. 1997 - 2006. All rights reserved.
5
Model 520, 550,
570, 595
Chapter 2.
IBM System i5 and eServer i5
models
This chapter provides the summary charts, diagrams, and identifies the processor features
that are associated with each IBM System i5 and IBM eServer i5 Model 520, 550, 570, and
595. You can find feature descriptions, including details about power and packaging and main
memory, in Chapter 4, “IBM System i5, eServer i5, and iSeries features and placement” on
page 97.
In the 520 models without L3 cache, the POWER5 chip is packaged into a cost-effective
Single Chip Module (SCM) package. In the Model 520 with L3 cache, and all Model 550 and
570 systems, the POWER5 chip is packaged with the L3 cache chip into a cost-effective Dual
Chip Module (DCM) package. Each processor card has a single DCM containing a POWER5
processor chip and a 36 MB L3 module. A DCM and its associated L3 cache and memory are
packaged on a single processor card.
More details regarding SCM and DCM can be found in the October 2005 edition of the IBM
eServer i5 and iSeries System Handbook i5/OS Version 5 Release 3 October 2005 - Draft,
GA19-5486.
2
Model and processor
Announce date
General availability
date
Withdrawn from
marketing
520 #8950, #8951, #8952,
#8953, #8954, #8955
05 May 2004 31 May 2004 ---
520 #8972 12 July 2005 22 July 2005 ---
520+ #8325, #8327, #8330 31 January 2006 14 February 2006 ---
550 #8958 17 August 2004 10 September 2004 ---
550+ #8312 31 January 2006 14 February 2006 ---
570 #8961 05 May 2004 31 May 2004 1 October 2004
570 #8971 30 July 2004 31 August 2004 ---
570+ #8338 31 January 2006 14 February 2006 ---

6
IBM System i5, eServer i5, and iSeries System Builder: IBM i5/OS Version 5 Release 4
Model 520, 550,
570, 595
595 #8981 15 October 2004 19 November 2004 ---
595 #8966 31 January 2006 14 February 2006 ---
Note: The darker shading in the following tables represents the base configuration of the
system. The capacities shown might require prerequisites. Some combinations of features
are not valid.
Model and processor
Announce date
General availability
date
Withdrawn from
marketing

IBM System i5 and eServer i5 models
7
Model 520, 550,
570, 595
2.1 System i5 Model 520+ overview
The following tables provide the minimum and maximum system capacities for the Model
520+. The values are package dependent.
9405/9406 Model 520+
Processor
Feature
Server
Feature
Configuration
Feature
6a
Processor/5250 CPW
5
MCU
2a
LPAR
Base
with
Accelerator
2b
2-way with
maximum 5250
Base
with
Accelerator
2b
2-way
Base
with
Accelerator
2b
#8325#0970#7140 Express 600/30 3100/30 - - 6600 - 2 10
#7141 Express 600/30 3100/30 - - 6600 - 2 10
#7142 Express 600/30 3100/30 - - 6600 - 2 10
#0975#7350 Value 600/30 3100/30 - - 6600 - 2 10
#8327#0970#7143 Express 1200/60 3800/60 - 2600 8200 - 3 10
#7148 Express 1200/60 3800/60 - 2600 8200 - 3 10
#7144 Express 3800/60 - - 8200 - - 10 -
#7152 Express 3800/60 - - 8200 - - 10 -
#0975#7352 Value 1200/60 3800/60 - 2600 8200 - 3 10
#0906#7366 Solution 1200/max - - 2600 - - 3 -
#7373 High Availability 1200/max - - 2600 - - 3 -
#7374 High Availability 2800/max - - 6100 - - 7 -
#7734 Enterprise 1200/max - - 2600 - - 3 -
#7735 Enterprise 2800/max - - 6100 - - 7 -
#7784 Standard 3800/0 - - 8200 - - 10 -
#8330#0906#7375 High Availability 3800/3800 - 7100/7100 8200 - 15600 10/processor
#7736 Enterprise 3800/3800 - 7100/7100 8200 - 15600 10/processor
#7785 Standard 3800/0 - 7100/0 8200 - 15600 10/processor
9405/9406 Model 520+
Processor feature
#8325
#8327
#8330
Number/type/speed of processor 1/POWER5+/1.9 GHz 1/POWER5+/1.9 GHz 1/2-way/POWER5+ /1.9 GHz
L2 Cache (MB) 1.9 1.9 1.9
L3 Cache (MB) 0 36 36
Main storage (GB min/max) 1/32 1/32 1/32
Main storage DIMMs (min/max) 2/8 2/8 2/8
Minimum i5/OS / LIC level V5R3 / V5R3M5 V5R3 / V5R3M5 V5R3 / V5R3M5
Software group
6a
P05 P10 P20

8
IBM System i5, eServer i5, and iSeries System Builder: IBM i5/OS Version 5 Release 4
Model 520, 550,
570, 595
To review the footnotes for this tables, see 2.7, “Notes for System i5 and eServer i5 Models
520, 550, 570, and 595” on page 21.

IBM System i5 and eServer i5 models
9
Model 520, 550,
570, 595
2.2 eServer i5 Model 520 overview
The following tables provide the minimum and maximum system capacities for the Model
520. The values are package dependent.
9405 Model 520
Processor feature
#8950
#8951
#8972
Server feature
9
#0900
#0901
#0912
Number/type/
speed of processor
1/POWER5/
1.5 GHz
1/POWER5/
1.5 GHz
1/POWER5/
1.5 GHz
Relative system performance
1, 2
Processor CPW 500 1000 2400
Mail and Calendar Users
2a, 9
- - 5500
5250 CPW
5

Express
6a
30 60 60
L2 Cache (MB) 1.88 1.88 1.88
L3 Cache (MB) 0 0 0
Main storage (GB min/max) 1/32 2/32 4/32
Main storage DIMMs (minimum/maximum) 4/8 4/8 4/8
Logical partitions (LPAR) 2 4 10
Minimum i5/OS level
8a
V5R3 V5R3 V5R3
Software group
6a
P05 P10 P10

10
IBM System i5, eServer i5, and iSeries System Builder: IBM i5/OS Version 5 Release 4
Model 520, 550,
570, 595
9406 Model 520
Processor feature
#8950
#8951
#8952
#8953
#8954
#8955
#8972
Server feature
9
#0900
#0901
#0902
#0903
#0904
#0905
#0912
Number/
type/
speed of processor
1/
POWER5/
1.5 GHz
1/
POWER5/
1.5 GHz
1/
POWER5/
1.5 GHz
1
/POWER5/
1.5 GHz
1/
POWER5/
1.65 GHz
2/
POWER5/
1.65 GHz
1/
POWER5/
1.5 GHz
Relative system
performance
1, 2
Processor CPW 500 1000 1000 2400 3300 6000 2400
Mail and Calendar --- 2300 2300 5500 7300 13300 5500
5250 CPW
5

Value
6a
30 60 - - - - 60
Express
6a
- 60 - - - - 60
Standard
6a
- - 0 0 0 0 -
Solution
6a
- - 1000 - - - -
Enterprise
6a
- - 1000 2400 3300 6000 -
High Availability
6a
- - 1000 2400 3300 6000 -
L2 Cache (MB) 1.88 1.88 1.88 1.88 1.88 1.88 1.88
L3 Cache (MB) 0 0 0 0 36 36 0
Main storage (GB min/max) 0.5/32 1/32 1/32 1/32 1/32 1/32 1/32
Main storage DIMMs
(minimum/maximum)
2/8 4/8 4/8 4/8 4/8 4/8 4/8
Logical partitions (LPAR) 2 4 4 10 10 20 10
Minimum i5/OS level V5R3 V5R3 V5R3 V5R3 V5R3 V5R3 V5R3
Software group
6a
P05 P10 P10 P10 P20 P20 P10

IBM System i5 and eServer i5 models
11
Model 520, 550,
570, 595
To review the footnotes for this table, see 2.7, “Notes for System i5 and eServer i5 Models
520, 550, 570, and 595” on page 21.
Numbers are for all 9405 and 9406 520/520+ processor
features
Base system unit
System maximum
Disk storage (GB)
Integrated minimum
7b
0
Integrated maximum
7a
1109 39234
Total maximum
7, 7a
- 39234
DASD arms maximum 8 278
Internal arms 8 278
External LUNs - 278
Physical packaging
Rack design - EIA units 4 4
External RIO-G ports 0/2 2
External RIO-G loops 0/1 1
PCI/PCI-X Expansion Tower 6 6
External xSeries® Servers 8 8
PCI card slots
10a
6 90
Communication lines
3
8 192
LAN ports (includes embedded) 5 36
Integrated xSeries Servers 1 18
Twinaxial workstation controllers 3 48
Twinaxial workstations 120 1920
Internal tape/CD/DVD
4
1 tape / 2 DVD 13 tapes / 14 CD/DVD
External tape/optical/CD/DVD
(single partition maximum)
0 18
External tape/optical/CD/DVD
(system maximum)
0 36
Cryptographic coprocessor 0 8
Cryptographic accelerator 0 2

12
IBM System i5, eServer i5, and iSeries System Builder: IBM i5/OS Version 5 Release 4
Model 520, 550,
570, 595
2.3 System i5 Model 550+ and eServer i5 Model 550 overview
The following tables provide the minimum and maximum system capacities for the Models
550+ and 550. The values are package dependent.
Model 550
Model 550+
Processor feature
#8958
#8312
Server feature
9
#0915
#0910
Number/type/speed of processor 1/4/POWER5/1.65 GHz 1/4/POWER5+/1.9 GHz
Relative system performance
1, 2
Processor CPW 3300/12000 3800/14000
Mail and Calendar Users
2a, 9
7300/26600 8200/30000
5250 CPW
5

Standard
6b
0 0
Enterprise
6b
Maximum Maximum
High Availability
6b
Maximum Maximum
Domino®
6b
0 0
Solution
6b
Maximum Maximum
Solution Edition for Oracle JDE Enterprise One
6b
Maximum Maximum
C2CRM with Domino
6b
Maximum Maximum
2-way SAP
6b
0 0
4-way SAP
6b
0 0
L2 Cache (MB) 1.9 1.9
L3 Cache (MB) 36 36
Main storage (GB min/max) 2/64 2 /64
Main storage DIMMs (minimum/maximum) 4/16 4/16
LPAR 10-40 10-40
Minimum i5/OS level V5R3 V5R3
Software group
6b
P20 P20

IBM System i5 and eServer i5 models
13
Model 520, 550,
570, 595
To review the footnotes for this table, see 2.7, “Notes for System i5 and eServer i5 Models
520, 550, 570, and 595” on page 21.
Numbers are for all 550+ and 550 processor features
Base system unit
System maximum
Disk storage (GB)
Integrated minimum
7b
0 0
Integrated maximum
7a
1128 77051
Total maximum
7,7a
- 77051
DASD arms maximum
Internal arms 8 548
External LUNs - 548
Physical packaging
Rack design - EIA units 4 4
External RIO-G ports 2 4
External RIO-G loops 1 2
PCI/PCI-X Expansion Tower 6 12
External xSeries Servers 8 16
PCI card slots
10
5 172
Communication lines
3
6 320
LAN ports (includes embedded) 5 96
Integrated xSeries Servers 1 36
Twinaxial workstation controllers 2 133
Twinaxial workstations 80 5320
Internal CD/DVD/tape
4
2 26
External tape/optical/CD/DVD (LPAR) 2 (2) 18 (36)
Cryptographic coprocessor 1 8
Cryptographic accelerator 1 4

14
IBM System i5, eServer i5, and iSeries System Builder: IBM i5/OS Version 5 Release 4
Model 520, 550,
570, 595
2.4 System i5 Model 570+ overview
The following tables provide the minimum and maximum system capacities for the Model
570+. The values are package dependent.
Model 570+
Processor feature
#8338 x 2
#8338 x 4
#8338 x 8
#8338 x 8
Server feature
#0934
#0935
#0936
#0937
Number/
type/
speed of processor
2/4/
POWER5+/
2.2 GHz
4/8/
POWER5+/
2.2 GHz
8/16/
POWER5+/
2.2 GHz
2/16/
POWER5+/
2.2 GHz
Relative system performance
1, 2
Processor CPW 8400/16000 16700/31100 31100/58500 8100/58500
Mail and Calendar Users
2a, 9
18200/34500 35500/67500 67500/130000 18200/130000
5250 CPW
5
Standard
6c
0 0 0 0
Enterprise
6c
Maximum Maximum Maximum -
High Availability
6c
Maximum Maximum Maximum -
Capacity BackUp
6c
- - - Maximum
L2 Cache (MB) per processor 1.9 1.9 1.9 1.9
L3 Cache (MB) per processor 36 36 36 36
Main storage (GB
minimum/maximum)
4/128 8/256 16/512 16/512
Main storage DDR2 DIMMs
(minimum/maximum)
8/16 16/32 32/64 32/64
Logical partitions (LPAR)
12
20/40 40/80 80/160 20/160
Minimum i5/OS level
8
V5R3 V5R3 V5R3 V5R3
Software group
6c
P30 P40 P40 P40
Disk storage (GB)
Integrated minimum
7b
0 0 0 0
Total maximum
7a
77051 116000 193898 193898
DASD arms maximum 546 822 1374 1374
Internal arms 546 822 1374 1374
External LUNs 546 822 1374 1374
Physical packaging
Rack Design - EIA units 4 8 16 16
External RIO-G ports 4 8 16 16
External RIO-G loops 2 4 8 8
PCI/PCI-X Expansion Tower 12 24 48 48
External xSeries Servers (IXA) 16 32 57 57
PCI card slots
10
173 346 692 695
Communication lines
3
320 480 480 480
LAN ports (includes embedded) 96 128 128 128
Integrated xSeries Servers 36 48 48 48
Twinaxial workstation controllers 134 180 180 180
Twinaxial workstations 5360 7200 7200 7200
Internal DVD-ROM/ DVD-RAM
4
1 2 4 4
Internal CD-ROM/Tape 0 0 0 0
Feature I/O Tower Tape/CD-ROM/DVD
(combined system partition)
18 (25) 26 (36) 26 (48) 26 (48)

IBM System i5 and eServer i5 models
15
Model 520, 550,
570, 595
To review the footnotes for this table, see 2.7, “Notes for System i5 and eServer i5 Models
520, 550, 570, and 595” on page 21.
External tape
(combined system partition)
18 (36) 26 (48) 26 (48) 26 (48)
External optical/CD/DVD
(combined system partition)
26 (48) 26 (48) 26 (48) 26 (48)
Cryptographic coprocessor
(combined system partition)
8 (32) 8 (32) 8 (32) 8 (32)
Cryptographic accelerator
(combined system partition)
4 (8) 4 (8) 4 (8) 4 (8)
Model 570+
Processor feature
#8338 x 2
#8338 x 4
#8338 x 8
#8338 x 8
Server feature
#0934
#0935
#0936
#0937

16
IBM System i5, eServer i5, and iSeries System Builder: IBM i5/OS Version 5 Release 4
Model 520, 550,
570, 595
2.5 eServer i5 Model 570 overview
The following tables provide the minimum and maximum system capacities for the Model
570. The values are package dependent.

Model 570
Processor feature
#8961
#8961 (x2)
Server feature
#0919
#0920
Number / type / speed of processor 0/2 / POWER5/1.65 GHz 2/4 /POWER5/1.65 GHz
Relative system performance
1, 2
Processor CPW 3300/6000 6350/12000
Mail and Calendar Users
2a, 9
7300/13300 14100/26600
5250 CPW
5
Standard
6c
0 0
Enterprise
6c
Maximum Maximum
L2 Cache (MB per processor) 1.9 1.9
L3 Cache (MB per processor) 36 36
Main storage (GB minimum/maximum) 2/65 2/128
Main storage DIMMs (minimum/maximum) 4/8 8/16
Logical partitions (LPAR)
12
10/20 20/40
Minimum i5/OS level
8
V5R3 V5R3
Software group
6c
P30 P30
Disk storage (GB)
Integrated minimum
7b
0 0
Total maximum
7a
38949 77051
DASD arms maximum 276 546
Internal arms 276 546
External LUNs 276 546
Physical packaging
Rack design - EIA units 4 4
External RIO-G ports 2 4
External RIO-G loops 1 2
PCI/PCI-X Expansion Tower 6 12
External xSeries Servers (IXA) 8 16
PCI card slots
10
90 173
Communication lines
3
278 320
LAN ports (includes embedded) 71 96
Integrated xSeries Servers 19 36
Twinaxial workstation controllers 69 133
Twinaxial workstations 2760 5360
Internal DVD-ROM/ DVD-RAM
4
1 1
Internal CD-ROM/Tape 0 0
I/O Tower Tape/CD-ROM/DVD 13 (13) 18 (25)
External tape (LPAR) 18 (36) 18 (36)
External optical/CD/DVD (LPAR) 26 (48) 26 (48)
Cryptographic coprocessor
(combined system partition)
8 8
Cryptographic accelerator
(combined system partition)
4 (8) 4 (8)

IBM System i5 and eServer i5 models
17
Model 520, 550,
570, 595
Model 570
Processor feature
#8971
#8971 x 2
#8971 x 4
#8971 x 6
#8971 x8
#8971
Server feature
#0930
#0921
#0922
#0924
#0926
#0928
Number/
type/
speed of processor
1/2/
POWER5/
1.65 GHz
2/4/
POWER5/
1.65 GHz
5/8/
POWER5/
1.65 GHz
9/12/
POWER5/
1.65 GHz
13/16/
POWER5/
1.65 GHz
2/16/
POWER5/
1.65 GHz
Relative system performance
1, 2
Processor CPW 3300/6000 6350/12000 15200/25500 25500/33400 36300/44700 6350/44700
Mail and Calendar Users
2a, 9
14100/
26600
14100/25900 33600/52500 57300/77000 83600/102000 14100/102000
5250 CPW
5
Standard
6c
0 0 0 0 0 0
Enterprise
6c
Maximum Maximum Maximum Maximum Maximum -
High Availability
6c
Maximum Maximum Maximum Maximum Maximum -
Capacity BackUp
6c
Maximum - - - - Maximum
L2 Cache (MB) per processor 1.9 1.9 1.9 1.9 1.9 1.9
L3 Cache (MB) per processor 36 36 36 36 36 36
Main storage (GB
minimum/maximum)
2/64 4/128 8/256 12/384 16/512 16/512
Main storage DIMMs
(minimum/maximum)
4/8 8/16 16/32 24/48 32/64 32/64
Logical partitions (LPAR)
12
10/20 20/40 50/80 90/120 120/160 20/160
Minimum i5/OS level
8
V5R3 V5R3 V5R3 V5R3 V5R3 V5R3
Software group
6c
P30 P30 P40 P40 P40 P40
Disk storage (GB)
Integrated minimum
7b
0 0 0 0 0 0
Total maximum
7a
38949 77051 116000 154949 193898 193898
DASD arms maximum 276 546 822 1098 1374 1374
Internal arms 276 546 822 1098 1374 1374
External LUNs 276 546 822 1098 1374 1374
Physical packaging
Rack Design - EIA units 4 4 8 12 16 16
External RIO-G ports 2 4 8 12 16 16
External RIO-G loops 1 2 4 6 8 8
PCI/PCI-X Expansion
Tower
6 12 24 36 48 48
External xSeries Servers
(IXA)
8 16 32 48 57 57
PCI card slots
10
90 173 346 519 692 692
Communication lines
3
278 320 480 480 480 480
LAN ports
(includes embedded)
52 96 128 128 128 128
Integrated xSeries Servers 19 36 48 48 48 48
Twinaxial workstation controllers 69 134 180 180 180 180
Twinaxial workstations 2760 5360 7200 7200 7200 7200
Internal DVD-ROM/ DVD-RAM
4
1 1 2 3 4 4
Internal CD-ROM/Tape 0 0 0 0 0 0
Feature I/O Tower
Tape/CD-ROM /DVD
(combined system partition)
13 (13) 18 (25) 26 (36) 26 (48) 26 (48) 26 (48)

18
IBM System i5, eServer i5, and iSeries System Builder: IBM i5/OS Version 5 Release 4
Model 520, 550,
570, 595
To review the footnotes for this table, see 2.7, “Notes for System i5 and eServer i5 Models
520, 550, 570, and 595” on page 21.
External tape (LPAR)
(combined system partition)
18 (36) 18 (36) 26 (48) 26 (48) 26 (48) 26 (48)
External optical/CD/DVD
(combined system partition)
26 (48) 26 (48) 26 (48) 26 (48) 26 (48) 26 (48)
Cryptographic coprocessor
(combined system partition)
8 (32) 8 (32) 8 (32) 8 (32) 8 (32) 8 (32)
Cryptographic accelerator
(combined system partition)
4 (8) 4 (8) 4 (8) 4 (8) 4 (8) 4 (8)
Model 570
Processor feature
#8971
#8971 x 2
#8971 x 4
#8971 x 6
#8971 x8
#8971
Server feature
#0930
#0921
#0922
#0924
#0926
#0928

IBM System i5 and eServer i5 models
19
Model 520, 550,
570, 595
2.6 System i5 and eServer i5 Model 595 overview
The following tables provide the minimum and maximum system capacities for the Model
595. The values are package dependent.
Model 595
Processor feature
#8966
#8966 x 2
#8966 x 4
#8966 x 2
Server feature
#0940
#0941
#0943
#0944
Number/type/
speed of processor
8/16 /POWER5/
1.9 GHz
16/32 /POWER5/
1.9 GHz
32/64 /POWER5/
1.9 GHz
4/32/POWER5/
1.9 GHz
Relative system performance
1, 2
Processor CPW 26700/50500 51000/92000 92000/184000 13600/92000
Mail and Calendar Users
2a, 9
60500/114000 115000/213000
2c
213000/405000
2c
31500/213000
2c
5250 CPW
5
Standard
6d
0 0 0 0
Enterprise
6d
Maximum Maximum Maximum -
High Availability
6d
Maximum Maximum Maximum -
Capacity BackUp
6
- - - Maximum
L2 Cache (MB per processor) MCM 1.9 1.9 1.9 1.9
L3 Cache (MB per processor) MCM 36 36 36 36
Main storage (GB minimum/maximum)
11
8/512 16/1024 32/2048 16/1024
Main storage DIMMs (minimum/maximum) 4/16 4/32 4/64 4/32
Logical partitions (LPAR)
12
160 254 254 254
Minimum i5/OS level
8
V5R3 V5R3 V5R3 V5R3
Software group
6d
P50 P50 P60 P50
Disk storage (GB)
Integrated minimum
7b
0 0 0 0
Total maximum
7a
228614 381024 381024 381024
DASD arms maximum
7c
1620 2700 2700 2700
Internal arms 1620 2700 2700 2700
External LUNs 1620 2700 2700 2700
Physical packaging
13
Rack design - EIA units 18 18 18 18
External RIO-G ports 14 30 62 30
External RIO-G loops
10b
7 15 31 15
PCI/PCI-X Expansion Tower 36 72 96 72
External xSeries Servers (IXA) 48 57 57 57
PCI card slots
10
504 1008 1152 1008
Communication lines
3
600 600 600 600
LAN ports (includes embedded) 160 160 160 160
Integrated xSeries Servers 60 60 60 60
Twinaxial workstation controllers 180 180 180 180
Twinaxial workstations 7200 7200 7200 7200
Internal DVD-ROM/DVD-RAM
4
2 2 2 2
Internal CD-ROM/Tape 0 0 0 0
Feature I/O Tower Tape/CD-ROM/DVD
(combined system partition)
26 (60) 26 (60) 26 (60) 26 (60)
External tape
(combined system partition)
26 (60) 26 (60) 26 (60) 26 (60)
External optical/CD/DVD
(combined system partition)
26 (60) 26 (60) 26 (60) 26 (60)

20
IBM System i5, eServer i5, and iSeries System Builder: IBM i5/OS Version 5 Release 4
Model 520, 550,
570, 595
Cryptographic coprocessor
(combined system partition)
8 (32) 8 (32) 8 (32) 8 (32
Cryptographic accelerator
(combined system partition)
4 (16) 4 (16) 4 (16) 4 (16)
Model 595
Processor feature
#8981
#8981 x 2
#8981 x 4
Server feature
#0946
#0947
#0952
Number/type/
speed of processor
8/16 /POWER5/
1.65 GHz
16/32 /POWER5/
1.65 GHz
32/64 /POWER5/
1.65 GHz
Relative system performance
1, 2
Processor CPW 24500/45500 46000/85000 86000/165000
Mail and Calendar Users
2a, 9
104000 194000 375000
5250 CPW
5
Standard
6d
0 0 0
Enterprise
6d
Maximum Maximum Maximum
High Availability
6d
Maximum Maximum Maximum
Capacity BackUp
6
- - -
L2 Cache (MB per processor) MCM 1.9 1.9 1.9
L3 Cache (MB per processor) MCM 36 36 36
Main storage (GB minimum/maximum)
11
8/512 16/1024 32/2048
Main storage DIMMs (minimum/maximum) 4/16 4/32 4/64
Logical partitions (LPAR)
12
160 254 254
Minimum i5/OS level
8
V5R3 V5R3 V5R3
Software group
6d
P50 P50 P60
Disk storage (GB)
Integrated minimum
7b
0 0 0
Total maximum
7a
228614 381024 381024
DASD arms maximum
7c
1620 2700 2700
Internal arms 1620 2700 2700
External LUNs 1620 2700 2700
Physical packaging
Rack design - EIA units
13
18 18 18
External RIO-G ports 14 30 62
External RIO-G loops
10b
7 15 31
PCI/PCI-X Expansion Tower 36 72 96
External xSeries Servers (IXA) 48 57 57
PCI card slots
10
504 1008 1152
Communication lines
3
600 600 600
LAN ports (includes embedded) 160 160 160
Integrated xSeries Servers 60 60 60
Twinaxial workstation controllers 180 180 180
Twinaxial workstations 7200 7200 7200
Internal DVD-ROM/DVD-RAM
4
2 2 2
Internal CD-ROM/Tape 0 0 0
Feature I/O Tower Tape/CD-ROM/DVD
(combined system partition)
26 (60) 26 (60) 26 (60)
External tape
(combined system partition)
26 (60) 26 (60) 26 (60)
External optical/CD/DVD
(combined system partition
26 (60) 26 (60) 26 (60)
Cryptographic coprocessor
(combined system partition)
8 (32) 8 (32) 8 (32)

IBM System i5 and eServer i5 models
21
Model 520, 550,
570, 595
To review the footnotes for this table, see 2.7, “Notes for System i5 and eServer i5 Models
520, 550, 570, and 595” on page 21.
2.7 Notes for System i5 and eServer i5 Models 520, 550, 570,
and 595
Cryptographic accelerator
(combined system partition)
4 (16) 4 (16) 4 (16)
Note 1 Commercial Processing Workload (CPW) is used to measure the performance of all System i5 (iSeries and AS/400e)
processors announced from September 1996 onward. The CPW value is measured on maximum configurations. The type
and number of disk devices, the number of workstation controllers, the amount of memory, the system model, other
factors, and the application running determine what performance is achievable.
Note 2 Processor performance represents the relative performance (maximum capacity) of a processor feature running CPW in
a client/server environment. Processor capacity is achievable when the commercial workload is not constrained by main
storage and direct access storage device (DASD). Performance of the 5250 CPW represents the relative performance
available to perform host-centric workloads. The amount of 5250 CPW capacity consumed reduces the available
processor capacity by the same amount.
Note 2a Mail and Calendar Users (MCU) is a relative performance measurement derived by performing mail and calendar
functions using Domino and Notes clients. The MCU workload represents users on a Notes client who are reading,
updating or deleting documents in an e-mail database. It also represents users who are performing lookups in the Domino
directory and scheduling calendar appointments and invitations. Reported values reflect 70% processor utilization to allow
for growth and peak loads in excess of customer workload estimates.
Domino and Notes Mail and Calendar use is not recommended on Model 520 #8325 processors.
Note 2b The optional Accelerator for System i5 feature provides a dramatic boost in processor CPW for additional workloads and
partitions.
Note 2c The MCU rating is a projected value.
Note 3 One line is used if #5544 System Console on Operations Console is used. One line can be used if #5546 System Console
on 100 Mbps Token Ring or #5548 System Console on 100 Mbps Ethernet is selected and the #0367 Operations Console
PCI Cable must be connected. The numbers include the ECS line.
Note 4 There must be one DVD-ROM or DVD-RAM per system. For Models 870 and 890, there must be one DVD-RAM or
DVD-ROM in the #9094 Base PCI I/O Enclosure.
Note 5 5250 CPW (Interactive) is an approximate value that reflects the amount of Processor CPW that can be used for workloads
performing 5250-based tasks. Remember that:
The iSeries Enterprise Edition provides maximum 5250 CPW support (up to 100% of the capacity of the active
processor CPW).
The iSeries Standard Edition provides zero CPW for 5250 work. Limited 5250 CPW is available for a system
administrator to use 5250 display device I/O to manage various aspects of the server. Multiple administrative jobs
exceed this capability.
A task submitted through a 5250 session (5250 device or 5250 emulation) that does display or printer I/O requires
5250 CPW.
A task submitted through a 5250 session (5250 device or 5250 emulation) as a "batch" job is not considered 5250
OLTP work and does not require any 5250 CPW unless the task does display or printer I/O.
Maximum 5250 CPW is equivalent to the Processor CPW for the active processor.

22
IBM System i5, eServer i5, and iSeries System Builder: IBM i5/OS Version 5 Release 4
Model 520, 550,
570, 595
Note 6a
Models
520+ 520
Software group is determined by the combination of processor feature and edition feature. Display the QPRCFEAT system
value or DSPHDWRSC TYPE(*AHW) to display the processor feature code value. This value is also shown for the
Capacity Card CCIN value when using SST to perform a Capacity Upgrade on Demand.
The following table provides a cross reference.
Processor
Server feature
Edition/configuration
feature
Software group
Processor feature code or
QPRCFEAT value
#8325#0970#7140 Express P05 7140
#7141 Express P05 7141
#7142 Express P05 7142
#0975#7350 Value P05 7350
#8327#0970#7143 Express P10 7143
#7144 Express P10 7144
#7148 Express P10 7148
#7152 Express P10 7152
#0975#7352 Value P10 7352
#0906#7784 Standard P10 7784
#7734 Enterprise P10 7734
#7735 Enterprise P10 7735
#7373 High Availability P10 7373
#7374 High Availability P10 7374
#7366 Solution P10 7366
#8330#0906#7785 Standard P20 7785
#7736 Enterprise P20 7736
#7375 High Availability P20 7375
#8950#0900#7390 Express P05 7390
#7391 Express P05 7391
#7393 Express P05 7393
#7411 Express P05 7411
#7413 Express P05 7413
#7417 Express P05 7417
#7450 Value P05 7450

IBM System i5 and eServer i5 models
23
Model 520, 550,
570, 595
Note 6a
Models
520+ 520
(cont.)
#8951#0901#7392 Express P05 7392
#7394 Express P10 7392
#7414 Express P10 7414
#7420 Express P10 7420
#7451 Value P10 7451
#8952#0902#7458 Standard P10 7458
#7459 Enterprise P10 7459
#7541 Solution P10 7541
#7552 High Availability P10 7459
#8953#0903#7452 Standard P10 7452
#7453 Enterprise P10 7453
#7553 High Availability P10 7453
#8954#0904#7454 Standard P20 7454
#7455 Enterprise P20 7455
#7554 High Availability P20 7455
#8955#0905#7456 Standard P20 7456
#7457 Enterprise P20 7457
#7555 High Availability P20 7457
#8972#0912#7395 Express P10 7395
#7396 Express P10 7395
#7397 Value P10 7397
Note 6b
Models
550+ 550
Software group is determined by the combination of processor feature and edition feature. Display the QPRCFEAT system
value or DSPHDWRSC TYPE(*AHW) to display the processor feature code value. This value is also shown for the
Capacity Card CCIN value when using SST to perform a Capacity Upgrade on Demand.
The following table provides a cross reference.
Processor
Server feature
Edition feature
Software group
Processor feature code or
QPRCFEAT value
#8312#0910#7154 Standard P20 7154
#7155 Enterprise P20 7155
#7551 High Availability P20 7551
#7629 Domino P20 7629
#7630 Solution P20 7630
#7631 Oracle JDE
Enterprise One
P20 7631
#7632 C2CRM P20 7632
#7640 2-way SAP P20 7640
#7641 4-way SAP P20 7641

24
IBM System i5, eServer i5, and iSeries System Builder: IBM i5/OS Version 5 Release 4
Model 520, 550,
570, 595
Note 6b
Models
550+ 550
(cont.)
#8958#0915#7462 Standard P20 7462
#7463 Enterprise P20 7463
#7530 Domino P20 7462
#7558 Solution P20 7463
#7531 Solution Edition for
PeopleSoft Enterprise
One
P20 7463
#7532 C2CRM Solution
Edition with Domino
P20 7463
#7533 2-way SAP
Solution Edition
P20 7462
#7534 4-way SAP
Solution Edition
P20 7462
Note 6c
Models
570+ 570
Software group is determined by the combination of processor feature and edition feature. Display the QPRCFEAT system
value or DSPHDWRSC TYPE(*AHW) to display the processor feature code value. This value is also shown for the
Capacity Card CCIN value when using SST to perform a Capacity Upgrade on Demand.
The following table provides a cross reference.
Processor
Server feature
Edition feature
Software group
Processor feature code or
QPRCFEAT value
#8338#0934#7757 Standard P30 7757
#7747 Enterprise P30 7747
#7763 High Availability P30 7763
#0935#7758 Standard P40 7758
#7748 Enterprise P40 7748
#7764 High Availability P40 7764
#0936#7759 Standard P40 7759
#7749 Enterprise P40 7749
#7765 High Availability P40 7765
#0937#7760 Capacity BackUp P30 7760
#8961#0919#7488 Standard P30 7450
#7489 Enterprise P30 7451
#0920#7469 Standard P30 7458
#7470 Enterprise P30 7459

IBM System i5 and eServer i5 models
25
Model 520, 550,
570, 595
Note 6c
Models
570+ 570
(cont.)
#8971#0921#7494 Standard P30 7494
#7495 Enterprise P30 7495
#7560 High Availability P30 7495
#0922#7471 Standard P40 7441
#7472 Enterprise P40 7472
#7561 High Availability P40 7472
#0924#7473 Standard P40 7473
#7474 Enterprise P40 7474
#7562 High Availability P40 7474
#0926#7475 Standard P40 7475
#7476 Enterprise P40 7476
#7563 High Availability P40 7476
#0928#7570 Capacity BackUp P40 7570
#0930#7490 Standard P30 7490
#7491 Enterprise P30 7491
#7559 High Availability P30 7491
Note 6d
Model 595
Software group is determined by the combination of processor feature and edition feature. Display the QPRCFEAT system
value or DSPHDWRSC TYPE(*AHW) to display the processor feature code value. This value is also shown for the
Capacity Card CCIN value when using SST to perform a Capacity Upgrade on Demand.
The following table provides a cross reference.
Processor
Server feature
Edition feature
Software group
Processor feature code or
QPRCFEAT value
#8966#0940#7480 Standard P50 7480
#7481 Enterprise P50 7481
#7580 High Availability P50 7481
#0941#7482 Standard P50 7482
#7483 Enterprise P50 7483
#7581 High Availability P50 7483
#0943#7486 Standard P60 7486
#7487 Enterprise P60 7487
#7583 High Availability P60 7487
#0944#7590 Capacity BackUp P50 7590
#8981#0946#7496 Standard P50 7496
#7497 Enterprise P50 7497
#0947#7498 Standard P50 7498
#7499 Enterprise P50 7499
#0952#7984 Standard P60 7984
#7985 Enterprise P60 7985

26
IBM System i5, eServer i5, and iSeries System Builder: IBM i5/OS Version 5 Release 4
Model 520, 550,
570, 595
Note 7 External DASD cannot exceed the maximum system capacity or the maximum number of disk arms.
Note 7a Total maximum DASD capacity assumes 141.12 GB disk drives, which were announced in July 2005. External DASD
cannot exceed the maximum system capacity or the maximum number of disk arms.
Note 7b With the announcement of SAN Boot there is no longer a requirement for an internal disk. San Boot requires #2847 PCI
IOP for SAN Load Source.
Note 7c Maximum of 2000 DASD arms in a single i5/OS partition.
Note 8 i5/OS V5R3 and LIC V5R3M5 with the latest level of LIC and Cumulative PTF package available for the IBM System i5
520+ with a 1.9 GHz processor. For the latest information, refer to:
http://www-912.ibm.com/e_dir/eServerPrereq.nsf/UpgradeCategories/Hardware?opendocument
Note 8a For Model 520 2-way processors shipped prior to 10 December 2004 that have keyed products installed, update the server
firmware to accept the lower P20 software tier. See the following Web site for the latest HMC updates:
http://techsupport.services.ibm.com/server/hmc/power5
Note 9 The server features used for iSeries for Domino specify the minimum amount of disk, memory, and Domino licenses
required for an initial order.
Note 10 When a second RIO-G loop is required, one PCI card slot is used for the RIO-G adapter.
Note 10a The 520+ models have one PCI-X 2.0 card slot (P1-C4) that is for IOP-less cards only
Note 10b The use of more than 24 RIO-G loops (48 cables) requires physical planning, and careful cable placement and
management. Closing the Model 595 door can be difficult.
Note 11 One terabyte (TB) of memory can be ordered after 28 October 2004. Two TB are available in 2005.
Note 12 A maximum of 64 i5/OS partitions applies.
Note 13 Rack containing the system unit is a 42U, 24-inch rack. The bulk power supplies are installed in 8U leaving 16U empty.

IBM System i5 and eServer i5 models
27
Model 520, 550,
570, 595
2.8 9405 and 9406 Models 520+ and 520 system unit
schematics
2.8.1 Model 520+ top view
In the following schematic of the top view of the Model 520+, T5 is port 0 and T6 is port 1.
Power Supply E2
Power Supply E1
P1-C12 (J0D)
P1-C10 (J0B)
P1-C11 (J0C)
P1-C16 (J2A)
P1-C13 (J2D)
P1-C14 (J2C)
P1-C15 (J2B)
P1
*
P1-C4
(PCI-X 2.0)
*
P1-C1
*
P1-C6
System VPD
P1-C20
*
P1-C2
*
P1-C3
(#9493/#9494)
*
P1-C5
P1-C19
P1-C18
P1-C7 (SP) (CCIN 28D7)
RAID Card / Integrated Cache
P1-C8 (#5727)
*
Gb Ethernet (T5-T6)
*
USB Ports
*
DASD (CCIN 28D2)
*
DASD (#6574/#6594)
= Base
= Hot Plug Capable

*
T4 (RIO-G)
T3 (RIO-G)
Processors (up to 2)
Removable Media
**
**
= System Port
P1-C21

28
IBM System i5, eServer i5, and iSeries System Builder: IBM i5/OS Version 5 Release 4
Model 520, 550,
570, 595
2.8.2 Model 520+ front view
2.8.3 Model 520+ back view
SCSI IDE P4-D2
DASD
P3-D1
P3-D4
P2-D3
P3-D3
P3-D2
P2-D4
P2-D1
P2-D2
SCSI Device
P4-D1
Operation Panel
P4-D4
Ethernet
P1-T1
=Hot Plug Capable
=Base
RAID Enablement Card / Integrated Cache
P3-D2
USB
Note: An #1827 Serial-UPS Conversion Cable connects to the top system port on a rack
mounted system or the right-hand system port on a desk side system. T5 is the default
port 0 for the embedded LAN console.
RackInd
T9
Gb
Ethernet
T
6
Gb
Ethernet
T5
Power Supply
E1
Power Supply
E2
SPCN 0
C7-T3
SPCN 1
C7-T4
IP
SP
P1 - C7
HMC 1
C7 - T1
**
USB1
T8
= Base
= Hot Plug Capable
USB0
T7
P1 - C4 (PCI-X 2.0)
P1 - C1
P1 - C6
P1 - C2
P1 - C3
ı
ı
ı
ı
**
**
= System Port
P1 - C21 (GX+)
RIO 0
C21-T1
RIO 1
C21-T2
HMC 2
C7 - T2

IBM System i5 and eServer i5 models
29
Model 520, 550,
570, 595
2.8.4 Model 520 top view
2.8.5 Model 520 front view
Power Supply E2
Power Supply E1
P1-C12 (J0D)
P1-C10 (J0B)
P1-C11 (J0C)
P1-C16 (J2A)
P1-C13 (J2D)
P1-C14 (J2C)
P1-C15 (J2B)
P1
*
P1-C4
*
P1-C1
*
P1-C6 (#9844)
System VPD
P1-C20
*
P1-C2
*
P1-C3 (#9793/#9794)
*
P1-C5 (#9793/#9794)
P1-C19
P1-C18
P1-C7 (SP) (CCIN 28D7)
RAID Card
P1-C8 (#5709)
*
Gb Ethernet (T5-T6)
*
USB Ports
*
DASD (CCIN 28D2)
*
DASD (#6574/#6584/#6594)
= Base
= Hot Plug Capable

*
T4 (RIO-G)
T3 (RIO-G)
Processors (up to 2)
Removable Media
**
**
= Service Processor Communications Port
SCSI IDE P4-D2
DASD
P3-D1
P3-D4
P2-D3
P3-D3
P3-D2
P2-D4
P2-D1
P2-D2
SCSI Device
P4-D1
Operation Panel
P4-D4
Ethernet
P1-T1
=Hot Plug Capable
=Base
RAID Enablement Card
P3-D2

30
IBM System i5, eServer i5, and iSeries System Builder: IBM i5/OS Version 5 Release 4
Model 520, 550,
570, 595
2.8.6 Model 520 back view
2.9 9406 Models 550+ and 550 system unit schematics
2.9.1 Models 550+ and 550 top view
RackInd
T9
Gb
Ethernet
T6
Gb
Ethernet
T5
Power Supply
E1
Power Supply
E2
1
T3 [RIO-G]
SPCN 0
C7-T3
SPCN 1
C7-T4
IP
HMC 2
C7 - T2
HMC 1
C7 - T1
0
T4 [RIO-G]
**
USB1
T8
= Base
= Hot Plug Capable
USB0
T7
P1 - C4
P1 - C1
P1 - C6
P1 - C2
P1 - C3
ı
ı
ı
ı
**
**
= System Port
VRM 1.2V
P1-C11
System VPD
P1-C12
P1-C4
P1-C1
P1-C2
P1-C3
P1-C5
Power Supply
E1
Power Supply
E2
VRM 1.2V
P1-C10
P1-C6
Raid Card
Integrated Cache
P1-C7
Processor
Card
P1-C8
P1
1
1
1
1
1
1,2
1
=
Hot Plug Capable
=Base

Second RIO-G Loop
=
Not usable if optional is installed
second RIO-G loop (P1-C6)
550+ Top View

IBM System i5 and eServer i5 models
31
Model 520, 550,
570, 595
2.9.2 Models 550+ and 550 front view
SCSI / IDE Device
P4-D2
IDE Device
P4-D3
(AIX/Linux only)
DASD
P3-D1
P3-D4
P2-D3
P3-D3
P3-D2
P2-D4
P2-D1
P2-D2
SCSI DEVICE
P4-D1
Operation Panel
P4-D4
Ethernet
P1-T1
=Hot Plug Capable
=Base
RAID Enablement Card / Integrated Cache
USB

32
IBM System i5, eServer i5, and iSeries System Builder: IBM i5/OS Version 5 Release 4
Model 520, 550,
570, 595
2.9.3 Models 550+ and 550 back view
2.9.4 Models 550+ and 550 memory layout
Note: An #1827 Serial-UPS Conversion Cable connects to system port 2. T9 is the default
port 0 for the embedded LAN console.
Power Supply
E1
Power Supply
E2
P1-C3
P1-C5
P1-C1
P1-C2
P1-C4
PCI
T12RIO 1
T1
3
Rack Ind.
T11
RI
O 0
T5
HMC
T6
HMC
T10
Ethernet 2
T9
Ethernet 1
T3
SPCN
T4
SPCN
T1
System port 1
T2
System port 2
T7
USB
T8
USB
=Hot Plug Capable
2
=Base
=
Note: There are two of these cards in every Model 550 and 550+.
DCM
2- way
J1A
J1B
J1C
J1D
J0D
J0C
J0B
J0A
power connector
heat sink
360 pin VHDM
with power modules
360
pin
VHDM
160
pin
VHDM
DIMM Socket
DIMM Socket
DIMM Socket
DIMM Socket
DIMM Socket
DIMM Socket
DIMM Socket
DIMM Socket
SMI II SMI II

IBM System i5 and eServer i5 models
33
Model 520, 550,
570, 595
2.10 9406 Models 570+ and 570 system unit schematics
2.10.1 Model 570+ top view
Proc 1
Op
Panel
RM
Blower 2
Blower 1
FANFAN
FANFAN
PCI Card - P1-C1
Raid Card /
Integrated Cache
PCI Card - P1-C2
PCI Card - P1-C3
PCI Card - P1-C5
PCI Card - P1-C4
Removable
Media
BLOWER 2
BLOWER 1
PROC REG 3

3
= Required if second RIO-G (P1-C7) is installed

= Base
HMC/SPCN
CARD (P1-C8)
System SN VPD
(P1-C10)
RIO-G
(P1-C7)
= Base unit available with 6 PCI Cards,
optional RIO-G (P1-C7) is installed.
Slot (P1-C6) not accessible if
6 Pack DASD
Backplane
Dual Slimline
Media Backplane
Vertical Midplane
Reg Dist-VBUS
Connect Backplane

3
3
1 = Hot Plug Capable
2
= Not available if second RIO-G (P1-C7) is installed. *(C1-P6 not shown)

1
1
PCI Cards *P1-C6

PROC 1
PROC 2
PROC REG 1
1 Power Supply E1
2
PCI Card - P1-C1 Thru P1-C6
1
1
1
1
,
,

34
IBM System i5, eServer i5, and iSeries System Builder: IBM i5/OS Version 5 Release 4
Model 520, 550,
570, 595
2.10.2 Models 570+ and 570 front view
P2-C1
P4-D2
P4-D1
P2-C2
P3-D1 P3-D5
P3-D2
P2-C5
P3-D3
P3-D4
P2-C4
= Hot Plug Capable
1
DASD Six Pack
Processors
Operation Panel
( D1 Not supported
by i5/OS)
CPU Regulators
= Base
USB
Ethernet
Slimline Media

IBM System i5 and eServer i5 models
35
Model 520, 550,
570, 595
2.10.3 Models 570+ and 570 back view
Note: An #1827 Serial-UPS Conversion Cable connects to system port 2. T6 is the default
port 0 for the embedded LAN console.
P1-C8-T1
(HMC1)
P1-C8-T2 (HMC2)
P1-C10 - S/N VPD Card
P1-T1 - System Port (P2)
P1-T2 - System Port (P1)
P1-T3 - RI
(Rack Ind Port)
P1-C7-T
P1-C7-T2(0)
1(1)
1 P1-C5
P1-T4- USB(0)
P1-T6 - Ethernet(0)
P1-T5 -USB(1)
1

P1-E1 1
P1-E2
P1-T9(1)
P1-T10
System Connect
P1-C8-T3 SPCN0
P1-C8-T4 SPCN1
I2C
(RIO-G)
570+ Back view
1 P1-C4
Ser vice Processor
Card (P1-C8)
2 P1-C6
(RIO-G)
= Base
3 Second RIO-G Loop
1 = Hot Plug Capable
Not usable i5/OS
Not usable i5/OS
Multi-adapter Bridge 1
Multi-adapter Bridge
2
4
4
=
#1827 Serial-UPS Conversion Cable connect s to the (P2) system port

P1-C1

36
IBM System i5, eServer i5, and iSeries System Builder: IBM i5/OS Version 5 Release 4
Model 520, 550,
570, 595
2.10.4 Model 570 top view
Proc 1
Op
Panel
RM
Blower 2
Blower 1
FANFAN
FANFAN
PCI Card - P1-C1
Raid Card
PCI Card - P1-C2
PCI Card - P1-C3
PCI Card - P1-C5
PCI Card - P1-C4
Removable
Media
BLOWER 2
BLOWER 1
PROC REG 3

3
= Required if second RIO-G (P1-C7) is installed

= Base
HMC/SPCN
CARD (P1-C8)
System SN VPD
(P1-C10)
RIO-G
(P1-C7)
= Base unit available with 6 PCI Cards,
optional RIO-G (P1-C7) is installed.
Slot (P1-C6) not accessible if
6 Pack DASD
Backplane
Dual Slimline
Media Backplane
Vertical Midplane
Reg Dist-VBUS
Connect Backplane

3
3
1 = Hot Plug Capable
2
= Not available if second RIO-G (P1-C7) is installed. *(C1-P6 not shown)

1
1
PCI Cards *P1-C6

PROC 1
PROC 2
PROC REG 1
1 Power Supply E1
2
PCI Card - P1-C1 Thru P1-C6
1
1
1
1
,
,

IBM System i5 and eServer i5 models
37
Model 520, 550,
570, 595
2.10.5 Model 570 front view
2.10.6 Models 570+ and 570 memory layout
P2-C1
P4-D2
P4-D1
P2-C2
P3-D1 P3-D5
P3-D2
P2-C5
P3-D3
P3-D4
P2-C4
= Hot Plug Capable
1
DASD Six Pack
Processors
Operation Panel
( D1 Not supported
by i5/OS)
CPU Regulators
= Base
USB
Ethernet
Slimline Media
DCM
2- way
J1A
J1B
J1C
J1D
J0D
J0C
J0B
J0A
power connector
heat sink
360 pin VHDM
with power modules
360
pin
VHDM
160
pin
VHDM
DIMM Socket
DIMM Socket
DIMM Socket
DIMM Socket
DIMM Socket
DIMM Socket
DIMM Socket
DIMM Socket
SMI II SMI II

38
IBM System i5, eServer i5, and iSeries System Builder: IBM i5/OS Version 5 Release 4
Model 520, 550,
570, 595
2.11 9406 Model 595 system unit schematics
2.11.1 Model 595 front view
Power Supplies
Processor
Book
16-way
Lower
blowers
BPD 7837
BPC (Base)
BPR(6186)
BPA (Base)
NODE 0 NODE 1 NODE 2 NODE 3
System
Unit

#9194 Base PCI-X I/O
Enclosure

D26 D27 D28 D29 D30
(2-x-0-3)
(2-x-0-4)
(2-x-0-5)
(2-x-0-6)
(2-x-0-7)
D21 D22
D23
D24 D25
D16 D17 D18 D19 D20D11 D12 D13 D14 D15
(3-x-1-3)
(3-x-1-4)
(3-x-1-5)
(3-x-1-6)
(3-x-1-7)
D06 D07 D08 D09 D10D01 D02 D03 D04 D05
(1-x-2-3)
(1-x-2-4)
(1-x-2-5)
(1-x-2-6)
(1-x-2-7)
(1-x-1-3)
(1-x-1-4)
(1-x-1-5)
(1-x-1-6)
(1-x-1-7)
(2-x-1-3)
(2-x-1-4)
(2-x-1-5)
(2-x-1-6)
(2-x-1-7)
D36 D37 D38 D39 D40
(1-x-0-1)
(1-x-0-2)
(1-x-0-3)
(1-x-0-4)
(1-x-0-5)
D31 D32 D33 D34 D35
OP Panel
D46
D47
D48
D49 D50
(3-x-0-3)
(3-x-0-4)
(3-x-0-5)
(3-x-0-6)
(3-x-0-7)
Rem Media D42
Rem Media D41
(1-x-0-7)
(1-x-0-6)
(2-x-2-3)
(2-x-2-4)
(2-x-2-5)
(2-x-2-6)
(2-x-2-7)
(3-x-2-3)
(3-x-2-4)
(3-x-2-5)
(3-x-2-6)
(3-x-2-7)
(#5168)

IBM System i5 and eServer i5 models
39
Model 520, 550,
570, 595
2.11.2 Model 595 back view
DASD plug sequence for optimum performance:
D31, D36, D46, D32, D37, D47, ... D50, (add 2nd
adaptor), D01, D11, D21, D02, ... D25, (add 3rd
adaptor), D06, D16, D26, D07, ... D30.
Lower
blowers
PBD 7837
PBC (Base)
PBR(6186)
BPA (Base)
NODE 1
Lower
PBD 7837
PBC (Base)
PBR(6186)
Upper
blowers
BPD 7837
BPC (Base)
BPR(6186)
NODE 2
NODE 3
System
Unit
Air Plenum
NODE 0
NODE DC/DC CONVERTER ASSEMBLY
NODE DC/DC CONVERTER ASSEMBLY
NODE DC/DC CONVERTER ASSEMBLY
NODE DC/DC CONVERTER ASSEMBLY
NODE DC/DC CONVERTER ASSEMBLY
NODE DC/DC CONVERTER ASSEMBLY
NODE DC/DC CONVERTER ASSEMBLY
NODE DC/DC CONVERTER ASSEMBLY
NODE DC/DC CONVERTER ASSEMBLY
BASE DC/DC CONVERTER ASSEMBLY
BASE DC/DC CONVERTER ASSEMBLY
BASE DC/DC CONVERTER ASSEMBLY

#9194 Base PCI-X
I/O enclosure
FAN B01
FAN B02
#2780
#9844
#9793
HSL
CEC SPCN
SPCN
P01
A01
AC Distribution Boxes
A02
P00
P02
P03
P03 Always filled before P00

40
IBM System i5, eServer i5, and iSeries System Builder: IBM i5/OS Version 5 Release 4
Model 520, 550,
570, 595
2.11.3 Models 595+ and 595 memory layout
The following schematic illustrates the memory cards for a Model 595+ and 595 processor.
The following schematic illustrates a single processor book and memory node for two
MultiChip Modules (MCMs) for Models 595+ and 595.
SMI
SMI
(interface to
DRAMs)
(interface to
DRAMs)
J0D
J0C
J0B
J0A
DIMM Socket
DIMM Socket
DIMM Socket
DIMM Socket
A1
I/O
I/O
I/O
I/O
I/O
I/O
CHIP A SMP
CHIP B SMP
CHIP A
MCM-MCM
CHIP D
MCM-MCM
CHIP A SMI
CHIP D SMI
CHIP C SMI
CHIP B SMI
C GX
D GX
A GX
B GX
MCM 1
MCM 0
CHIP A SMP
CHIP B SMP
CHIP A
MCM-MCM
CHIP D
MCM-MCM
CHIP A SMI
CHIP D SMI
CHIP C SMI
CHIP B SMI
C GX
D GX
A GX
B GX
D0
D0
C0
A0
A0
C0
B1
D1
C1
C1
MC07
MC06
MC05
MC04
MC03
MC02
MC01
MC08
MC09
MC10
MC11
MC12
MC13
MC14
MC15
MC16
A0
B0
COMPONENT FACE DOWN
B0
B0
D0
C0
A1
B1
D1
C1
MUX1
COMPONENT FACE UP
D1
B1
SMP
CHIP
D
SMP
CHIP
C
SMP
CHIP
D
SMP
CHIP
C
D1
D2
D3
D4
D5
D6
D7
D8
C
B
B
C
PWR
A
B
C
A1
A1
o o o o o o o o
o o o o o o o o
o o o
o o o
o o o
o o o
o o o o o o o o
o o o o o o o o
o o o
o o o
o o o
o o o
o o o o o o o o
o o o o o o o o
o o o
o o o
o o o
o o o
o o o o o o o o
o o o o o o o o
o o o
o o o
o o o
o o o
o o o o o o o o
o o o o o o o o
o o o
o o o
o o o
o o o
o o o o o o o o
o o o o o o o o
o o o
o o o
o o o
o o o
o o o o o o o o
o o o o o o o o
o o o
o o o
o o o
o o o
o o o o o o o o
o o o o o o o o
o o o
o o o
o o o
o o o
o o o o o o o o
o o o o o o o o
o o o
o o o
o o o
o o o
o o o o o o o o
o o o o o o o o
o o o
o o o
o o o
o o o
o o o o o o o o
o o o o o o o o
o o o
o o o
o o o
o o o
o o o o o o o o
o o o o o o o o
o o o
o o o
o o o
o o o
o o o o o o o o
o o o o o o o o
o o o
o o o
o o o
o o o
o o o o o o o o
o o o o o o o o
o o o
o o o
o o o
o o o
o o o o o o o o
o o o o o o o o
o o o
o o o
o o o
o o o
o o o o o o o o
o o o o o o o o
o o o o o o
o o o o o o
o o o o o o o o
o o o o o o o o
o o o o o o
o o o o o o
o o o o o o o o
o o o o o o o o
o o o o o o
o o o o o o
o o o o o o o o
o o o o o o o o
o o o o o o
o o o o o o
o o o o o o o o
o o o o o o o o
o o o o o o
o o o o o o
o o o o o o o o
o o o o o o o o
o o o o o o
o o o o o o
o o o o o o o o
o o o o o o o o
o o o o o o
o o o o o o
o o o o o o o o
o o o o o o o o
o o o o o o
o o o o o o
o o o o o o o o
o o o o o o o o
o o o o o o
o o o o o o
o o o o o o o o
o o o o o o o o
o o o o o o
o o o o o o
o o o o o o o o
o o o o o o o o
o o o
o o o
o o o
o o o
o o o o o o o o
o o o o o o o o
o o o
o o o
o o o
o o o
o o o o o o o o
o o o o o o o o
o o o
o o o
o o o
o o o
o o o o o o o o
o o o o o o o o
o o o
o o o
o o o
o o o
o o o o o o o o
o o o o o o o o
o o o
o o o
o o o
o o o
1.2V
GND
DRAM
"V"
1
3
2
4
5
6
X1
X2
TH_0
TH_1
TP
TP
BERG - TP
HSL2/RIO-G
Air Flow
Air Flow
HSL2/RIO-G

IBM System i5 and eServer i5 models
41
Model 520, 550,
570, 595
2.12 System i5 Model 520+ and eServer 520 processors
The IBM System i5 Model 520 and IBM eServer i5 Model 520 initial installation is
Customer Setup (CSU). Processor upgrades within models are performed by IBM Service
Representatives.
Processor
feature
Server
feature
Edition/
Config.
feature
Model 520+ and 520 processors
#8325#8325 600/3100 CPW Uni-Processor in Client/Server Environment
POWER5+ 1.9 GHz Uni processor (CCIN 8325)
Includes 8 DIMM memory positions (which plug directly onto the backplane - direct attach)
No L3 cache
Processor Capacity Card (CCIN 528F)
#0970#7140#7140 520 Express Configuration
Provides 600 CPW processor performance
Provides 30 CPW for 5250 OLTP (CCIN 7140)
Requires #7680 Accelerator for System i5 to achieve 3100 processor CPW
Machine type 9405
#7141#7141 520 Express Configuration
Provides 600 CPW processor performance
Provides 30 CPW for 5250 OLTP (CCIN 7141)
Requires #7681 Accelerator for System i5 to achieve 3100 processor CPW
Machine type 9405
#7142#7142 520 Express Configuration
Provides 600 CPW processor performance
Provides 30 CPW for 5250 OLTP (CCIN 7142)
Requires #7682 Accelerator for System i5 to achieve 3100 processor CPW
Machine type 9405
#0975#7350#7350 Value Edition for #0975
Provides 600 CPW processor performance
Provides 30 CPW for 5250 OLTP (CCIN 7350)
Requires #7355 Accelerator for System i5 to achieve 3100 processor CPW
Machine type 9406
#8327#8327 1200/2800/3800 CPW Uni-Processor in Client/Server Environment
POWER5+ 1.9 GHz Uni processor (CCIN 8327)
Includes 8 DIMM memory positions (which plug directly onto the backplane - direct attach)
36Mb L3 cache
Processor Capacity Card (CCIN 528F)
#0970#7143#7143 520 Express Configuration
Provides 1200 CPW processor performance
Provides 60 CPW for 5250 OLTP (CCIN 7143)
Requires #7354 Accelerator for System i5 to achieve 3800 processor CPW
Machine type 9405
#7148#7148 520 Express Configuration
Provides 1200 CPW processor performance
Provides 60 CPW for 5250 OLTP (CCIN 7148)
Requires #7687 Accelerator for System i5 to achieve 3800 processor CPW
Machine type 9405
#7144#7144 520 Express Configuration
Provides 3800 CPW processor performance
Provides 60 CPW for 5250 OLTP (CCIN 7144)
Machine type 9405
#7152#7152 520 Express Configuration
Provides 3800 CPW processor performance
Provides 60 CPW for 5250 OLTP (CCIN 7350)
Machine type 9405
#0975#7352#7352 Value Edition for #0975
Provides 1200 CPW processor performance
Provides 60 CPW for 5250 OLTP (CCIN 7352)
Requires #7357 Accelerator for System i5 to achieve 3800 processor CPW
Machine type 9406

42
IBM System i5, eServer i5, and iSeries System Builder: IBM i5/OS Version 5 Release 4
Model 520, 550,
570, 595
#8327#0906#7366#7366 Solution Edition for #0906
Provides 1200 CPW processor performance
Provides 1200 CPW for 5250 OLTP (CCIN 7366)
Machine type 9406
#7373#7373 High Availabilty Edition for #0906
Provides 1200 CPW processor performance
Provides 1200 CPW for 5250 OLTP (CCIN 7373)
Machine type 9406
#7374#7374 High Availability Edition for #0906
Provides 2800 CPW processor performance
Provides 2800 CPW for 5250 OLTP (CCIN 7374)
Machine type 9406
#7734#7734 Enterprise Edition for #0906
Provides 1200 CPW processor performance
Provides 1200 CPW for 5250 OLTP (CCIN 7734)
Machine type 9406
#7735#7735 Enterprise Edition for #0906
Provides 2800 CPW processor performance
Provides 2800 CPW for 5250 OLTP (CCIN 7735)
Machine type 9406
#7784#7784 Standard Edition for #0906
Provides 3800 CPW processor performance
Provides 0 CPW for 5250 OLTP (CCIN 7748)
Machine type 9406
#8330#8330 3800/7100 CPW 0/2-way Processor in Client/Server Environment
POWER5+ 1.9 GHz 0/2-way processor (CCIN 8330)
Includes 8 DIMM memory positions (which plug directly onto the backplane - direct attach)
36Mb L3 cache
Processor Capacity Card (CCIN 528F)
#0906#7375#7375 High Availability Edition for #0906
Provides 3800/7100 CPW processor performance
Provides 3800/7100 CPW for 5250 OLTP (CCIN 7375)
Machine type 9406
#7736#7736 Enterprise Edition for #0906
Provides 3800/7100 CPW processor performance
Provides 3800/7100 CPW for 5250 OLTP (CCIN 7736)
Machine type 9406
#7785#7785 Standard Edition for #0906
Provides 3800/7100 CPW processor performance
Provides 0 CPW for 5250 OLTP (CCIN 7785)
Machine type 9406
Processor
feature
Server
feature
Edition/
Config.
feature
Model 520+ and 520 processors

IBM System i5 and eServer i5 models
43
Model 520, 550,
570, 595
#8950#0900#8950 500 CPW Uni-Processor in Client/Server Environment
POWER5 1.5 GHz Uni (CCIN 522A)
Includes 8 DIMM memory positions (which plug directly onto the backplane - direct attach)
No L3 cache
#7450 Processor Capacity Card (CCIN 7450)
#7390#7390 Express Edition
Provides 30 CPW for 5250 OLTP (CCIN 7390)
Machine type 9406
#7391#7391 Express Edition
Provides 30 CPW for 5250 OLTP (CCIN 7391)
Machine type 9406
#7393#7393 Express Edition
Provides 30 CPW for 5250 OLTP (CCIN 7393)
Machine type 9406
#7411#7411 Express Edition
Provides 30 CPW for 5250 OLTP (CCIN 7411)
Machine type 9406
The #7411 Express Edition is withdrawn from marketing as of 01 April 2005.
#7413#7413 Express Edition
Provides 30 CPW for 5250 OLTP (CCIN 7413)
Machine type 9406
The #7413 Express Edition is withdrawn from marketing as of 01 April 2005.
#7417#7417 Express Edition
Provides 30 CPW for 5250 OLTP (CCIN 7417)
Machine type 9406
The #7417 Express Edition is withdrawn from marketing as of 01 April 2005.
#7450#7450 Value Edition
Provides 30 CPW for 5250 OLTP (CCIN 7450)
#8951#0901#8951 1000 CPW Uni-Processor in Client/Server Environment
POWER5 1.5 GHz Uni (CCIN 522A)
Includes 8 DIMM memory positions (which plug directly onto the backplane - direct attach)
No L3 cache
#7451 Processor Capacity Card (CCIN 7451)
#7392#7392 Express Edition
Provides 60 CPW for 5250 OLTP (CCIN 7392)
Machine type 9405.
#7394#7394 Express Edition
Provides 60 CPW for 5250 OLTP (CCIN 7394)
Machine type 9405.
#7414#7414 Express Edition
Provides 60 CPW for 5250 OLTP (CCIN 7414)
Machine type 9406.
The #7414 Express Edition is withdrawn from marketing for new orders only on 01 April 2005.
Conversions to feature remain available.
#7417#7417 Express Edition
Provides 60 CPW for 5250 OLTP (CCIN 7417)
Machine type 9406.
The #7417 Express Edition is withdrawn from marketing as of 01 April 2005.
#7420#7420 Express Edition
Provides 60 CPW for 5250 OLTP (CCIN 7451)
Machine type 9406.
The #7420 Express Edition is withdrawn from marketing as of 01 April 2005.
#7451#7451 Value Edition
Provides 60 CPW for 5250 OLTP (CCIN 7451)
Processor
feature
Server
feature
Edition/
Config.
feature
Model 520+ and 520 processors

44
IBM System i5, eServer i5, and iSeries System Builder: IBM i5/OS Version 5 Release 4
Model 520, 550,
570, 595
#8952#0902#8952 1000 CPW Uni-Processor in Client/Server Environment
POWER5 1.5 GHz Uni (CCIN 522A)
Includes 8 DIMM memory positions (which plug directly onto the backplane - direct attach)
No L3 cache
#7458/#7459 Processor Capacity Card (CCIN 7458/7459)
#7458#7458 Standard Edition
Provides limited 5250 OLTP (CCIN 7458)
#7459#7459 Enterprise Edition
Provides up to 1000 CPW for 5250 OLTP (CCIN 7459)
#7541#7541 Solution Edition
Provides up to 1000 CPW for 5250 OLTP (CCIN 7451)
#7552#7552 High Availability Edition
Provides up to 1000 CPW for 5250 OLTP (CCIN 7459)
#8953#0903#8953 2400 CPW Uni-Processor in Client/Server Environment
POWER5 1.5 GHz Uni (CCIN 522A)
Includes 8 DIMM memory positions (which plug directly onto the backplane - direct attach)
No L3 cache
#7452/#7453 Processor Capacity Card (CCIN 7452/7453)
#7452#7452 Standard Edition
Provides limited 5250 OLTP (CCIN 7452)
#7453#7453 Enterprise Edition
Provides up to 2300 CPW for 5250 OLTP (CCIN 7453)
#7553#7553 High Availability Edition
Provides up to 2300 CPW for 5250 OLTP (CCIN 7453)
#8954#0904#8954 3300 CPW Uni-Processor in Client/Server Environment
POWER5 1.65 GHz Uni (CCIN 5228)
Includes 8 DIMM memory positions (which plug directly onto the backplane - direct attach)
36 MB L3 cache
#7454/#7455 Processor Capacity Card (CCIN 7454/7455)
#7454#7454 Standard Edition
Provides limited 5250 OLTP (CCIN 7454)
#7455#7455 Enterprise Edition
Provides up to 3300 CPW for 5250 OLTP (CCIN 7455)
#7554#7554 High Availability Edition
Provides up to 3300 CPW for 5250 OLTP (CCIN 7455)
#8955#0905#8955 6000 CPW 2-way Processor in Client/Server Environment
POWER5 1.65 GHz 2-way (CCIN 5229)
Includes 8 DIMM memory positions (which plug directly onto the backplane - direct attach)
36 MB L3 cache
#7456/#7457 Processor Capacity Card (CCIN 7454/7455)
#7456#7456 Standard Edition
Provides limited 5250 OLTP (CCIN 7456)
#7457#7457 Enterprise Edition
Provides up to 6000 CPW for 5250 OLTP (CCIN 7457)
#7555#7555 High Availability Edition
Provides up to 6000 CPW for 5250 OLTP (CCIN 7457)
#8972#0912#7395#7395 Express Edition
Provides up to 60 CPW for OLTP (CCIN 7395)
#7396#7396 Express Edition
Provides up to 60 CPW for OLTP (CCIN 7395)
#7397#7397 Value Edition
Provides up to 60 CPW for OLTP (CCIN 7395)
Models 520+ and 520 CUoD and OLTP features
#7256#7256 520 Enterprise Enablement
The #7256 is ordered when additional 5250 OLTP capability is required on a permanently activated processor on a Model
520 Enterprise Edition system. An additional i5/OS license might be required.
Supported on Model 520+.
Minimum operating system level: i5/OS V5R3
Minimum LIC level: V5R3M5
Processor
feature
Server
feature
Edition/
Config.
feature
Model 520+ and 520 processors

IBM System i5 and eServer i5 models
45
Model 520, 550,
570, 595
#7320#7320 520 One Processor Activation
The #7326 provides an activation code that can be used to permanently activate one additional processor on a Model
520 CUoD system with #0906 Server Feature and #8330 Processor Feature.
Supported on Model 520+.
Minimum operating system level: i5/OS V5R3
Minimum LIC level: V5R3M5
#7575#7575 520 Enterprise Enablement
The #7575 is ordered when additional 5250 OLTP capability is required on a permanently activated processor on a Model
520 Enterprise Edition server. An additional i5/OS license might be required.
Supported on Model 520.
Minimum operating system level: i5/OS V5R3
#7620#7620 520 On/Off Processor Enablement
The #7620 is ordered to enable On/Off Capacity on Demand. Once enabled, processors can be requested on a temporary
basis. An On/Off Capacity on Demand contract must be signed before ordering this feature.
Supported on Model 520+.
Minimum operating system level: i5/OS V5R3
Minimum LIC level: V5R3M5
#7621#7621 520 On/Off Processor Day Billing
Order one #7621 for each billable processor day.
Supported on Model 520+.
Minimum operating system level: i5/OS V5R3
Minimum LIC level: V5R3M5
#7622#7622 520 Reserve Capacity Prepaid
The #7622 provides 30 processor-days of reserve capacity on a Capacity Upgrade on Demand system.
Supported on Model 520+.
Minimum operating system level: i5/OS V5R3
Minimum LIC level: V5R3M5
#8410#8410 520 Base Processor Activation
The #8410 provides an activation code that can be used to permanently activate one processor on a Model 520 CUoD
system with #0906 Server Feature and #8330 Processor Feature. An additional i5/OS license might be required.
Supported on Model 520+.
Minimum operating system level: i5/OS V5R3
Minimum LIC level: V5R3M5
#9286#9286 Base Enterprise Enablement
The #9286 is placed on an order of an Enterprise Edition server to enable one processor's worth of 5250 OLTP capability.
Multiple #9286s can be on the order.
Supported on Models 520 (9406 only), 550, 570, and 595
Minimum operating system level: i5/OS V5R3
#9299#9299 Base Enterprise Enablement
The #9299 is placed on an order of an Enterprise Edition system to enable one processor's worth of 5250 OLTP capability.
Supported on Model 520+ (9406 only)
Minimum operating system level: i5/OS V5R3
Minimum LIC level: V5R3M5
Processor
feature
Server
feature
Edition/
Config.
feature
Model 520+ and 520 processors

46
IBM System i5, eServer i5, and iSeries System Builder: IBM i5/OS Version 5 Release 4
Model 520, 550,
570, 595
2.13 IBM System i5 and eServer i5 Model 550 processors
The Models 550+ and 550 initial installation is IBM installed. Processor upgrades within
models are performed by IBM Service Representatives.
Processor
feature
Server
feature
Edition
feature
Models 550+ and 550 processor
#8312#0910#8312 3800/14000 CPW 1/4-way Processor in Client/Server Environment
Includes two #8312 0/2-way POWER5+ 1.9 GHz processors
Includes one #8413 550 Base Processor Activation
Includes eight main storage DIMM positions per processor card
36MB L3 cache
#7154#7154 Standard Edition for #0910
Provides limited 5250 OLTP (CCIN 7154)
#7155#7155 Enterprise Edition for #0910
Provides up to 3800/14000 CPW for 5250 OLTP (CCIN 7155)
#7551#7551 High Availablity Edition for #0910
Provides up to 3800/14000 CPW for 5250 OLTP.
Processor Capacity Card (CCIN 7551)
#7629#7629 Domino Edition for #0910
Provides limited 5250 OLTP.
Processor Capacity Card (CCIN 7629)
#7630#7630 Solution Edition for #0910
Provides up to 3800/14000 CPW for 5250 OLTP.
Processor Capacity Card (CCIN 7630)
#7631#7631 Solution Edition PeopleSoft EnterpriseOne
Provides up to 3800/14000 CPW for 5250 OLTP.
Processor Capacity Card (CCIN 7631)
#7632#7632 C2CRM Solution Edition with Domino
Provides up to 3800/14000 CPW for 5250 OLTP.
Processor Capacity Card (CCIN 7632)
#7640#7640 2-way SAP Solution Edition
Provides limited 5250 OLTP.
Processor Capacity Card (CCIN 7640)
#7641#7641 4-way SAP Solution Edition
Provides limited 5250 OLTP.
Processor Capacity Card (CCIN 7641)
#8958#0915#8958 3300/12000 CPW 1/4-way Processor in Client/Server Environment
Includes two #8958 0/2-way POWER5 1.65 GHz processors
Includes one #8450 550 Base Processor Activation
Includes eight main storage DIMM positions per processor card
36MB L3 cache
#7462#7462 Standard Edition
Provides limited 5250 OLTP (CCIN 7462)
#7463#7463 Enterprise Edition
Provides up to 3300/12000 CPW for 5250 OLTP (CCIN 7463)
#7530#7530 Domino Edition
Processor Capacity Card (CCIN 7530)
#7531#7531 Solution Edition for PeopleSoft EnterpriseOne
Processor Capacity Card (CCIN 7531)
#7532#7532 C2CRM Solution Edition with Domino
Processor Capacity Card (CCIN 7532)
#7533#7533 2-Way SAP Solution Edition
Processor Capacity Card (CCIN 7533)
#7534#7534 4-Way SAP Solution Edition
Processor Capacity Card (CCIN 7534)
#7558#7558 Solution Edition
Processor Capacity Card (CCIN 7558)

IBM System i5 and eServer i5 models
47
Model 520, 550,
570, 595
Models 550+ and 550 CUoD and OLTP features
#7257#7257 550 Enterprise Enablement
The #7257 is ordered when additional 5250 OLTP capability is required on a Model 550 Enterprise Edition, High
Availability Edition or Solution Edition servers. One additional processor's worth of 5250 OLTP capacity is authorized with
each feature. This 5250 capacity can be used across multiple physical #8312 processors which have been permanently
activated. An additional i5/OS license might be required.
Supported on #8312 processor only.
Minimum operating system level: i5/OS V5R3
#7323#7323 550 One Processor Activation
Ordering this feature results in an activation code that can be used to permanently activate one additional processor on
a Model 550. One or more activation features can be ordered.
Supported on #8312 processor only.
Minimum operating system level: i5/OS V5R3
#7341#7341 550 On/Off Processor Day Billing
After the #7930 On/Off Processor Enablement feature is ordered and the associated enablement code is entered into the
system, on/off usage must be reported to IBM at least monthly. This information is used to compute the billing data which
is then given to the local sales channel. The sales channel places an order for a quantity of #7341 On/Off Processor Day
Billing features and its associated charges. One #7341 is ordered for each billable processor day.
#7930 550 On/Off Processor Enablement is required.
Supported on #8312 processor only.
Minimum operating system level: i5/OS V5R3
#7576#7576 550 Enterprise Enablement
The #7576 is ordered when additional 5250 OLTP capability is required on a permanently activated processor on a Model
550 #8958 Enterprise Edition server. An additional i5/OS license might be required.
Supported on #8958 processor only.
Minimum operating system level: i5/OS V5R3
#7741#7741 550 Reserve Capacity Prepaid
The #7741 provides 30 processor-days of reserve capacity on a Model 550 #8312 processor. Capacity Upgrade on
Demand (CUoD) server. Reserve capacity is established on a server by selecting a quantity of inactive processors to be
placed in the server's Shared Processor Pool as reserve processors. When the server recognizes that non-reserve
processors (permanently activated processors) assigned and/or available to the uncapped partitions are 100% utilized,
a processor day (valid for a 24-hour period) is subtracted from the prepaid amount of days.
Supported on #8312 processor only.
Minimum operating system level: i5/OS V5R3
#7871#7871 550 CUoD Processor Activation
The #7871 feature results in an activation code that can be used to permanently activate one additional processor on an
eServer i5 550 server. One or more activation features can be ordered.
Supported on #8958 processor only.
Minimum operating system level: i5/OS V5R3
#7930#7930 550 On/Off Processor Enablement
The #7930 is ordered to enable a 550 server for On/Off Capacity on Demand. When enabled, processors can be
requested on a temporary basis. On/Off Capacity on Demand contracts must be signed before this feature is ordered.
Prior to reaching the limit of enabled temporary processor days, this feature can be reordered.
Supported on #8312 and the #8958 processors.
Minimum operating system level: i5/OS V5R3
#7931#7931 550 On/Off Processor Day Billing
After the #7930 On/Off Processor Enablement feature is ordered and the associated enablement code is entered into the
system, on/off usage must be reported to IBM at least monthly. This information is used to compute the billing data, which
is then given to the local sales channel. The sales channel places an order for a quantity of the #7931On/Off Processor
Day Billing features and its associated charges. Order one #7931 for each billable processor day.
The #7958 is supported on the #8958 processor only.
Minimum operating system level: i5/OS V5R3
#7934#7934 550 Reserve Capacity Prepaid
The #7934 provides 30 processor days of reserve capacity on a Model 550 Capacity Upgrade on Demand (CUoD) server.
To establish reserve capacity on the server, select a quantity of inactive processors to be placed in the server's shared
processor pool as reserve processors. When the server recognizes that non-reserve processors (permanently activated
processors) assigned or available to the uncapped partitions have been 100% utilized, a processor day (good for a
24-hour period) is subtracted from the prepaid amount of days.
Supported on #8958 processor only.
Minimum operating system level: i5/OS V5R3

48
IBM System i5, eServer i5, and iSeries System Builder: IBM i5/OS Version 5 Release 4
Model 520, 550,
570, 595
2.14 IBM System i5 and eServer i5 Model 570 processors
The Models 570+ and 570 initial installation is IBM installed. Processor upgrades within
models are performed by IBM Service Representatives.
#8413#8413 550 Base Processor Activation
The #8413 feature provides an activation code that can be used to permanently activate one additional processor on a
Model 550 server. One or more of these no-charge activation features can be ordered, depending on the configuration
rules. The #7741 is supported on the #8312 processor only.
Minimum operating system level: i5/OS V5R3
#8450#8450 550 Base Processor Activation
The #8450 feature provides an activation code that can help permanently activate one additional processor on an eServer
i5 #8958 550 server. One or more of these no-charge activation features can be ordered, depending on configuration
rules. The #8450 is supported on the #8958 processor only
Minimum operating system level: i5/OS V5R3
#9286#9286 Base Enterprise Enablement
The #9286 is placed on an order of an Enterprise Edition server to enable one processor's worth of 5250 OLTP capability.
Multiple #9286s can be on the order.
Supported on Models 520 (9406 only), 550, 570, and 595
Minimum operating system level: i5/OS V5R3
#9299#9299 Base Enterprise Enablement
The #9299 is placed on an order of an Enterprise Edition server to enable one processor's worth of 5250 OLTP capability.
Multiple #9299's can be on the order.
Supported on #8312 processor only.
Minimum operating system level: i5/OS V5R3
Processor
Processor
activation
feature
Server
feature
Edition
feature
Model 570+ processor
#8338#7618#0934#8338 8400/16000 CPW 2/4-way Processor in Client/Server Environment
Includes two #8338 0/2-way POWER5+ 2.2 GHz processor (CCIN 8338)
Includes two #7738 Base Processor Activation features
Includes 36 MB L3 cache per processor card
Includes eight main memory DIMM slots per processor card
#7757#7757 Standard Edition
Provides limited 5250 OLTP CPW (CCIN 7757)
#7747#7747 Enterprise Edition
Provides up to16000 CPW for 5250 OLTP CPW (CCIN 7747)
#7763#7763 High Availability Edition
Provides up to16000 CPW for 5250 OLTP CPW (CCIN 7763)
#8338#7618#0935#8338 16700/31100 CPW 4/8-way Processor in Client/Server Environment
Includes four #8338 0/2-way POWER5+ 2.2 GHz processors (CCIN 8338)
Includes four #7738 Base Processor Activation features
Includes 36 MB L3 cache per processor card
Includes eight main memory DIMM slots per processor card
#7758#7758 Standard Edition
Provides limited 5250 OLTP CPW (CCIN 7758)
#7748#7748 Enterprise Edition
Provides up to 311000 CPW for 5250 OLTP CPW (CCIN 7748)
#7764#7764 High Availability Edition
Provides up to 311000 CPW for 5250 OLTP CPW (CCIN 7764)

IBM System i5 and eServer i5 models
49
Model 520, 550,
570, 595
#8338#7618#0936#8338 31100/58500 CPW 8/16way Processor in Client/Server Environment
Includes eight #8338 0/2-way POWER5+ 2.2 GHz processor (CCIN 8338)
Includes eight #7738 Base Processor Activation features
Includes 36 MB L3 cache per processor card
Includes eight main memory DIMM slots per processor card
#7759#7759 Standard Edition
Provides limited 5250 OLTP CPW (CCIN 7759)
#7749#7749 Enterprise Edition
Provides up to 58500 CPW for 5250 OLTP CPW (CCIN 7749)
#7765#7765 High Availability Edition
Provides up to 58500 CPW for 5250 OLTP CPW (CCIN 7765)
#8338#7618#0937#8338 18100/58500 CPW 2/16-way Processor in Client/Server
Environment
Includes eight #8338 0/2way POWER5+ 2.2 GHz processor (CCIN 8338)
Includes two #7738 Base Processor Activation features
Includes 36 MB L3 cache per processor card
Includes eight main memory DIMM slots per processor card
#7760#7760 Capacity BackUp Edition
Provides limited 5250 OLTP CPW (CCIN 7760)
Processor
Processor
activation
feature
Server
feature
Edition
feature
Model 570+ processor
#8961#7897#0919#8961 3300/6000 CPW 0/2-way Processor in Client/Server Environment
Includes one #8961 0/2-way POWER5 1.65 GHz processor (CCIN 26EA)
Includes one #8452 Base Processor Activation feature
Includes 36 MB L3 cache per processor card
Includes eight main memory DIMM slots per processor card
The #8961 0/2-way processor is withdrawn from marketing as of 01 October
2004.
#7488#7488 Standard Edition
Provides limited 5250 OLTP CPW (CCIN 7488)
The #7488 Standard Edition is withdrawn from marketing as of 01 October
2004.
#7489#7489 Enterprise Edition
Provides up to 6000 CPW for 5250 OLTP CPW (CCIN 7489)
The #7489 Enterprise Edition is withdrawn from marketing as of 01 October
2004.
#8961#7897#0920#8961 6350/11700 CPW 2/4-way Processor in Client/Server Environment
Includes two #8961 0/2-way POWER5 1.65 GHz processors (CCIN 26F2)
Includes two #8452 Base Processor Activation features
Includes 36 MB L3 cache per processor card
Includes eight main memory DIMM slots per processor card
The #8961 2/4-way processor is withdrawn from marketing as of 01 October
2004.
#7469#7469 Standard Edition
Provides limited 5250 OLTP CPW (CCIN 7469)
#7470#7470 Enterprise Edition
Provides up to 12000 CPW for 5250 OLTP CPW (CCIN 7470)
The #7470 Enterprise Edition for the #8961 Processor feature is withdrawn
from marketing as of 01 October 2004. The #7495 Standard Edition for #0921
is the recommended replacement.
Processor
Processor
activation
feature
Server
feature
Edition
feature
Model 570+ processor

50
IBM System i5, eServer i5, and iSeries System Builder: IBM i5/OS Version 5 Release 4
Model 520, 550,
570, 595
#8971#7897#0921#8971 6350/12000 CPW 2/4way Processor in Client/Server Environment
Includes one #8971 0/2-way POWER5 1.65 GHz processor (CCIN 26F2)
Includes two #8452 Base Processor Activation feature
Includes 36 MB L3 cache per processor card
Includes eight main memory DIMM slots per processor card
#7494#7494 Standard Edition
Provides limited 5250 OLTP CPW (CCIN 7494)
#7495#7495 Enterprise Edition
Provides up to 11200 CPW for 5250 OLTP CPW (CCIN 7470)
#7560#7560 High Availability Edition
Processor Capacity Card (CCIN 7495)
#8971#7897#0922#8971 15200/23650 CPW 4/8-way Processor in Client/Server Environment
Includes two #8971 0/2way POWER5 1.65 GHz processor (CCIN 26F2)
Includes five #8452 Base Processor Activation feature
Includes 36 MB L3 cache per processor card
Includes eight main memory DIMM slots per processor card
#7471#7471 Standard Edition
Provides limited 5250 OLTP CPW (CCIN 7494)
#7472#7472 Enterprise Edition
Provides up to 23650 CPW for 5250 OLTP CPW (CCIN 7470)
#7561#7561 High Availability Edition
Processor Capacity Card (CCIN 7472)
#8971#7897#0924#8971 25500/33400 CPW 9/12 Processor in Client/Server Environment
Includes four #8971 0/2-way POWER5 1.65 GHz processor (CCIN 26F2)
Includes nine #8452 Base Processor Activation feature
Includes 36 MB L3 cache per processor card
Includes eight main memory DIMM slots per processor card
#7473#7473 Standard Edition
Provides limited 5250 OLTP CPW (CCIN 7494)
#7474#7474 Enterprise Edition
33400 CPW for 5250 OLTP CPW (CCIN 7474)
#7562#7562 High Availability Edition
Processor Capacity Card (CCIN 7474)
#8971#7897#0926#8971 36300/44700 CPW 13/16 Processor in Client/Server Environment
Includes eight #8971 0/2-way POWER5 1.65 GHz processor (CCIN 26F2)
Includes thirteen #8452 Base Processor Activation feature
Includes 36 MB L3 cache per processor card
Includes eight main memory DIMM slots per processor card
#7475#7475 Standard Edition
Provides limited 5250 OLTP CPW (CCIN 7494)
#7476#7476 Enterprise Edition
Provides up to 44700 CPW for 5250 OLTP CPW (CCIN 7476)
#7563#7563 High Availability Edition
Processor Capacity Card (CCIN 7476)
#8971#7897#0928#8971 6350/44700 CPW 13/16 Processor in Client/Server Environment
Includes eight #8971 0/2-way POWER5 1.65 GHz processor (CCIN 26F2)
Includes two 8452 Base Processor Activation feature
Includes 36 MB L3 cache per processor card
Includes eight main memory DIMM slots per processor card
#7570#7570 Capacity BackUp Edition
Provides up to 37400 CPW for 5250 OLTP for the Capacity BackUp Edition
(CCIN 7570)
#8971#7897#0930#7559
#7559 High Availability Edition
Provides up to 37400 CPW for 5250 OLTP for the High Availability Edition
(CCIN 7559)
Processor
Processor
activation
feature
Server
feature
Edition
feature
Model 570+ processor

IBM System i5 and eServer i5 models
51
Model 520, 550,
570, 595
Model 570+ and 570 CUoD and OLTP features
#7258#7258 570 Full Enterprise Enablement
The #7258 - 570 Full Enterprise Enable is ordered when complete 5250 OLTP capability is required for all permanently
activated processors on 2/4-way, 4/8-way and 8/16-way model 570 Enterprise Edition or High Availability Edition systems.
An additional i5/OS license might be required.
Supported on Model 570+ Enterprise Edition or High Availability Edition systems
Minimum operating system level: i5/OS V5R3
#7260#7260 570 Enterprise Enablement
The #7260 570 Enterprise Enablement is ordered when additional 5250 OLTP capability is required on a model 570
Enterprise Edition or High Availability Edition system. One additional processor's worth of 5250 OLTP capacity is
authorized with each feature. This 5250 capacity can be used across multiple physical #8338 processors which have been
permanently activated. An additional i5/OS license might be required.
Supported on Model 570+ Enterprise Edition or High Availability Edition systems
Minimum operating system level: i5/OS V5R3
#7570#7570 On/Off Prepaid for Model 570 Capacity BackUp Edition
The #7570 On/Off Prepaid for Model 570 Capacity BackUp Edition provides an account for 30 processor days of On/Off
Capacity on Demand (On/Off Capacity on Demand). The system must be enabled for On/Off Capacity on Demand before
ordering prepaid days
#7577#7577 570 Enterprise Enablement
The #7577 is ordered when additional 5250 OLTP capability is required on a permanently activated processor on a Model
570 Enterprise Edition server. An additional i5/OS license might be required.
Minimum operating system level: i5/OS V5R3
Supported on Model 570
#7597#7597 570 Full Enterprise Enablement
The #7597 is ordered when complete 5250 OLTP capability is required for all permanently activated processors on
5/8-way, 9/12-way and 13/16-way Model 570 Enterprise Edition servers. An additional i5/OS license might be required.
Minimum operating system level: i5/OS V5R3
Supported on Model 570
#7618#7618 570 One Processor Activation
The #7618 provides an activation code that can be used to permanently activate one additional processor on a Model 570+
CUoD server with #8338 Processor Feature. One or more activation features can be ordered, up to the maximum for the
server.
Supported on Model 570+ CUoD servers
#7624#7624 570 On/Off Processor Day Billing
The #7624 On/off Processor Day Billing is for temporary use of a processor on a daily base.
Once an #7624 On/Off Processor Enablement feature is ordered and the associated enablement code is entered into the
system, you must report your on/off usage to IBM at least monthly. This information, used to compute your billing data, is
then provided to your sales channel. The sales channel places an order for a quantity of on/off processor day billing
features and bills you. Order one #7624 for each billable processor day.
Supported on Models 570+ with On/Off Processor Enablement feature
Minimum operating system level: i5/OS V5R3
#7663#7663 570 1GB Memory Activation
The #7663 570 1GB Memory Activation provides the activation of 1 GB of additional Capacity on Demand memory. Multiple
#7663 features are allowed up to the maximum CUoD memory of the server. Memory activations are stored in the server.
If CUoD memory is moved to a different server, the additional activations remain with the original server.
Supported on Models 570+ with CUoD memory available for activation
Minimum operating system level: i5/OS V5R3
#7728#7728 570 Reserve Capacity Prepaid
The #7728 570 Reserve Capacity Prepaid provides 30 processor-days of reserve capacity on a Capacity on Demand
server. To establish reserve capacity on the server, select a quantity of inactive processors to be placed in the server's
shared processor pool as reserve processors. When the server recognizes that non-reserve processors (permanently
activated processors) assigned and/or available to the uncapped partitions have been 100% utilized, a reserve processor
is activated and a processor day (good for a 24-hour period) is subtracted from the prepaid amount of days.
Supported on Models 570+ CUoD server with Reserve Capacity on Demand enabled
Minimum operating system level: i5/OS V5R3

52
IBM System i5, eServer i5, and iSeries System Builder: IBM i5/OS Version 5 Release 4
Model 520, 550,
570, 595
#7738#7738 570 Base Processor Activation
The #7738 570 Base Processor Activation provides an activation code that can be used to permanently activate one
processor on a model 570 Capacity Upgrade on Demand system. One or more of these no-charge activation features can
be ordered, depending on the configuration rules.
Supported on Model 570+ CUoD server
Minimum operating system level: i5/OS V5R3
#7890#7890 Orderable on Demand Memory
The #7890 Orderable on Demand Memory is used to order on demand memory.
The #7890 provides 4 GB of activated memory and an additional 4 GB of memory available for activation. The 4 GB of
additional memory can be activated in increments of 1 GB with #7950 and #7954 or #7957.
Supported on Model 570
Minimum operating system level: i5/OS V5R3
#7897#7897 570 CUoD Processor Activation
The #7897 570 CUoD Processor Activation is used to order a password to permanently activate one additional processor
on an #8961 or #8971 processor. One or more #7897s can be ordered on initial orders or via MES to activate additional
processors.
Supported on Model 570
Minimum operating system level: i5/OS V5R3
Customer Install Feature: Yes
#7950#7950 On Demand Memory Activation for Model 570 (Permanent Activation)
The #7950 On Demand Memory Activation for Model 570 provides the activation of 1 GB of additional CUoD memory on
a CUoD server. Multiple #7950s are allowed on a CUoD server up to the maximum CUoD memory of the server. When
ordered, a password to permanently activate memory in one GB increments is provided for a Model 570 with an #8961 or
#8971 Processor. One or more #7950s can be ordered on initial orders or via MES to activate additional one GB memory
increments.
One or more #7890 4/8 GB DDR-1 Main Storage (#7890 Orderable on Demand Memory) with nonactivated memory
features are required.
Supported on Model 570
Minimum operating system level: i5/OS V5R3
#7951#7951 On/Off Prepaid for Model 570
The #7951 On/Off Prepaid for Model 570 is ordered to enable On/Off Capacity on Demand to temporarily enable processor
or processors. When enabled, processors are requested on a temporary basis. An On/Off Capacity on Demand contract
must be signed to order this feature. A #7951 can be reordered prior to reaching the enabled limit of usable temporary
processor days.
Available processors are required for activation.
Supported on Model 570
Minimum operating system level: i5/OS V5R3
#7952#7952 On/Off Capacity on Demand Billing
A #7952 On/Off Capacity on Demand Billing feature code is used for On/Off Capacity on Demand billing for the temporary
use of a processor on a daily basis. After a #7951 On/Off Capacity on Demand feature is ordered and the associated
enablement code is installed on the system, On/Off Capacity on Demand usage must be reported monthly to IBM. Order
one #7952 for each billable processor day that is used for temporary capacity.
The number of processor days that are agreed to in the contract that is signed prior to ordering the On/Off Capacity on
Demand feature is limited. A new contract is required to continue using temporary capacity after the initial limit has been
reached and a second #7951 On/Off Capacity on Demand feature is ordered. An On/Off Capacity on Demand feature
cannot be concurrently ordered with an On/Off Capacity on Demand billing feature.
Supported on Model 570
Minimum operating system level: i5/OS V5R3
#7954#7954 On Demand Memory for Model 570
The #7954 On Demand Memory for Model 570 is ordered to enable On/Off Capacity on Demand. When enabled, memory
activation can be requested on a temporary basis. An On/Off Capacity on Demand contract must be signed before the
#7954 is ordered. The #7954 can be reordered prior to reaching the enabled limit of usable temporary memory days.
One or more #7890 Orderable on Demand Memory with nonactivated memory are required.
Supported on Model 570
Minimum operating system level: i5/OS V5R3

IBM System i5 and eServer i5 models
53
Model 520, 550,
570, 595
#7956#7956 570 Reserve Capacity on Demand
The #7956 570 Reserve Capacity on Demand provides 30 processor days of reserve capacity. After purchasing feature
#7956, enter the resulting activation code and assign a quantity of the server’s currently inactive processors to the shared
processor pool as reserve capacity. When the server recognizes that the number of base (purchased or active) processors
assigned across uncapped partitions is 100% utilized, and at least 10% of an additional processor is needed (based on
multiple hits over a measured period), then a processor day (good for 24 hours) is deducted from the total number of
prepaid processor days.
Ordered via MES or as part of initial system order.
A server with inactive (un-purchased) processor capacity is required.
Supported on Model 570.
Minimum operating system level: i5/OS V5R3
#7957#7957 On Demand Memory Billing
A #7957 On Demand Memory Billing feature code is used to bill for On/Off Capacity on Demand memory requests to use
one GB of memory for one day (one 24-hour period). Begin reporting temporary memory usage to IBM at least once
quarterly after a #7954 On/Off Memory Enablement feature is ordered and the associated enablement code is installed on
the server. One #7957 must be ordered to pay for it's use (after the fact) for every GB day of memory requested during a
billing period (a quarter).
Ordered via MES.
Supported on Model 570.
Minimum operating system level: i5/OS V5R3
#8452#8452 570 One Processor Activation
The #8452 provides an activation code that can be used to permanently activate one additional processor on a Model 570.
One or more of these no-charge activation features can be ordered, depending on the configuration rules.
Supported on Model 570.
Minimum operating system level: i5/OS V5R3
#8459#8459 570 1 GB CUoD Memory activation
The #8459 is ordered with 570 to 570 model upgrades when 1 GB of system memory activation is desired. Multiple #8459
are allowed.
Supported on Model 570.
Minimum operating system level: i5/OS V5R3
#8470#8470 570 Base 1GB Memory Activation
The #8470 570 Base 1GB Memory Activation activates one GB of main storage on a model 570+ system with Capacity on
Demand memory. Depending on the on demand memory features ordered, several #8470s can be ordered.
Supported on Model 570+ CoD memory
Minimum operating system level: i5/OS V5R3
#9286#9286 Base Enterprise Enablement
The #9286 Base Enterprise Enablement is placed on an order of an Enterprise Edition server to enable one processor's
worth of 5250 OLTP capability.
Multiple #9286s can be on the order.
Supported on Models 520 (9406 only), 550, 570, and 595
Minimum operating system level: i5/OS V5R3
#9298#9298 Full Enterprise Enablement
The #9298 Full Enterprise Enablement is ordered with 570-to-570 or 595-to-595 upgrades when the starting 570 or 595
configuration already has full enterprise enablement. It provides complete 5250 OLTP capability for all permanently
activated processors on the upgraded Enterprise Edition server.
Supported on Models 570 and 595
Minimum operating system level: i5/OS V5R3
#9299#9299 Base Enterprise Enablement
The #9299 Base Enterprise Enablement is placed on an order of an Enterprise Edition server to enable one processor's
worth of 5250 OLTP capability. Multiple #9299s can be on the order.
Supported on Model 520+, 550+, 570+, 595 1.9 GHz Enterprise Edition
Minimum operating system level: i5/OS V5R3 with V5R3M5 LIC for 520+; V5R3 for 550+, 570+, 595 1.9 GHz

54
IBM System i5, eServer i5, and iSeries System Builder: IBM i5/OS Version 5 Release 4
Model 520, 550,
570, 595
2.15 IBM System i5 and eServer Model 595 processors
The Models 595+ and 595 initial installation is IBM installed. Processor upgrades within
models are performed by IBM Service Representatives.
Processor
Processor
Activation
feature
Server
feature
Edition
feature
Model 595 1.9 GHz and 595 processor
#8966#7815#0940 26700/50500 CPW 8/16 Processor in Client/Server Environment
Includes one #8966 with two 8-way POWER5 1.9 GHz processor (MCM)
(CCIN 528C)
Includes eight #8457 Base Processor Activation feature.
Includes 36 MB L3 cache per processor node (MCM)
Includes 16 main memory slots per processor card #8966.
#7480#7480 Standard Edition
Provides limited 5250 OLTP CPW (CCIN 7480)
#7481#7481 Enterprise Edition
Provides up to 50500 CPW for 5250 OLTP CPW (CCIN 7481)
#7580#7580 High Availability Edition
Provides a High Availability Edition for a Model 595 with #0940 Server Feature
(8/16-way) (CCIN 7580)
#8966#7815#0941 51000/92000 CPW 16/32 Processor in Client/Server Environment
Includes two #8966 with four 8-way POWER5 1.9 GHz processor (MCM)
(CCIN 528C)
Includes 16 #8457 Base Processor Activation feature
Includes 36 MB L3 cache per processor node (MCM)
Includes 16 main memory slots per processor card #8966 (32 in total)
#7482#7482 Standard Edition
Provides limited 5250 OLTP CPW (CCIN 7482)
#7483#7483 Enterprise Edition
Provides up to 92000 CPW for 5250 OLTP CPW (CCIN 7483)
#7581#7581 High Availability Edition
Provides a High Availability Edition for a Model 595 with #0941 Server Feature
(16/32-way) (CCIN 7581)
#8966#7815#0943 92000/184000 CPW 32/64 Processor in Client/Server Environment
Includes four #8966 with eight 8-way POWER5 1.9 GHz processor (MCM)
(CCIN 528C)
Includes thirty two #8457 595 Base Processor Activation features
Includes 36 MB L3 cache per processor node (MCM)
Includes 16 main memory slots per processor card #8966 (64 total)
#7486#7486 Standard Edition
Provides limited 5250 OLTP CPW (CCIN 7486)
#7487#7487 Enterprise Edition
Provides up to 184000 CPW for 5250 OLTP CPW (CCIN 7487)
#7583#7583 High Availability Edition
Provides a High Availability Edition for a Model 595 with #0943 Server Feature
(32/64-way) (CCIN 7583)
#8966#7815#0944 13600/92000 CPW 4/32-way processor in Client/Server Environment
Includes two #8966 with four 8-way POWER5 1.9 GHz processor (MCM)
(CCIN 528C)
Includes 4 #8457 Base Processor Activation feature
Includes 36 MB L3 cache per processor node (MCM)
Includes 16 main memory slots per processor card #8966 (32 in total)
#7590#7590 Capacity BackUp Edition
Provides a Capacity BackUp Edition for a Model 595 with #0944 Server
Feature (4/32-way) (CCIN 7590)

IBM System i5 and eServer i5 models
55
Model 520, 550,
570, 595
#8981#7925#0946 24500/45500 CPW 8/16 Processor in Client/Server Environment
Includes one #8981 with two 8-way POWER5 1.65 GHz processor (MCM)
(CCIN 52A4)
Includes eight #8461 Base Processor Activation feature.
Includes 36 MB L3 cache per processor node (MCM)
Includes 16 main memory slots per processor card #8981
#7496#7496 Standard Edition
Provides limited 5250 OLTP CPW (CCIN 7496)
#7497#7497 Enterprise Edition
Provides up to 45500 CPW for 5250 OLTP CPW (CCIN 7497)
#8981#7925#0947 46000/85000 CPW 16/32 Processor in Client/Server Environment
Includes two #8981 with four 8-way POWER5 1.65 GHz processor (MCM)
(CCIN 52A4)
Includes 16 #8461 Base Processor Activation feature
Includes 36 MB L3 cache per processor node (MCM)
Includes 16 main memory slots per processor card #8981 (32 in total)
#7498#7498 Standard Edition
Provides limited 5250 OLTP CPW (CCIN 7498)
#7499#7499 Enterprise Edition
Provides up to 85000 CPW for 5250 OLTP CPW (CCIN 7499)
#8981#7925#0952 86000/165000 CPW 32/64 Processor in Client/Server Environment
Includes four #8981 with eight 8-way POWER5 1.65 GHz processor
(MCM) (CCIN 52A4)
Includes thirty two #8461 Base Processor Activation feature
Includes 36 MB L3 cache per processor node (MCM)
Includes 16 main memory slots per processor card #8981 (64 total)
#7984#7984 Standard Edition
Provides limited 5250 OLTP CPW (CCIN 7984)
#7985#7985 Enterprise Edition
Provides up to 165000 CPW for 5250 OLTP CPW (CCIN 7985)
Model 595+ and 595 CUoD and OLTP features
#7259#7259 595 Full Enterprise Enablement
The #7259 595 Full Enterprise Enablement is ordered when complete 5250 OLTP capability is required for all permanently
activated processors on a 8/16-way, 16/32-way and 32/64-way Model 595 Enterprise Edition or High Availability Edition
system. An additional i5/OS license might be required.
#7261#7261 595 Enterprise Enablement
A #7261 595 Enterprise Enablement is ordered when additional 5250 OLTP capability is required on a Model 595
Enterprise Edition or High Availability Edition system. One additional processor's worth of 5250 OLTP capacity is
authorized with each feature. This 5250 capacity can be used across multiple physical #8966 processors are permanently
activated. An additional i5/OS license might be required.
#7496#7496 Standard Edition for #0946
The #7496 Standard Edition for #0946 is ordered when a Standard Edition of a Model 595 system with #0946 8/16-way
Server Feature is required.
Minimum operating system level: i5/OS V5R3
Customer Install Feature: No
#7497#7497 Enterprise Edition for #0946
The #7497 Enterprise Edition for #0946 is ordered when an Enterprise Edition of a Model 595 system with #0946 8/16-way
Server Feature is required.
Minimum operating system level: i5/OS V5R3
Customer Install Feature: No
#7498#7498 Standard Edition for #0947
The #7498 Standard Edition for #0947 is ordered when a Standard Edition of a Model 595 system with #0947 16/32-way
Server Feature is required.
Minimum operating system level: i5/OS V5R3
Customer Install Feature: No
Processor
Processor
Activation
feature
Server
feature
Edition
feature
Model 595 1.9 GHz and 595 processor

56
IBM System i5, eServer i5, and iSeries System Builder: IBM i5/OS Version 5 Release 4
Model 520, 550,
570, 595
#7499#7499 Enterprise Edition for #0947
The #7499 is ordered when an Enterprise Edition of a Model 595 system with #0947 16/32-way Server Feature is required.
Minimum operating system level: i5/OS V5R3
Customer Install Feature: No
#7579#7579 595 Enterprise Enablement
The #7579 595 Enterprise Enablement is ordered when additional 5250 OLTP capability is required on a permanently
activated processor on a Model 595 Enterprise Edition server. An additional i5/OS license might be required.
Minimum operating system level: i5/OS V5R3
Customer Install Feature: Yes
#7598#7598 595 Full Enterprise Enablement
The #7598 595 Full Enterprise Enablement is ordered when complete 5250 OLTP capability is required for all permanently
activated processors on Model 595 Enterprise Edition servers. An additional i5/OS license might be required.
Minimum operating system level: i5/OS V5R3
Initial order only
#7799#7799 595 256GB Memory Activation
The #7799 595 256GB Memory Activation provides the activation of 256GB of additional CUoD memory on a CUoD server.
Multiple #7799s are allowed on a CUoD server up to the maximum CUoD memory of the server. A CUoD server with
memory available for activation must be available.
Minimum operating system level: i5/OS V5R3, SUSE Linux Enterprise Server 9 for POWER or Red Hat Enterprise Linux
AS for POWER Version 3
Ordered via MES or as part of initial system order
Supported on Model 595
Customer Install Feature: Yes
#7815#7815 595 One Processor Activation
Ordering the #7815 595 One Processor Activation feature results in an activation code that can be used to permanently
activate one additional processor on a model 595 CUoD server with #8966 Processor Feature. One or more activation
features can be ordered, up to the maximum for the server.
Supported on Model 595.
#7839#7839 595 On/Off Processor Enablement
The #7839 595 On/Off Processor Enablement feature is ordered to temporarily enable a Model 595 for On/Off Capacity on
Demand. When enabled, processors are requested on a temporary basis. An On/Off Capacity on Demand contract must
be signed prior to ordering a #7839. The #7839 can be reordered prior to reaching the enabled limit of usable temporary
processor days.
Supported on Model 595.
#7925#7925 595 One Processor Activation
Ordering the #7925 595 One Processor Activation feature results in an activation code that can be used to permanently
activate one additional processor on a Model 595 with #8981 Processor Feature. One or more activation features can be
ordered.
Ordered via MES or as part of initial system order.
Customer Install Feature: Yes
#7926#7926 595 Reserve Capacity Prepaid
The #7926 595 Reserve Capacity Prepaid provides 30 processor-days of reserve capacity on a CUoD server. To establish
reserve capacity on the server, select a quantity of inactive processors to be placed in the server's Shared Processor Pool
as reserve processors. When the server recognizes that permanently activated processors assigned or available to the
uncapped partitions have been 100% utilized, a processor day (good for a 24-hour period) is subtracted from the prepaid
amount of days.
CUoD server with Reserve Capacity on Demand enabled Model 595 is required.
Ordered via MES or as part of initial system order
Minimum operating system level: i5/OS V5R3, SUSE Linux Enterprise Server 9 for POWER or Red Hat Enterprise Linux
AS for POWER Version 3
Customer Install Feature: Yes
#7970#7970 595 1GB Memory Activation
The #7970 595 1GB Memory Activation provides the activation of 1 GB of additional CUoD memory on a CUoD server.
Multiple #7970 features are allowed on a CUoD server up to the maximum CUoD memory of the server.
CUoD 595 server with memory available for activation is required.
Supported on Model 595.
Customer Install Feature: Yes

IBM System i5 and eServer i5 models
57
Model 520, 550,
570, 595
#7971#7971 595 On/Off Processor Enablement
The #7971 595 On/Off Processor Enablement is ordered to enable your server for On/Off Capacity on Demand on a model
595 with #8966 Processor Feature. Once enabled, you can request processors on a temporary basis. You must sign an
On/Off Capacity on Demand contract before you order this feature. Prior to reaching your enabled limit of usable temporary
processor days, you can reorder this feature.
Supported on Model 595.
#7972#7972 595 On/Off Processor Day Billing
Once an On/Off Processor Enablement feature is ordered and the associated enablement code is entered into the system,
you must report your on/off usage to IBM at least monthly. This information, used to compute your billing data, is then
provided to your sales channel. The sales channel places an order for a quantity of on/off processor day billing features
and bill you. Order one #7972 for each billable processor day on a model 595 with #8966 Processor Feature.

Supported on Model 595.
#7973#7973 595 On/Off Memory Enablement
The #7973 595 On/Off Memory Enablement is ordered to enable On/Off Capacity on Demand. When enabled, memory is
activated on a temporary basis. An On/Off Capacity on Demand contract must be signed before this feature is ordered.
The #7973 can be re-ordered prior to reaching the enabled limit of usable temporary memory days.
Supported on Model 595.
Customer Install Feature: Yes
#7974#7974 595 1GB Memory Day Billing
When an On/Off Memory Enablement feature is ordered and the associated enablement code is entered into the system,
on/off usage must be reported to IBM at least monthly. Order one #7974 595 1GB Memory Day Billing for each billable
memory day.
Supported on Model 595.
Customer Install Feature: Yes
#7975#7975 595 Reserve Capacity Prepaid
A #7975 595 Reserve Capacity Prepaid provides 30 processor-days of reserve capacity on a Capacity Upgrade on
Demand (CUoD) server. To establish reserve capacity on the server, select a quantity of inactive processors to be placed
in the server's shared processor pool as reserve processors. When the server recognizes that non-reserve processors
(permanently activated processors) assigned and/or available to the uncapped partitions have been 100% utilized, a
processor day (good for a 24-hour period) is subtracted from the prepaid amount of days.
Supported on Model 595.
#7984#7984 Standard Edition for #0952
The #7984 Standard Edition for #0952 is ordered when a Standard Edition of a Model 595 system with #0952 32/64-way
Server Feature is required.
Supported on Model 595.
Minimum operating system level: i5/OS V5R3
Customer Install Feature: No
#7985#7985 Enterprise Edition for #0952
The #7985 Enterprise Edition for #0952 is ordered when an Enterprise Edition of a Model 595 system with #0952 32/64-way
Server Feature is required.
Ordered via MES or as part of initial system order.
Supported on Model 595.
Minimum operating system level: i5/OS V5R3
Customer Install Feature: No
#7993#7993 595 On/Off Processor Day Billing
Report on/off usage to IBM at least monthly once an On/Off Processor Enablement feature is ordered and the associated
enablement code is entered into the system. Order one #7993 595 On/Off Processor Day Billing for each billable processor
day.
Ordered via MES
Supported on Model 595.
Customer Install Feature: Yes
#8457#8457 595 Base Processor Activation
The #8457 595 Base Processor Activation provides an activation code that can be used to permanently activate one
processor on a model 595 system with #8966 Processor Feature. One or more of these no-charge activation features can
be ordered, depending on the configuration rules.

Supported on Model 595.

58
IBM System i5, eServer i5, and iSeries System Builder: IBM i5/OS Version 5 Release 4
Model 520, 550,
570, 595
2.16 IBM System i5 and eServer i5 features
You can find feature descriptions, including details about power and packaging, main
storage, PCI IOP controllers, workstation controllers, LAN/WAN adapters, disk units, internal
tape, CD-ROM, and other magnetic media controllers in Chapter 4, “IBM System i5, eServer
i5, and iSeries features and placement” on page 97.
2.17 Supported upgrades for System i5 and eServer i5 models
Refer to 1.1, “Upgrades for System i processors” on page 2 for an overview of the upgrades
supported for System i5 and eServer i5 models.
#8460#8460 595 1GB CUoD Memory Activation
The #8460 595 1GB CUoD Memory Activation is ordered with Model 595 to Model 595 upgrades when one GB of system
memory activation is desired. Multiple #8460 are allowed.
Ordered via MES or as part of initial system order
Supported on Model 595.
Customer Install Feature: Yes
#8461#8461 Base One Processor Activation
The #8461 Base One Processor Activation provides base activation code that is used to permanently activate processor
on a Model 595 server with #8981 Processor Feature. One or more of these no charge activation features is ordered,
depending on the configuration rules.
Ordered via MES or as part of initial system order
Supported on Model 595.
Customer Install Feature: Yes
#8966#8966 595 1.9 Ghz Proccessor 0/16-way
The #8966 595 1.9 Ghz Proccessor 0/16-way provides a 0/16-way POWER5 processor book for the Model 595. The
1.9 GHz processors are packaged on two 8-way Multi Chip Modules (MCMs). The first #8966 in the system provides seven
RIO-G adapter slots and subsequent #8966s provide eight RIO-G adapter slots. The #8966 has 16 memory card slots and
a minimum of four memory features (four memory cards) are required for each processor book.
Supported on Model 595.
#9286#9286 Base Enterprise Enablement
The #9286 is placed on an order of an Enterprise Edition server to enable one processor's worth of 5250 OLTP capability.
Multiple #9286s can be on the order.
Supported on Models 520 (9406 only), 550, 570, and 595
Minimum operating system level: i5/OS V5R3
#9298#9298 Full Enterprise Enablement
The #9298 Full Enterprise Enablement is ordered with a Model 570 to Model 570 or Model 595 to Model 595 upgrades
when the starting Model 570 or 595 configuration already has full enterprise enablement. It provides complete 5250 OLTP
capability for all permanently activated processors on the upgraded Enterprise Edition server.
Ordered via MES
Minimum operating system level: i5/OS V5R3
Customer Install Feature: Yes
#9299#9299 Base Enterprise Enablement
A #9299 Base Enterprise Enablement is placed on an order of an Enterprise Edition server to enable one processor's worth
of 5250 OLTP capability. Multiple #9299s can be on the order.
Minimum operating system level: i5/OS V5R3
Customer Install Feature: Yes

© Copyright IBM Corp. 1997 - 2006. All rights reserved.
59
Model 800, 810, 825,
870, 890
Chapter 3.
iSeries 800, 810, 825, 870, and
890 models
This chapter provides the summary charts, diagrams, and identifies the processor features
that are associated with each iSeries 800, 810, 825, 870, and 890 server. You can find feature
descriptions, including details about power and packaging and main memory, in Chapter 4,
“IBM System i5, eServer i5, and iSeries features and placement” on page 97.
3
Model
Processor
Announce date
General availability
date
Withdrawn from
marketing
800#2463, #2464 28 January 2003 28 February 2003 01 October 2005
810#2465 13 May 2003 23 May 2003 01 October 2005
#2466, #2467, #2469 28 January 2003 28 February 2003 01 October 2005
825#2473 28 January 2003 28 February 2003 01 October 2005
#2495, #2496 5 September 2003 12 September 2003 01 October 2005
870#2486 28 January 2003 28 February 2003 01 October 2005
#2489 22 July 2003 30 July 2003 01 October 2005
890#0197, #0198, #2487, #2488 14 May 2002 30 August 2002 07 May 2003
#2497, #2498 28 January 2003 28 February 2003 01 October 2005
#2499 5 September 2003 12 September 2003 01 October 2005
Note: The darker shading in the following tables and figures represents the base
configuration of the system. The capacities shown might require prerequisites. Some
combinations of features are not valid

60
IBM System i5, eServer i5, and iSeries System Builder: IBM i5/OS Version 5 Release 4
Model 800, 810, 825,
870, 890
3.1 iSeries Model 800 overview
The following tables provide the minimum and maximum system capacities for the Model
800.
To review the footnotes for this table, see 3.6, “Notes for iSeries Models 800, 810, 825, 870,
and 890 overview” on page 68.
Model 800
Processor feature
#2463
#2464
Server feature
#0863
#0864
#0865
Relative system performance
1, 2
Processor CPW 300 300 950
5250 CPW
Value and Standard
6a
25 25 -
Advanced
6a
- - 50
Number/type/speed of processor 1/SStar/540 MHz 1/SStar/540 MHz 1/SStar/540 MHz
L2 Cache (MB) 0 0 2
Main storage (MB minimum to maximum) 256 to 8192 512 to 8192
9a
512 to 8192
9a
Main storage DIMMs (minimum/maximum) 1/8 1/8 1/8
Minimum OS/400® level
8a
V5R2 V5R2 V5R2
Software group
6a
P05 P05 P10
Numbers are for all 800 processor
features
Base system
#7116 System
Unit Expansion
#5095/#0595 PCI-X
Expansion Tower
#5094 PCI-X
Expansion Tower
Total system
maximum
Disk storage (GB)
Integrated minimum 17.5 17.5 17.5 17.5
Integrated maximum 423.3 846.7 846.7 3175.2 4445
External maximum
7
- - - - 4375
Total maximum - - - - 4445
DASD arms maximum 6 12 12 45 63
Internal arms 6 12 12 45 63
External LUNs - - - - 62
Physical packaging
External HSL ports 2 - - - 2
External HSL loops 1 - - - 1
PCI-X Expansion Tower 1 - - - 1
External xSeries Servers 3 - - - 3
Embedded IOP 1 - - - 1
PCI card slots 7 - 7 14 21
Maximum PCI IOA cards 6 - 5 11 17
Communication lines
3
18 - 20 44 60
LAN ports 3 - 5 8 11
Integrated xSeries Servers
10a
1 - 1 3 4
Twinaxial workstation controllers 4 - 5 11 15
Twinaxial workstations 160 - 200 440 600
Internal CD/DVD/tape
4
2 - - 2 4
External tape 4 - 5 11 15
External optical/CD/DVD 4 - 5 11 15
Cryptographic coprocessor 4 - 3 4 4
Cryptographic accelerator 2 - 2 2 2

iSeries 800, 810, 825, 870, and 890 models
61
Model 800, 810, 825,
870, 890
3.2 iSeries Model 810 overview
The following tables provide the minimum and maximum system capacities for the Model
810.
The following tables provide the minimum and maximum system capacities for the Model 810
iSeries for Domino.

Model 810
Processor feature
#2465
#2466
#2467
#2469
Server feature
#0868
#0866
#0867
#0869
Relative system performance
1, 2
Processor CPW 750 1020 1470 2700
5250 CPW
5a
Standard
6b
0 0 0 0
Enterprise
6b
750 1020 1470 2700
High Availability
6b
750 1020 1470 2700
Number/type/speed of processor 1/SStar/540 MHz 1/SStar/540 MHz 1/SStar/750 MHz 2/SStar/750 MHz
L2 Cache (MB) per processor 2 2 4 4
Main storage (MB minimum to maximum) 512 to 16384 512 to 16384 512 to 16384 512 to 16384
Main storage DIMMs (minimum/maximum) 1/8 1/8 1/8 2/16
Minimum OS/400 level
8b
V5R2 V5R2 V5R2 V5R2
Software group
6b
P10 P10 P10 P20
Model 810 iSeries for Domino
Processor feature
#2466
#2467
#2469
Server feature
9c
#0769
#0770
#0771
Relative system performance
1, 2
Processor CPW 1020 1470 2700
Mail and Calendar Users (MCU)
2a
3100 4200 7900
5250 CPW
5a
Domino
6b
0 0 0
Number/type/speed of processor 1/SStar/540 MHz 1/SStar/750 MHz 2/SStar/750 MHz
L2 Cache (MB) per processor 2 4 4
Main storage (GB minimum to maximum)
9b
1.5 to 16 3.5 to 16 5.5 to 16
Main storage DIMMs (maximum) 8 8 16
Minimum OS/400 level
8b
V5R2 V5R2 V5R2
Software group
6b
P10 P10 P20

62
IBM System i5, eServer i5, and iSeries System Builder: IBM i5/OS Version 5 Release 4
Model 800, 810, 825,
870, 890
To review the footnotes for this table, see 3.6, “Notes for iSeries Models 800, 810, 825, 870,
and 890 overview” on page 68.
Numbers are for all 810
processor features
Base system
#7116 System
Unit Expansion
#5095/#0595 PCI-X
Expansion Tower
#5094 PCI-X
Expansion Tower
Total system
maximum
Disk storage (GB)
Integrated minimum 17.5 17.5 17.5 17.5
Integrated maximum 423.3 846.7 846.7 3172.5 13971
External maximum
7
- - - - 13901
Total maximum - - - - 13971
DASD arms maximum 6 12 12 45 198
Internal arms 6 12 12 45 198
External LUNs - - - - 197
Physical packaging
External HSL ports 2 - - - -
External HSL loops 1 - - - 1
PCI/PCI-X Expansion Tower 4 - - - 4
External xSeries Servers 7 - - - 7
Embedded IOP 1 - - 1 5
PCI card slots 7 - 7 14 63
Maximum PCI IOA cards 6 - 5 11 50
Communication lines
3
18 - 20 44 192
LAN ports 3 - 5 11 36
Integrated xSeries Servers 1 - 1 3 13
Twinaxial workstation controllers 4 - 5 11 48
Twinaxial workstations 160 - 200 440 1920
Internal CD/DVD/tape
4
2 - - 2 10
External tape 4 - 5 11 18
External optical/CD/DVD 4 - 5 11 18
Cryptographic coprocessor 4 - 3 8 8
Cryptographic accelerator 2 - 2 2 2

iSeries 800, 810, 825, 870, and 890 models
63
Model 800, 810, 825,
870, 890
3.3 iSeries Model 825 overview
The following tables provide the minimum and maximum system capacities for the Model
825.

Model 825
Processor feature
#2473
#2495
Server feature
7
#0873
-
-
#0890
Server feature for Domino
9c
-
#0772
#0773
-
Relative system performance
1, 2
Processor CPW 3600/6600 - - 1250/6600
Mail and Calendar Users (MCU)
2a
- 11600 17400 -
5250 CPW
5b
Standard and Domino
6c
- 0 0 -
Enterprise
6c
Maximum - - -
High Availability
6c
Maximum - - -
Capacity Backup
6c
- - - Maximum
Number/type/
speed of processor
3/6 / POWER4/
1.1 GHz
4 / POWER4/
1.1 GHz
6 / POWER4™
1.1 GHz
1/6 / POWER4/
1.1 GHz
L3 Cache (MB per processor) 16 16 16 16
L2 Cache (MB per processor) 0.72 0.72 0.72 0.72
Main storage (GB minimum to maximum)
9b
2 to 48 6 to 48 12 to 48 2 to 48
Main storage DIMMs (minimum/maximum) 8/24 8/24 8/24 8/24
Minimum OS/400 level
8b
V5R2 V5R2 V5R2 V5R2
Software group
6c
P30 P30 P30 P30

64
IBM System i5, eServer i5, and iSeries System Builder: IBM i5/OS Version 5 Release 4
Model 800, 810, 825,
870, 890
To review the footnotes for this table, see 3.6, “Notes for iSeries Models 800, 810, 825, 870,
and 890 overview” on page 68.
Numbers are for all 825 processor
features
Base system
#5095/#0595 PCI-X
Expansion Tower
#5094 PCI-X
Expansion Tower
Total
maximum
Disk storage (GB)
9b
Integrated minimum 17.5 - - 17.5
Integrated maximum 1058.4 846.7 3175.2 58216
External maximum
7
- - - 58145
Total maximum - - - 58216
DASD arms maximum
Internal arms 15 12 45 825
External LUNs - - - 824
Physical packaging
External RIO-G ports 6 - - 6
External RIO-G loops 3 - - 3
PCI Expansion Towers 16 - - 16
PCI-X Expansion Towers 18 - - 18
External xSeries Servers 18 - - 18
Embedded IOP 1 - 1 19
Embedded IOA 1 - - 1
PCI card slots 10 7 14 262
Maximum PCI IOA cards 8 5 11 205
Communication lines
3a
30 20 44 320
LAN ports 6 5 11 96
Integrated xSeries Servers 1 1 3 36
Twinaxial workstation controllers 5 5 11 135
Twinaxial workstations 200 200 440 5400
Internal CD-ROM/DVD-RAM/tape
4
2 - 2 18
External tape/optical/CD/DVD 5 5 11 18
Cryptographic coprocessor 5 3 8 8
Cryptographic accelerator 4 4 4 4

iSeries 800, 810, 825, 870, and 890 models
65
Model 800, 810, 825,
870, 890
3.4 iSeries Model 870 overview
The following tables provide the minimum and maximum system capacities for the Model
870.
Model 870
Processor feature
#2486
#2489
#2496
Server feature
#0886
#0889
#0891
Relative system performance
1, 2
Processor CPW
5250 CPW
5c
Standard
6d
Enterprise
6d
High Availability
6d
Capacity BackUp
6d
11500/20000
0
Maximum
Maximum
--
7700/11500
0
Maximum
Maximum
--
3200/20000
--
0
--
--
Maximum
Number/type/speed of processor 8/16 / POWER4/1.3 GHz 5/8 / POWER4/1.3 GHz 2/16 / POWER4/1.3 GHz
L2 and L3 Cache (MB/processor) 16.72 16.72 16.72
Main storage (GB minimum to maximum) 8 to 128 8 to 64 8 to 128
Main storage cards (minimum/maximum) 2/4 2/2 2/4
Minimum OS/400 level
8b
V5R2 V5R2 V5R2
Software group
6d
P40 P40 P40
Numbers are for all 870 processor
features
#9094 Base
Tower
#5095/#0595 PCI-X
Expansion Tower
#5094 PCI-X
Expansion Tower
Total system
maximum
Disk storage (GB)
Integrated minimum 17.5 17.5 17.5
Integrated maximum 3175.2 846.7 3175.2 144446
External maximum
7
- - - 144375
Total maximum - - - 144446
DASD arms maximum
Internal arms 45 12 45 2047
External LUNs - - - 2046
Physical packaging
External HSL/RIO-G ports -/16 - - -/16
External HSL/RIO-G loops -/8 - - -/8
PCI/PCI-X Expansion Towers 47 - - 47
External xSeries Servers 60 - - 60
Embedded IOP - - - -
Embedded IOA - - - -
PCI card slots 14 7 14 672
Maximum PCI IOA cards 11 5 11 528
Communication lines
3
38 20 44 480
LAN ports 7 5 8 128
Integrated xSeries Servers 2 1 3 48
Twinaxial workstation controllers 9 5 11 180
Twinaxial workstations 360 200 440 7200
Internal CD/DVD/tape
4a
2 - 2 26
External tape/optical/CD/DVD 9 5 11 26
Cryptographic coprocessor 8 3 8 32
Cryptographic accelerator 4 4 4 8

66
IBM System i5, eServer i5, and iSeries System Builder: IBM i5/OS Version 5 Release 4
Model 800, 810, 825,
870, 890
To review the footnotes for this table, see 3.6, “Notes for iSeries Models 800, 810, 825, 870,
and 890 overview” on page 68.
3.5 iSeries Model 890 overview
The following tables provide the minimum and maximum system capacities for the Model
890.
Model 890
Processor feature
#2497
#2498
#2499
Server feature
#0897
#0898
#0892
Relative system performance
1, 2
Processor CPW
5250 CPW
5c
Standard
6e
Enterprise
6e
High Availability
6e
Capacity Backup
6e
20000/29300
0
Maximum
Maximum
-
29300/37400
0
Maximum
Maximum
-
5600/37400
0
-
-
Maximum
Number/type/speed of processor 16/24 / POWER4/1.3 GHz 24/32 / POWER4/1.3 GHz 4/32 / POWER4/1.3 GHz
L2 and L3 Cache (MB/processor) 16.72 16.72 16.72
Main storage (GB minimum to maximum) 8 to 192 16 to 256 16 to 256
Main storage cards (minimum/maximum) 2/6 4/8 4/8
Minimum OS/400 level
8b
V5R2 V5R2 V5R2
Software group
6e
P50 P50 P50
Model 890
Processor feature
#2487
#2488
#0197
#0198
Relative system performance
1, 2
Processor CPW
5250 CPW
5c
#1576 (Base)
#1577
#1578
#1579
#1581
#1583
#1585
#1587
#1588
#1591
20200 - 29300
120
240
560
1050
2000
4550
10000
16500
20200
-
29300 - 37400
120
240
560
1050
2000
4550
10000
16500
20200
37400
29300
0
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
37400
0
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
Number/type/
speed of processor
16/24/ POWER4/
1.3 GHz
24/32/ POWER4/
1.3 GHz
24/POWER4/
1.3 GHz
32/POWER4/
1.3 GHz
L2 Cache (MB) 1.5 MB/chip set 1.5 MB/chip set 1.5 MB/chip set 1.5 MB/chip set
L2 and L3 Cache (MB/processor) 16.72 16.72 16.72 16.72
Main storage (GB minimum to maximum) 16 to 192 24 to 256 16 to 192 24 to 256
Main storage cards (minimum/maximum) 2/6 4/8 2/6 4/8
Minimum OS/400 level
8b
V5R2 V5R2 V5R2 V5R2

iSeries 800, 810, 825, 870, and 890 models
67
Model 800, 810, 825,
870, 890
Software group
6e
P50 or P60 P50 or P60 P50 P50
Model 890

68
IBM System i5, eServer i5, and iSeries System Builder: IBM i5/OS Version 5 Release 4
Model 800, 810, 825,
870, 890
To review the footnotes for this table, see 3.6, “Notes for iSeries Models 800, 810, 825, 870,
and 890 overview” on page 68.
3.6 Notes for iSeries Models 800, 810, 825, 870, and 890
overview
Numbers are for all 890 processor
features
#9094
Base Tower
#5095/#0595 PCI-X
Expansion Tower
#5094 PCI-X
Expansion Tower
Total maximum
Disk storage (GB)
Integrated minimum 17.5 17.5 17.5
Integrated maximum 3172.5 846.7 3175.2 144446
External maximum
7
11290 3175 13548 144375
Total maximum 14462 4021 16720 144446
DASD arms maximum
Internal arms 45 12 45 2047
External LUNs 160 127 192 2046
Physical packaging
External HSL/RIO-G ports -/24 - - -/24
External HSL/RIO-G loops -/12 - - -/12
PCI/PCI-X Expansion Towers 47 - - 47
External xSeries Servers 60 - - 60
Embedded IOP - - - -
Embedded IOA - - - -
PCI card slots 14 7 14 672
Maximum PCI IOA cards 11 5 11 528
Communication lines
3
38 20 44 480
LAN ports 7 5 8 128
Integrated xSeries Servers 2 1 3 48
Twinaxial workstation controllers 9 5 11 180
Twinaxial workstations 360 200 440 7200
Internal CD-ROM/DVD-RAM/tape
4a
2 - 2 26
External tape/optical/CD/DVD 9 5 11 26
Cryptographic coprocessor 8 3 8 32
Cryptographic accelerator 4 4 4 8
Note 1 Commercial Processing Workload (CPW) is used to measure the performance of all iSeries and AS/400e processors
announced from September 1996 onward. The CPW value is measured on maximum configurations. The type and number
of disk devices, the number of workstation controllers, the amount of memory, the system model, other factors, and the
application running determine what performance is achievable.
Note 2 Processor performance represents the relative performance (maximum capacity) of a processor feature running CPW in a
client/server environment. Processor capacity is achievable when the commercial workload is not constrained by main
storage and direct access storage device (DASD). Performance of the 5250 CPW represents the relative performance
available to perform host-centric workloads. The amount of in 5250 CPW capacity consumed reduces the available
processor capacity by the same amount.
Note 2a Mail and Calendar Users (MCU) is a relative performance measurement derived by performing mail and calendar functions
using Domino and Notes clients. The MCU workload represents concurrent users on a Notes client who are reading,
updating, or deleting documents in an e-mail database. It also represents users who are performing lookups in the Domino
Directory, and scheduling calendar appointments and invitations. Reported values reflect 70% processor utilization to allow
for growth and peak loads in excess of customer workload estimates.

iSeries 800, 810, 825, 870, and 890 models
69
Model 800, 810, 825,
870, 890
Note 3 One line is used if #5544 System Console on Operations Console is used. One line can be used if #5546 System Console
on 100 Mbps Token Ring or #5548 System Console on 100 Mbps Ethernet is selected and the #0367 Operations Console
PCI Cable is connected.
Note 3a One line is used if #5544 System Console on Operations Console is used. One line can be used if #5548 System Console
on 100 Mbps Ethernet is selected and the #0367 Operations Console PCI Cable is connected.
Note 4 There must be one DVD-ROM or DVD-RAM per system.
Note 4a There must be one DVD-RAM or DVD-ROM in the #9094 Base PCI I/O Enclosure.
Note 5a
Model
810
5250 CPW (Interactive) is an approximate value that reflects the amount of Processor CPW that can be used for workloads
performing 5250-based tasks. Remember that:
The iSeries Enterprise Edition provides maximum 5250 CPW support (up to 100% of the capacity of the active
processor CPW). The iSeries Standard Edition provides zero CPW for 5250 work.
Any task that uses a 5250 data stream is considered 5250 online transaction processing (OLTP) work and requires
some amount of 5250 CPW to process no matter how the task was started.
A task submitted through a 5250 session (5250 device or 5250 emulation) that does display or printer input/output (I/O)
requires 5250 CPW.
A task submitted through a 5250 session (5250 device or 5250 emulation) as a “batch” job is not considered 5250
OLTP work and does not require any 5250 CPW unless the task does display or printer I/O.
Limited 5250 CPW is available with the Standard Edition for a system administrator to use 5250 display device I/O to
manage various aspects of the server. Multiple administrative jobs exceed this capability.
Note 5b
Model
825
5250 CPW (Interactive) is an approximate value that reflects the amount of Processor CPW that can be used for workloads
performing 5250-based tasks. Remember that:
The iSeries Enterprise Edition provides maximum 5250 CPW support (up to 100% of the capacity of the active
processor CPW). The iSeries Standard Edition provides limited CPW for 5250 work.
Any task that uses a 5250 data stream is considered 5250 OLTP work and requires some amount of 5250 CPW to
process no matter how the task was started.
A task submitted through a 5250 session (5250 device or 5250 emulation) that does display or printer I/O requires 5250
CPW.
A task submitted through a 5250 session (5250 device or 5250 emulation) as a “batch” job is not considered 5250
OLTP work and does not require any 5250 CPW unless the task does display or printer I/O.
Limited 5250 CPW is available with the Standard Edition for a system administrator to use 5250 display device I/O to
manage various aspects of the server. Multiple administrative jobs exceed this capability.
Maximum 5250 CPW is equivalent to the processor CPW for the active processor.
Note 5c
Models
870 890
5250 CPW (Interactive) is an approximate value that reflects the amount of Processor CPW that can be used for workloads
performing 5250-based tasks. Remember that:
The iSeries Enterprise Edition provides maximum 5250 CPW support (up to 100% of the capacity of the active
processor CPW). The iSeries Standard Edition provides zero CPW for 5250 work.
Any task that uses a 5250 data stream is considered 5250 OLTP work and requires some amount of 5250 CPW to
process no matter how the task was started.
A task submitted through a 5250 session (5250 device or 5250 emulation) that does display or printer I/O requires 5250
CPW.
A task submitted through a 5250 session (5250 device or 5250 emulation) as a “batch” job is not considered 5250
OLTP work and does not require any 5250 CPW unless the task does display or printer I/O.
Limited 5250 CPW is available with the Standard Edition for a system administrator to use 5250 display device I/O to
manage various aspects of the server. Multiple administrative jobs exceed this capability.
Maximum 5250 CPW is equivalent to the processor CPW for the active processor.

70
IBM System i5, eServer i5, and iSeries System Builder: IBM i5/OS Version 5 Release 4
Model 800, 810, 825,
870, 890
Note 6a
Model
800
Software group is determined by the combination of Processor feature and Edition feature. This table provides a cross
reference. Display the QPRCFEAT system value on DSPHDWRSC TYPE(*AHW) to display the processor feature code
value.
Processor
Server feature
Edition feature
Software group
Processor feature code
or QPRCFEAT value
#2463#0863#7400 Value P05 7400
#0864#7400 Standard P05 7400
#2464#0865#7408 Advanced P10 7408
Note 6b
Model
810
Software group is determined by the combination of Processor feature and Edition feature. This table provides a cross
reference. Display the QPRCFEAT system value on DSPHDWRSC TYPE(*AHW) to display the processor feature code
value.
Processor
Server feature
Edition feature
Software group
Processor feature code
or QPRCFEAT value
#2465#0868#7404 Standard P10 7404
#7406 Enterprise P10 7406
#7445 High Availability P10 7406
#2466#0866#7407 Standard P10 7407
#7409 Enterprise P10 7409
#7446 High Availability P10 7409
#0769#7407 Domino P10 7407
#2467#0867#7410 Standard P10 7410
#7412 Enterprise P10 7412
#7447 High Availability P10 7412
#0770#7410 Domino P10 7410
#2469#0869#7428 Standard P20 7428
#7430 Enterprise P20 7430
#7448 High Availability P20 7430
#0771#7428 Domino P20 7428
Note 6c
Model
825
Software group is determined by the combination of Processor feature and Edition feature. This table provides a cross
reference. Display the QPRCFEAT system value on DSPHDWRSC TYPE(*AHW) to display the processor feature code
value. This value is also shown for the Capacity Card CCIN value when using SST to display system capacity information.
Processor feature
Server feature
Edition feature
Software group
Processor feature code
or QPRCFEAT value
#2473#0873#7416 Standard P30 7416
#7418 Enterprise P30 7418
#7434 High Availability P30 7418
#0772#7416 Domino P30 7416
#0773#7416 Domino P30 7416
#2495#0890#7439 Capacity BackUp P30 7439

iSeries 800, 810, 825, 870, and 890 models
71
Model 800, 810, 825,
870, 890
Note 6d
Model
870
Software group is determined by the combination of Processor feature and Edition feature. This table provides a cross
reference. Display the QPRCFEAT system value on DSPHDWRSC TYPE(*AHW) to display the processor feature code
value. This value is also shown for the Capacity Card CCIN value when using SST to display system capacity information.
Processor feature
Server feature
Edition feature
Software group
Processor feature code
or QPRCFEAT value
#2486#0886#7419 Standard P40 7419
#7421 Enterprise P40 7421
#7436 High Availability P40 7421
#2489#0889#7431 Standard P40 7431
#7433 Enterprise P40 7433
#7435 High Availability P40 7433
#2496#0891#7440 Capacity BackUp P40 7440
Note 6e
Model
890
Software group is determined by the combination of processor feature and edition feature. Display the QPRCFEAT system
value or DSPHDWRSC TYPE(*AHW) to display the processor feature code value. This value is also shown for the Capacity
Card CCIN value when using SST to perform a Capacity Upgrade on Demand.
Processor feature
Interactive feature
Software group
Processor feature code
or QPRCFEAT value
#0197 N/A P50 0197
#0198 N/A P50 0198
#2487#1576 P50 2AF0
#1577 P60 2AF1
#1578 P60 2AF2
#1579 P60 2AF3
#1581 P60 2AF5
#1583 P60 2AF7
#1585 P60 2AF9
#1587 P60 2AFB
#1588 P60 2AFC
#2488#1576 P50 2AD0
#1577 P60 2AD1
#1578 P60 2AD2
#1579 P60 2AD3
#1581 P60 2AD5
#1583 P60 2AD7
#1585 P60 2AD9
#1587 P60 2ADB
#1588 P60 2ADC
#1591 P60 2ADF

72
IBM System i5, eServer i5, and iSeries System Builder: IBM i5/OS Version 5 Release 4
Model 800, 810, 825,
870, 890
Note 6e
Model
890
(cont.)
Processor feature
Server feature
Edition feature
Software group
Processor feature code
or QPRCFEAT value
#2497#0897#7422 Standard P50 7422
#7424 Enterprise P50 7424
#7437 High Availability P50 7424
#2498#0898#7425 Standard P50 7425
#7427 Enterprise P50 7427
#7438 High Availability P50 7427
#2499#0892#7441 Capacity BackUp P50 7441
Note 7 External DASD capacity assumes 70.56 GB LUNs. External DASD cannot exceed maximum system capacity or the
maximum number of disk arms.
Note 8a
Model
800
OS/400 V5R2 with the February 2003 level of Licensed Internal Code (LIC) and Cumulative PTF package identified in
Information APAR II13365 at: http://www-03.ibm.com/servers/eserver/support/iseries/index.html
Note 8b
Models
810 825
870 890
(#2497
#2498)
OS/400 V5R2 with the February 2003 level of Licensed Internal Code (LIC) and PTFs identified in Information APAR II13551
at: http://www-03.ibm.com/servers/eserver/support/iseries/index.html
Note 9a System can run with 256 MB, but the #0864 and #0865 Server features requires a minimum of 512 MB of main storage.
Note 9b
Models
810 825
The Domino Edition servers require a minimum disk and memory capacity as follows.
Server feature
Disk
Memory
#0769 105 GB 1.5 GB
#0770 315 GB 3.5 GB
#0771 525 GB 5.5 GB
#0772 560 GB 6 GB
#0773 945 GB 12 GB
Note 9c The Server features used for iSeries for Domino specify the minimum amount of disk, memory, and Domino licenses required
for an initial order.
Note 10a Not supported in the #5094 by the IBM marketing configurator.

iSeries 800, 810, 825, 870, and 890 models
73
Model 800, 810, 825,
870, 890
3.7 9406 Model 800 system unit schematic
For a schematic of the #7116 System Unit Expansion for the Model 800, refer to 3.9, “iSeries
Models 800 and 810 #7116 System Unit Expansion schematic” on page 75.
#2463 and #2464 Processors
Multi-Adapter Bridge
Bus Number
Front
Back
Left
Rem Media
CD/DVD
625W
Power Supply
PO1
625W
Power Supply
PO1
D07
D08
Fan
B01
OP Panel
Fan
B02
Fan
B01
Fan
B02
OP Panel
Disk Unit
Cage
DB1
PCI
PCI Short
PCI Short
PCI
PCI
PCI
PCI
DISK IOA
C04
C02
C03
C05
C06
C07
C01
Slots
1 Embedded IOP
2 2-Line WAN w/Modem
short
4 Console
short

5 IOP/IOA
6 IOP/IOA/Int. xSeries Server
(C07 is short if Int. xSeries Svr.)
7 IOP/IOA
8 IOA
3 DISK IOA
PCI Cards
#
DISK SLOTS
D01
D02
D03
D04
D05
D06
See the following
diagram for the
processor and
memory layout
C01
Rem Media
CD/DVD
A0 A1
HSL HSL
1
2
1
3
Legend
Base Feature
Required Feature
Unavailable if
Integrated xSeries
Server is installed
Note 1:
Cards may be reversed depending on the choice of console.
Note 2:
Card slots do not support hot plugging with the #2463 processor.
Note 3: Non-concurrent maintenance cage of the #2463 processor.
Concurrent maintenance cage of the #2464 processor.
*
Embedded
*
Model 800 Processor and Memory
#2463 and #2464
DIMM CONN - J2L E
DIMM CONN - J1H D
DIMM CONN - J0H B
DIMM CONN - J3L G
DIMM CONN - J3H H
DIMM CONN - J2H F
DIMM CONN - J1L C
DIMM CONN - J0L A
Processor
Regulator
Processor
w/o
Cache
Memory
Controller

74
IBM System i5, eServer i5, and iSeries System Builder: IBM i5/OS Version 5 Release 4
Model 800, 810, 825,
870, 890
3.8 9406 Model 810 system unit schematic
Legend
Base Feature
Required Feature
Unavailable if
Integrated xSeries
Server is installed
Note 1:
Cards may be reversed depending on the choice of console.
Note 2:
Card slots do not support hot plugging with the #2466 and #2467 processors.
#2465, #2466, #2467, and #2469 Processors
Multi-Adapter Bridge Bus
Number
Front
Back
Left
Rem Media
CD/DVD
625W
Power Supply
PO1

625W
Power Supply
PO1

D07
D08
Fan
B01
OP Panel
Fan
B02
Fan
B01
Fan
B02
OP Panel
Disk Unit
Cage
Concurrent
Maintenance
DB1
PCI
PCI Short
PCI Short
PCI
PCI
PCI
PCI
DISK IOA
C04
C02
C03
C05
C06
C07
EMBED
C01
Slots
1 Embedded IOP
2 2-Line WAN w/Modem
short
4 Console
short

5 IOP/IOA
6 IOP/IOA/Int. xSeries Svr.
(C07 is short if Int. xSeries Svr.)
7 IOP/IOA
8 IOA
3 DISK IOA
PCI Cards
#
DISK SLOTS
D01
D02
D03
D04
D05
D06
See following diagram
for processor and
memory layout
C01
Rem Media
CD/DVD
A0 A1
HSL HSL
1
2
1

iSeries 800, 810, 825, 870, and 890 models
75
Model 800, 810, 825,
870, 890
3.9 iSeries Models 800 and 810 #7116 System Unit Expansion
schematic

Regulator
CPU
M02 Processor
M01 Memory Riser Card
#2469
DIMM CONN - J2A
DIMM CONN - J2B
DIMM CONN - J2C
DIMM CONN - J2D
DIMM CONN - J3D
DIMM CONN - J3C
DIMM CONN - J3B
DIMM CONN - J3A
SMI
SMI
DIMM CONN - J0A
DIMM CONN - J0B
DIMM CONN - J0C
DIMM CONN - J0D
DIMM CONN - J1D
DIMM CONN - J1C
DIMM CONN - J1B
DIMM CONN - J1A
SMI
SMI
Regulator
CCIN 2884 Memory Riser Card
B
F
P
K
N
J
A
E
Q
L
C
G
D
H
R
M
Model 810 Processor and Memory
#2465, #2466, #2467
DIMM CONN - J2L E
DIMM CONN - J1H D
DIMM CONN - J0H B
DIMM CONN - J3L G
DIMM CONN - J3H H
DIMM CONN - J2H F
DIMM CONN - J1L C
DIMM CONN - J0L A
Processor
Regulator
Processor
w/o
Cache
Memory
Controller
Right
Back
Front
Fan
B03
625W
Power Supply
PO2

625W
Power Supply
PO2
D14
D12
D13
D11
D10
D09
DISK SLOTS
D20
D18
D19
D17
D16
D15
DISK SLOTS
Disk Unit Cage
#7136
Disk Unit Cage
Concurrent
Maintenance
Fan
B03
DB3
DB2

76
IBM System i5, eServer i5, and iSeries System Builder: IBM i5/OS Version 5 Release 4
Model 800, 810, 825,
870, 890
3.10 9406 Model 825 system unit schematic
Front
Right
Back
Left
IOP/IOA
Processor - Memory (C13)
Processor - Memory (M01)
Processor - Memory (M02)
OP Panel
Fan
Fan
IOP/IOA
IOA
IOP (#9844)
ECS (#9793)
SCSI
IOP/IOA/IXS
IOP/IOA
IOA
HSL - A
HSL -B
C07
C06
C05
C04
C02
C01
1,2
5,6
7,8
1,2
5,6
7,8
C03
3,4
C12
C11
C10
1,2
3,4
7,8
MB1
MB2
FAN
FAN
OP-Panel
RM
RM
D01 D02
D03
D04
D05
D06 D07
D08
D09 D10
D11
D12
D13
D14 D15
D17
D18
B01
B02
NB1
PCI-X
PCI-X
PCI-X
PCI-X
PCI-X
PCI-X
PCI-X - IXS
PCI-X
PCI-X
PCI-X
Power Supply
Power Supply
P02
P01
DASD Cage
Concurrent
Maintenance
DASD Cage
#7124
DASD Cage
#7124
Power Supply
Power Supply
P01
P02
DB2
DB3
DB4
A1
B1
A0
B0
NB1
B01
B02
RM
RM
D17
D18
*
C09
C08
DB1
MAB
0
MAB
1
MAB
2
IOP/IOA
Slot
Multi-Adapter
Bridge Bus Number


*

Embedded Ethernet 10/100 Mbps CCIN 287F
Supports LAN Console
1040W
1040W
C
0
C
1
HSL-C

iSeries 800, 810, 825, 870, and 890 models
77
Model 800, 810, 825,
870, 890
Note: Hot plug and concurrent add of the following components are supported:
PCI cards
Disk units
Removable media
Power supplies
Fans
9406 Model 825 Processor and Memory

J2A -- D
J2C -- H
J0A -- C
J0C -- G
J3C -- F
J3A -- B
J1C -- E
J1A -- A
Note
: DIMM quad plugging is A, B, C, D and then E, F, G, H
DIMM Sockets (8X)
Processor
L3 Cache
SMI
SMI
SMI
SMI

78
IBM System i5, eServer i5, and iSeries System Builder: IBM i5/OS Version 5 Release 4
Model 800, 810, 825,
870, 890
3.11 9406 Model 870 system unit schematic
The following schematic illustrates the Model 870 system unit.
For a schematic of the #9094 Base PCI I/O Enclosure for the Model 870, refer to 3.13,
“iSeries Models 870 and 890 #9094 Base PCI I/O Enclosure schematic” on page 85.
Front Back
BPD - 3A (Unused)
BPD - 1A (Unused)
BPC - A
BPR - 1A
BPR - 2A (Unused)
BPR - 3A (Unused)
Bulk
Power
Fan A
Bulk
Power
Fan B
BPD - 3B (Unused)
BPD - 1B (Unused)
BPC - B
BPR - 1B
BPR - 2B (Unused)
BPR - 3B (Unused)
Memory Card 1 Memory Card 4
Memory Card 2
Memory Card 5
Memory Card 7
Memory Card 6
Blower
Blower
Blower
Blower
Empty
Empty
Memory Card 3
Memory Card 0
BPD - 2A (Unused)
BPD - 2B (Unused)
SP/
HSL
0
HSL
3
HSL
1
HSL
2

Empty
DCA - Base
CAP - BaseDCA - Base DCA - Base
Unused
Unused
Unused
M31M32M33M34M35 M36M37 M38
M40
M30
M41
M39

iSeries 800, 810, 825, 870, and 890 models
79
Model 800, 810, 825,
870, 890
The following schematic illustrates the backplane of the Model 870 system unit.
Note: Multichip module (MCM) slots 0 and 2 contain processor modules. MCM slots 1 and
3 have pass-through cards (CCIN 272D) installed.
Memory Card 1
Memory Card 2
Memory Card 4
Memory Card 5
HSL Connector 1 HSL Connector 2
Memory Card 0
Memory Card 3
Memory Card 7
Memory Card 6
HSL Connector 0
HSL Connector 3
Front
MCM
(0)
MCM
(2)
M16
M15
M14
Clock
Card
L3
M20
L3
M19
L3
M10
L3
M09
M02
M01
M18
M17
L3
M23
L3
M22
L3
M13
L3
M12
M07
M08
M24
M25
Top
Bottom
(The HSL connectors are on the back side of the backplane.)

80
IBM System i5, eServer i5, and iSeries System Builder: IBM i5/OS Version 5 Release 4
Model 800, 810, 825,
870, 890
3.11.1 Model 870 MCM and HSL relationship
The following graphic represents the relationship of high-speed link (HSL) and MCM in a
Model 870.
Note: The M40 and M41 are positioned at the rear of the card.
M41
M39
M30
M40
D0
C1
C0
D1
D0
C1
C0
D1
C0
C1
D0
D1
A1
B0
B1
A0
B1
B0
A1
A0
A1
B0
B1
C0
C1
D0
D1
A0
M
e
m
o
r
y
C
a
r
d
M02
M
e
m
o
r
y
C
a
r
d
M24
M
e
m
o
r
y
C
a
r
d
M25
M
e
m
o
r
y
C
a
r
d
M07
M
e
m
o
r
y
C
a
r
d
M08
M
e
m
o
r
y
C
a
r
d
M17
M
e
m
o
r
y
C
a
r
d
M18
Clock
Card
M15
MCM
(2)
M11
L3
M28
L3
M22
L3
M27
L3
M20
M
e
m
o
r
y
C
a
r
d
M01
MCM
(0)
M
21
L3
M10
L3
M04
L3
M12
L3
M05

iSeries 800, 810, 825, 870, and 890 models
81
Model 800, 810, 825,
870, 890
3.12 9406 Model 890 system unit schematic
The following schematic illustrates the Model 890 system unit.
Front
BPD - 3A (Unused)
BPC - A
BPR - 1A
BPR - 2A (Fourth MCM added)
BPR - 3A (Unused)
Memory Card 1
Memory Card 4
Memory Card 2
Memory Card 5
Memory Card 7
Memory Card 6
Blower
Blower
Blower
Blower
Empty
Empty
Memory Card 3
Memory Card 0
BPD - 2A (Unused)
Back
Bulk
Power
Fan B
BPD - 3B (Unused)
BPD - 1B
BPC - B
BPR - 1B
BPR - 2B (Fourth MCM added)
BPR - 3B (Unused)
SP/
HSL
0
HSL
3
HSL
1
HSL
2

Empty
DCA - Base
CAP - Base
DCA - Base
DCA - Base
DCA - Base
DCA - Fourth MCM added
CAP - Base
M31 M32 M33 M34 M35 M36 M37 M38
M40
M30
M41
M39
BPD - 2B (Unused)
BPD - 1A
Bulk
Power
Fan A

82
IBM System i5, eServer i5, and iSeries System Builder: IBM i5/OS Version 5 Release 4
Model 800, 810, 825,
870, 890
The following schematic illustrates the backplane of the Model 890 system unit.
Note: One pass-through card (CCIN 272D) is installed with the 16/24-way processor to fill
the empty MCM slot 1.
Memory Card 1
Memory Card 2
Memory Card 4
Memory Card 5
HSL Connector 1 HSL Connector 2
Memory Card 0
Memory Card 3
Memory Card 7
Memory Card 6
HSL Connector 0
HSL Connector 3
Front
MCM
(1)
MCM
(0)
MCM
(3)
MCM
(2)
M16
M15
M14
Clock
Card
M21 M11
L3
M27
L3
M20
L3
M26
L3
M19
L3
M10
L3
M04
L3
M09
L3
M03
M02
M01
M18
M17
L3
M29
L3
M23
L3
M28
L3
M22
L3
M13
L3
M06
L3
M12
L3
M05
M07
M08
M24
M25
Top
Bottom
(The HSL connectors are on the back side of the backplane.)

iSeries 800, 810, 825, 870, and 890 models
83
Model 800, 810, 825,
870, 890
3.12.1 Model 890 MCM and HSL relationship
The following graphics represent the relationship of HSL and MCM in a Model 890.
Note: The M40 and M41 are positioned at the rear of the card.
M41
M39
M30
M40
Clock Card
MCM 3
MCM 1
MCM 2
MCM 0
D0
C1
C0
D1
D0
C1
C0
D1
A1
B0
B1
C0
C1
D0
D1
A0
B1
B0
A1
A0
A1
B0
B1
C0
C1
D0
D1
A0
M
e
m
o
r
y
C
a
r
d
M01
M
e
m
o
r
y
C
a
r
d
M02
M
e
m
o
r
y
C
a
r
d
M24
M
e
m
o
r
y
C
a
r
d
M25
M
e
m
o
r
y
C
a
r
d
M07
M
e
m
o
r
y
C
a
r
d
M08
M
e
m
o
r
y
C
a
r
d
M17
M
e
m
o
r
y
C
a
r
d
M18
Clock
Card
M15
MCM
(0)
M
21
MCM
(3)
M
14
MCM
(2)
M
11
MCM
(1)
M
16
L3
M28
L3
M29
L3
M22
L3
M23
L3
M09
L3
M10
L3
M03
L3
M04
L3
M12
L3
M13
L3
M05
L3
M06
L3
M27
L3
M19
L3
M20
L3
M26

84
IBM System i5, eServer i5, and iSeries System Builder: IBM i5/OS Version 5 Release 4
Model 800, 810, 825,
870, 890
M41
M39
M30
M40
Clock Card
MCM 3
MCM 1
MCM 2
MCM 0
D0
C1
C0
D1
D0
C1
C0
D1
A1
B0
B1
C0
C1
D0
D1
A0
B1
B0
A1
A0
A1
B0
B1
C0
C1
D0
D1
A0
M
e
m
o
r
y
C
a
r
d
M01
M
e
m
o
r
y
C
a
r
d
M02
M
e
m
o
r
y
C
a
r
d
M24
M
e
m
o
r
y
C
a
r
d
M07
M
e
m
o
r
y
C
a
r
d
M17
M
e
m
o
r
y
C
a
r
d
M18
Clock
Card
M15
MCM
(0)
M
21
MCM
(1)
M
14
MCM
(2)
M
11
L3
M28
L3
M22
L3
M09
L3
M10
L3
M03
L3
M04
L3
M12
L3
M05
L3
M27
L3
M19
L3
M20
L3
M26

iSeries 800, 810, 825, 870, and 890 models
85
Model 800, 810, 825,
870, 890
3.13 iSeries Models 870 and 890 #9094 Base PCI I/O Enclosure
schematic
Front
FAN
B01
FAN
B02
Back
= Base feature
= Required feature
#9844/#9943
#9793
HSL
V/S Comm
JTAG-A
SPCN
Mfg Int
Serial-1
PCI
(2-x-0-3)
(2-x-0-4)
(2-x-0-5)
(2-x-0-6)
(2-x-0-7)
D21 D22
D23
D24 D25
D11
D12
D13 D14 D15
D01 D02 D03 D04 D05
(2-x-1-3)
(2-x-1-4)
(2-x-1-5)
(2-x-1-6)
(2-x-1-7)
(2-x-2-3)
(2-x-2-4)
(2-x-2-5)
(2-x-2-6)
(2-x-2-7)
D26 D27 D28 D29 D30
D16
D17
D18
D19
D20
(3-x-1-3)
(3-x-1-4)
(3-x-1-5)
(3-x-1-6)
(3-x-1-7)
D06 D07 D08 D09 D10
(3-x-0-3)
(3-x-0-4)
(3-x-0-5)
(3-x-0-6)
(3-x-0-7)
(3-x-2-3)
(3-x-2-4)
(3-x-2-5)
(3-x-2-6)
(3-x-2-7)
(1-x-1-3)
(1-x-1-4)
(1-x-1-5)
(1-x-1-6)
(1-x-1-7)
D36 D37 D38 D39 D40
(1-x-0-1)
(1-x-0-2)
(1-x-0-3)
(1-x-0-4)
(1-x-0-5)
D31 D32 D33 D34 D35
(1-x-1-6)
(1-x-1-5)
(1-x-1-4)
(1-x-1-3)
OP Panel
(1-x-0-7)
Rem Media
D42
(1-x-2-3)
(1-x-2-4)
D46
D47
D48
D49 D50
(
1
-
x
-
2
-
4
)
(
1
-
x
-
2
-
5
)
(
1
-
x
-
2
-
6
)
(
1
-
x
-
2
-
7
)
(
1
-
x
-
2
-
3
)
#5107
Required
DVD-ROM
Dual Line Cord
840 W
Power
Supply
P01
840 W
Power
Supply
P02
P03
840 W
Power
Supply
840 W
Power
Supply
P00
AC Dist
Box
(A01)
AC Dist
Box
(A02)
LEGEND
Kn = Physical Address
W = DS Card Address
X = IOA number
Y = SCSI bus number
Z = AS/400 Drive Address
(W-X-Y-Z)
Kn
See #9094 PCI Card Enclosure for card placement details

Note: Power supply slots are used as follows
P01 - Base power
P02 - Base power
P03 - Dual line cord (standard)
P00 - Auxiliary DASD backplane
Note: Hot plug and concurrent add of PCI cards, disk units, and removable media devices
are supported.

86
IBM System i5, eServer i5, and iSeries System Builder: IBM i5/OS Version 5 Release 4
Model 800, 810, 825,
870, 890
3.13.1 #9094 PCI Card Enclosure schematic
Multi-
Adapter
Bridge
Boundary
Multi-
Adapter
Bridge
Boundary
Legend
Base Feature
Required Feature
Unavailable if
Integrated xSeries
Server is installed
Note 2:
If C11 has an Integrated xSeries Server,
slot C12 is unavailable, and slot C13 is available
only as a short slot. A #2792 does not reduce a
third slot to a short slot.
Note 1:
If C05 has an Integrated xSeries Server,
slot C06 is unavailable, and slot C07 is available
only as a short slot. A #2792 does not reduce a
third slot to a short slot.
Multi-Adapter Bridge
Bus Number
Slots
3 IOA
4 IOA
1,2 IOP/IXS
5,6 IOP/IOA
#9886 / #9887
7,8 IOA
3,4 #9793
5,6 IOP/IOA
7,8 IOA
1,2 #9844 / #9943
5,6 IOP/IOA
4 IOA
1,2 IOP/IXS
7,8 IOA
3 IOA
1
2
C07
C10
C11
C12
C13
C14
C15
C01
C02
C03
C04
C05
C06
C09
C08
PCI Cards
3
Note 3:
Slot C01 in the #9094 for a Model 870 has
a #9844, and a #9844 or #9943 for a Model 890.

iSeries 800, 810, 825, 870, and 890 models
87
Model 800, 810, 825,
870, 890
3.14 iSeries Models 870 and 890 #8094 Optional 1.8 m I/O Rack
schematic
See the #9094 PCI Card Enclosure
for card placement details.

Base Feature
Required Feature
Unavailable if
Integrated Netfinity
Server is installed
Note 3: Integrated xSeries
Server placement is not
supported from the plant.
Only a #2792 is allowed in this
position.
Note 1:
If C05 has an
Integrated xSeries Server,
slot C06 is unavailable, and
slot C07 is available only as
a short slot. A #2792 does
not reduce a third slot to a
short slot.
Note 2: If C11 has an
Integrated xSeries Server,
slot C12 is unavailable, and
slot C13 is available only as
a short slot. A #2792 does
not reduce a third slot to a
short slot.
DISK SLOTS
DISK SLOTS
DISK SLOTS
DISK SLOTS
DISK SLOTS
DISK SLOTS
DISK SLOTS
D36 D37 D38 D39 D40
D31 D32 D33 D34 D35
OP Panel
D46 D47 D48 D49 D50
Rem Media
D41
DISK SLOTS
DISK SLOTS
Rem Media
D42
D21 D22 D23 D24 D25
D11 D12 D13 D14 D15
D01 D02 D03 D04 D05
D26 D27 D28 D29 D30
D16 D17 D18 D19 D20
D06 D07 D08 D09 D10
DISK SLOTS
DISK SLOTS
DISK SLOTS
DISK SLOTS
DISK SLOTS
DISK SLOTS
DISK SLOTS
D36 D37 D38 D39 D40
D31 D32 D33 D34 D35
OP Panel
D46 D47 D48 D49 D50
Rem Media
D41
DISK SLOTS
DISK SLOTS
Rem Media
D42
D21 D22 D23 D24 D25
D11 D12 D13 D14 D15
D01 D02 D03 D04 D05
D26 D27 D28 D29 D30
D16 D17 D18 D19 D20
D06 D07 D08 D09 D10
Legend
Note
: The total number of disk bays is 2 x 45.
PCI Cards
FAN
B01
FAN
B02
#9844
#9793
HSL
V/S Comm
JTAG-A
SPCN
Mfg Int
Serial-1
FAN
B01
FAN
B02
Multi-Adapter
Bridge Bus
Number
Slots
1
2
C01
C02
C03
C04
C05
C06
C07
C09
C10
C11
C12
C13
C14
C15
C08
3
Note: All slots are 3.3V
VPD
SPCN
1,2 IOP/IXS
4 IOA
5,6 IOP/IOA
7,8 IOA
5,6 IOP/IOA
7,8 IOA
5,6 IOP/IOA
4 IOA
7,8 IOA
1,2 IOP(#9844)/IOA/IXS
3,4 IOA
1,2 IOP/IXS
3 IOA
3 IOA
#9886 / #9887
840 W
Power
Supply
P01
840 W
Power
Supply
P02
P03
840 W
Power
Supply
840 W
Power
Supply
P00
AC Dist
Box
(A01)
AC Dist
Box
(A02)
AC Dist
Box
(A01)
AC Dist
Box
(A02)
Power supply slots are used as follows:
P01 - Base power
P02 - Base power
P03 - Dual line cord (standard)
P00 - Auxiliary DASD cage (standard)
Power supply slots are used as follows:
P01 - Base power
P02 - Base power
P03 - Auxiliary DASD cage (standard)
P00 - Dual line cord
840 W
Power
Supply
P01
840 W
Power
Supply
P02
P03
840 W
Power
Supply
840 W
Power
Supply
P00

88
IBM System i5, eServer i5, and iSeries System Builder: IBM i5/OS Version 5 Release 4
Model 800, 810, 825,
870, 890
3.15 iSeries Model 800 processors
The iSeries Model 800 initial installation is CSU. Processor upgrades within models are
performed by IBM Service Representatives.
Processo
r feature
Server
feature
Edition
feature
Model 800 processor
#2463#0863 300 CPW Uni-Processor in Client/Server Environment
SStar 540 MHz Uni (CCIN 25B9)
Includes eight DIMM memory positions (plug directly into the backplane – direct attach)
Includes embedded Base PCI IOP (CCIN 286C)
Includes Common Service Processor (CSP) (CCIN 25B9)
The #2463 is withdrawn from marketing as of 01 October 2005.
#7400 Value Edition
Provides 25 CPW for 5250 OLTP (CCIN 7400)
#0864 300 CPW Uni-Processor in Client/Server Environment
SStar 540 MHz Uni (CCIN 25B9)
Includes eight DIMM memory positions (plug directly into the backplane – direct attach)
Includes embedded Base PCI IOP (CCIN 286C)
Includes Common Service Processor (CSP) (CCIN 25B9)
The #2463 is withdrawn from marketing as of 01 October 2005.
#7400 Standard Edition
Provides 25 CPW for 5250 OLTP (CCIN 7400)
The #2463 is withdrawn from marketing as of 01 October 2005.
#2464#0865 950 CPW Uni-Processor in Client/Server Environment
SStar 540 MHz Uni (CCIN 25B9)
Includes eight DIMM memory positions (plug directly into the backplane – direct attach)
Includes 2 MB L2 cache
Includes embedded Base PCI IOP (CCIN 286C)
Includes Common Service Processor (CSP) (CCIN 25BA)
The #2464 is withdrawn from marketing as of 01 June 2006.
#7408 Advanced Edition
Provides 50 CPW for 5250 OLTP (CCIN 7408)

iSeries 800, 810, 825, 870, and 890 models
89
Model 800, 810, 825,
870, 890
3.16 iSeries Model 810 processors
The iSeries Model 810 initial installation is CSU. Processor upgrades within models are
performed by IBM Service Representatives.
Processor
feature
Server
feature
Edition
feature
Model 810 processor
#2465#0868 750 CPW Uni-Processor in Client/Server Environment
SStar 540 MHz Uni (CCIN 25BA)
Includes 2 MB L2 cache
Includes eight DIMM memory positions (plug directly into the backplane – direct attach)
Includes embedded Base IOP (CCIN 286D)
Includes Common Service Processor (CSP) (CCIN 25BA)
The #2465 is withdrawn from marketing as of 01 October 2005.
#7404 Standard Edition
Provides limited 5250 OLTP CPW (CCIN 7404)
#7406 Enterprise Edition
Provides up to 750 CPW for 5250 OLTP (CCIN 7406)
#7445 High Availability Edition
Provides up to 750 CPW for 5250 OLTP (CCIN 7406)
#2466#0866 1020 CPW Uni-Processor in Client/Server Environment
SStar 540 MHz Uni (CCIN 25BA)
Includes 2 MB L2 cache
Includes eight DIMM memory positions (plug directly into the backplane – direct attach)
Includes embedded Base IOP (CCIN 286D)
Includes Common Service Processor (CSP) (CCIN 25BA)
The #2466 is withdrawn from marketing as of 01 June 2006.
#7407 Standard Edition
Provides limited 5250 OLTP CPW (CCIN 7407)
#7409 Enterprise Edition
Provides up to 1070 CPW for 5250 OLTP (CCIN 7409)
#7446 High Availability Edition
Provides up to 1070 CPW for 5250 OLTP (CCIN 7409)
#0769#7407 Domino Edition
Provides limited 5250 OLTP CPW (CCIN 7407)
#2467#0867 1470 CPW Uni-Processor in Client/Server Environment
SStar 750 MHz Uni (CCIN 25F0)
Includes 4 MB L2 cache
Includes 16 DIMM memory positions (plug directly into the backplane – direct attach)
Includes embedded Base IOP (CCIN 286E)
Includes Common Service Processor (CSP) (CCIN 25F0)
The #2467 is withdrawn from marketing as of 01 June 2006.
#7410 Standard Edition
Provides limited 5250 OLTP CPW (CCIN 7410)
#7412 Enterprise Edition
Provides up to 1470 CPW for 5250 OLTP (CCIN 7412)
#7447 High Availability Edition
Provides up to 1470 CPW for 5250 OLTP (CCIN 7412)
#0770#7410 Domino Edition
Provides limited 5250 OLTP CPW (CCIN 7410)

90
IBM System i5, eServer i5, and iSeries System Builder: IBM i5/OS Version 5 Release 4
Model 800, 810, 825,
870, 890
#2469#0869 2700 CPW 2-way Processor in Client/Server Environment
SStar 750 MHz 2-way (CCIN 25EB)
Includes 4 MB L2 cache
Includes sixteen DIMM memory positions via the memory riser card (CCIN 2884)
Includes base I/O backplane (CCIN 282F)
Includes embedded Base IOP (CCIN 284E)
Includes Common Service Processor (CSP) (CCIN 2249)
The #2469 is withdrawn from marketing as of 01 June 2006.
#7428 Standard Edition
Provides limited 5250 OLTP CPW (CCIN 7428)
#7430 Enterprise Edition
Provides 2700 CPW for 5250 OLTP (CCIN 7430)
#7448 High Availability Edition
Provides up to 2700 CPW for 5250 OLTP (CCIN 7430)
#0771#7428 Domino Edition
Provides limited 5250 OLTP CPW (CCIN 7428)
Processor
feature
Server
feature
Edition
feature
Model 810 processor

iSeries 800, 810, 825, 870, and 890 models
91
Model 800, 810, 825,
870, 890
3.17 iSeries Model 825 processors
The iSeries Model 825 initial installation and model upgrades are performed by an IBM
Service Representative.
Processor
feature
Server
feature
Edition
feature
Model 825 processor
#2473#0873 3600/6600 CPW 3/6-way Processor in Client/Server Environment
Includes three POWER4 processor cards (CCIN 25DC)
Includes 96 MB L3 cache (16 MB L3/GP processor)
Includes Smart Chip Processor VPD card (CCIN 2484)
Includes base I/O backplane (CCIN 25CA)
Includes Connector Card (CCIN 289D)
Includes Expansion Card (CCIN 28B3). Provides two RIO-G ports
#1609 processor activation feature. Maximum of three.
#1682 On/Off Capacity on Demand Prepaid feature for Standard Edition*
#1683 On/Off Capacity on Demand Prepaid feature for Enterprise and High Availability
Edition*
#1773 On/Off Capacity on Demand enablement feature.
* On/Off Capacity on Demand features require PTFs identified in Information APAR II13551 at:
http://www-03.ibm.com/servers/eserver/support/iseries/index.html
The #2473 is withdrawn from marketing as of 01 June 2006.
#7416 Standard Edition
Provides limited 5250 OLTP CPW (CCIN 7416)
#7418 Enterprise Edition
Provides up to 6600 CPW for 5250 OLTP (CCIN 7418)
#7434 High Availability Edition
Provides up to 6600 CPW for 5250 OLTP (CCIN 7418)
#0772#7416 Domino Edition
Provides limited 5250 OLTP CPW (CCIN 7416)
#0773#7416 Domino Edition
Provides limited 5250 OLTP CPW (CCIN 7416)
#2495#0890 1250/6600 CPW 1/6-way Processor in Client/Server Environment
Includes three POWER4 processor cards (CCIN 25DC)
Includes 96 MB L3 cache (16 MB L3/GP processor)
Includes Smart Chip Processor VPD card (CCIN 2484)
Includes base I/O backplane (CCIN 25CA)
Includes Connector Card (CCIN 289D)
Includes Expansion Card (CCIN 28B3). Provides two RIO-G ports
#1779 On/Off Capacity on Demand enablement feature*
* On/Off Capacity on Demand features require PTFs identified in Information APAR II13551 at:
http://www-03.ibm.com/servers/eserver/support/iseries/index.html
#7439 Capacity BackUp Edition
Provides up to 6600 CPW for 5250 OLTP (CCIN 7439) for Capacity BackUp Edition
#1697 On/Off Capacity on Demand Prepaid feature *
#1797 TCoD Billing feature

92
IBM System i5, eServer i5, and iSeries System Builder: IBM i5/OS Version 5 Release 4
Model 800, 810, 825,
870, 890
3.18 iSeries Model 870 processors
The iSeries Model 870 initial installation and model upgrades are performed by an IBM
Service Representative.
Processor
feature
Server
feature
Edition
feature
Model 870 processor
#2486#0886 115000 - 20000 CPW 8/16-way Processor in Client/Server Environment
Processor Capacity Card (CCIN 7419 or CCIN 7421)
Processor 0 (CCIN 25D3)
Processor 1 (CCIN 25D3)
#1611 Capacity Upgrade on Demand activation code (up to eight on the #2486)
#1685 On/Off Capacity on Demand Prepaid feature for Standard Edition*
#1686 On/Off Capacity on Demand Prepaid feature for Enterprise and High Availability
Editions*
#1776 On/Off Capacity on Demand enablement feature
* On/Off Capacity on Demand features require PTFs identified in Information APAR II13551
at: http://www-03.ibm.com/servers/eserver/support/iseries/index.html
The #2486 is withdrawn from marketing as of 01 June 2006.
#7419 Standard Edition
Provides limited 5250 OLTP CPW (CCIN 7419)
#7421 Enterprise Edition
Provides up to 20000 CPW for 5250 OLTP (CCIN 7421)
#7436 High Availability Edition
Provides up to 20000 CPW for 5250 OLTP (CCIN 7421)
#2489#0889 7700 - 11500 CPW 5/8-way Processor in Client/Server Environment
Processor Capacity Card (CCIN 7431 or CCIN 7433)
Processor 0 (CCIN 25D3)
#1614 Capacity Upgrade on Demand activation code (up to three on the #2489)
#1684 On/Off Capacity on Demand Prepaid feature for Standard Edition*
#1695 On/Off Capacity on Demand Prepaid feature for Enterprise and High Availability
Editions*
#1774 On/Off Capacity on Demand enablement feature *
* On/Off Capacity on Demand features require PTFs identified in Information APAR II13551
at: http://www-03.ibm.com/servers/eserver/support/iseries/index.html
The #2489 is withdrawn from marketing as of 01 June 2006.
#7431 Standard Edition
Provides limited 5250 OLTP CPW (CCIN 7431)
#7433 Enterprise Edition
Provides up to 11500 CPW for 5250 OLTP (CCIN 7433)
#7435 High Availability Edition
Provides up to 11500 CPW for 5250 OLTP (CCIN 7433)
#2496#0891 3200 - 20000 CPW 2/16-way Processor in Client/Server Environment
Processor Capacity Card (CCIN 7440)
Processor 0 (CCIN 25D3)
Processor 1 (CCIN 25D3)
#166x On/Off Capacity on Demand Prepaid feature
#1780 On/Off Capacity on Demand enablement feature *
* On/Off Capacity on Demand features require PTFs identified in Information APAR II13551
at: http://www-03.ibm.com/servers/eserver/support/iseries/index.html
#7440 Capacity BackUp Edition
Provides up to 11800 CPW for 5250 OLTP (CCIN 7440) for the Capacity BackUp Edition
#1698 On/Off Capacity on Demand Prepaid feature*
#1798 TCoD Billing feature
* On/Off Capacity on Demand features require PTFs identified in Information APAR II13551
at: http://www-03.ibm.com/servers/eserver/support/iseries/index.html

iSeries 800, 810, 825, 870, and 890 models
93
Model 800, 810, 825,
870, 890
3.19 iSeries Model 890 processors
The iSeries Model 890 initial installation and model upgrades are performed by an IBM
Service Representative.
Processor
Server feature
Model 890 processor
#0197 5250 Interactive
features
29300 CPW 24-way Processor in Client/Server Environment
Processor Capacity Card (CCIN 0197)
Processor 0 (CCIN 25D3)
Processor 1 (CCIN 25D3)
Processor 2 (CCIN 25D3)
The #0197 is represented by Processor Feature Code 0197.
#0198 5250 Interactive
features
37400 CPW 32-way Processor in Client/Server Environment
Processor Capacity Card (CCIN 0198)
Processor 0 (CCIN 25D5)
Processor 1 (CCIN 25D5)
Processor 2 (CCIN 25D5)
Processor 3 (CCIN 25D5)
The #0198 is represented by Processor Feature Code 0198.
#2487 20000 - 29300 CPW 16/24-way Processor in Client/Server Environment
Processor Capacity Card (CCIN 2487)
Processor 0 (CCIN 25D5)
Processor 1 (CCIN 25D5)
Processor 2 (CCIN 25D5)
#1610 CUoD activation code* (up to eight on the #2487)
#166x On/Off Capacity on Demand Prepaid feature
* On/Off Capacity on Demand features require PTFs identified in Information APAR II13551 at:
http://www-03.ibm.com/servers/eserver/support/iseries/index.html
#1576 Optional 120 CPW in 5250 Interactive Environment
The #2487-#1576 is represented by Processor Feature Code 2AF0.
#1577 Optional 240 CPW in 5250 Interactive Environment
The #2487-#1577 is represented by Processor Feature Code 2AF1.
#1578 Optional 560 CPW in 5250 Interactive Environment
The #2487-#1578 is represented by Processor Feature Code 2AF2.
#1579 Optional 1050 CPW in 5250 Interactive Environment
The #1579-#1579 is represented by Processor Feature Code 2AF3.
#1581 Optional 2000 CPW in 5250 Interactive Environment
The #2487-#1581 is represented by Processor Feature Code 2AF5.
#1583 Optional 4550 CPW in 5250 Interactive Environment
The #2487-#1583 is represented by Processor Feature Code 2AF7.
#1585 Optional 10000 CPW in 5250 Interactive Environment
The #2487-#1585 is represented by Processor Feature Code 2AF9.
#1587 Optional 16500 CPW in 5250 Interactive Environment
The #2487-#1587 is represented by Processor Feature Code 2AFB.
#1588 Optional 20200 CPW in 5250 Interactive Environment
The #2487-#1588 is represented by Processor Feature Code 2AFC.

94
IBM System i5, eServer i5, and iSeries System Builder: IBM i5/OS Version 5 Release 4
Model 800, 810, 825,
870, 890
#2488 29300 - 37400 CPW 24/32-way Processor in Client/Server Environment
Processor Capacity Card (CCIN 2488)
Processor 0 (CCIN 25D3)
Processor 1 (CCIN 25D3)
Processor 2 (CCIN 25D3)
Processor 3 (CCIN 25D3)
#1610 CUoD activation code* (up to eight on the #2488)
#166x On/Off Capacity on Demand Prepaid feature
* On/Off Capacity on Demand features require PTFs identified in Information APAR II13551 at:
http://www-03.ibm.com/servers/eserver/support/iseries/index.html
#1576 Optional 120 CPW in 5250 Interactive Environment
The #2488-#1576 is represented by Processor Feature Code 2AD0.
#1577 Optional 240 CPW in 5250 Interactive Environment
The #2488-#1577 is represented by Processor Feature Code 2AD1.
#1578 Optional 560 CPW in 5250 Interactive Environment
The #2488-#1578 is represented by Processor Feature Code 2AD2.
#1579 Optional 1050 CPW in 5250 Interactive Environment
The #2488-#1579 is represented by Processor Feature Code 2AD3.
#1581 Optional 2000 CPW in 5250 Interactive Environment
The #2488-#1581 is represented by Processor Feature Code 2AD5.
#1583 Optional 4550 CPW in 5250 Interactive Environment
The #2488-#1583 is represented by Processor Feature Code 2AD7.
#1585 Optional 10000 CPW in 5250 Interactive Environment
The #2488-#1585 is represented by Processor Feature Code 2AD9.
#1587 Optional 16500 CPW in 5250 Interactive Environment
The #2488-#1587 is represented by Processor Feature Code 2ADB.
#1588 Optional 20200 CPW in 5250 Interactive Environment
The #2488-#1588 is represented by Processor Feature Code 2ADC.
#1591 Optional 37400 CPW in 5250 Interactive Environment
The #2488-#1591 is represented by Processor Feature Code 2ADF.
Processor
feature
Server
feature
Edition
feature
Model 890 processor
#2497#0897 20000 - 29300 CPW 16/24-way Processor in Client/Server Environment
Processor Capacity Card (CCIN 7422 or 7424)
Processor 0 (CCIN 25D3)
Processor 1 (CCIN 25D3)
Processor 2 (CCIN 25D3)
#1612 Capacity Upgrade on Demand Activation code (up to eight on the #2497)
#1688 On/Off Capacity on Demand Prepaid feature for Standard Edition*
#1689 On/Off Capacity on Demand Prepaid feature for Enterprise and High
Availability Edition*
#1777 On/Off Capacity on Demand enablement feature *
* On/Off Capacity on Demand features require PTFs identified in Information APAR
II13551 at: http://www-03.ibm.com/servers/eserver/support/iseries/index.html
The #2497 is withdrawn from marketing as of 01 June 2006.
#7422 Standard Edition
Provides limited 5250 OLTP CPW (CCIN 7422).
#7424 Enterprise Edition
Provides up to 29300 CPW for 5250 OLTP (CCIN 7424).
#7437 High Availability Edition
Provides up to 29300 CPW for 5250 OLTP (CCIN 7424).
Processor
Server feature
Model 890 processor

iSeries 800, 810, 825, 870, and 890 models
95
Model 800, 810, 825,
870, 890
3.20 iSeries Models 800, 810, 825, 870, and 890 features
You can find feature descriptions, including details about power and packaging and main
memory, in Chapter 4, “IBM System i5, eServer i5, and iSeries features and placement” on
page 97.
3.21 Supported upgrades for Models 800, 810, 825, 870, and
890
Refer to 1.1, “Upgrades for System i processors” on page 2 for an overview of the upgrades
supported for iSeries models.
#2498#0898 29300 - 37400 CPW 24/32-way Processor in Client/Server Environment
Processor Capacity Card (CCIN 2425 or 7427)
Processor 0 (CCIN 25D3)
Processor 1 (CCIN 25D3)
Processor 2 (CCIN 25D3)
Processor 3 (CCIN 25D3)
#1613 Capacity Upgrade on Demand Activation code (up to eight on the #2498)
#1691 On/Off Capacity on Demand Prepaid feature for Standard Edition*
#1692 On/Off Capacity on Demand Prepaid feature for Enterprise and High
Availability Edition*
#1778 On/Off Capacity on Demand enablement feature
* On/Off Capacity on Demand features require PTFs identified in Information APAR
II13551 at: http://www-03.ibm.com/servers/eserver/support/iseries/index.html
The #2498 is withdrawn from marketing as of 01 June 2006.
#7425 Standard Edition
Provides limited 5250 OLTP CPW for Standard Edition (CCIN 7425).
#7427 Enterprise Edition
Provides up to 37400 CPW for 5250 OLTP (CCIN 7427).
#7438 High Availability Edition
Processor Capacity Card (CCIN 7427)
#1699 On/Off Capacity on Demand Prepaid feature*
#1799 TCoD Billing feature
#2499#0892 5600 - 37400 CPW 4/32-way Processor in Client/Server Environment
#1781 On/Off Capacity on Demand enablement feature *
#166x On/Off Capacity on Demand Prepaid feature
* On/Off Capacity on Demand features require PTFs identified in Information APAR
II13551 at: http://www-03.ibm.com/servers/eserver/support/iseries/index.html
#7441 Capacity BackUp Edition
Provides up to 37400 CPW for 5250 OLTP (CCIN 2488)
Processor
feature
Server
feature
Edition
feature
Model 890 processor

96
IBM System i5, eServer i5, and iSeries System Builder: IBM i5/OS Version 5 Release 4
Model 800, 810, 825,
870, 890

© Copyright IBM Corp. 1997 - 2006. All rights reserved.
97
Features and Rules
Chapter 4.
IBM System i5, eServer i5, and
iSeries features and placement
This chapter describes supported features for the IBM System i5, IBM eServer i5, and iSeries
800, 810, 825, 870, and 890 system units and towers, such as the power and packaging,
main storage, workstation controller and console features, and communications features.
This includes local area networks (LANs) and wide area networks (WANs), disk units, internal
tape units, CD-ROM, DVD-RAM, DVD-ROM, and magnetic media controllers. Processor
features are described in Chapter 2, “IBM System i5 and eServer i5 models” on page 5 and
Chapter 3, “iSeries 800, 810, 825, 870, and 890 models” on page 59.
4
Note 1: Some of the feature descriptions in this chapter do not specifically state if the
feature is supported in a specific server. For example, some feature codes might be
supported in the IBM System i5 Model 520+, 550+, 570+, 595, but not in the eServer i5
Model 520, 550, 570, or 595, or even in the iSeries 800, 810, 825, 870, and 890 servers.
Refer to the product announcement letter or check with your IBM representative if you
require this information.
Note 2: The darker shaded areas in the following tables and graphics indicate the base
features.
Note 3: Some of the feature descriptions in this chapter do not fully identify the required
minimum operating system level. For example, a feature which is supported with i5/OS
V5R4 might need additional PTFs when installed in an i5/OS V5R3 or OS/400 V5R2
system. Some features require a different LIC level.
To see the PTF prerequisites for a specific feature code, click the feature code button in
the search results of the hardware tab of the IBM eServer™ Prerequisite tool at:
http://www-912.ibm.com/e_dir/eServerPrereq.nsf
Note 4: The HSL, SPCN, and dual line cord feature codes and descriptions can be found
in Chapter 11, “HSL, SPCN, line cord, and communication cables for IBM System i5,
eServer i5, and iSeries systems” on page 377.

98
IBM System i5, eServer i5, and iSeries System Builder: IBM i5/OS Version 5 Release 4
Features and Rules
4.1 PCI card placement for IBM System i5, eServer i5 and
iSeries servers
The implementation of Peripheral Component Interconnect (PCI) architecture in iSeries
servers provides flexibility in the placement of input/output processors (IOPs) and
input/output adapters (IOAs). This can result in a more efficient use of card slots, which in
turn can lower the cost of implementation. For example, a specific PCI IOP can support two
high-performance IOAs, or four slower IOAs. However, it might not have the capacity to
support one high-performance IOA and two slower IOAs.
PCI architecture changes the configuration rules associated with card placement in IBM
System i5 and eServer i5 Models 520, 550, 570, and 595, and iSeries Models 800, 810, 825,
870, and 890 servers. PCI cards are subject to plugging rules. Earlier models require IOPs to
be in specific slots in the system and expansion towers. Increased configuration flexibility
reinforces a requirement to understand the detailed configuration rules.
The IBM Redpapers PCI and PCI-X Placement Rules for IBM System i5, eServer i5, and
iSeries servers with i5/OS V5R4 and V5R3, REDP-4011, and PCI Card Placement Rules for
the IBM Eserver iSeries Server OS/400 Version 5 Release 2: September 2003, REDP-3638
for OS/400 V5R2 and earlier releases, describe the configuration and card placement rules
that you must understand and follow to develop valid configurations. Use these Redpapers as
a guide when configuring IOAs and IOPs to size the system to meet client expectations.
Features offered without the requirement of an IOP are listed in Table 4-2 on page 186.
4.2 Power and packaging
Important: If the configuration rules and restrictions are not fully understood and followed,
it is possible to create a hardware configuration that does not work, marginally works, or
quits working when a system is upgraded to future software releases.
Power and packaging
#0006#0006 LPAR Restrict Build Process
The #0006 is added to an initial order where LPAR #0140 is requested. This #0006 instructs manufacturing to only load
SLIC on the minimum number of disk drives.
The #0006 is mutually exclusive with #5000 SW Preload and with #0205 RISC-to-RISC migration.
Supported on Models 520, 550, 570, 595, 800, 810, 820, 825, 830, 840, 870, 890, and 9411-100.
#0092#0092 External xSeries Attach Specify
The #0092 is used to specify the number of external xSeries servers connected to the system. The IBM marketing
configurator uses this specify code to determine the number of high-speed link (HSL) and System Power Control Network
(SPCN) cables required and to ensure that the number of external xSeries servers does not exceed the system limit. Each
external xSeries server is cabled with HSL cables and attached to the SPCN string like all other HSL attached I/O towers.
A 1519-100 Integrated xSeries Adapter for iSeries or 1519-200 Integrated xSeries Adapter for i5 model is required in each
external xSeries server attached.
Minimum operating system level: OS/400 V5R1 for 1519-100 Integrated xSeries Adapter for iSeries and i5/OS V5R3 for
1519-200 Integrated xSeries Adapter
Supported on Models 520, 550, 570, 595, 800, 810, 820, 825, 830, 840, 870, and 890.

IBM System i5, eServer i5, and iSeries features and placement
99
Features and Rules
#0123#0123 - #5074 Lower Unit in Rack
The #0123 feature specifies that one #5074 PCI Expansion Tower is to be mounted in the bottom of a #0551 iSeries Rack.
The #0123 can be specified on initial orders and on Miscellaneous Equipment Specification (MES) orders, however support
for the field merging a #5074 into a #0551 iSeries Rack is not offered (due to the weight of the #5074). A line cord for the
#5074 must be ordered with the #5074.
Corequisites:
#0551 iSeries Rack
#5074 PCI Expansion Tower
#5101/#5111 30 Disk Expansion with Dual Line Cords
Supported on Models 520, 550, 570, 595, 810, 820, 825, 830, 840, 870, and 890.
The #0123 is withdrawn from marketing as of 03 December 2002.
#0126#0126 CEC EIA Reduction Option
The #0126 CEC EIA Reduction Option ships the Model 595, 870 or Model 890 system unit tower in two pieces from IBM
to be fully assembled at the client's location. The tallest part of the system unit tower is reduced 14 inches (35cm) from 80
inches (2 m) to 66 inches (1.65m). The shipping pallet and packing materials add to the dimensions to allow for clearance.
Supported on Models 595, 870 and 890.
The #0126 is not a Customer Install Feature.
#0133#0133 Plant Install in Rack
The #0133 Plant Install in Rack feature is used to mount a Model 800 or 810 system unit (sidecar feature must be present)
in a #0551 iSeries Rack either in the plant or in the field. The #0133 can be ordered on initial orders, MES orders or on
model upgrades into the Model 810.
The system is mounted in the #0551 at the plant if the system order received at the plant contains a system unit, #7116
System Unit Expansion, #0551 iSeries Rack, and #0133 Plant Install in Rack. If any of those four components are missing
from the order, the system is not mounted in the #0551 at the plant.
If the system is not installed in a #0551 iSeries Rack in the plant, the #0133 feature provides the following hardware
components: a set of slides, cable management arm, a heavy duty tray, a Model 800 or 810 adapter plate and a pair of
Model 800 or 810 lift covers.
A line cord for both the system unit and the system unit expansion is required. For system units being mounted in the upper
portions of a rack and
not
using the #1422 PDU Line Cord, be sure that the line cord (and SPCN cable, if present) is of
sufficient length.
A #7116 System Unit Expansion must be present or ordered for Models 800 and 810.
An #0551 iSeries Rack is required for mounting a Model 800 or 810, but the #0551 is not required on the order, or on the
inventory records for the system for which the #0133 Plant Install in Rack is ordered.
Supported on Models 800 and 810.
The #0133 is a Customer Install Feature if installed in the field.
The #0133 is withdrawn from marketing as of 01 June 2006.
#0134#0134 Field Install in Rack (HD)
The #0134 Field Install in Rack (HD) is used to mount a Model 825 system unit in an #0551 iSeries Rack. The #0134
provides a set of slides, a cable management arm, a heavy duty tray, a Model 825 adapter plate, and a pair of Model 825
lift covers.
Two line cords are required for the system unit. Be sure that the line cord (and SPCN cable, if present) is of sufficient length
for system units mounted in the upper portions of a rack and not using the #1422 PDU Line Cord.
An #0551 iSeries Rack is required for mounting the Model 825, but the #0551 is not required on the order or on the
inventory records for the system for which the #0134 Field Install in Rack (HD) is ordered. The #0134 can be specified on
an initial, model upgrade, or MES order.
Supported on Model 825.
The #0134 is a Customer Install Feature.
The #0134 is withdrawn from marketing as of 21 November 2003.
#0135#0135 Rear Cover
The #0135 provides a single-wide rear cover for a Model 800 or 810 system unit without a #7116 System Unit Expansion
installed.
Supported on Models 800, 810 single wide
The #0135 is a Customer Install Feature.
The #0135 is withdrawn from marketing as of 01 June 2006.

100
IBM System i5, eServer i5, and iSeries System Builder: IBM i5/OS Version 5 Release 4
Features and Rules
#0136#0136 Rear Cover
The #0136 provides a double-wide rear cover for a Model 800 or 810 system unit with a #7116 System Unit Expansion
installed.
Supported on Models 800, 810 double wide
The #0136 is a Customer Install Feature.
The #0136 is withdrawn from marketing as of 01 June 2006.
#0137#0137 Field Install in Rack
The #0137 Field Install in Rack feature is used to mount a Model 800 or 810 system unit #7116 System Unit Expansion
must be present) in a #0551 iSeries Rack in the field. This feature provides a set of slides, cable management arm, a heavy
duty ray, an 800 or 810 adapter plate and a pair of 800 or 810 lift covers.
Requires a line cord for both the system unit and the system unit expansion.
For system units being mounted in the upper portions of a rack and
not
using the #1422 PDU Line Cord, be sure that the
line cord (and SPCN cable, if present) is of sufficient length.
A #0551 iSeries Rack is required for mounting the Model 800 and 810, but the #0551 feature is not required on the order
or on the inventory records for the system that is ordering a #0137. The #0137 can be specified on any type of order (initial,
model upgrades into a Model 810 or simple MES).
Supported on Models 800 and 810.
The #0137 is an IBM Customer Service Representative setup feature.
The #0137 is withdrawn from marketing as of 01 June 2006.
#0138#0138 Field Install in Rack
The #0138 Field Install in Rack feature is used to mount a Model 825 system unit in a #0551 iSeries Rack. This feature
provides a set of slides, cable management arm, a tray, a Model 825 adapter plate and a pair of Model 825 lift covers. The
#0138 can be specified on any type of order (initial, model upgrade or simple MES).
For system units being mounted in the upper portions of a rack and
not
using the #1422 PDU Line Cord, be sure that the
line cord (and SPCN cable, if present) is of sufficient length.
A #0551 iSeries Rack is required for mounting the Model 825. The #0551 feature is not required on the order or on the
inventory records for the system that is ordering a #0138.
Supported on Model 825.
The #0138 is an IBM Customer Service Representative setup feature.
The #0138 is withdrawn from marketing as of 01 June 2006.
#0140#0140 Logical Partitioning Specify
The #0140 is used to specify that this system is to be logically partitioned. The #0140 is only valid on n-way processors
with OS/400 V4R5 or later. The #0140 is valid on select OS/400 V5R1 supported uni-processors (IStar and SStar
processors only). The IBM marketing configurator adds a quantity of one #0140 to the order for each logical partition
(LPAR) required.
Supported on Models 520, 550, 570, 595, 800, 810, 820, 825, 830, 840, 870 and 890.
The #0140 is a Customer Install Feature.
#0141#0141 HSL OptiConnect Specify
The #0141 is used to specify that this system is to be part of a cluster using HSL OptiConnect. This feature is used to allow
the ordering of additional HSL cables to connect the systems that have OptiConnect.
Requires an HSL OptiConnect capable system.
Maximum: One
Minimum operating system level: OS/400 V5R1
Supported on Models 520, 550, 570, 595, 800, 810, 820, 825, 830, 840, 870, and 890.
The #0141 is a Customer Install Feature.

IBM System i5, eServer i5, and iSeries features and placement
101
Features and Rules
#0142#0142 Linux® Partition Specify
The #0142 is used to specify that this system is to be logically partitioned with a Linux partition. Specify one #0142 for each
Linux partition required. There are no minimum number of Linux direct attached features required per Linux partition. A
Linux partition can exist without any Linux direct attached features in it (in this case, virtual storage, virtual LAN and virtual
console is virtualized through the iSeries server).
The following Linux direct attach features can be directly attached to a Linux partition. Linux direct attached features cannot
be accessed by OS/400 and i5/OS partitions:
#0601 - Direct Attach #2743 PCI 1 Gbps Ethernet IOA
#0602 - Direct Attach #2760 PCI 1 Gbps Ethernet UTP IOA
#0603 - Direct Attach #2744 PCI 100 Mbps Token-Ring IOA (withdrawn from marketing as of 01 June 2006)
#0604 - Direct Attach #2763 PCI RAID Disk Unit Controller
#0605 - Direct Attach #4748 PCI RAID Disk Unit Controller
#0606 - Direct Attach #4778 PCI RAID Disk Unit Controller
#0607 - Direct Attach #4838 PCI 100/10 Mbps Ethernet IOA
#0608 - Direct Attach #4745 PCI WAN IOA (withdrawn from marketing as of 01 June 2006)
#0609 - Direct Attach #2772 PCI Dual WAN/Modem IOA (withdrawn from marketing as of 01 June 2006)
#0610 - Direct Attach #2773 PCI Dual WAN/ModemIOA (AP only)
#0611 - Direct Attach #2765 PCI Fibre Channel Tape Controller (withdrawn from marketing for new orders only on 01
April 2005)
#0612 - Direct Attach #2766 PCI Fibre Channel Disk Controller (withdrawn from marketing for new orders only on 01
April 2005)
#0613 - Direct Attach #2742 PCI 2-Line WAN IOA
#0614 - Direct Attach #2793 PCI 2-Line WAN w/Modem
#0615 - Direct Attach #2794 PCI 2-Line WAN w/Modem (AP only)
#0616 - Direct Attach #2805 PCI Quad Modem IOA
#0617 - Direct Attach #2806 PCI Quad Modem (CIM) (AP only)
#0618 - Direct Attach #2757 PCI-X Ultra RAID Disk Controller (withdrawn from marketing as of 01 June 2006.

#0619 - Direct Attach #2782 PCI-X RAID Disk Unit Controller
#0620 - Direct Attach #5700 PCI 1 Gbps Ethernet IOA
#0621 - Direct Attach #5701 PCI 1 Gbps Ethernet UTP IOA
#0623 - Direct Attach #2849 PCI 100/10 Mbps Ethernet IOA (withdrawn from marketing as of 01 June 2006.
#0620 - Direct Attach #5700 PCI 1 Gbps Ethernet IOA is the recommended replacement)
#0621 - Direct Attach #5701 PCI 1 Gbps Ethernet UTP IOA
#0623 - Direct Attach #2849 PCI 100/10 Mbps Ethernet IOA (withdrawn from marketing as of 01 June 2006.
#0620 - Direct Attach #5700 PCI 1 Gbps Ethernet IOA is the recommended replacement)
#0624 - Direct Attach #5702 PCI-X Ultra Tape Controller (withdrawn from marketing as of 1 June 2006.
#0645 - Direct Attach #5712 PCI-X Tape/DASD Controller is the recommended replacement.)
#0625 - Direct Attach #5704 PCI-X Fibre Channel Tape Controller
#0626 - Direct Attach #2787 PCI-X Fibre Channel Disk Controller
#0627 - Direct Attach #2780 PCI-X Ultra4 RAID Disk Controller
#0628 - Direct Attach #5703 PCI-X RAID Disk Unit Controller
#0632 - PCI USB 2.0 Adapter
#0633 - Graphics Adapter
#0634 - 128-port Asynchronous Adapter
#0635 - SDLC/X.25 - 2-port Adapter
#0643 - Direct Attach #5706 PCI-X Gbps Ethernet-TX IOA
#0644 - Direct Attach #5707 PCI-X 1 Gbps Ethernet-SX IOA
#0645 - Direct Attach #5712 PCI-X Tape/DASD Controller
#0646 - Direct Attach #5716 2 Gb Fibre Channel PCI-X Adapter
#0647 PCI-X Disk/Tape Controller without IOP
#0648 PCI-X Disk Controller 90MB without IOP
See the descriptions of the individual feature to understand the capabilities and PCI slot limitations of the features directly
attached to Linux partitions.
Linux direct attach features do not use or require PCI IOPs. They are only supported in a secondary LPAR partition and
require a minimum operating system level of OS/400 V5R1 running in the primary partition.
Corequisite: #0140 Logical Partition Specify.
Maximum: Up to one less than the total number of partitions allowed on system/processor.
Linux partitions are supported with SUSE Linux Enterprise Server 9 for POWER™ or Red Hat Enterprise Linux AS for
POWER Version 3.
AIX partitions are supported with AIX 5L™ for POWER V5.2.
Minimum operating system level: OS/400 V5R1

102
IBM System i5, eServer i5, and iSeries System Builder: IBM i5/OS Version 5 Release 4
Features and Rules
#0142
(cont.)
#0142 Linux Partition Specify
Supported on Models 520, 550, 570, 595, 800, 810, 820, 825, 830, 840, 870, and 890.
The #0142 is a Customer Install Feature.
The #0601 is withdrawn from marketing as of 01 October 2004. A #0620 is the recommended replacement.
The #0602 is withdrawn from marketing as of 01 October 2004. A #0621 is the recommended replacement.
The #0605 is withdrawn from marketing for new orders. It is supported as the target of feature conversions.
The #0606 is withdrawn from marketing as of 19 November 2004. A #0618 is the recommended replacement.
The #0611 is withdrawn from marketing as of 01 April 2005 for new orders. It is supported as the target of feature
conversions.
The #0612 is withdrawn from marketing as of 01 April 2005 for new orders. It is supported as the target of feature
conversions.
#0145#0145 AIX Partition Specify
The #0145 is used to specify that this system is to be logically partitioned with an AIX partition. A quantity of one #0145 is
required on the order/inventory records for each AIX partition required.
AIX features are only allowed within AIX partitions. AIX features are not allowed in i5/OS partitions.
There is no minimum number of AIX direct-attached features required per AIX partition. The system provides virtual I/O for
those AIX partitions that do not contain AIX features.
Corequisite: #0140 Logical Partition Specify.
Minimum operating system level: i5/OS V5R3
Supported on Models 520, 550, 570, and 595
The #0145 is a Customer Install Feature.
#0205#0205 RISC-to-RISC Data Migration
The #0205 RISC-to-RISC Data Migration specify code is used when a client orders a new (RISC) iSeries server to replace
an existing AS/400e RISC-based system.
The #0205 is ordered on the initial order of a Model 520, 550, 570, 595, 800, 810, 820, 825, 830, 840, 870, or 890.
Manufacturing loads only the System Licensed Internal Code (SLIC) up through QSYS of OS/400 when the #0205 is
ordered. Because of this limited loading of OS/400 by manufacturing, #5000 Software Preload Required is not allowed with
the #0205. The #0205 RISC-to-RISC Data Migration and #5000 Software Preload Required are mutually exclusive.
The #0205 is withdrawn from marketing as of 01 April 2005 for 9405 Model 520.
#0272#0272 Renovated by IBM
The #0272 Renovated by IBM feature is a specify code used to indicate that the system is to be built from new or
refurbished parts.
Supported on Models 800, 810, 820, 825, 830, 840, 870, and 890.
#0299#0299 MES Conversion Analysis for #5580/5581 MES July 2005
The #0299 provides additional ordering/scheduling steps for clients adding Auxiliary Write Cache IOA to existing large
cache disk controllers (converting #2757, #2780, to #5580, #5581).
The IBM Marketing Configurator adds no-charge #0299 feature to the order to “flag” a conversion.
The automated tool analyzes current MRPD configuration to determine if simple MES or potentially more complex MES.
The order is scheduled if simple MES or upon confirmation the sales team has done planning for complex MES.
For more details regarding Auxiliary Write Cache, refer to the following IBM Redpaper:
http://w3.itso.ibm.com/redpieces/abstracts/redp4003.html?Open
Minimum operating system level: OS/400 V5R2 with Cumulative PTF package C5102530 and prerequisite PTFs or
i5/OS V5R3 with Cumulative PTF package C5102530 and prerequisite PTFs.
Supported on Models 270, 520, 550, 570, 595, 800, 810, 820, 825, 830, 840, 870, 890, and 9411-100.
#0454#0454 - LPAR Partition Init
The #0454 configures a partition and assigns the correct resources as specified by the customer.
Feature is only available for Models 570 and 595.
The #0454 is not a Customer Install Feature.
0455#0455 - LPAR OS Preload
The #0455 loads the operating system (i5/OS or AIX 5L) specified by the client for a partition configured via #0454 LPAR
Partition Initialization.
Supported on Models 570 and 595.
The #0455 is not a Customer Install Feature.

IBM System i5, eServer i5, and iSeries features and placement
103
Features and Rules
#0496#0496 - Force i5/OS Preload
The #0496 preloads i5/OS on a new server. The #0496 forces a preload of i5/OS on a single partition when Linux or AIX
5L partitions with virtual storage are on the order. i5/OS is preloaded on all the disk drives in the configuration. Do not use
this feature if the Linux or AIX 5L partition has dedicated disk controllers and drives in the on order configuration.
The #0496 is mutually exclusive with a #0006.
Supported on Models 520, 550, 570, 595, 520+, 550+, 570+, and 595.
The #0496 is not a Customer Install Feature.
#0551#0551 iSeries Rack
The #0551 iSeries Rack provides an empty 1.8 m rack which contains 36 EIA units of space. The following features specify
the means of populating the #0551:
#0121 Lower Unit in Rack Specify
#0122 Upper Unit in Rack Specify
#0123 - #5074 Lower Unit in Rack
#0125 - #9079 Lower Unit in Rack
#0127 - 270 Field Install in Rack
#0133 Plant Install in Rack
#0134 Field Install in Rack (HD)
#0137 Field Install in Rack
#0138 Field Install in Rack
#0578 PCI Expansion Unit in Rack
#0588 PCI-X Expansion Unit in Rack
#0595 PCI-X Expansion Unit in Rack
#7884 520 Rack Mount
The #0578/#0588 can be installed in the same rack as a Model 270 but cannot be connected to the Model 270. The #0595
can be attached to a Model 270.
Optional features for the #0551 iSeries Rack are:
#6068 Optional Front Door (black/flat)
#6580 Optional Rack Security Kit
#7840 Side-by-Side for 1.8m Racks
#7841 Ruggedize Rack Kit
The IBM marketing configurator does not manage rack space in the #0551 iSeries Rack. See 6.2, “Required EIA units” on
page 289 to determine the number of EIA units required in the #0551 for each Hardware Management Console (HMC),
System i system unit or expansion tower.
One to four PDUs can be ordered with the #0551 iSeries Rack. The PDUs can be on initial orders, model upgrades, or on
MES orders. Each PDU has six power sockets that can be used to provide power for devices rack mounted in the #0551
iSeries Rack using the #1422 PDU Line Cord.
The following PDUs are supported:
#5160 Power Distribution Unit 1 Phase NEMA (6 sockets) (withdrawn from marketing as of 12 April 2005.
A #7188 Power Distribution Unit Side Mount is the recommended replacement.)
The following line cords are supported on the #5160 for connection to utility power:
–#1424 - 200V 6-ft Locking Line Cord
–#1425 - 200V 6-ft Watertight Line Cord
–#1426 - 200V 14-ft Locking Line Cord
–#1427 - 200V 14-ft Watertight Line Cord
–#1446 - 4.3m 200V/30A Power Cord Korea
–#1447 - 4.3m 200V/30A Power Cord AU
–#1448 - 4.3m 200V/30A Power Cord NZ

104
IBM System i5, eServer i5, and iSeries System Builder: IBM i5/OS Version 5 Release 4
Features and Rules
#0551
(cont.)
#0551 iSeries Rack
#5161 Power Distribution Unit - 1 Phase IEC (6 sockets) (withdrawn from marketing as of 12 April 2005.
A #7188 Power Distribution Unit Side Mount is the recommended replacement.)
–#1477 - 4.3m 200V/ 16A IEC309/46 Power Cord
–#1449 - 4.3m 200V/ 32A Power Cord EU 1-Phase for connection to utility power.
#5162 Power Distribution Unit - 2 of 3 Phase
–#1450 - 4.3m 200V/ 16A Power Cord EU 2-Phase for connection to utility power.
#5163 Power Distribution Unit - 3 Phase (6 sockets) (withdrawn from marketing as of 12 April 2005.
A #7188 Power Distribution Unit Side Mount is the recommended replacement.)
–#1477 - 4.3m 200V/ 16A IEC309/46 Power Cord
#7188 Power Distribution Unit 1 Phase NEMA
The #7188 PDU is the replacement for the #5160, #5161, #5162 and #5163.
The following line cords are supported on the #7188 to connect to utility power:
–#6489 - 14-ft 3PH/24A Power Cord
–#6491 - 14-ft 1PH/63A Power Cord
–#6492 - 14-ft 1PH/48-60A Power Cord
–#6653 - 14-ft 3PH/16A Power Cord
–#6654 - 14-ft 1PH/24-30A Power Cord
–#6655 - 14-ft 1PH/24-30A Watertight Power Cord
–#6656 - 14-ft 1PH/24A Power Cord
–#6657 - 14-ft 3PH/24A Power Cord
–#6658 - 14-ft 3PH/16A Power Cord Korea
Supported on Models 520, 550, 570, 595, 800, 810, 820, 825, 830, 840, 870, and 890.
The #0551 is a Customer Install Feature.

IBM System i5, eServer i5, and iSeries features and placement
105
Features and Rules
#0553#0553 iSeries 2.0 m Rack
The #0553 iSeries 2.0 m Rack provides a 2 m rack which contains 42 EIA units of space. The following features specify
the means of populating the #0553:
#0133 Plant Install in Rack
#0137 Field Install in Rack
#0138 Field Install in Rack
#0578 PCI Expansion Unit in Rack
#0588 PCI-X Expansion Unit in Rack
#0595 PCI-X Expansion Unit in Rack
#7798 Model 550 non-IBM Rack Mount
#7880 Side Attach Kit for Rack
#7883 Model 520 non-IBM Rack Mount
#7884 520 Rack Mount
#7886 550 Rack Mount
One of the following features is required on the #0553:
#6069 Optional Front Door for 2.0m Rack
#6247 2.0m Rack Trim Kit
#6249 - 2.0m Rack Acoustic Doors
Optional features for the #0553 rack:
#6580 Optional Rack Security Kit
#7780 2.0m Rack Side Attach Kit
#7841 Ruggedize Rack Kit
The #0553 can support up to nine PDUs, four mounted vertically and five mounted horizontally. Horizontally mounted PDUs
occupy one EIA of rack space. The IBM marketing configurator does not manage rack space in the #0553 iSeries 2.0 m
Rack. See 6.2, “Required EIA units” on page 289 to determine the number of EIA units required in the #0553 for each
Hardware Management Console (HMC), System i system unit or expansion tower.
The PDUs can be ordered on initial orders, model upgrades, or on MES orders. Each #5160, #5161, #5162 and #5163
PDU has six power sockets and the #7188 Power Distribution Unit has 12 power sockets that can be used to provide power
for rack mounted devices in the #0553 iSeries rack using the #1422 or #6458 PDU Power Cord. Only #7188 PDUs can be
mixed with other PDU features. Otherwise, no mixing of PDU types or features within a #0553 or on a system is allowed.
The following PDUs are supported:
#5160 Power Distribution Unit 1 Phase NEMA (6 sockets) (withdrawn from marketing as of 12 April 2005.
A #7188 Power Distribution Unit Side Mount is the recommended replacement.)
The following line cords are supported on the #5160 for connection to utility power:
–#1424 - 200V 6-ft Locking Line Cord
–#1425 - 200V 6-ft Watertight Line Cord
–#1426 - 200V 14-ft Locking Line Cord
–#1427 - 200V 14-ft Watertight Line Cord
–#1446 - 4.3m 200V/30A Power Cord Korea
–#1447 - 4.3m 200V/30A Power Cord AU
–#1448 - 4.3m 200V/30A Power Cord NZ

106
IBM System i5, eServer i5, and iSeries System Builder: IBM i5/OS Version 5 Release 4
Features and Rules
#0553
(cont.)
#0553 iSeries Rack
#5161 Power Distribution Unit - 1 Phase IEC (6 sockets) (withdrawn from marketing as of 12 April 2005.
A #7188 Power Distribution Unit Side Mount is the recommended replacement.)
–#1449 - 4.3m 200V/32A Power Cord EU 1-Phase for connection to utility power
#5162 Power Distribution Unit
–#1450- 4.3m 200V/16A Power Cord EU 2-Phase for connection to utility power
#5163 Power Distribution Unit - 3 Phase (6 sockets) (withdrawn from marketing as of 12 April 2005.
A #7188 Power Distribution Unit Side Mount is the recommended replacement.)
–#1477 - 200V 16A 14-ft IEC 309/46 Line Cord
#7188 Power Distribution Unit 1 Phase NEMA
The #7188 PDU is the replacement for the #5160, #5161, #5162 and #5163.
The following line cords are supported on the #7188 to connect to utility power:
–#6489 - 14-ft 3PH/24A Power Cord
–#6491 - 14-ft 1PH/63A Power Cord
–#6492 - 14-ft 1PH/48-60A Power Cord
–#6653 - 14-ft 3PH/16A Power Cord
–#6654 - 14-ft 1PH/24-30A Power Cord
–#6655 - 14-ft 1PH/24-30A Watertight Power Cord
–#6656 - 14-ft 1PH/24A Power Cord
–#6657 - 14-ft 3PH/24A Power Cord
–#6658 - 14-ft 3PH/16A Power Cord Korea
All rack-mounted units plugging into a PDU require either a #1422 or #6458 PDU Power Cord. Mixing of different system
models within a single #0553 2.0m rack is not allowed on initial order systems. PDU features can be ordered without a
#0553 rack being ordered or present on the system.
Supported on Models 520, 550, 570, 595, 800, 810, 825, 870, 890.
The #0553 is a Customer Install Feature.

IBM System i5, eServer i5, and iSeries features and placement
107
Features and Rules
#0554#0554 iSeries 11U Rack
The #0554 iSeries 11U Rack provides a 19-inch, .6m (24-inch) high rack with 11 EIA units of total space for installing rack
mounted system units and/or expansion units. The #0554 includes a lockable front door. Filler panels and a perforated front
door are included to help provide proper airflow and cooling. A rear door is not offered.
The following feature is orderable on the #0554:
#0599 - Rack Filler Panel Kit (if extra filler panels are required)
The following PDUs are supported:
#5160 Power Distribution Unit 1 Phase NEMA (6 sockets) (withdrawn from marketing as of 12 April 2005.
A #7188 Power Distribution Unit Side Mount is the recommended replacement.)
The following line cords are supported on the #5160 for connection to utility power:
–#1424 - 200V 6-ft Locking Line Cord
–#1425 - 200V 6-ft Watertight Line Cord
–#1426 - 200V 14-ft Locking Line Cord
–#1427 - 200V 14-ft Watertight Line Cord
–#1446 - 4.3m 200V/30A Power Cord Korea
–#1447 - 4.3m 200V/30A Power Cord AU
–#1448 - 4.3m 200V/30A Power Cord NZ
#5161 Power Distribution Unit - 1 Phase IEC (6 sockets) (withdrawn from marketing as of 12 April 2005.
A #7188 Power Distribution Unit Side Mount is the recommended replacement.)
The following line cord is supported on the #5161 for connection to utility power:
–#1449 - 4.3m 200V/32A Power Cord EU 1-Phase
#5162 Power Distribution Unit 2 of 3 Phase (6 sockets) (supported, not orderable)
The following line cord is supported on the #5162 for connection to utility power:
–#1450- 4.3m 200V/16A Power Cord EU 2-Phase
#5163 Power Distribution Unit - 3 Phase (6 sockets) (withdrawn from marketing as of 12 April 2005.
A #7188 Power Distribution Unit Side Mount is the recommended replacement.)
#7188 Power Distribution Unit 1 Phase NEMA (12 sockets) (orderable)
The #7188 PDU is the replacement for the #5160, #5161, #5162 and #5163.
The following line cords are supported on the #7188 to connect to utility power:
–#6489 - 14-ft 3PH/24A Power Cord
–#6491 - 14-ft 1PH/63A Power Cord
–#6492 - 14-ft 1PH/48-60A Power Cord
–#6653 - 14-ft 3PH/16A Power Cord
–#6654 - 14-ft 1PH/24-30A Power Cord
–#6655 - 14-ft 1PH/24-30A Watertight Power Cord
–#6656 - 14-ft 1PH/32A Power Cord
–#6657 - 14-ft 3PH/24A Power Cord
–#6658 - 14-ft 3PH/16A Power Cord Korea
The IBM marketing configurator does not manage rack space in the #0554 iSeries Rack. See 6.2, “Required EIA units” on
page 289 to determine the number of EIA units required in the #0554 for each Hardware Management Console (HMC),
System i system unit or expansion tower. Mixing of different system models within a single #0554 is not allowed on initial
order systems. The #0554 supports up to six Power Distribution Units (PDU) that are mounted horizontally. Each PDU
takes up one EIA of rack space.
All rack-mounted units plugging into a PDU require a PDU line cord with a C14 plug, #1422 or #6458 PDU Power Cord.
Mixing of different system models within a single #0553 2.0m rack is not allowed on initial order systems. For system units
mounted in the upper portions of a rack and not using the #1422 or #6458 PDU Power Cord, be sure the line cord (and
SPCN cable, if present) is of sufficient length. PDU features can be ordered without a #0554 rack being ordered or present
on the system.
Supported on Models 520, 550, 570, 595, 800, 810, 825, 870, 890.
The #0554 is a Customer Install Feature.

108
IBM System i5, eServer i5, and iSeries System Builder: IBM i5/OS Version 5 Release 4
Features and Rules
#0555#0555 iSeries 25U Rack
The #0555 provides a 19-inch, 1.3m (49-inch) high rack with 25 EIA units of total space for installing rack-mounted system
units and/or expansion units. The #0555 includes lockable front and rear doors. Filler panels and perforated doors are
included to help provide proper airflow and cooling.
The following feature is orderable on the #0555:
#0599 - Rack Filler Panel Kit (if extra filler panels are required)
The IBM marketing configurator does not manage rack space in the #0555 iSeries Rack. See 6.2, “Required EIA units” on
page 289 to determine the number of EIA units required in the #0555 for each Hardware Management Console (HMC),
System i system unit or expansion tower. Mixing of different system models within a single #0554 is not allowed on initial
order systems. The #0555 supports up to six Power Distribution Units (PDU) that are mounted horizontally. Each PDU
takes up one EIA of rack space.
The following PDUs are supported:
#5160 Power Distribution Unit 1 Phase NEMA (6 sockets) (withdrawn from marketing as of 12 April 2005.
A #7188 Power Distribution Unit Side Mount is the recommended replacement.)
The following line cords are supported on the #5160 for connection to utility power:
–#1424 - 200V 6-ft Locking Line Cord
–#1425 - 200V 6-ft Watertight Line Cord
–#1426 - 200V 14-ft Locking Line Cord
–#1427 - 200V 14-ft Watertight Line Cord
–#1446 - 4.3m 200V/30A Power Cord Korea
–#1447 - 4.3m 200V/30A Power Cord AU
–#1448 - 4.3m 200V/30A Power Cord NZ
#5161 Power Distribution Unit - 1 Phase IEC (6 sockets) (withdrawn from marketing as of 12 April 2005.
A #7188 Power Distribution Unit Side Mount is the recommended replacement.)
The following line cord is supported on the #5161 for connection to utility power:
–#1449 - 4.3m 200V/32A Power Cord EU 1-Phase
#5162 Power Distribution Unit 2 of 3 Phase (6 sockets) (supported, not orderable)
The following line cord is supported on the #5162 for connection to utility power:
–#1450- 4.3m 200V/16A Power Cord EU 2-Phase
#5163 Power Distribution Unit - 3 Phase (6 sockets) (withdrawn from marketing as of 12 April 2005.
A #7188 Power Distribution Unit Side Mount is the recommended replacement.)
#7188 Power Distribution Unit 1 Phase NEMA (12 sockets) (orderable)
The #7188 PDU is the replacement for the #5160, #5161, #5162 and #5163. The following line cords are supported
on the #7188 to connect to utility power:
–#6489 - 14-ft 3PH/24A Power Cord
–#6491 - 14-ft 1PH/63A Power Cord
–#6492 - 14-ft 1PH/48-60A Power Cord
–#6653 - 14-ft 3PH/16A Power Cord
–#6654 - 14-ft 1PH/24-30A Power Cord
–#6655 - 14-ft 1PH/24-30A Watertight Power Cord
–#6656 - 14-ft 1PH/32A Power Cord
–#6657 - 14-ft 3PH/24A Power Cord
–#6658 - 14-ft 3PH/16A Power Cord Korea
All rack-mounted units plugging into a PDU require a PDU line cord with a C14 plug, #1422 or #6458 PDU Power Cord.
Mixing of different system models within a single #0555 iSeries Rack is not allowed on initial order systems. PDU features
can be ordered without a #0555 rack being ordered or present on the system. For system units mounted in the upper
portions of a rack and not using the #1422 or #6458 PDU cord, be sure the line cord (and SPCN cable, if present) is of
sufficient length.
Supported on Models 520, 550, 570, 595, 800, 810, 825, 870, 890.
The #0555 is a Customer Install Feature.

IBM System i5, eServer i5, and iSeries features and placement
109
Features and Rules
#0574#0574 - #5074 Equivalent
The #0574 indicates a #5074 installed in a #5079 rack. The #0574 PCI Expansion Unit in Rack is the equivalent of a #5074
PCI Expansion Tower, but the #0574 is installed in an #5079 1.8 m I/O Tower.
For each #5079 ordered, a default quantity of two #0574 specify codes appear on the order (one #0574 can be removed
from the #5079 order). #0574s can be RPQ added/removed to/from system inventory records, but at least one #0574 must
exist for each #5079 on the inventory records. If an existing #5079 is to be shared between two systems, one #0574 must
be RPQ removed from that system the #5079 was ordered against and one #0574 must be RPQ added to the other sharing
system.
Requires a #5079.
Supported on Models 9406 520, 550, 570, 595, 520+, 550+, 570+, 595 1.9 GHz and 9411-100.
CSU does not apply as the #0574 is rack mounted.
#0578#0578 PCI Expansion Unit in Rack
The #0578 PCI Expansion Unit in Rack is the equivalent of a #5078 PCI Expansion Unit, but the #0578 is mounted in an
#0550, #0551, #0553, #0554, or #0555 iSeries Rack. An #0578 is eight EIA units high. Conversions between an #0578
and a #5078 are not allowed.
Up to five #0578s are mounted in a #0551, #0553, #0554, or #0555 iSeries Rack depending on the amount of existing
empty space in the #0551, #0553, #0554, and #0555. One #0578 can be mounted in an #0550 iSeries Rack. The #0578
can be ordered on initial, upgrade, and MES orders. The #0578 comes with two PDU-compatible power cords.
A minimum of one PDU is required if one, two, or three #0578s are ordered to be installed in the same #0551, #0553,
#0554, and #0555. A minimum of two PDUs are required if four #0578s are ordered for the same #0551 iSeries Rack. One
PDU is required for an #0578 in an #0550. Each PDU has six power sockets for connecting rack mounted devices via #1422
PDU Line Cord. Each #0578 comes with two integrated PDU compatible line cords. The #1422 PDU Line Cords are
not

usable with this expansion unit. See the #0551, #0553, #0554, and #0555 feature descriptions for a list of available PDUs.
See “#5078 PCI Expansion Unit” on page 115 for a description of #0578 and #5078 common features.
Supported on Models 810, 820, 825, 830, 840, 870, and 890.
The #0578 is not a Customer Install Feature.
The #0578 is withdrawn from marketing as of 01 October 2004. A #0588 is the recommended replacement.
#0588#0588 PCI-X Expansion Unit in Rack
The #0588 PCI-X Expansion Unit in Rack is the equivalent of a #5088 PCI-X Expansion Unit, but the #0588 is mounted in
an #0550, #0551, #0553, #0554, or #0555 iSeries Rack. An #0588 is 8 EIA units high. Conversions between an #0588 and
a #5088 are not allowed.
The #0588 PCI-X Expansion Unit in Rack has two redundant 575W power supplies and two integrated PDU compatible
line cords. The line cords can be connected to the same PDU or separate PDUs in the #0550, #0551, #0553, #0554, and
#0555 iSeries Racks. If the line cords are connected to separate PDUs, and these PDUs are connected to two different
power sources, then the #0588 has dual line cord capability. A minimum of one PDU is required if one, two or three #0588s
are ordered to be installed in the same #0551, #0553, #0554, or #0555. A minimum of two PDUs are required if four #0588s
are ordered for the same #0551, #0553, #0554, or #0555. One PDU is required for an #0588 in an #0550. The #1422 PDU
Line Cords are not usable with the #0588. See the #0551, #0553, #0554, and #0555 descriptions for a list of available
PDUs.
Up to five #0588s can be mounted in a #0551, #0553, #0554, or #0550 iSeries Racks (depending on the amount of existing
empty space in the iSeries rack) and one #0588 can be mounted in a #0550 iSeries Rack. The #0588 can be ordered on
initial, model upgrade, or MES orders.
A #9943/#9844 Base PCI IOP can be used in a #0588 PCI-X Expansion Unit in Rack, but cannot be ordered with or for the
#0588. See “#5088 PCI-X Expansion Unit” on page 117 for a description of #0588 and #5088 PCI-X Expansion Unit
common features.
The #0588 is also supported in Linux partitions with SUSE Linux Enterprise Server 9 for POWER or Red Hat Enterprise
Linux AS for POWER Version 3.
Minimum operating system level: OS/400 V5R2
Supported on Models 520, 550, 570, 595, 800, 810, 820, 825, 830, 840, 870, and 890.
The #0588 is a Customer Install Feature.
The #0588 is withdrawn from marketing as of 01 June 2006.

110
IBM System i5, eServer i5, and iSeries System Builder: IBM i5/OS Version 5 Release 4
Features and Rules
#0595#0595 PCI-X Expansion Unit in Rack
The #0595 PCI-X Expansion Unit in Rack is a five EIA high rack-mounted version of the #0595 PCI-X Expansion Unit in
Rack, which provides I/O capability for iSeries servers. The #0595 has identical functional capabilities to the #5095. A
#9844 Base PCI IOP is included as base for the #0595 PCI-X Expansion Unit in Rack.
A #9517 Base HSL-2/RIO-G Bus Adapter is shipped for Models 520, 550, 570, and 595.
A #9877 Base HSL-2 Bus Adapter is shipped with new orders of a #5094 for Models 800, 810, 820, 825, 830, 840, 870,
and 890.
The #0595 PCI-X Expansion Unit in Rack has redundant power when #5138 Redundant Power and Cooling is specified.
The #5138 includes a second 435W power supply. A second line cord must be ordered and installed. With the #5138 and
second line cord installed, the #0595 has dual line cord capability. If the #0595 is to be connected to a PDU, then one or
two #1422 line cords must be ordered.
Up to eight #0595s can be installed in a #0551/#0553/#0554/#0555 iSeries 25U Rack, depending on the amount of existing
empty space in the #0551/#0553/#0554/#0555. See “#5095 PCI-X Expansion Tower” on page 120 for a description of
#0595 and #5095 common features.
The #0595 is also supported in Linux and AIX partitions with SUSE Linux Enterprise Server 9 for POWER or Red Hat
Enterprise Linux AS for POWER Version 3; and AIX 5L for POWER V5.2.
Minimum operating system level: OS/400 V5R2
Supported on Models 520, 550, 570, 595, 800, 810, 820, 825, 830, 840, 870, and 890.
The #0595 is a Customer Install Feature.
The tower and drawer configurations no longer include a #9844 Base PCI IOP as of 31 January 2006 with the
announcement of IOP-less support in IBM System i5 and eServer i5 models.
#0599#0599 Rack Filler Kit
The #0599 Rack Filler Kit provides four spare filler Panels 3x 1U and 1x 3U height. They should be used if equipment is
removed from racks to improve the appearance of the rack and to ensure and maintain proper air flow.
Supported in IBM 19” racks such as #0551, #0553, #0554, #0555.
Supported on Models 520, 550, 570, 595, 520+, 550+, 570+, 595 1.9 GHz.
The #0599 is a Customer Install Feature.
#0694#0694 - #5094 Equivalent
The #0694 - #5094 Equivalent is used by the IBM marketing configurator to keep track of the number of #5094 PCI-X
Expansion Tower rack-mounted units actually connected or cabled to the system.
For each #5294 1.8m I/O Tower ordered, the IBM marketing configurator defaults a quantity of two #0694 specify codes to
the order. One #0694 can be removed from the #5294 order. Process a Record Purposes Only (RPO) to add or remove
the #0694s to or from system inventory records, but at least one #0694 must exist for each #5294 on the inventory records.
If an existing #5294 is to be shared between two systems, process an RPO to remove one #0694 from the system that the
#5294 was ordered against and to add one #0694 to the other sharing system.
For each #8094 Optional 1.8 M I/O Rack ordered, the IBM marketing configurator defaults a quantity of one #0694 specify
code on the order. The #0694 can be removed from the #8094 Optional 1.8 M I/O Rack via MES after the initial order if the
rack-mounted #5094 PCI-X Expansion Tower does not attach to the same system as the #9094 Base PCI I/O Enclosure
lower unit. In this case, record-purposes-only add the #0694 to the sharing system which attaches the #5094 tower.
Minimum operating system level: OS/400 V5R2
Supported on Models 520, 550, 570, 595, 800, 810, 820, 825, 830, 840, 870, and 890.
The #0694 is a Customer Install Feature.
The tower and drawer configurations no longer include a #9844 Base PCI IOP as of 31 January 2006 with the
announcement of dual mode IOAs in the IBM System i5 and eServer i5 servers.
#0836 #0836 - #4328 Load Source Specify
The #0836 indicates that a #4328 Disk Unit is used as the load source.
A load source specify code is required on each new or upgrade order into 520, 550, 570, or 595 models. These specify
codes can be changed at any time.
Supported on Models 520, 550, 570, 595, 520+, 550+, 570+, 595 1.9 GHz.
The #0836 is a Customer Install Feature.

IBM System i5, eServer i5, and iSeries features and placement
111
Features and Rules
#1800#1800 HSL-2 Ports - 2 Copper
The #1800 HSL-2 Ports - 2 Copper is a two port copper HSL-2/RIO-G bus expansion card for the Model 570. The #1800
adds capacity for an additional HSL-2/RIO-G loop on to the system. Hot plug capability is supported.
Requires a #7875 CPU Power Regulator.
Slot 6 is unavailable when #1800 is installed.
Minimum operating system level: i5/OS V5R3
The #1800 is a Customer Install Feature.
#1801#1801 Optical Bus Expansion Card - 2 port
The #1801 Optical Bus Expansion Card - 2 port is a two port optical RIO-G bus expansion card for the Model 570. The
#1801 adds two optical ports, enabling capacity for an optical loop for the Model 570.
The ability to concurrently add or remove an I/O tower or drawer is not supported. When installed, slot 6 is unavailable.
Optical SPCN cables cannot be directly attached to the Model 570 system unit, but can be attached to an intermediate I/O
tower/drawer on the same SPCN loop.
Corequisite: #7875 CPU Power Regulator
Supported on Model 570.
Minimum operating system level: i5/OS V5R3
The #1801 is a Customer Install Feature.
#1807#1807 RIO-G Ports - 2 optical
The #1807 RIO-G Ports - 2 optical is a 2-port optical RIO-G bus expansion card for the Model 550. The #1807 adds two
optical ports, enabling capacity for an optical loop.
The ability to concurrently add or remove an I/O tower or drawer is not supported.
Optical SPCN cables cannot be directly attached to the Model 550 system unit, but can be attached to an intermediate I/O
tower or drawer on the same SPCN loop. Plugs into the optional HSL connector in the system unit and makes system unit
slot C05 unusable for PCI card placement.
Minimum operating system level: i5/OS V5R3, AIX 5L for Power V5.2, Red Hat Enterprise Linux AS for POWER Version
3, or SUSE Linux Enterprise Server 9 for POWER.
Supported on Model 550.
The #1807 is a Customer Install Feature.
#2739#2739 Optical Bus Adapter
The #2739 Optical Bus Adapter is used in the #5074 PCI Expansion Tower, #5079 1.8 m I/O Tower, and the #5078/#0578
PCI Expansion Unit in Rack to connect via optical HSL. The #2739 supports clustering (HSL OptiConnect).
Minimum operating system level: OS/400 V5R1
Supported on Models 550, 570, 595, 825, 830, 840, 870, and 890.
The #2739 is a Customer Install Feature.
#2776#2776 HSL-2 Ports - 8 Copper
The #2776 HSL-2 Ports - 8 Copper is an 8-port copper HSL-2 bus adapter which supports up to four HSL-2 loops.
Minimum operating system level: OS/400 V5R2
Supported on Models 870 and 890.
The #2766 is a Customer Install Feature.
The #2776 is withdrawn from marketing as of 01 June 2006.
#2785#2785 HSL-2 Ports - 2 Copper
The #2785 HSL-2 Ports - 2 Copper is a 2-port copper HSL-2 adapter for the Model 825. The #2785 can be installed in either
of the two HSL adapter slots (C08 or C09) on the Model 825 backplane.
Minimum operating system level: OS/400 V5R2
Supported on Model 825.
The #2785 is a Customer Install Feature.
The #2785 is withdrawn from marketing as of 01 June 2006.

112
IBM System i5, eServer i5, and iSeries System Builder: IBM i5/OS Version 5 Release 4
Features and Rules
#2786#2786 HSL Ports - 2 Optical
The #2786 HSL Ports - 2 Optical is a 2-port optical HSL adapter for the Model 825. The #2786 can be installed in either of
the two HSL adapter slots (C08 or C09) on the Model 825 backplane.
Minimum operating system level: OS/400 V5R2
Supported on Model 825.
The #2786 is a Customer Install Feature.
The #2786 is withdrawn from marketing as of 01 June 2006.
#2788#2788 HSL Ports - 8 Optical
The #2788 HSL Ports - 8 Optical is an 8-port optical HSL-2 bus adapter, which supports up to four optical HSL-2 loops in
Models 870 and 890.
Minimum operating system level: OS/400 V5R2
Supported on Models 870 and 890.
The #2788 is not a Customer Install Feature.
The #2788 is withdrawn from marketing as of 01 June 2006.
#3757#3757 Processor Book Service Shelf
A #3757 Processor Book Service Shelf kit is required by IBM service personnel to add and to remove a Model 595
processor book. A minimum of one #3757 is required at each site with a Model 595 installed.
Minimum operating system level: i5/OS V5R3
Supported on Model 595.
#4643#4643 7040-61D I/O Drawer Attached
A #4643 7040-61D I/O Drawer Attached indicates that a 7040-61D I/O Drawer is installed in the 24-inch primary rack of a
Model 595. One to four #4643s can be installed. Only AIX and Linux adapters and disk units can be installed in the
7040-61D.
Minimum operating system level: i5/OS V5R3
Supported on Model 595.
The #4643 is a Customer Install Feature.

IBM System i5, eServer i5, and iSeries features and placement
113
Features and Rules
#5074#5074 PCI Expansion Tower
The #5074 PCI Expansion Tower is attached to Models 820, 830, and 840 for adding up to 45 disk units (15 are “base”, 30
additional with #5101 or #5111), up to 11 PCI IOAs and up to two removable media units. The #5074 includes #9691 or
#2739/#9739 bus adapter to provide the HSL interface to the system, a #9943 Base PCI IOP, space for two removable
media devices, one battery backup, and redundant or hot swap power supplies. The #5074 is capable of controlling Ultra2
Small Computer System Interface (SCSI) disk units.
Select two (any combination) of the following HSL cables for the first tower on an HSL loop. For additional towers on an
HSL loop, select one HSL cable per tower:
#1460 - 3m Copper HSL Cable
#1461 - 6m Copper HSL Cable
#1462 - 15m Copper HSL Cable
#1470 - 6m Optical HSL Cable
#1471 - 30m Optical HSL Cable
#1472 - 100m Optical HSL Cable
#1473 - 250m Optical HSL Cable
#1474 - 6m HSL to HSL-2 Cable
#1475 - 10m HSL to HSL-2 Cable
For the Model 810, if the #5074 attaches to HSL ports A0 or A1, the HSL cable cannot exceed 6 m. For the Model 820, if
the #5074 attaches to HSL port A1 of the system unit, the HSL connection to port A1 cannot exceed 6 m. When a #5074
is present, one #1460 or #1461 must be selected.
Select one of the following SPCN cables per tower:
#0369 100m Optical SPCN Cable
#1463 - 2m SPCN Cable
#1464 - 6m SPCN Cable
#1465 - 15m SPCN Cable
#1466 - 30m SPCN Cable
#1468 - 250m Optical SPCN Cable
One #14xx power cord must be specified (geography dependent). See 11.2, “SPCN (power) cables” on page 382 for power
cord options.
Maximum: Six on the Model 520, 12 on the Model 550, 30 on the Model 570, 48 on the Model 595, five on the Model 820,
13 on Model 830, and 23 on Model 840, 47 on Model 890
The #5074 is also supported in Linux partitions with SUSE Linux Enterprise Server 9 for POWER or Red Hat Enterprise
Linux AS for POWER Version 3.
Supported on Models 520 (9406 only), 550, 570, 595, 820, 830, 840, and 890.
The #5074 is a Customer Install Feature.
The #5074 is withdrawn from marketing as of 01 October 2005. A #5094 PCI-X Expansion Tower is the recommended
replacement.

114
IBM System i5, eServer i5, and iSeries System Builder: IBM i5/OS Version 5 Release 4
Features and Rules
#5075#5075 PCI Expansion Tower
The #5075 PCI Expansion Tower is attached to a Model 820 for adding up to six disk units and up to seven PCI IOAs. The
#5075 includes a 32 MB PCI IOP (CCIN 284B) embedded on its backplane. In a Model 820, the seven PCI IOAs are
supported (driven) by the embedded 32 MB PCI IOP and by #2843 PCI IOPs, #2790 PCI Integrated Netfinity® #2790 PCI
Integrated Netfinity Server, or #2791/#2792/#2799 PCI Integrated xSeries Servers.
The #5075 is capable of controlling Ultra2 SCSI disk units. A #5156 Redundant Power and Cooling feature can be added
to provide a redundant power supply and a cooling fan.
Select two (any combination) of the following HSL cables for the first tower on the Model 820. For additional towers, select
one HSL cable per tower:
#1460 - 3m Copper HSL Cable
#1461 - 6m Copper HSL Cable
#1462 - 15m Copper HSL Cable
The #1462 is not allowed to attach the #5075 PCI Expansion Tower directly to system port A1 on the Model 270, 800, 810,
or 820. When a #5075 is present, one #1460 or #1461 must be selected. For the Model 800, 810, or 820, if the #5075
attaches to HSL ports A0 or A1, the HSL cable cannot exceed 6 m. If the #5075 PCI Expansion Tower is in a clustered loop
with a Model 825, 870, or 890, select one #1460 or #1461, and two of the following HSL cables:
#1474 - 6m HSL to HSL-2 Cable
#1475 - 10m HSL to HSL-2 Cable
Select one of the following SPCN cables per tower:
#1463 - 2m SPCN Cable
#1464 - 6m SPCN Cable
#1465 - 15m SPCN Cable
#1466 - 30m SPCN Cable
One #14xx power cord must be specified (geography dependent). See 11.2, “SPCN (power) cables” on page 382 for power
cord options.
Maximum: Five
Supported on Models 820, 810, and 825.
The #5075 is a Customer Install Feature.
The #5075 is withdrawn from marketing as of 21 November 2003.

IBM System i5, eServer i5, and iSeries features and placement
115
Features and Rules
#5078#5078 PCI Expansion Unit
The #5078 PCI Expansion Unit is a “top hat” that installs on top of the #9079 Base I/O Tower and on top of the #5074 PCI
Expansion Tower. The #5078 has 14 PCI slots, which allows up to 11 PCI IOAs to be added. The PCI IOAs are supported
(driven) by #2843 PCI IOPs, #2790 PCI Integrated Netfinity Server, and #2791/#2792/#2799 PCI Integrated xSeries
Servers.
Disk units and removable media devices are not supported and cannot be installed in the #5078 PCI Expansion Unit. The
#5078 includes a bus adapter to provide the HSL interface to the system. The IBM marketing configurator adds to the order
and defaults to copper HSL:
#9691 Base Bus Adapter (copper HSL)
#9739 Base Optical Bus Adapter (HSL)
The two electrical cables of the #5078 connect to the power source in the #5074/#9079. The #5078 can be ordered with a
#5074/#9079 on initial orders and the #5074/#9079 ships with the #5078 installed. The #5078 can also be ordered as an
MES install on an existing #5074/#9079.
The #5078 can be on the same HSL loop as the #5074/#9079, or it can be on a separate HSL loop from the #5074/#9079.
If the #5078 and the #5074/#9079 are on the same HSL loop, then a #1460 - 3m Copper HSL Cable should be included in
the order (for both initial orders and for MES orders) to connect the #5078 and the #5074/#9079.
If the #5074/#9079 and the #5078 are on separate HSL loops, then one or two of the following HSL cables must be on the
order. Select two HSL cables if the #5078 is the first or only expansion tower/unit on an HSL loop. Select one HSL cable if
the #5078 coexists with other expansion towers or units on an HSL loop:
#1460 - 3m Copper HSL Cable
#1461 - 6m Copper HSL Cable
#1462 - 15m Copper HSL Cable
#1470 - 6m Optical HSL Cable
#1471 - 30m Optical HSL Cable
#1472 - 100m Optical HSL Cable
#1473 - 250m Optical HSL Cable
#1474 - 6m HSL to HSL-2 Cable
#1475 - 10m HSL to HSL-2 Cable
Select one of the following SPCN cables per expansion unit:
#0369 100m Optical SPCN Cable
#1463 - 2m SPCN Cable
#1464 - 6m SPCN Cable
#1465 - 15m SPCN Cable
#1466 - 30m SPCN Cable
#1468 - 250m Optical SPCN Cable
The #1462 cannot be used to connect to HSL port A1 on the Model 820.
Requires a #5074 PCI Expansion Tower (1.8 m) or #9079 Base I/O Tower.
The #5078 is supported for migration on a #5094 PCI-X Expansion Tower.
Supported on Models 810, 820, 825, 830, 840, 870, and 890.
Not supported on the #5079 1.8 m I/O Tower.
Maximum: One per #5074 PCI Expansion Tower one per #9079 Base I/O Tower
The #5078 is not a Customer Install Feature.
The #5078 is withdrawn from marketing as of 01 October 2004. A #5088 is the recommended replacement.

116
IBM System i5, eServer i5, and iSeries System Builder: IBM i5/OS Version 5 Release 4
Features and Rules
#5079#5079 1.8 m I/O Tower (PCI I/O Expansion Tower)
The #5079 1.8 m I/O Tower is attached to Models 820, 830, and 840 for adding up to 90 disk units, up to 22 PCI IOAs, and
up to four removable media units. The #5079 includes two (in any combination) #9691 or #9739 optical HSL bus adapters
to provide the HSL interface to the system. The #5079 is essentially two #5074 PCI Expansion Tower, stacked in a single
1.8 m tower. Each ordered #5079 counts as two #5074s toward the system model maximums. For each #5079 ordered, a
quantity of two #0574 - #5074 Equivalent specify codes are added to the order. The #5079 is capable of controlling Ultra2
SCSI disk units.
Select two, three, or four (any combination) of the following HSL cables for each tower:
#1460 - 3m Copper HSL Cable
#1461 - 6m Copper HSL Cable
#1462 - 15m Copper HSL Cable
#1470 - 6m Optical HSL Cable
#1471 - 30m Optical HSL Cable
#1472 - 100m Optical HSL Cable
#1473 - 250m Optical HSL Cable
#1474 - 6m HSL to HSL-2 Cable
#1475 - 10m HSL to HSL-2 Cable
For the Model 810 and 820, if the #5079 attaches to HSL ports A0 or A1, the HSL cable cannot exceed 6 m.
When a #5079 is present, one #1460 or #1461 must be selected.
Select two of the following SPCN cables per tower:
#0369 100m Optical SPCN Cable
#1463 - 2m SPCN Cable
#1464 - 6m SPCN Cable
#1465 - 15m SPCN Cable
#1466 - 30m SPCN Cable
#1468 - 250m Optical SPCN Cable
Two #14xx power cords must be specified (geography dependent). See 11.2, “SPCN (power) cables” on page 382 for
power cord options.
Maximum: Two on the Model 810 and 820, nine on the Model 825, six on the Model 830, 11 on the Model 840, and 29 on
the Model 870 and 890
The #5079 is also supported in Linux partitions with SUSE Linux Enterprise Server 9 for POWER or Red Hat Enterprise
Linux AS for POWER Version 3.
The #5079 is a Customer Install Feature.
The #5079 is withdrawn from marketing as of 01 October 2005. A #5294 PCI-X Expansion Tower is the recommended
replacement.

IBM System i5, eServer i5, and iSeries features and placement
117
Features and Rules
#5088#5088 PCI-X Expansion Unit
The #5088 PCI-X Expansion Unit is an 8 EIA high “top hat”, which can be installed on top of a #5074/#5094 PCI-X
Expansion Tower or on top of a #9079/#9094 Base PCI I/O Enclosure. The #5088 has 14 PCI-X slots for installation of PCI
IOPs and IOAs. Disk units and removable media are not supported by the #5088 and cannot be installed.
The #5088 PCI-X Expansion Unit has two redundant 575W power supplies and two power connector cables that attach
internally to the AC box of the tower on which it resides. The #5088 has dual line cord capability, but to achieve it, the tower
on which it resides must have dual line cord capability.
The #5088 PCI-X Expansion Unit includes a bus adapter to provide the HSL interface to the system. The IBM marketing
configurator adds one of the following to the order:
#9876 Base Optical Bus Adapter
#9877 - Base HSL-2 Bus Adapter
#9886 Base Optical Bus Adapter
- Specify when attaching to optical HSL-2 ports.
#9887 Base HSL-2 Bus Adapter (default)
- Specify when attaching to copper HSL ports.
For Models 810 and 820, if the #5088 attaches to HSl ports A0 or A1, the HSL cable cannot exceed 6 m. Select an
appropriate number of the following HSL/HSL-2 cables:
#1307 -1.75m Copper HSL-2 Cable
#1470 - 6m Optical HSL Cable
#1471 - 30m Optical HSL Cable
#1472 - 100m Optical HSL Cable
#1473 - 250m Optical HSL Cable
#1474 - 6m HSL to HSL-2 Cable
#1475 - 10m HSL to HSL-2 Cable
#1482 - 3.5m HSL-2 Cable
#1483 - 10m HSL-2 Cable
#1485 - 15m HSL-2 Cable
Select one of the following SPCN cables per expansion unit:
#0369 100m Optical SPCN Cable
#1463 - 2m SPCN Cable
#1464 - 6m SPCN Cable
#1465 - 15m SPCN Cable
#1466 - 30m SPCN Cable
#1468 - 250m Optical SPCN Cable
#6001 Power Control Cable - 2M
#6006 Power Control Cable - 3M
#6007 Power Control Cable - 15M
#6008 Power Control Cable - 6M
#6029 Power Control Cable - 30M
The #5088 PCI-X Expansion Unit can be ordered with a #5074 PCI Expansion Tower, #5094 PCI-X Expansion Tower,
#9079 Base I/O Tower, and #9094 Base PCI I/O Enclosure on initial orders. The #5074, #5094, #9079, and #9094 ship
with the #5088 installed. The #5088 can also be ordered as an MES install on an existing #5074, #5094, #9079, and #9094.
A #5088 cannot be installed on a #5294 1.8m I/O Tower or an #8094 Optional 1.8 m I/O Rack.
Maximum: One per #5074, #5094, #9079, and #9094
The #5088 is also supported in Linux partitions with SUSE Linux Enterprise Server 9 for POWER or Red Hat Enterprise
Linux AS for POWER Version 3.
Minimum operating system level: OS/400 V5R2
The #5088 is not a Customer Install Feature.
The #5088 is withdrawn from marketing as of 01 June 2006.

118
IBM System i5, eServer i5, and iSeries System Builder: IBM i5/OS Version 5 Release 4
Features and Rules
#5094#5094 PCI-X Expansion Tower
The #5094 PCI-X Expansion Tower is a PCI expansion tower which provides I/O capability for iSeries servers. The #5094
has 15 disk unit slots, with an additional 30 slots available with the #5108 30 Disk Expansion Feature. The #5094 has two
removable media slots and 14 PCI-X IOP/IOA card slots.
A #9844 Base PCI IOP is included as base and needs to be listed on an initial order for a #5094 PCI-X Expansion Tower.
The #5094 PCI-X Expansion Tower includes a bus adapter to provide the HSL interface to the system. The IBM marketing
configurator adds one of the following to the order:
#6417 HSL-2/RIO-G Bus Adapter
#9517 Base HSL-2/RIO-G Bus Adapter
– A #9517 Base HSL-2/RIO-G Bus Adapter is shipped for Models 520, 550, 570, and 595.
#9876 Base Optical Bus Adapter
#9877 Base HSL-2 Bus Adapter
– A #9877 Base HSL-2 Bus Adapter is shipped with new orders of a #5094 for Models 800, 810, 820, 825, 830,
840, 870, and 890.
#9886 Base Optical Bus Adapter
- Specify when attaching to optical HSL-2 ports.
#9887 Base HSL-2 Bus Adapter (default)
- Specify when attaching to copper HSL ports.
For Models 810 and 820, if the #5094 attaches to HSL ports A0 or A1, the HSL cannot exceed 6 m.
Select an appropriate number of the following HSL/HSL-2 cables:
#1307 -1.75m Copper HSL-2 Cable
#1470 - 6m Optical HSL Cable
#1471 - 30m Optical HSL Cable
#1472 - 100m Optical HSL Cable
#1473 - 250m Optical HSL Cable
#1474 - 6m HSL to HSL-2 Cable
#1475 - 10m HSL to HSL-2 Cable
#1482 - 3.5m HSL-2 Cable
#1483 - 10m HSL-2 Cable
#1485 - 15m HSL-2 Cable
Select one of the following SPCN cables per expansion unit:
#0369 100m Optical SPCN Cable
#1463 - 2m SPCN Cable
#1464 - 6m SPCN Cable
#1465 - 15m SPCN Cable
#1466 - 30m SPCN Cable
#1468 - 250m Optical SPCN Cable
#6001 Power Control Cable - 2M
#6006 Power Control Cable - 3M
#6007 Power Control Cable - 15M
#6008 Power Control Cable - 6M
#6029 Power Control Cable - 30M
Order #5115 Dual Line Cords Tower on each #5094 PCI-X Expansion Tower required to have dual line cord support. When
a #5094 is ordered without #5115, select one line cord from the following list. When a #5094 is ordered with the #5115,
select two line cords from the following list:
#1408 - 4.3m 200V/16A Power Cord Italy
#1409 - 4.3m 200V/16A Power Cord AU/NZ
#1418 - 4.3m 200V/16A Power Cord S Africa
#1419 - 4.3m 200V/16A Power Cord Israel

IBM System i5, eServer i5, and iSeries features and placement
119
Features and Rules
#5094
(cont.)
#5094 PCI-X Expansion Tower
#1420 - 4.3m 200V/16A Power Cord EU/Asia
#1421 - 4.3m 200V/16A Power Cord CH/DK
#1451 - 200V 6-ft Line Cord
#1452 - 200V 14-ft Line Cord
#1453 - 200V 6-ft Locking Line Cord
#1454 - 200V 12A 14-ft TL Line Cord (U.S. default)
#1455 - 200V 6-ft Watertight Line Cord
#1456 - 200V 14-ft Watertight Line Cord
#1476 - 4.3m 200V/12A Power Cord UK
PCI IOAs are supported (driven) by the #9844/#9943 Base PCI IOP, #2843/#2844/#2847 PCI IOPs, #2790 PCI Integrated
Netfinity Server, #2791/#2792/#2799 PCI Integrated xSeries Servers or #4710/#9710 Integrated xSeries Servers.
The 45 disk unit positions are in groups of 15. Each group of 15 disk units is further divided into three groups of five disk
units. Each group of five disk units is supported on a separate SCSI (LVD-SCSI) bus from a #2757, #2780, #4748, or #4778
PCI RAID Disk Unit Controller. Each group of 15 disk units requires one #2757, #4748, or #4778 PCI RAID Disk Unit
Controller.
The mounting for the first 15 disk units is included in the #5094 (part of the base tower). The mounting for the next 30 disk
units is optional by ordering feature code #5108 30-Disk Expansion Feature.
The #5094 and #9094 expansion towers offer additional LPAR configuration flexibility. Instead of the previous maximum
number of three disk controllers supported in a #5094/#9094, now up to nine total disk controllers are supported. These
can be either OS/400 controlled (maximum of six OS/400 partitions) or Linux controlled. The #5294 and #8094 are similarly
enhanced and now support a maximum of 18 disk controllers. The #5703/#0628 disk controller can be used to go beyond
the maximum of three, already supported #2757, #2780, #4748, and #4778 disk controllers.
Each tower must have at least one #2748, #2757, #2780, #4748, or #4778 for each group of 15 disk units in the tower.
Only the #5703/#0628 can be ordered as an extra controller (up to two #5703/#0628s per group of 15 disk units in the same
tower) if #0143 Disk Controller Placement Exception is also ordered. Disk controllers #2748, #2757, #2780, #4748, or
#4778 cannot be ordered as extra controllers if #0143 is also ordered. A maximum of six #5703/#0628s per #5094/#9094
tower are supported.
The number of disk units per #2757 and #2780 varies by configuration:
Up to 20 disk units per #2757 are supported in a #5094 PCI-X Expansion Tower attached to a Model 520, 550, 570,
or 595.
Up to 18 disk units per #2757 are supported in the system unit with System Unit Expansion disk cages of the Model
270, 800, and 810. Up to 15 disk units per #2757 are supported in a #9094 Base PCI I/O Enclosure attached to a
Model 870 or 890.
The #5094 PCI-X Expansion Tower supports up to two removable media devices (internal tape or internal CD-ROM or
DVD). These removable media devices are supported by the same #2757, #2780, #4748, or #4778 PCI RAID Disk Unit
Controller which supports the 15 base disk units.
The #5094 is also supported in Linux and AIX partitions with SUSE Linux Enterprise Server 9 for POWER or Red Hat
Enterprise Linux AS for POWER Version 3, and AIX 5L for POWER V5.2.
Minimum operating system level: OS/400 V5R2
The #5094 is a Customer Install Feature.
The tower and drawer configurations no longer include a #9844 Base PCI IOP as of 31 January 2006 with the
announcement of IOP-less support in IBM System i5 and eServer i5 servers. Refer to “#9844 Inclusion Rules” on page 174.

120
IBM System i5, eServer i5, and iSeries System Builder: IBM i5/OS Version 5 Release 4
Features and Rules
#5095#5095 PCI-X Expansion Tower
The #5095 PCI-X Expansion Tower provides I/O capability for iSeries systems. The #5095 has seven PCI-X IOP/IOA slots.
The #5095 also supports up to 12 disk units.
A #9844 Base PCI IOP is included as base and should be on an initial order for the #5095 PCI-X Expansion Tower.
The #5095 includes a bus adapter to provide the HSL-2 interface to the system. The IBM marketing configurator adds one
of the following to the order:
#6417 HSL-2/RIO-G Bus Adapter
#9517 Base HSL-2/RIO-G Bus Adapter
– A #9517 Base HSL-2/RIO-G Bus Adapter is shipped for Models 520, 550, 570, and 595.
#9876 Base Optical Bus Adapter
#9877 Base HSL-2 Bus Adapter
– A #9877 Base HSL-2 Bus Adapter is shipped with new orders of a #5094 for Models 800, 810, 820, 825, 830,
840, 870, and 890.
#9886 Base Optical Bus Adapter (optical HSL-2)
- Specify when attaching to optical HSL-2 ports.
#9887 Base HSL-2 Bus Adapter (default)
- Specify when attaching to copper HSL ports.

IBM System i5, eServer i5, and iSeries features and placement
121
Features and Rules
#5095
(cont.)
#5095 PCI-X Expansion Tower
For the Model 800 or 810, if the #5095 attaches to HSL ports A0 or A1, the HSL Cable cannot exceed 6 m.
Select an appropriate number of the following HSL/HSL-2 cables:
#1307 -1.75m Copper HSL-2 Cable
#1470 - 6m Optical HSL Cable
#1472 - 100m Optical HSL Cable
#1473 - 250m Optical HSL Cable
#1474 - 6m HSL to HSL-2 Cable
#1475 - 10m HSL to HSL-2 Cable
#1482 - 3.5m HSL-2 Cable
#1483 - 10m HSL-2 Cable
#1485 - 15m HSL-2 Cable
Select one of the following line cords (select two if #5138 Redundant Power and Cooling is selected):
#1410 - 200V 6-ft Line Cord
#1411 - 200V 14-ft Line Cord
#1412 - 125V 6-ft Line Cord (US default)
#1414 - 200V 6-ft Locking Line Cord
#1415 - 200V 6-ft Watertight Line Cord
#1438 - 4.3m 200V/10A Power Cord AU/NZ
#1439 - 4.3m 200V/10A Power Cord EU/Asia
#1440 - 4.3m 200V/10A Power Cord Denmark
#1441 - 4.3m 200V/10A Power Cord S Africa
#1442 - 4.3m 200V/10A Power Cord Swiss
#1443 - 4.3m 200V/10A Power Cord UK
#1444 - 4.3m 200V/10A Power Cord Italy
Select one of the following SPCN cables:
#0369 100m Optical SPCN Cable
#1463 - 2m SPCN Cable
#1464 - 6m SPCN Cable
#1465 - 15m SPCN Cable
#1466 - 30m SPCN Cable
#1468 - 250m Optical SPCN Cable
#6001 Power Control Cable - 2M
#6006 Power Control Cable - 3M
#6007 Power Control Cable - 15M
#6008 Power Control Cable - 6M
#6029 Power Control Cable - 30M
The #5095 PCI-X Expansion Tower supports seven PCI-X IOA/IOP card slots. One Integrated xSeries Server is supported
in slots C1 and C2.
The #5095 PCI-X Expansion Tower has redundant power when #5138 Redundant Power and Cooling is present or
ordered. The #5138 includes a second 435W power supply. A second line cord is required with #5138 to provide redundant
power support in this tower and also enables dual line cord capability.
If an Integrated xSeries Server is ordered as part of an MES, the #9844 Base PCI IOP (in slot C1) and any associated IOAs
must be repositioned within the system.
The #5095 is also supported in Linux and AIX partitions with SUSE Linux Enterprise Server 9 for POWER or Red Hat
Enterprise Linux AS for POWER Version 3, and AIX 5L for POWER V5.2.
Minimum operating system level: OS/400 V5R2
The #5095 is a Customer Install Feature.
The tower and drawer configurations longer include a #9844 Base PCI IOP as of 31 January 2006 with the announcement
of IOP-less support in IBM System i5 and eServer i5 servers. Refer to “#9844 Inclusion Rules” on page 174.

122
IBM System i5, eServer i5, and iSeries System Builder: IBM i5/OS Version 5 Release 4
Features and Rules
#5097#5097 1.8m I/O Tower
The #5097 1.8m I/O Tower is an I/O expansion tower that can contain up to 90 disk units. It has 28 PCI slots and four
removable media bays. The #5097 is the result of a conversion from an #8093 Optional 1.8 m I/O Rack.
Each #5097 is essentially a #5094 PCI-X Expansion Tower (bottom enclosure) and a #5074 PCI Expansion Tower (top
enclosure) with side covers and casters removed, placed in a 1.8 M rack. Each #5097 counts as one #5094 and one #5074
towards the system model maximums.
Two bus adapters are included with each #5097 to provide the HSL interfaces to the system.
Top enclosure (#5074)
#9691 Base Bus Adapter for copper HSL interfaces
#9739 Base Optical Bus Adapter for optical HSL interfaces
Bottom enclosure (#5094)
#9877 - Base HSL-2 Bus Adapter for copper HSL-2 interfaces
The upper (#5074) and lower (#5094) enclosures in a #5097 are not connected internally by an HSL cable. If the #5097 is
to be placed in an HSL loop (both upper and lower enclosure on same HSL loop), an HSL cable is required to connect the
upper and lower enclosures. An HSL loop uses all optical or all copper ports/cables. A copper loop can intermix I/O towers
or units with copper HSL and copper HSL-2 ports. Select the appropriate cable based on the type of HSL ports to which it
is being attached, and the cable length required.
Select three or four (any combination) of the following HSL cables, on the first #5097 on system, initial order. For additional
#5097s or on an MES, select two, three or four (any combination) HSL cables per tower:
#1307 1.75m Copper HSL-2 Cable
#1308 -2.5m Copper HSL-2 Cable
#1460 - 3m Copper HSL Cable
#1461 - 6m Copper HSL Cable
#1462 - 15m Copper HSL Cable
#1464 - 6m SPCN Cable
#1470 - 6m Optical HSL Cable
#1471 - 30m Optical HSL Cable
#1472 - 100m Optical HSL Cable
#1473 - 250m Optical HSL Cable
#1475 - 10m HSL to HSL-2 Cable
#1481 - 1m HSL-2 Cable
#1482 - 3.5m HSL-2 Cable
#1483 - 10m HSL-2 Cable
Select two of the following SPCN cables for each #5097:
#0369 100m Optical SPCN Cable
#1463 - 2m SPCN Cable
#1464 - 6m SPCN Cable
#1465 - 15m SPCN Cable
#1466 - 30m SPCN Cable
#1468 - 250m Optical SPCN Cable
#6001 Power Control Cable - 2M
#6006 Power Control Cable - 3M
#6007 Power Control Cable - 15M
#6008 Power Control Cable - 6M
#6029 Power Control Cable - 30M
Each #5097 includes two PCI IOPs.
Process a Record Purposes Only (RPO) for each #5097 to add a quantity of one #0694 - #5094 Equivalent and one #0574
- #5074 Equivalent to the attaching system.
Each of the two tower units within a #5097 fully supports 45 disk units. A #5101 or #5108 is not required.
Dual line cord capability is available for the #5079 with #5105 Dual Line Cords I/O Tower (top enclosure) and #5114 Dual
Line Cords Tower (bottom enclosure). With #5105 and #5114 installed, both tower units of a #5097 have dual line cord
capability. Order two additional line cords (for a total of four) when a #5105 and #5114 is installed.

IBM System i5, eServer i5, and iSeries features and placement
123
Features and Rules
#5097
(cont.)
#5097 1.8m I/O Tower
The following line cords are supported on a #5097 (two line cord features required):
#1396 - 4.3m 200V/16A Power Cord China
#1399 - 4.3m 300V/16A
#1406 - 200V 16A 14-ft TL Line Cord
#1408 - 4.3m 200V/16A Power Cd Italy
#1409 - 4.3m 200V/16A Power Cd AU/NZ
#1418 - 4.3m 200V/16A Power Cd S Africa
#1419 - 4.3m 200V/16A Power Cd Israel
#1420 - 4.3m 200V/16A Power Cd EU/Asia
#1421 - 4.3m 200V/16A Power Cd CH/DK
#1451 - 200V 6-ft Line Cord
#1452 - 200V 14-ft Line Cord
#1453 - 200V 6-ft Locking Line Cord
#1454 - 200V 12A 14-ft TL Line Cord
#1455 - 200V 6-ft Watertight Line Cord
#1456 - 200V 14-ft Watertight Line Cord
#1457 - 200V 6-ft Upper Line Cord
#1458 - 200V 6-ft Upper Locking Cord
#1459 - 200V 6-ft Upper Watertight Cord
#1476 - 4.3m 200V/12A Power Cd UK
The 45 disk unit positions in each unit of a #5097 are in groups of 15. Each group of 15 disk units is further divided into
three groups of five disk units. Each group of five disk units is supported on a separate SCSI bus from a PCI Disk Unit
Controller.
The #5715 and #5703 controllers are not supported in the upper unit of a #5097.
The two removable media bays of each unit within a #5097 are supported by the same PCI Disk Unit Controller which
supports disk unit positions D31 through D35 of each internal tower unit.
HSL connections, two to four wall electrical outlets, one #0574 and one #0694 are required.
The #5097 is only available as a MES to the #8093 during an upgrade to an eServer i5 server.
Minimum operating system level: i5/OS V5R3
Supported on Models 570 and 595.
The #5097 is not a Customer Install Feature.
The #5097 is withdrawn from marketing for new orders only on 01 October 2005.
#5101#5101 30 Disk Unit Expansion
The #5101 30 Disk Unit Expansion is a disk unit expansion enclosure feature for the #5074 PCI Expansion Tower, the
#9074 Base I/O Tower, and the #9074/#9079 Base I/O Tower. The #5101 includes two 15-disk unit enclosures, one
765-watt power supply, backplanes, and cables. One #2757, #2780, #4748, or #4778 PCI RAID Disk Unit Controller is
required to support one 15-disk unit enclosure.
Supported on Models 520 (9406 only), 550, 570, 595, 810, 820, 825, 830, 840, 870, and 890.
The #5101 is not a Customer Install Feature.
#5107#5107 30 Disk Expansion
The #5107 30 Disk Expansion is a disk unit expansion enclosure feature for the #9094 Base PCI I/O Enclosure. In the
#8093 Optional 1.8 m I/O Rack/#8094 Optional 1.8 m I/O Rack, 30 disk expansions are installed in the bottom and upper
units with no feature code required. The #5107 includes two 15-disk unit enclosures, one 765-watt power supply,
backplanes, and cables. One #2757, #2780, #4748, or #4778 PCI RAID Disk Unit Controller is required to support the 15
disk units in each of the two disk unit enclosures included with #5107.
Minimum operating system level: OS/400 V5R2
The #5107 is not a Customer Install Feature.
The #5107 is withdrawn from marketing as of 01 June 2006.
#5108#5108 30 Disk Expansion Feature
The #5108 30 Disk Expansion Feature is a disk unit expansion enclosure feature for a #5094 PCI-X Expansion Tower. The
#5108 includes two 15-disk unit enclosures, one power supply, backplanes and cables. One #2757, #2780, #4748, or
#4778 PCI RAID Disk Unit Controller is required to support each 15-disk unit enclosure.
Minimum operating system level: OS/400 V5R2
The #5108 is not a Customer Install Feature.

124
IBM System i5, eServer i5, and iSeries System Builder: IBM i5/OS Version 5 Release 4
Features and Rules
#5111#5111 30 Disk Expansion with Dual Line Cords
The #5111 30 Disk Expansion with Dual Line Cords is a disk unit expansion enclosure feature for systems and towers that
are dual line cord enabled. (Model 830 system units have #5103, Model 840 system units have #5104 and #5074 PCI
Expansion Tower which have #5105.) The #5111 includes two 15-disk unit enclosures, backplanes and cables. One
#4748/#4778 PCI RAID Disk Unit Controller is required to support one 15-disk unit enclosure.
A #5103 is required when ordered for a Model 830 system unit, a #5104 is required when ordered for an 840 system unit,
and a #5105 when ordered for a stand-alone #5074 PCI Expansion Tower or top unit in an #8079 Optional Base 1.8 m I/O
Rack.
The #5111 is not a Customer Install Feature.
#5114#5114 Dual Line Cords Tower
The #5114 Dual Line Cords Tower provides dual line cord capability for the #9094 Base PCI I/O Enclosure and the lower
unit in an #8093 Optional 1.8 m I/O Rack/#8094 Optional 1.8 m I/O Rack. Two #14xx line cords must be ordered on an initial
order or a model upgrade into an 890 from a non-890 model. When ordering a #5114 as an MES, one 840W power supply
is shipped and one additional #14xx line cord is required to be ordered. See 11.2, “SPCN (power) cables” on page 382 for
power cord options.
The #5114 has country-specific or region-specific usage.
Minimum operating system level: OS/400 V5R2
The #5114 is not a Customer Install Feature.
The #5114 is withdrawn from marketing as of 01 June 2006.
#5117#5117 30 Disk Expansion with Dual Line Cords
The #5117 30 Disk Expansion with Dual Line Cords is a disk unit expansion enclosure feature for a dual line cord enabled
#9094 Base PCI I/O Enclosure. The #5117 includes two 15 disk unit enclosures, back planes and cables. One #2757 PCI-X
Ultra RAID Disk Controller, #2780 PCI-X Ultra4 RAID Disk Controller, #4748 PCI RAID Disk Unit Controller, or #4778 PCI
RAID Disk Unit Controller is required to support the 15 disk units in each of the two disk unit enclosures included with the
#5117.
Minimum operating system level: OS/400 V5R2
The #5117 is not a Customer Install Feature.
Supported on Models 870 and 890.
#5138#5138 Redundant Power and Cooling
The #5138 Redundant Power and Cooling provides redundant power for the #0595/#5095 PCI-X Expansion Tower. A
#5138 consists of a 435W power supply and additional cooling fans. A second line cord is required on each #0595/#5095
with a #5138 installed. The #5138, together with the second line cord, enables dual line cord capability for an #0595/#5095.
Maximum: One per #0595/#5095 PCI-X Expansion Tower
Minimum operating system level: OS/400 V5R2
The #5138 is a Customer Install Feature.
#5156#5156 Redundant Power and Cooling
The #5156 Redundant Power and Cooling adds an additional 575-watt power supply for redundancy and additional cooling
fan to the #5075 PCI Expansion Tower.
Marketing configurator defaults to a #5156 on a Model 820 for any added #5075 when the system unit contains a #5155
575-watt power supply. If a #5155 is ordered as an MES to an existing Model 820, default one #5156 for each #5075
present or ordered. The #5156s are not mandatory and can be removed from an order.
Supported on Models 810, 820, and 825
The #5156 is a Customer Install Feature.
The #5156 is withdrawn from marketing as of 01 June 2006.
#5158#5158 850W AC Power Supply
The #5158 is an optional 850W power supply which provides redundant power for the Model 520 system unit. A second
line cord is required.
Supported on Model 520.
The #5158 is a Customer Install Feature.
#5159#5159 850 Watt Power Supply
The #5159 provides an optional 850W power supply which installs in a 520 system unit with processor #8325, #8327 or
#8330 and provides redundant power.
The #5159 requires an additional system unit line cord feature to be ordered.
Minimum operating system level: i5/OS V5R3 with V5R3M5 LIC, AIX 5L for POWER V5.2 for IBM eServer, Red Hat
Enterprise Linux AS for POWER Version 3, SUSE Linux Enterprise Server 9 for POWER
Supported on Model 520+.
The #5159 is a Customer Install Feature.

IBM System i5, eServer i5, and iSeries features and placement
125
Features and Rules
#5168#5168 30 Disk Expansion for #9194 Tower
The #5168 30 Disk Expansion for #9194 Tower is a unit expansion enclosure feature for the #9194 Base PCI-X Expansion
Tower. The #5168 includes two 15-disk-unit enclosures, one power supply, back-planes and cables. A minimum of one
disk unit controller is required to support each of the two 15-disk-unit enclosures included with #5168.
Minimum operating system level: i5/OS V5R3
Supported on Model 595 #9194 towers.
The #5168 is an IBM Customer Service Representative setup feature.
#5294#5294 1.8m I/O Tower
The #5294 1.8m I/O Tower has space for 90 disk units, has 28 PCI-X IOP/IOA slots, and has four removable media bays.
The #5294 is equivalent to two #5094 PCI-X Expansion Towers, with covers and casters removed and positioned in a 1.8m
rack. It includes two bus adapters to provide the HSL interface to the system. The IBM marketing configurator adds two, in
any combination, of the following to the order:
#6417 HSL-2/RIO-G Bus Adapter
#9517 Base HSL-2/RIO-G Bus Adapter
A #9517 Base HSL-2/RIO-G Bus Adapter is shipped for Models 520, 550, 570, and 595.
#9876 Base Optical Bus Adapter
#9877 Base HSL-2 Bus Adapter
A #9877 Base HSL-2 Bus Adapter is shipped with new orders of a #5294 for Models 800, 810, 820, 825, 830, 840,
870, and 890.
#9886 Base Optical Bus Adapter (optical HSL-2)
Specify when attaching to optical HSL-2 ports.
#9887 Base HSL-2 Bus Adapter (default)
Specify when attaching to copper HSL ports.
The #5094 PCI-X Expansion Tower is the default when a PCI IOP or IOA is ordered that requires a PCI expansion unit.
The #5294 can be specified on the IBM marketing configurator’s extra controllers screen. For each #5294 ordered, two
#0694 - #5094 Equivalent specify codes are added to the order. If a #5294 is to be shared between two systems, process
an RPO to remove one #0694 from the original ordering system and add it to the sharing system.
The upper and lower enclosures (#5094 PCI-X Expansion Tower) in the #5294 are not connected internally by an HSL
cable. Two to four of the following HSL/HSL-2 cables are required:
#1307 -1.75m Copper HSL-2 Cable
#1470 - 6m Optical HSL Cable
#1471 - 30m Optical HSL Cable
#1472 - 100m Optical HSL Cable
#1473 - 250m Optical HSL Cable
#1474 - 6m HSL to HSL-2 Cable
#1475 - 10m HSL to HSL-2 Cable
#1482 - 3.5m HSL-2 Cable
#1483 - 10m HSL-2 Cable
#1485 - 15m HSL-2 Cable
For the Model 810, if the #5294 attaches to HSL ports A0 or A1, the HSL cable cannot exceed 6 m.
For the Model 820, the HSL cable connection to port A1 cannot exceed 6 m.

126
IBM System i5, eServer i5, and iSeries System Builder: IBM i5/OS Version 5 Release 4
Features and Rules
#5294
(cont.)
#5294 1.8m I/O Tower
Two #9844 Base PCI IOPs are included with each #5294 1.8m I/O Tower. The IBM marketing configurator allows a #5294
to exist in the field without any #9844s present, but all ordered #5294s ship with two #9844s. The #5294 1.8m I/O Tower
is capable of controlling Ultra4 (u320) SCSI disk units.
If no #5116 Dual Line Cords - #5294 is installed, select two line cords from the following list.
If one #5116 Dual Line Cords - #5294 is installed, select three line cords from the following list.
If two #5116 Dual Line Cords - #5294 are installed, select four line cords from the following list:
#1451 - 200V 6-ft Line Cord
#1452 - 200V 14-ft Line Cord
#1453 - 200V 6-ft Locking Line Cord
#1454 - 200V 12A 14-ft TL Line Cord (default)
#1455 - 200V 6-ft Watertight Line Cord
#1456 - 200V 14-ft Watertight Line Cord
#1457 - 200V 6-ft Upper Line Cord
#1458 - 200V 6-ft Upper Locking Cord
#1459 - 200V 6-ft Upper Watertight Cord
Select two of the following SPCN cables per tower:
#0369 - 100m Optical SPCN Cable (825, 830, 840, 870, 890)
#1463 - 2m SPCN Cable (270, 800, 810, 820, 825, 830, 840, 870, 890)
#1464 - 6m SPCN Cable (270, 800, 810, 820, 825, 830, 840, 870, 890)
#1465 - 15m SPCN Cable (270, 800, 810, 820, 825, 830, 840, 870, 890)
#1466 - 30m SPCN Cable (270, 800, 810, 820, 825, 830, 840, 870, 890)
#1468 - 250m Optical SPCN Cable (825, 830, 840, 870, 890)
#6001 Power Control Cable - 2M
#6006 Power Control Cable - 3M
#6007 Power Control Cable - 15M
#6008 Power Control Cable - 6M
#6029 Power Control Cable - 30M
The 90 disk unit positions are in groups of 15. Each group of 15 disk units is further divided into three groups of five disk
units. Each group of five disk units is supported on a separate SCSI bus from a #2757, #2780, #4748, or #4778 PCI RAID
Disk Unit Controller. Each group of 15 disk units requires one #2757, #2780, #4748, or #4778 PCI RAID Disk Unit
Controller.
The #5294 1.8m I/O Tower supports up to four removable media devices (internal tape or CD-ROM or DVD). These
removable media devices are supported by the two #2757, #2780, #4748, or #4778 PCI RAID Disk Unit Controllers which
support the first two groups of 15 disk units.
The #5294 and #8094 expansion towers offer additional LPAR configuration flexibility. Instead of the previous maximum
number of six disk controllers supported in a #5294/#8094, now up to eighteen total disk controllers are supported. These
can be either OS/400 controlled (maximum of six OS/400 partitions) or Linux controlled. The #5703/#0628 disk controller
can be used to go beyond the maximum of three, already supported #2757, #2780, #4748, and #4778 disk controllers per
top or bottom unit of the #5294/#8094.
Each tower must have at least one #2748, #2757, #2780, #4748, or #4778 for each group of 15 disk units in the tower.
Only the #5703/#0628 can be ordered as an extra controller (up to two #5703/#0628s per group of 15 disk units in the same
tower) if #0143 Disk Controller Placement Exception is also ordered. The #2748, #2757, #2780, #4748, or #4778 disk
controllers cannot be ordered as extra controllers if #0143 is also ordered.
The number of disk units per #2757 and #2780 varies by configuration:
Up to 20 disk units per #2757 are supported in a #5094 PCI-X Expansion Tower attached to a Model 520, 550, 570, or 595.
Up to 18 disk units per #2757 are supported in the system unit with System Unit Expansion disk cages of the Model 270,
800, and 810. Up to 15 disk units per #2757 are supported in a #9094 Base PCI I/O Enclosure attached to a Model 870 or
890.
The #5294 1.8m I/O Tower reports to the system as two CCIN 5094.
Each ordered #5294 counts as two #5094s toward the system model maximums.
Minimum operating system level: OS/400 V5R2
Supported in Linux and AIX partitions with SUSE Linux Enterprise Server 9 for POWER or Red Hat Enterprise Linux AS
for POWER Version 3, and AIX 5L for POWER V5.2.
The #5294 is a Customer Install Feature.
The tower and drawer configurations longer include a #9844 Base PCI IOP as of 31 January 2006 with the announcement
of IOP-less support in System i5 and eServer i5 servers. Refer to “#9844 Inclusion Rules” on page 174.

IBM System i5, eServer i5, and iSeries features and placement
127
Features and Rules
#5554#5554 Mirror 35 GB Disk/Controller Package
The #5554 provides a disk unit controller (#2780 PCI-X Ultra4 RAID Disk Controller equivalent) and twelve 15k rpm 35 GB
disk units (#4326 35.16 GB 15k RPM Disk Unit equivalent) for servers doing mirroring. Either #0042 Mirrored System IOP
Level or #0043 Mirrored System Bus Level is required.
Minimum operating system level: i5/OS V5R3, SUSE Linux Enterprise Server 9 for POWER or Red Hat Enterprise Linux
AS for POWER Version 3, AIX 5L for POWER V5.2
Supported on Models 520, 550, 570, 595, 800, 810, 820, 825, 830, 840, 870, 890, and 9411-100.
The #5554 is a Customer Install Feature.
The #5554 is withdrawn from marketing as of 25 October 2005. The #5555 Mirror 70 GB Disk/Controller Package or #2780
PCI-X Ultra4 RAID Disk Controller plus a quantity of 12 of #4326 35.16 GB 15k RPM Disk Unit are the recommended
replacements.
#5555#5555 Mirror 70 GB Disk/Controller Package
The #5555 provides a disk unit controller (#2780 PCI-X Ultra4 RAID Disk Controller equivalent) and twelve 15k rpm 70 GB
disk units (#4327 70.56 GB 15k RPM Disk Unit equivalent) for servers doing mirroring. Either #0042 Mirrored System IOP
Level or #0043 Mirrored System Bus Level is required.
Minimum operating system level: i5/OS V5R3, SUSE Linux Enterprise Server 9 for POWER or Red Hat Enterprise Linux
AS for POWER Version 3, AIX 5L for POWER, V5.2 for iSeries
Supported on Models 520, 550, 570, 595, 800, 810, 820, 825, 830, 840 870, 890, and 9411-100.
The #5555 is a Customer Install Feature.
#5556#5556 - Mirror 141.12 GB Disk/Controller Package
The #5556 provides a disk unit controller (#2780 PCI-X Ultra4 RAID Disk Controllerequivalent) and twelve 15k rpm 141.12
GB disk units (#4328 141.12 GB 15k RPM Disk Unit equivalent) for servers doing mirroring. Either #0042 Mirrored System
IOP Level or #0043 Mirrored System Bus Level is required.
Minimum operating system level: i5/OS V5R3, SUSE Linux Enterprise Server 9 for POWER or Red Hat Enterprise Linux
AS for POWER Version 3, AIX 5L for POWER, V5.2 for iSeries
Supported on Models 520, 550, 570, 595.
The #5556 is a Customer Install Feature.

128
IBM System i5, eServer i5, and iSeries System Builder: IBM i5/OS Version 5 Release 4
Features and Rules
#5560#5560 - Mirror 35 GB Drawer Package
The #5560 package feature includes one #0595 rack mount I/O expansion unit, one #9844 IOP, twelve #4326 35.16 GB
15k rpm disk units and two high-function, large write cache disk controllers (#2757 or newer) for servers doing mirroring.
The I/O drawer requires five EIA of rack space and has a total of seven PCI-X IOP/IOA slots and 12 disk unit slots. Three
PCI-X slots and 12 disk unit slots are filled with the package contents, but four PCI-X slots can be used by other PCI-X
IOPs/IOAs.
On IBM ordering, shipping, and inventory documentation, the component features specifically for the #0595 I/O drawer, the
disk units, and the disk controllers are not shown. The chargeable #5560 feature number is shown and carries the price
and warranty for this package.
Use the specific component features such as #0595 for all planning and implementation documentation.
Requires the #0040 Mirrored System Disk Level.
A bus adapter to provide the HSL interface to the system is required. Select one of the following:
#9517 — Base HSL-2 Bus Adapter, to specify two copper HSL-2 ports
#9876 — Base Optical Bus Adapter, to specify two optical HSL ports
One or two HSL cables must be ordered with each #5560. When ordering cables to connect to the HSL interface, optical
HSL, copper HSL, copper HSL-2, or copper HSL to HSL-2 cables are required. An HSL loop uses all optical or all copper
ports/cables. A copper loop can intermix I/O towers/units with copper HSL and copper HSL-2 ports. Select the appropriate
cable based on the type of HSL ports to which it is being attached, and the cable length required.
The following HSL cables can be used with a #5560:
Copper HSL to HSL-2 (HSL on one end and HSL-2 on the other end)
#1474 6m HSL to HSL-2 Cable
#1475 10m HSL to HSL-2 Cable
#1487 3m HSL to HSL-2 Cable
Copper HSL-2 (HSL-2 on both ends of the cable)
#1307 1.75m HSL-2 Cable
#1308 2.5m HSL-2 Cable
#1481 1.2m HSL-2 Cable
#1482 3.5m HSL-2 Cable
#1483 10m HSL-2 Cable
#1485 15m HSL-2 Cable
Optical HSL (optical HSL connections on both ends of the cable)
#1470 6m HSL Optical Cable
#1471 30m HSL Optical Cable
#1472 100m HSL Optical Cable
#1473 250m HSL Optical Cable
One SPCN cable is required with each #5560. Select one of the following:
#1463 2m SPCN Cable
#1464 6m SPCN Cable
#1465 15m SPCN Cable
#1466 30m SPCN Cable
#0369 100m Optical SPCN Cable
#1468 250m Optical SPCN Cable
#6001 2m SPCN Cable
#6006 3m SPCN Cable
#6007 15m SPCN Cable
#6008 6m SPCN Cable
#6029 30m SPCN Cable
The #5560 has redundant power when feature #5138 is installed. The #5138 provides a second 435W power supply. In
addition, when a #5138 is installed, a second line cord must be ordered. The presence of the #5138 and the second line
cord, enables dual line cord capability.
Select one of the following line cords, or select two if #5138 is ordered:
#1394 4.3m 200V/10A Power Cord Brazil
#1395 4.3m 200V/10A Power Cd China

#1397 4.3m 200V/10A Power Cord Argent
#1398 4.3m 100V/10A Power Cord Brazil
#1410 200V 6-ft Line Cord

IBM System i5, eServer i5, and iSeries features and placement
129
Features and Rules
#5560
(cont.)
#5560 - Mirror 35 GB Drawer Package
#1411 — 200V 14-ft Line Cord
#1412 — 125V 6-ft Line Cord
#1413 — 125V 14-ft Line Cord
#1414 — 200V 6-ft Locking Line Cord
#1415 — 200V 6-ft Watertight Line Cord
#1416 — 200V 14-ft Locking Line Cord
#1417 — 200V 14-ft Watertight Line Cord
#1422 — 3m IEC 320 C13/14 PDU Cord
#1438 — 4.3m 200V/10A Pwr Cd AU/NZ
#1439 — 4.3m 200V/10A Pwr Cd EU/Asia
#1440 — 4.3m 200V/10A Pwr Cd Denmark
#1441 — 4.3m 200V/10A Pwr Cd S Africa
#1442 — 4.3m 200V/10A Pwr Cd Swiss
#1443 — 4.3m 200V/10A Pwr Cd UK
#1444 — 4.3m 200V/10A Pwr Cd Italy
#1445 — 4.3m 200V/10A Pwr Cd Israel
#6458 — 14-ft Int 250V/10A Pwr Cd
#6460 — 14-ft 125V/15A Power Cord
#6469 — 14-ft 250V/15A Power Cord
#6470 — 6-ft 125V/15A Power Cord
#6471 — 9-ft 125V/15A Power Cord
#6472 — 9-ft 250V/16A Power Cord
#6473 — 9-ft 250V/10A Power Cord
#6474 — 9-ft 250V/13A Power Cord
#6475 — 9-ft 250V/16A Power Cord
#6476 — 9-ft 250V/10A Power Cord
#6477 — 9-ft 250V/10A Power Cord
#6478 — 9-ft 250V/16A Power Cord
#6479 — 9-ft 250V/10A Power Cord
#6487 — 6-ft 250V/15A Power Cord
#6488 — 9-ft Dual Voltage Pwr Cd
#6493 — 9-ft 250V/10A Power Cord
#6494 — 9-ft 250V/10A Power Cord
#6495 — 9-ft 250V/10A Power Cord
#6496 — 9-ft 250V/10A Power Cord
#6497 — 6-ft 250V/15A Power Cord
#6498 — 6-ft 250V/15A Power Cord
#6651 — 9-ft 127V/15A Power Cord
#6659— 9-ft 240V/15A Power Cord
#6660 — 14-ft 127V/15A Power Cord
#6669 — 14-ft 240V/15A Power Cord
#6670 — 6-ft 125V/15A Power Cord
#6680 — 9-ft 250V/10A Power Cord
#6687 — 6-ft 250V/15A Power Cord
Supported on Models 520, 550, 570, 595, and 9411-100.
The #5560 is a Customer Install Feature.

130
IBM System i5, eServer i5, and iSeries System Builder: IBM i5/OS Version 5 Release 4
Features and Rules
#5561#5561 - Mirror 70 GB Drawer Package
The #5561 package feature includes one #0595 rack mount I/O expansion unit, one #9844 IOP, twelve #4327 70.56 GB
15k rpm disk units and two high-function, large write cache disk controllers (#2757 or newer) for servers doing mirroring.
The I/O drawer requires five EIA of rack space and has a total of seven PCI-X IOP/IOA slots and 12 disk unit slots. Three
PCI-X slots and 12 disk unit slots are filled with the package contents, but four PCI-X slots can be used by other PCI-X
IOPs/IOAs.
On IBM ordering, shipping, and inventory documentation, the component features specifically for the #0595 I/O drawer, the
disk units, and the disk controllers are not shown. The chargeable #5561 feature number is shown and carries the price
and warranty for this package.
Use the specific component features such as #0595 for all planning and implementation documentation.
The #0040 Mirrored System Disk Level is required.
A bus adapter to provide the HSL interface to the system is required. Select one of the following:
#9517 — Base HSL-2 Bus Adapter, to specify two copper HSL-2 ports
#9876 — Base Optical Bus Adapter, to specify two optical HSL ports
One or two HSL cables must be ordered with each #5561. When ordering cables to connect to the HSL interface, optical
HSL, copper HSL, copper HSL-2, or copper HSL to HSL-2 cables are required. An HSL loop uses all optical or all copper
ports/cables. A copper loop can intermix I/O towers/units with copper HSL and copper HSL-2 ports. Select the appropriate
cable based on the type of HSL ports to which it is being attached, and the cable length required.
The following HSL cables can be used with a #5561:
Copper HSL to HSL-2 (HSL on one end and HSL-2 on the other end)
#1474 6m HSL to HSL-2 Cable
#1475 10m HSL to HSL-2 Cable
#1487 3m HSL to HSL-2 Cable
Copper HSL-2 (HSL-2 on both ends of the cable)
#1307 1.75m HSL-2 Cable
#1308 2.5m HSL-2 Cable
#1481 1.2m HSL-2 Cable
#1482 3.5m HSL-2 Cable
#1483 10m HSL-2 Cable
#1485 15m HSL-2 Cable
Optical HSL (optical HSL connections on both ends of the cable)
#1470 6m HSL Optical Cable
#1471 30m HSL Optical Cable
#1472 100m HSL Optical Cable
#1473 250m HSL Optical Cable
One SPCN cable is required with each #5561. Select one of the following:
#1463 2m SPCN Cable
#1464 6m SPCN Cable
#1465 15m SPCN Cable
#1466 30m SPCN Cable
#0369 100m Optical SPCN Cable
#1468 250m Optical SPCN Cable
#6001 2m SPCN Cable
#6006 3m SPCN Cable
#6007 15m SPCN Cable
#6008 6m SPCN Cable
#6029 30m SPCN Cable
The #5561 has redundant power when feature #5138 is installed. The #5138 provides a second 435W power supply. In
addition, when a #5138 is installed, a second line cord must be ordered. The presence of the #5138 and the second line
cord, enables dual line cord capability.
Select one of the following line cords, or select two if #5138 is ordered:
#1394 - 4.3m 200V/10A Power Cord Brazil
#1395 - 4.3m 200V/10A Power Cd China

#1397 - 4.3m 200V/10A Power Cord Argent
#1398 - 4.3m 100V/10A Power Cord Brazil

IBM System i5, eServer i5, and iSeries features and placement
131
Features and Rules
#5561
(cont.)
#5561 - Mirror 70 GB Drawer Package
#1410 - 200V 6-ft Line Cord
#1411 - 200V 14-ft Line Cord
#1412 - 125V 6-ft Line Cord
#1413 - 125V 14-ft Line Cord
#1414 - 200V 6-ft Locking Line Cord
#1415 - 200V 6-ft Watertight Line Cord
#1416 - 200V 14-ft Locking Line Cord
#1417 - 200V 14-ft Watertight Line
#1422 - 3m IEC 320 C13/14 PDU Cord
#1438 - 4.3m 200V/10A Power Cd AU/NZ
#1439 - 4.3m 200V/10A Power Cd EU/Asia
#1440 - 4.3m 200V/10A Power Cd Denmark
#1441 - 4.3m 200V/10A Power Cd S Africa
#1442 - 4.3m 200V/10A Power Cd Swiss
#1443 - 4.3m 200V/10A Power Cd UK
#1444 - 4.3m 200V/10A Power Cd Italy
#1445 - 4.3m 200V/10A Power Cd Israel
#6458 - 14-ft Int 250V/10A Power Cd
#6460 - 14-ft 125V/15A Power Cord
#6469 - 14-ft 250V/15A Power Cord
#6470 - 6-ft 125V/15A Power Cord
#6471 - 9-ft 125V/15A Power Cord
#6472 - 9-ft 250V/16A Power Cord
#6473 - 9-ft 250V/10A Power Cord
#6474 - 9-ft 250V/13A Power Cord
#6475 - 9-ft 250V/16A Power Cord
#6476 - 9-ft 250V/10A Power Cord
#6477 - 9-ft 250V/10A Power Cord
#6478 - 9-ft 250V/16A Power Cord
#6479 - 9-ft 250V/10A Power Cord
#6487 - 6-ft 250V/15A Power Cord
#6488 - 9-ft Dual Voltage Power Cd
#6493 - 9-ft 250V/10A Power Cord
#6494 - 9-ft 250V/10A Power Cord
#6495 - 9-ft 250V/10A Power Cord
#6496 - 9-ft 250V/10A Power Cord
#6497 - 6-ft 250V/15A Power Cord
#6498 - 6-ft 250V/15A Power Cord
#6651 - 9-ft 127V/15A Power Cord
#6659 - 9-ft 240V/15A Power Cord
#6660 - 14-ft 127V/15A Power Cord
#6669 - 14-ft 240V/15A Power Cord
#6670 - 6-ft 125V/15A Power Cord
#6680 - 9-ft 250V/10A Power Cord
#6687 - 6-ft 250V/15A Power Cord
Supported on Models 520, 550, 570, 595, and 9411-100
The #5561 is a Customer Install Feature.

132
IBM System i5, eServer i5, and iSeries System Builder: IBM i5/OS Version 5 Release 4
Features and Rules
#5562#5562 - Mirror 35 GB Tower Package
The #5562 package feature includes one #5095 tower, one #9844 IOP, twelve #4326 35.16 GB 15k rpm disk units and two
high-function, large write cache disk controllers (#2757 or newer) for servers doing mirroring. The #5095 has a total of
seven PCI-X IOP/IOA slots and 12 disk unit slots. Three PCI-X slots and 12 disk unit slots are filled with the package
contents, but four PCI-X slots can be used by other PCI-X IOPs/IOAs.
On IBM ordering, shipping, and inventory documentation, the component features specifically for the #5095 tower, the disk
units, and the disk controllers is not shown. The chargeable feature #5562 is shown and carries the price and warranty for
this package.
Use the specific component features such as #5095 for all planning and implementation documentation.
The #0040 Mirrored System Disk Level is required.
A bus adapter to provide the HSL interface to the system is required. Select one of the following:
#9517 — Base HSL-2 Bus Adapter, to specify two copper HSL-2 ports
#9876 — Base Optical Bus Adapter, to specify two optical HSL ports
One or two HSL cables must be ordered with each #5561. When ordering cables to connect to the HSL interface, optical
HSL, copper HSL, copper HSL-2, or copper HSL to HSL-2 cables are required. An HSL loop uses all optical or all copper
ports/cables. A copper loop can intermix I/O towers/units with copper HSL and copper HSL-2 ports. Select the appropriate
cable based on the type of HSL ports to which it is being attached, and the cable length required.
The following HSL cables can be used with a #5562:
Copper HSL to HSL-2 (HSL on one end and HSL-2 on the other end)
–#1474 6m HSL to HSL-2 Cable
–#1475 10m HSL to HSL-2 Cable
–#1487 3m HSL to HSL-2 Cable
Copper HSL-2 (HSL-2 on both ends of the cable)
–#1307 1.75m HSL-2 Cable
–#1308 2.5m HSL-2 Cable
–#1481 1.2m HSL-2 Cable
–#1482 3.5m HSL-2 Cable
–#1483 10m HSL-2 Cable
–#1485 15m HSL-2 Cable
Optical HSL (optical HSL connections on both ends of the cable)
–#1470 6m HSL Optical Cable
–#1471 30m HSL Optical Cable
–#1472 100m HSL Optical Cable
–#1473 250m HSL Optical Cable
One SPCN cable is required with each #5562. Select one of the following:
–#1463 2m SPCN Cable
–#1464 6m SPCN Cable
–#1465 15m SPCN Cable
–#1466 30m SPCN Cable
–#0369 100m Optical SPCN Cable
–#1468 250m Optical SPCN Cable
–#6001 2m SPCN Cable
–#6006 3m SPCN Cable
–#6007 15m SPCN Cable
–#6008 6m SPCN Cable
–#6029 30m SPCN Cable
The #5562 has redundant power when feature #5138 is installed. The #5138 provides a second 435W power supply. In
addition, when a #5138 is installed, a second line cord must be ordered. The presence of the #5138 and the second line
cord, enables dual line cord capability.
Select one of the following line cords, or select two if #5138 is ordered:
#1394 — 4.3m 200V/10A Pwr Crd Brazil
#1395 — 4.3m 200V/10A Pwr Cd China
#1397 — 4.3m 200V/10A Pwr Crd Argent
#1398 — 4.3m 100V/10A Pwr Crd Brazil
#1410 — 200V 6-ft Line Cord

IBM System i5, eServer i5, and iSeries features and placement
133
Features and Rules
#5562
(cont.)
#5562- Mirror 35 GB Tower Package
#1411 — 200V 14-ft Line Cord
#1412 — 125V 6-ft Line Cord
#1413 — 125V 14-ft Line Cord
#1414 — 200V 6-ft Locking Line Cord
#1415 — 200V 6-ft Watertight Line Cord
#1416 — 200V 14-ft Locking Line Cord
#1417 — 200V 14-ft Watertight Line Cord
#1422 — 3m IEC 320 C13/14 PDU Cord
#1438 — 4.3m 200V/10A Pwr Cd AU/NZ
#1439 — 4.3m 200V/10A Pwr Cd EU/Asia
#1440 — 4.3m 200V/10A Pwr Cd Denmark
#1441 — 4.3m 200V/10A Pwr Cd S Africa
#1442 — 4.3m 200V/10A Pwr Cd Swiss
#1443 — 4.3m 200V/10A Pwr Cd UK
#1444 — 4.3m 200V/10A Pwr Cd Italy
#1445 — 4.3m 200V/10A Pwr Cd Israel
#6458 — 14-ft Int 250V/10A Pwr Cd
#6460 — 14-ft 125V/15A Power Cord
#6469 — 14-ft 250V/15A Power Cord
#6470 — 6-ft 125V/15A Power Cord
#6471 — 9-ft 125V/15A Power Cord
#6472 — 9-ft 250V/16A Power Cord
#6473 — 9-ft 250V/10A Power Cord
#6474 — 9-ft 250V/13A Power Cord
#6475 — 9-ft 250V/16A Power Cord
#6476 — 9-ft 250V/10A Power Cord
#6477 — 9-ft 250V/10A Power Cord
#6478 — 9-ft 250V/16A Power Cord
#6479 — 9-ft 250V/10A Power Cord
#6487 — 6-ft 250V/15A Power Cord
#6488 — 9-ft Dual Voltage Pwr Cd
#6493 — 9-ft 250V/10A Power Cord
#6494 — 9-ft 250V/10A Power Cord
#6495 — 9-ft 250V/10A Power Cord
#6496 — 9-ft 250V/10A Power Cord
#6497 — 6-ft 250V/15A Power Cord
#6498 — 6-ft 250V/15A Power Cord
#6651 — 9-ft 127V/15A Power Cord
#6659— 9-ft 240V/15A Power Cord
#6660 — 14-ft 127V/15A Power Cord
#6669 — 14-ft 240V/15A Power Cord
#6670 — 6-ft 125V/15A Power Cord
#6680 — 9-ft 250V/10A Power Cord
#6687 — 6-ft 250V/15A Power Cord
Supported on Models 520 550, 570, 595, and 9411-100
The #5562 is a Customer Install Feature.

134
IBM System i5, eServer i5, and iSeries System Builder: IBM i5/OS Version 5 Release 4
Features and Rules
#5563#5563 - Mirror 70 GB Tower Package
The #5563 package feature includes one #0595 rack mount I/O expansion unit, one #9844 IOP, twelve #4327 70.56 GB
15k rpm disk units and two high-function, large write cache disk controllers (#2757 or newer) for servers doing mirroring.
The I/O drawer requires five EIA of rack space and has a total of seven PCI-X IOP/IOA slots and 12 disk unit slots. Three
PCI-X slots and 12 disk unit slots are filled with the package contents, but four PCI-X slots can be used by other PCI-X
IOPs/IOAs.
On IBM ordering, shipping, and inventory documentation, component features specified for the #0595 I/O drawer, disk
units, and disk controllers are not shown. The chargeable #5563 feature number is shown and carries the price and
warranty for this package.
Use specific component features, such as #0595, for all planning and implementation documentation.
The #0040 Mirrored System Disk Level is required.
A bus adapter to provide the HSL interface to the system is required. Select one of the following:
#9517 — Base HSL-2 Bus Adapter, to specify two copper HSL-2 ports
#9876 — Base Optical Bus Adapter, to specify two optical HSL ports
One or two HSL cables must be ordered with each #5563. When ordering cables to connect to the HSL interface, optical
HSL, copper HSL, copper HSL-2, or copper HSL to HSL-2 cables are required. An HSL loop uses all optical or all copper
ports/cables. A copper loop can intermix I/O towers/units with copper HSL and copper HSL-2 ports. Select the appropriate
cable based on the type of HSL ports to which it is being attached, and the cable length required.
The following HSL cables can be used with a #5563:
Copper HSL to HSL-2 (HSL on one end and HSL-2 on the other end)
–#1474 6m HSL to HSL-2 Cable
–#1475 10m HSL to HSL-2 Cable
–#1487 3m HSL to HSL-2 Cable
Copper HSL-2 (HSL-2 on both ends of the cable)
–#1307 1.75m HSL-2 Cable
–#1308 2.5m HSL-2 Cable
–#1481 1.2m HSL-2 Cable
–#1482 3.5m HSL-2 Cable
–#1483 10m HSL-2 Cable
–#1485 15m HSL-2 Cable
Optical HSL (optical HSL connections on both ends of the cable)
–#1470 6m HSL Optical Cable
–#1471 30m HSL Optical Cable
–#1472 100m HSL Optical Cable
–#1473 250m HSL Optical Cable
One SPCN cable is required with each #5563. Select one of the following:
–#1463 2m SPCN Cable
–#1464 6m SPCN Cable
–#1465 15m SPCN Cable
–#1466 30m SPCN Cable
–#0369 100m Optical SPCN Cable
–#1468 250m Optical SPCN Cable
–#6001 2m SPCN Cable
–#6006 3m SPCN Cable
–#6007 15m SPCN Cable
–#6008 6m SPCN Cable
–#6029 30m SPCN Cable
The #5563 has redundant power when feature #5138 is installed. The #5138 provides a second 435W power supply. In
addition, when a #5138 is installed, a second line cord must be ordered. The presence of the #5138 and the second line
cord, enables dual line cord capability.
Select one of the following line cords, or select two if #5138 is ordered:
#1394 — 4.3m 200V/10A Pwr Crd Brazil
#1395 — 4.3m 200V/10A Pwr Cd China
#1397 — 4.3m 200V/10A Pwr Crd Argent
#1398 — 4.3m 100V/10A Power Cord Brazil

IBM System i5, eServer i5, and iSeries features and placement
135
Features and Rules
#5563
(cont.)
#5563- Mirror 70 GB Tower Package
#1410 — 200V 6-ft Line Cord
#1411 — 200V 14-ft Line Cord
#1412 — 125V 6-ft Line Cord
#1413 — 125V 14-ft Line Cord
#1414 — 200V 6-ft Locking Line Cord
#1415 — 200V 6-ft Watertight Line Cord
#1416 — 200V 14-ft Locking Line Cord
#1417 — 200V 14-ft Watertight Line
#1422 — 3m IEC 320 C13/14 PDU Cord
#1438 — 4.3m 200V/10A Pwr Cd AU/NZ
#1439 — 4.3m 200V/10A Pwr Cd EU/Asia
#1440 — 4.3m 200V/10A Pwr Cd Denmark
#1441 — 4.3m 200V/10A Pwr Cd S Africa
#1442 — 4.3m 200V/10A Pwr Cd Swiss
#1443 — 4.3m 200V/10A Pwr Cd UK
#1444 — 4.3m 200V/10A Pwr Cd Italy
#1445 — 4.3m 200V/10A Pwr Cd Israel
#6458 — 14-ft Int 250V/10A Pwr Cd
#6460 — 14-ft 125V/15A Power Cord
#6469 — 14-ft 250V/15A Power Cord
#6470 — 6-ft 125V/15A Power Cord
#6471 — 9-ft 125V/15A Power Cord
#6472 — 9-ft 250V/16A Power Cord
#6473 — 9-ft 250V/10A Power Cord
#6474 — 9-ft 250V/13A Power Cord
#6475 — 9-ft 250V/16A Power Cord
#6476 — 9-ft 250V/10A Power Cord
#6477 — 9-ft 250V/10A Power Cord
#6478 — 9-ft 250V/16A Power Cord
#6479 — 9-ft 250V/10A Power Cord
#6487 — 6-ft 250V/15A Power Cord
#6488 — 9-ft Dual Voltage Pwr Cd
#6493 — 9-ft 250V/10A Power Cord
#6494 — 9-ft 250V/10A Power Cord
#6495 — 9-ft 250V/10A Power Cord
#6496 — 9-ft 250V/10A Power Cord
#6497 — 6-ft 250V/15A Power Cord
#6498 — 6-ft 250V/15A Power Cord
#6651 — 9-ft 127V/15A Power Cord
#6659— 9-ft 240V/15A Power Cord
#6660 — 14-ft 127V/15A Power Cord
#6669 — 14-ft 240V/15A Power Cord
#6670 — 6-ft 125V/15A Power Cord
#6680 — 9-ft 250V/10A Power Cord
#6687 — 6-ft 250V/15A Power Cord
Supported on Models 520, 550, 570, 595, and 9411-100
The #5563 is a Customer Install Feature.
#5723#5723 2-Port Async EIA -232 PCI IOA
The #5723 provides connection for two asynchronous EIA-232 devices. Ports are programmable to support EIA-232
protocols at a line speed of 128 Kbps.
Provides two asynchronous ports. Occupies one PCI slot.
Minimum operating system level: AIX 5L for POWER, OS/400 V5R2 for iSeries
Supported on Models 520, 550, 570, and 595.
The #5723 is a Customer Install Feature.

136
IBM System i5, eServer i5, and iSeries System Builder: IBM i5/OS Version 5 Release 4
Features and Rules
#5790#5790 PCI Expansion Drawer
The #5790 mounts in a 19-inch rack using a #7307 Dual I/O Unit Enclosure or a #7311 Dual I/O Unit Enclosure. Two #5790
drawers can be mounted side by side in a single #7307 or #7311 and are not required to be attached to the same system.
The #5790 is a four EIA unit I/O expansion drawer that can accommodate six full-length 64bit PCI-X-blind swap I/O
adapters and is attached to the system using a RIO/HSL bus. The #5790 comes standard with two redundant power
supplies, and dual power cords, thus providing for redundant concurrently maintainable power and cooling and the blind
swap PCI mechanism allows for PCI card servicing without removing the I/O expansion drawer. A PDU in the rack is
optional.
The #5790 includes a #9531 Base HSL-2 Bus Adapter to provide the HSL-2 interface to the system. The IBM marketing
configurator adds #9531 Base HSL-2 Bus Adapter to the order.
Select an appropriate number of the following HSL/HSL-2 cables:
#1474 - 6m HSL to HSL-2 Cable
#1475 - 10m HSL to HSL-2 Cable
#1307 - 1.75m HSL-2 Cable (Not supported in rack-mounted Model 520 or 550 system unit.)
#1308 - 2.5m HSL-2 Cable
#1481 - 1.2m HSL-2 Cable (Not supported in rack-mounted Model 520 or 550 system unit.
#1481 - 1m HSL-2 Cable
#1482 - 4m HSL-2 Cable
#1483 - 10m HSL-2 Cable
Two of the following line cords must be ordered for use with each #5790:
#6451 - 14-ft 250V/10A Right Angle Power Cord
#6452- 14-ft 250V/10A Right Angle Power Cord
#6453- 14-ft 250V/10A Right Angle Power Cord
#6454- 14-ft 250V/10A Right Angle Power Cord
#6455- 14-ft 250V/10A Right Angle Power Cord
#6456- 14-ft 200-240V/12A Right Angle Power Cord
#6459 - 12-ft 250V/10A, Right Angle, Drawer to IBM PDU
#6461 - 14-ft 250V/10A Right Angle Power Cord
#6462- 14-ft 250V/10A Right Angle Power Cord
#6463 - 14-ft 250V/10A Right Angle Power Cord
#6464 - 14-ft 250V/10A Right Angle Power Cord
#6465 14-ft 250V/10A Right Angle Power Cord
#6466 14-ft 250V/10A Right Angle Power Cord
#6467 14-ft 250V/10A Right Angle Power Cord
#6468 14-ft 250V/10A Right Angle Power Cord
#6470 - 6-ft 125V/15A Line Cord United States/Canada
#6471 - 9-ft 125V/15A Line Cord Brazil
#6472 - 9-ft 250V/10A Line Cord EU/Asia
#6473 - 9-ft 250V/10A Line Cord Denmark
#6474 - 9-ft 250V/10A Line Cord UK
#6475 - 9-ft 250V/10A Line Cord Israel
#6476 - 9-ft 250V/10A Line Cord Switzerland
#6477 - 9-ft 250V/10A Line Cord South Africa/Pakistan
#6478 - 9-ft 250V/10A Line Cord Italy/Chile
#6479 - 9-ft 250V/10A Line Cord Australia/NZ/Argentina
#6487 - 6-ft 250V/15A Line Cord Thailand
#6488 - 9-ft 125V/15A or 250V/10A Uruguay/Brazil
#6493 - 9-ft 250V/10A Line Cord China
#6494 - 9-ft 250V/10A Line Cord India
#6496 - 9-ft 250V/10A Line Cord Korea
#6497 - 6-ft 250V/15A Line Cord non-IBM PDU
#6498 - 6-ft 250V/15A Line Cord non-IBM PDU
#6499 14-ft 250V/10A Right Angle Power Cord
#6651 - 9-ft 127V/15A Power Cord
#6659 - 9-ft 240V/15A Power Cord
#6660 - 14-ft 127V/15A Power Cord

IBM System i5, eServer i5, and iSeries features and placement
137
Features and Rules
#5790,
(cont.)
#5790 PCI Expansion Drawer, cont.
#6662 - 14-ft 240V/15A Power Cord
#6663 - 14-ft 240V/15A Power Cord
#6669 - 14-ft 240V/15A Power Cord
#6670 - 6-ft125V/15A Power Cord
#6680 - 9-ft 250V/10A Power Cord
#6681 14-ft 200-240V/10A Right Angle Power Cord
#6690 14-ft 200-240V/15A Power Cord
#6691 14-ft 200-240V/12A Power Cord
#6692 14-ft 200-240V/10A Power Cord
#6029 - 30m SPCN Cable
Select an appropriate number of the following SPCN cables for use with a #5790:
#0369 - 100m Optical SPCN Cable (Not supported on Model 520.)
#1468 - 250m Optical SPCN Cable (Not supported on Model 520.)
#6001 - 2m SPCN Cable (Not supported in rack-mounted Model 520 or 550 system unit.)
#6006 - 3m SPCN Cable
#6008 - 6m SPCN Cable
#6007 - 15m SPCN Cable
#6029 - 30m SPCN Cable
Minimum operating system level: i5/OS V5R3
Supported on Models 520, 550, 570, and 595.
The #5790 is a Customer Install Feature.
#6069#6069 Optional Front Door for 2.0m Rack
The #6069 provides an black full height rack door on the #0553 iSeries 2.0m Rack. The door is steel, with a perforated flat
front surface.
Optional feature is a #6580 Optional Rack Security Kit.
Requires an #0553 2.0m Rack.
Initial order or MES
The #6069 is a Customer Install Feature.
#6122#6122 UPIC Cable Primary Rack EIA 05
The #6122 feature provides redundant power cabling for an I/O drawer with the bottom of the drawer positioned at the 5U
location of the 24-inch primary system rack.
Supported on Model 595
The #6122 is an IBM Customer Service Representative setup feature.
#6186#6186 Bulk Power Regulator
The #6186 Bulk Power Regulator provides increments of power for use by the systems components such as fans, system
unit components, and I/O drawers.
Initial order or MES
Supported on Model 595
The #6186 is an IBM Customer Service Representative setup feature.
#6247#6247 2.0m Rack Trim Kit
The #6247 provides a trim kit for the front of a #0553 2.0m Rack.
Initial order or MES
The #6247 is a Customer Install Feature.
#6248#6248 1.8m Rack Acoustic Doors
The #6248 provides front and rear doors for use with the #0551 iSeries Rack. This door kit provides additional acoustic
dampening for use where a quieter environment is desired. The #6248 results in a larger footprint and requires additional
space.
Initial order or MES
The #6248 is a Customer Install Feature.
#6249#6249 2.0m Rack Acoustic Doors
The #6249 provides front and rear doors for use with the #0553 iSeries 2.0m Rack. This door kit provides additional
acoustic dampening for use where a quieter environment is desired. The #6249 results in a larger footprint and requires
additional space.
Initial order or MES
The #6249 is a Customer Install Feature.

138
IBM System i5, eServer i5, and iSeries System Builder: IBM i5/OS Version 5 Release 4
Features and Rules
#6251#6251 Slimline Doors - Primary Rack
The #6251 provides front and rear doors for use with the Model 595 24-inch primary rack. This slimline door kit provides a
minimized footprint for use where conservation of space is desired.
Initial order or MES
Supported on Model 595.
The #6251 is an IBM Customer Service Representative setup feature.
#6252#6252 Acoustic Doors - Primary Rack
The #6252 provides front and rear doors for use with the Model 595 24-inch primary rack. This door kit provides additional
acoustic dampening for use where a quieter environment is desired. The #6252 results in a larger footprint and requires
additional space.
Initial order or MES
Supported on Model 595.
The #6252 is an IBM Customer Service Representative setup feature.
#6417#6417 HSL-2/RIO-G Bus Adapter
The #6417 HSL-2/RIO-G Bus Adapter allows existing optical HSL/RIO connected towers the option of switching to copper
HSL-2/RIO-G connectivity. The #6417 provides copper HSL-2/RIO-G connectivity for the #5094, #5095/#0595, #5295,
#8094 PCI-X Expansion Towers and units.
Minimum operating system level: i5/OS V5R3
Supported on Models 520, 550, 570, and 595.
The #6417 is a Customer Install Feature.
#6460#6460 - 14-ft 125V/15A Power Cord
The #6460 is a 14-foot 125V/15A power cord that distributes power from a wall outlet to a system unit. #6460 has a type 4
plug and an IEC320 C13 connector.
Supported on Model 520 and 9411-100.
The #6460 is a Customer Install Feature.
#6574#6574 - 4-Disk Slot Expansion Base Controller
The #6574 - 4-Disk Slot Expansion Base Controller is a feature disk cage that can contain up to four disks (10k and 15k
rpm only). The #6574 enables the second set of four disk unit slots in the system unit to be used. The disks in the #6574
are driven by the integrated base SCSI disk controller with or without a #5709 or #5727 write cache. Disk unit hot-plugging
is allowed.
Minimum operating system level: i5/OS V5R3
Supported on Model 520.
The #6574 is a Customer Install Feature.
#6584#6584 4 Disk Slot Exp - PCI-X Controller
The #6584 - 4-Disk Slot Expansion is a disk backplane feature for the system unit, which enables the second four disk slots
for use by a separate disk controller plugged into a system unit PCI slot. Disk units plugged into the #6584 are controlled
by either a #5703 PCI-X RAID Disk Unit Controller or #5715 PCI-X Tape/DASD Controller.
A #6584 can be used for obtaining disk mirroring protection with other drives in the system or for enabling these drives in
another system partition.
The #6584 is not usable by either the embedded system unit disk controller or by a #5709 RAID Enabler Card
Supported on 9406 Model 520
The #6584 is a Customer Install Feature.
The #6584 is withdrawn from marketing as of 19 November 2004.
#6585#6585 - DASD Locking Kit
The #6585 provides a locking mechanism that secures up to four disk units in the Model 520. Two #6585 kits are required
to secure all eight available disk units in the Model 520. When #6585 is installed and secured with a user-provided padlock,
the disk units cannot be removed easily.
Supported only on Model 520.
The #6585 is a Customer Install Feature.
#6586#6586 Modem Tray for 19-Inch Rack
The #6586 Modem Tray for 19-Inch Rack provides hardware for installing one or two modems in a 19-inch rack. The
modem tray occupies 1U of rack space when it is mounted in the front of the rack. It provides a secure location in the rack
for external modems such as the ones attached to the Hardware Management Console. It is not a shelf.
Required: 19-inch rack with 1U rack space available
Supported in #0551, #0553, #0554, #0555 Racks, and on Models 520, 550, 570, 595, 520+, 550+, 570+, and 595 1.9 GHz.
The #6586 is a Customer Install Feature.

IBM System i5, eServer i5, and iSeries features and placement
139
Features and Rules
#6587#6587 Model 520 Rear Cover
The #6587 is a decorative rear cover which has sound deadening capability. The #6587 cover is for Model 520 deskside
servers which do not have external I/O attached to an HSL loop. The cover cannot be used if HSL cables are attached to
the Model 520 server.
Minimum operating system level: i5/OS V5R3
Supported on Model 520 configurations with #7885 520 Deskside specify code.
The #6587 is a Customer Install Feature.
#6592#6592 - 4 - Disk Slot Expansion - Base Controller
The #6592 is a disk backplane feature that enables the second set of four disk unit slots in the system to be used.
Disk units plugged into the #6592 are controlled by the integrated base controller with or without a #5709 or #5727 write
cache.
Supported on Models 550 and 550+.
The #6592 is a Customer Install Feature.
#6593#6593 - 4 - Disk Slot Expansion. - PCI -X Controller
The #6593 - 4-Disk Slot Expansion PCI-X Controller is a disk backplane feature for the Model 550 system unit which
enables the second four disk slots for use by a separate disk controller plugged into a system unit PCI slot. Disk units
plugged into the #6593 are controlled by another disk controller such as a #5703, #5715, #5736, #5737, #5775, #5776,
#0647, or #0648. The #6593 is not usable by the integrated system unit disk controller with or without its #5709/#5727 write
cache.
A #6593 can be used for obtaining disk mirroring protection with other drives in the system or for enabling these drives in
another system partition. Installation of a #6593 can enable a second RAID enabled partition with the system unit itself.
Supported on Models 550 and 550+.
The #6593 is a Customer Install Feature.
#6594#6594 - 4-Disk Slot Expansion PCI-X Controller
The #6594- 4-Disk Slot Expansion PCI-X Controller is a disk backplane feature for a system unit which enables the second
four disk slots for use by a separate disk controller plugged into a system unit PCI slot. Installation of a #6594 allows a
#5703 to be plugged in card slot 4 of the 520 system unit, enabling a second RAID enabled partition within the system unit
itself. Disk units plugged into the #6594 are controlled by another disk controller such as a #5715, #5736, #5737, #5775,
#5776, #0647, or #0648. The #6594 is not usable by the embedded system unit disk controller with or without its #5709 or
#5727 write cache.
A #6594 can be used for obtaining disk mirroring protection with other drives in the system or for enabling these drives in
another system partition. Installation of a #6594 can also enable a second RAID enabled partition within the system unit
itself.
The #5703 disk controller can control the #6594 disk units with the 1.5 and 1.65 GHz Model 520.
Minimum operating system level: i5/OS V5R3
Supported on Models 520 and 520+.
The #6594 is a Customer Install Feature.
#6580#6580 Optional Rack Security Kit
The #6580 Optional Rack Security Kit provides hardware that can be added to a rack to prevent unauthorized access. It
includes keyed front and rear locks for the standard door latches. It also includes two sliding bars that mount inside the left
and right rack side panels. The sliding bars are accessible when the rack rear door is open. They can be moved to a position
that disables the external latches on the rack side panels, and prevents removal of the side panels.
Requires a #0551 iSeries Rack or #0553 2.0m Rack.
Supported on Models 520, 550, 570, 595, 800, 810, 825, 870, and 890.
The #6580 is a Customer Install Feature.
#6598#6598 Disk Slot Filler
The #6598 Disk Slot Filler provides disk slot covers to install in disk slots which are emptied after the system unit is shipped
from IBM. Four disk slot filler covers are shipped with each #6598.
All disk bays should be filled with either disk drives or slot fillers when the system unit ships from IBM. If a disk is removed,
IBM recommends direct access storage device (DASD) bay slots are refilled with another disk drive or a disk slot filler. A
populated DASD bay maintains EMI compliance standards and helps ensure optimal thermal performance.
Supported on Models 520, 550, 570, 595, and 9411-100.
The #6598 is a Customer Install Feature.

140
IBM System i5, eServer i5, and iSeries System Builder: IBM i5/OS Version 5 Release 4
Features and Rules
#6863#6863 System i5 Slim-Line Doors
The #6863 - System i5 Slim-Line Doors provides front and rear doors for use with the Model 595 24-inch primary rack. This
slimline door kit provides a minimized footprint for use where conservation of space is desired. #6863 is functionally
equivalent to #6251, but has the System i5 name and accent color.
Supported on Model 595.
The #6863 is a Customer Install Feature.
#6864#6864 System i5 Acoustic Doors
The #6864 - System i5 Acoustic Doors provides front and rear doors for use with the Model 595 24-inch primary rack. This
door kit provides additional acoustic dampening for use where a quieter environment is desired. #6864 results in a larger
footprint and requires additional floor space. The #6864 is functionally equivalent to a #6252, but has the System i5 name
and accent color.
Supported on Model 595.
The #6864 is a Customer Install Feature.
#7002#7002 HSL Enabler
The #7002 HSL Enabler is a required feature on Model 800 processors when attaching an expansion tower or unit, or the
external Integrated xSeries Servers.
Supported on Model 800.
The #7002 is a Customer Install Feature.
The #7002 is withdrawn from marketing as of 01 June 2006.
#7116#7116 System Unit Expansion
The #7116 System Unit Expansion allows up to an additional 12 disk units to be added to the Models 800 and 810. The
#7116 has no PCI card slots and no removable media slots. The #7116 comes standard with support for six disk units, and
requires a #7136 DASD Expansion Unit - 6 slot when installing more than six disk units. The #7116 disk units are driven
by disk unit controllers located in the system unit.

One of the following line cords must be ordered with the #7116 System Unit Expansion:
#1410 - 200V 6-ft Line Cord
#1411 - 200V 14-ft Line Cord
#1412 - 125V 6-ft Line Cord (U.S. default)
#1414 - 200V 6-ft Locking Line Cord
#1415 - 200V 6-ft Watertight Line Cord
#1422 - 3m IEC 320 C13/C14 PDU Cord
#1438 - 4.3m 200V/10A Power Cord AU/NZ
#1439 - 4.3m 200V/10A Power Cord EU/Asia
#1440 - 4.3m 200V/10A Power Cord Denmark
#1441 - 4.3m 200V/10A Power Cord S Africa
#1442 - 4.3m 200V/10A Power Cord Swiss
#1443 - 4.3m 200V/10A Power Cord UK
#1444 - 4.3m 200V/10A Power Cord Italy
#1445 - 4.3m 200V/10A Power Cord Israel
The #7116 System Unit Expansion does not attach to the HSL interface.
Requires a#7137 DASD Concurrent Maintenance Cage for the #2463 Model 800 processor.
Supported on Models 800 and 810.
The #7116 is a Customer Install Feature.
The #7116 is withdrawn from marketing as of 01 June 2006.
#7124#7124 DASD Expansion Unit - 5 slot
The #7124 DASD Expansion Unit - 5 slot is a 5-pack DASD cage for the Model 825 system unit. The #7124 Includes the
DASD cage, DASD backplane and associated SCSI cables.
Maximum: Two
Supported on Model 825.
The #7124 is a Customer Install Feature.
The #7124 is withdrawn from marketing as of 01 June 2006.
#7136#7136 DASD Expansion Unit - 6 slot
The #7136 DASD Expansion Unit - 6 slot is a concurrent maintenance DASD expansion feature which is ordered to support
the second set of six disk units in a #7116 System Unit Expansion on the Models 800 and 810.
Supported on Models 800 and 810.
The #7136 is a Customer Install Feature.
The #7136 is withdrawn from marketing as of 01 June 2006.

IBM System i5, eServer i5, and iSeries features and placement
141
Features and Rules
#7137#7137 DASD Concurrent Maintenance Cage
The #7137 DASD Concurrent Maintenance Cage is a six unit DASD expansion feature for the #2463 Model 800 processor.
It replaces the base six unit DASD cage, and enables disk unit concurrent maintenance. The #7137 provides a higher
speed interface for disk devices, more than double the bandwidth of the base DASD cage. The #7137 is recommended for
15k rpm disk drives.
The #7137 is required if a #2757 PCI-X Ultra RAID Disk Controller or an #2780 PCI-X Ultra4 RAID Disk Controller is used
or a #7116 System Unit Expansion is installed.
When upgrading a #2463 Model 800 processor, process an RPO to remove the #7137 on the installed system.
The #2464 Model 800 includes a concurrent maintenance disk unit cage as part of the base system offering.
The #7137 is not a Customer Install Feature.
The #7137 is withdrawn from marketing as of 01 June 2006.
#7180#7180 Acoustic Front Door
The #7180 provides a front door which has acoustic dampening capabilities for the Model 520 deskside system. #7180 is
functionally equivalent to #7753 Acoustic Front Door, but has the System i5 name and accent color.
Supported on deskside 520+ models.
The #7180 is a Customer Install Feature.
#7181#7181 Easy-Access Front Cover
The #7181 provides a front cover which has an easy access bezel for the deskside Model 520. #7180 is functionally
equivalent to #7750 Easy-Access Front Cover, but has the System i5 name.
Supported on deskside 520+ models.
The #7181 is a Customer Install Feature.
#7182#7182 520 Rack Mount
The #7182 indicates this is a rack-mounted system unit. The system ships with IBM mounting rails for installation in an IBM
standard 19-inch rack. Rails are fixed at a 28 inch depth. A front bezel is included. The #7182 is functionally equivalent to
a #7884 520 Rack Mount, but the bezel has the System i5 name. Add #7198 Adjustable Depth Rack Rails to the #7182 if
adjustable length rails are needed.
Supported on rack mounted 520+ models.
The #7182 is a Customer Install Feature.
#7183#7183 550 Rack Mount
The #7183 indicates this is a rack-mounted system unit. The system ships with IBM mounting rails for installation in an IBM
standard 19-inch rack. Rails are adjustable up to a 29.25 inch depth. A front bezel is included. The #7183 is functionally
equivalent to a #7886 550 Rack Mount, but the bezel has the System i5 name.
Supported on rack mounted 550+ models.
The #7183 is a Customer Install Feature.
#7194#7194 Easy-Access Front Cover
The #7194 provides a front cover for the deskside Model 550 which has an easy access bezel. The #7194 is functionally
equivalent to a #7751 Easy-Access Front Cover, but has the System i5 name.
Supported on deskside 550+ models.
The #7194 is a Customer Install Feature.
#7197#7197 570 Front Bezel
The #7197 provides a front bezel for the Model 570. The #7197 is functionally equivalent to the bezel previously provided
without a feature code on the Model 570, but has the System i5 name.
Supported on Model 570+.
The #7197 is a Customer Install Feature.
#7198#7198 Adjustable Depth Rack Rails
The #7198 provides rails that are adjustable to a depth of 29.5 inches for mounting a Model 520 system unit in a non-IBM
rack. The fixed depth rail provided in the required #7884 520 Rack Mount specify code are replaced by the adjustable rails.
The adjustable rails are installed by the client. The combination of #7884 and #7198 is equivalent to a #7883 specify
feature.
Supported on Model 520+.
The #7198 is a Customer Install Feature.

142
IBM System i5, eServer i5, and iSeries System Builder: IBM i5/OS Version 5 Release 4
Features and Rules
#7199#7199 Acoustic Front Door
The #7199 provides a front door which has acoustic dampening capabilities for the deskside Model 550 system. The #7199
is functionally equivalent to a #7754 Acoustic Front Door, but has the System i5 name and accent color.
Supported on desk Model 550+.
The #7199 is a Customer Install Feature.
#7307#7307 Dual I/O Unit Enclosure
The #7307 Dual I/O Unit Enclosure provides the mounting hardware, with adjustable rails, required to install a #5790 I/O
drawer in a #0551, #0553, #0554, or #0555 rack. The enclosure can accommodate two #5790 drawers, side by side, but
it can also be used with only one #5790 drawer installed.
The #7307 and #7311 are functionally equivalent except the #7307 can be used in the #0554 and #0555 racks and has
rails adjustable to 29.25 inches depth.
Four EIA units of rack space are required in a #0551, #0553, #0554 or #0555 rack.
Supported on Models 520+, 550+, 570+, 595 1.9 GHz, 520, 550, 570, 595, and 9411-100.
The #7307 is a Customer Install Feature.
#7311#7311 Dual I/O Unit Enclosure
The #7311 Dual I/O Unit Enclosure provides the mounting hardware required to install a #5790 PCI Expansion Drawer in
a #0551, #0553, #0554, #0555 iSeries Rack. The enclosure can accommodate two #5790 drawers, side by side, but it can
also be used with only one #5790 unit installed.
Four EIA units of rack space are required in a #0551 or #0553 rack.
Supported on Models 520+, 550+, 570+, 595 1.9 GHz, 520, 550, 570, 595, and 9411-100.
The #7311 is a Customer Install Feature.
#7750#7750 - Easy access Front Cover
The #7750 provides an easy access front cover for the deskside Model 520.
Supported on deskside Model 520.
The #7750 is a Customer Install Feature.
#7751#7751 - Easy Access Front Cover
The #7751 provides an easy access front cover for the deskside Model 550.
Supported on deskside Model 550.
The #7751 is a Customer Install Feature.
#7753#7753 - Acoustic Front Door
The #7753 provides an acoustic front door fro the deskside Model 520.
Supported on deskside Model 520.
The #7753 is a Customer Install Feature.
#7754#7754 - Acoustic Front Door
The #7754 provides an acoustic front door fro the deskside Model 550.
Supported on deskside Model 550.
The #7754 is a Customer Install Feature.
#7768#7768 CPU Power Regulator
The #7768 provides a redundant processor power regulator for the Model 570 single enclosure system. One #7768 can be
ordered to provide hot-plug redundant power regulation.
Minimum operating system level: i5/OS V5R3
Supported single enclosure Model 570+ system only.
The #7768 is a Customer Install Feature.

IBM System i5, eServer i5, and iSeries features and placement
143
Features and Rules
#7780#7780 2.0m Rack Side Attach Kit
The #7780 allows a row of racks without side panels to be bolted together in a continuous suite, using the provided
side-to-side rack connecting hardware. When multiple racks are joined in this way, cables can be easily run between racks
without exiting the continuous rack enclosure. A small gap is maintained between the two adjacent racks, which is filled by
three matching steel trim pieces that snap into place on the front, top, and rear, between each rack. Side panels are needed
only for the two end racks of the suite.
Supported on #0553 iSeries 2.0 m Rack.
Initial order or MES.
The #7780 is a Customer Install Feature.
#7798#7798 Model 550 Non-IBM Rack Mount
The #7798 provides the necessary hardware to mount a Model 550 system unit in an non-IBM rack. The #7798 fits deeper
racks than the standard IBM 28-inch rack depth. Model 550 system orders containing #7798 are integrated into a non-IBM
rack at the customer location.
The #7798 is a Customer Install Feature.
#7818#7818 HSL-2/RIO-G 2-Ports Copper
The #7818 is a 2 port (copper) HSL-2/RIO-G bus adapter which provides connections for one HSL-2/RIO-G loop.
The #7818 is installed into an empty slot on one processor book.
Initial order or MES
Minimum operating system level: i5/OS V5R3, AIX 5L for POWER V5.2, AIX 5L for POWER V5.2
The #7818 is an IBM Customer Service Representative setup feature.
#7819#7819 HSL/RIO 2-Ports Optical
The #7819 is a 2 port optical HSL/RIO bus adapter which provides connections for one optical HSL/RIO loop. It is installed
into an empty slot on one processor book.
Initial order or MES
Minimum operating system level: i5/OS V5R3, SUSE Linux Enterprise Server 9 for POWER or Red Hat Enterprise Linux
AS for POWER Version 3, AIX 5L for POWER V5.2
The #7819 is an IBM Customer Service Representative setup feature.
The #7819 is withdrawn from marketing as of 30 August 2005.
#7837#7837 Bulk Power Distribution
The #7837 is a power distribution assembly which provides connector locations for cable attachment of I/O drawers and
system unit DC power converters on a Model 595. It provides 10 power connectors.
Initial order or MES.
The #7837 is an IBM Customer Service Representative setup feature.
#7840#7840 Side-by-Side for 1.8m Racks
The #7840 allows a row of racks without side panels to be bolted together in a continuous suite, using the provided
side-to-side rack connecting hardware. When multiple racks are joined in this way, cables can be easily run between racks
without having to exit the continuous rack enclosure. A small gap is maintained between the two adjacent racks, which is
filled by three matching steel trim pieces that snap into place on the front, top, and rear, between each rack. The trim pieces
cover the space between each rack for an enhanced appearance and for additional protection of the equipment inside the
racks. Side panels are needed only for the two end racks of the suite.
The #7840 is a Customer Install Feature.
#7841#7841 Rugged Rack Kit
The #7841 Rugged Rack Kit provides additional hardware that reinforces the rack and anchors it to the floor. The #7841
kit is designed to provide enhanced rigidity and stability for racks primarily installed in locations where earthquakes are a
concern. The feature includes a large steel brace or truss that bolts into the rear of the rack. It is hinged on the left side so
it can swing out of the way for easy access to the rack drawers when necessary. The #7841 also includes hardware for
bolting the rack to a concrete floor or a similar surface, and bolt-in steel filler panels for any unoccupied spaces in the rack.
Supported on Model 9411-100.
The #7841 is a Customer Install Feature.
#7861#7861 Blind Swap Cassette (Short)
The #7861 provides a short, type 3, blind swap cassette for use in the Model 570 system unit.
Supported on Models 570 and 9411-100.
The #7861 is a Customer Install Feature.

144
IBM System i5, eServer i5, and iSeries System Builder: IBM i5/OS Version 5 Release 4
Features and Rules
#7862#7862 Blind Swap Cassette (Long)
The #7862 provides a standard length, type 3, blind swap cassette for use in the Model 570 system unit.
Supported on Models 520, 550, 570, 595, and 9411-100.
The #7862 is a Customer Install Feature.
#7863#7863 Blind Swap Cassette (Double)
The #7863 provides a double wide standard length, type 3, blind swap cassette for the Integrated xseries Server used in
the Model 570 system unit.
Supported on Models 520, 550, 570, 595, and 9411-100.
The #7863 is a Customer Install Feature.
#7875#7875 CPU Power Regulator
The #7875 is a processor power regulator for the Model 570. One #7875 is required per processor card. A single redundant
#7875 can be ordered to provide redundant power regulation for the Model 570.
Supported on Model 570.
The #7875 is a Customer Install Feature.
#7881#7881 Service Processor
The #7881 is the Model 570 Service Processor. The #7881 contains the system Rack Indicator Port, two SPCN (RS485)
ports for control of attached I/O subsystems, and two Service Processor Ethernet /HMC ports.
Supported on Model 570.
The #7881 is a Customer Install Feature.
The #7881 is withdrawn from marketing as of 01 April 2005.
#7882#7882 SCSI to IDE Converter Card
The #7882 is a SCSI to integrated development environment (IDE) converter card used on the Model 570 to convert the
removable media bays from IDE format to SCSI. Although #7882 converts one IDE media bay to SCSI, it geographically
requires both slots.
Supported on Model 570.
The #7882 is a Customer Install Feature.
#7883#7883 Model 520 Non-IBM Rack Mount
The #7883 provides the necessary hardware to mount a Model 520 system unit in an non-IBM rack. The #7883 fits deeper
racks than the standard IBM 28-inch rack depth. Model 520 system orders containing #7883 are integrated into a non-IBM
rack at the customer location.
The #7883 is a Customer Install Feature.
#7884#7884 520 Rack Mount
The #7884 indicates that this order is for a rack-mount Model 520 system. The system ships with fixed length IBM mounting
rails for installation in an IBM rack.
Conversion from #7884 520 Rack Mount to #7885 520 Deskside is available first quarter 2005.
The #7884 is a Customer Install Feature.
#7885#7885 520 Deskside
The #7885 indicates that this order is for a deskside Model 520 system.
Conversion from #7885 520 Deskside to #7884 520 Rack Mount is available first quarter 2005.
The #7885 is a Customer Install Feature.
#7886#7886 550 Rack Mount
The #7886 indicates that this order is for a rack-mount Model 550 system. The system ships with fixed length IBM mounting
rails for installation in an IBM rack.
The #7886 is a Customer Install Feature.
#7887#7887 550 Deskside
The #7887 indicates that this order is for a deskside Model 550 system.
The #7887 is a Customer Install Feature.
#7889 Redundant Power Supply
The #7889 is an optional 1475W power supply, which provides redundant power for the Model 550 system unit. A second
line cord is required.
Supported on Model 550.
The #7889 is a Customer Install Feature.

IBM System i5, eServer i5, and iSeries features and placement
145
Features and Rules
#7937#7937 - 595 Bolt-Down (Lo Raised Fl)
The #7937 provides Rack ruggedizing and bolt-down hardware for securing a 24-inch rack to a concrete floor beneath a
9.25" to a 11.75" (235 mm to 298 mm) raised floor. Installation of this feature helps to secure and protect the rack and its
contents from damage when exposed to vibrations and shocks, such as those in a seismic event
Supported on Model 595.
The #7937 is not a Customer Install Feature.
#7938#7938 - 595 Bolt-Down (Hi Raised Fl)
The #7938 provides Rack ruggedizing and bolt-down hardware for securing a 24-inch rack to a concrete floor beneath a
11.75" to 16.0" (298 mm to 405 mm) raised floor. Installation of this feature helps to secure and protect the rack and its
contents from damage when exposed to vibrations and shocks, such as those in a seismic event.
Supported on Model 595.
The #7938 is not a Customer Install Feature.
#7939#7939 - 595 Bolt-Down (Non-Raised Fl)
The #7939 provides Rack ruggedizing and bolt-down hardware for securing a 24-inch rack to a concrete floor. Installation
of this feature helps to secure and protect the rack and its contents from damage when exposed to vibrations and shocks,
such as those in a seismic event.
Supported on Model 595.
The #7939 is not a Customer Install Feature.
#7940
#7941
#7942
#7992
#7940, #7941, #7942, #7992 - Advanced Power Virtualization
The #7940, #7941, #7942, and #7992 provide both Virtual I/O Server and Partition Load Manager capability. The Virtual
I/O Server is a special-purpose partition that provides virtual I/O resources to AIX 5L and Linux client partitions. The Virtual
I/O Server owns the resources that are shared with clients. A physical adapter assigned to a partition can be shared by one
or more other partitions, enabling administrators to minimize the number of physical adapters they require for individual
clients. The Virtual I/O Server helps reduce costs by eliminating the need for dedicated network adapters, disk adapters,
and disk drives.
The Partition Load Manager (PLM) provides automated processor and memory distribution between dynamic LPARs and
Micro-Partition-capable LPARs running the AIX 5L operating system. The PLM application is based on a client/server
model for the sharing of system information, such as processor or memory events, across concurrent present LPARs.
Each feature ordered provides one processor authorization. One processor authorization is required for each processor's
worth of workload used across all partitions utilizing Advanced POWER Virtualization.
Supported on #7940 Model 520, #7941 Model 550, #7942 Model 570, #7992 Model 595.
The #7940, #7941, #7942, #7992 are Customer Install Features.
#7997#7997 - Service Processor
The #7997 provides optional redundant service processor function for the Model 570. One service processor is included in
each Model 570. Initial iSeries Model 570 shipments did not use a feature code to designate the presence of the first service
processor. Later Model 570 shipments use feature #8420 to designate the first service processor.
The #7997 contains the system Rack Indicator Port, two SPCN (RS485) ports for control of attached I/O subsystems, and
two Service Processor Ethernet / Hardware Management Console (HMC) ports.
Because a second Model 570 processor enclosure is required for the #7997, it cannot be installed in 1/2-way and 2/4-way
servers.
Supported on Model 570.
The #7997 is a Customer Install Feature.

146
IBM System i5, eServer i5, and iSeries System Builder: IBM i5/OS Version 5 Release 4
Features and Rules
#8093#8093 Optional 1.8 M I/O Rack
The #8093 Optional 1.8 M I/O Rack is an optional base I/O rack shipped on the Model 890 instead of a #9094 Base PCI
I/O Enclosure. The #8093 supports up to 90 disk units with a #5101/#5111 installed in the top unit and a #5107/#5117
installed in the lower unit, up to 28 PCI IOA slots, and up to four removable media units. A #9691/#9739 HSL bus adapter
is required for the upper unit. The #8093 has two battery back up units and redundant or hot swap power supplies.
The PCI IOAs are supported (driven) by two #9943 Base PCI IOPs and #2843/#2844/#2847 PCI IOPs, or the #2792/#2799
PCI Integrated xSeries Server. An #8093 is a #9094 Base PCI I/O Enclosure with a #5074 (#0574 specify code) tower
packaged in a rack.
The #8093 is capable of controlling Ultra2 SCSI disk units. It also supports up to three additional removable media devices
(internal tape or CD-ROM or DVD-ROM/RAM). The following removable media devices are supported by a #2757, #2780,
#4748, or #4778 PCI RAID Disk Unit Controller. If the top enclosure is to be attached to a different system than ordered,
process an RPO to remove the #0574 specify code from the initially ordered machine and add it to the target machine.
The #8093 can be converted to a #5097.
Select three or four of the following HSL cables depending on the requirements of optical and copper HSL:
#1482 - 3.5m HSL-2 Cable
#1483 - 10m Optical HSL-2 Cable
#1485 - 15m HSL-2 Cable
And select two (any combination) of the following HSL to HSL-2 cables:
#1474 - 6m HSL to HSL-2 Cable
#1475 - 10m HSL to HSL-2 Cable
Select two of the following SPCN cables per tower:
#0369 100m Optical SPCN Cable
#1463 - 2m SPCN Cable
#1464 - 6m SPCN Cable
#1465 - 15m SPCN Cable
#1466 - 30m SPCN Cable
#1468 - 250m Optical SPCN Cable
Specify two line cords for the #8093 Optional 1.8 M I/O Rack. Some countries or regions offer fewer choices of line cords
and some countries or regions are shipped a default line cord type.
Supported for conversion only on the Model 570 and 595; cannot be ordered.
The #8093 is a Customer Install Feature.

IBM System i5, eServer i5, and iSeries features and placement
147
Features and Rules
#8094 #8094 Optional 1.8 M I/O Rack
The #8094 Optional 1.8 M I/O Rack is a racking option for the Model 890. It supports up to 90 disk units, has 28 PCI-X
IOP/IOA slots, and has four removable media bays. The #8094 consists of a 1.8 m rack with two enclosures. The bottom
enclosure is essentially a #9094 Base PCI I/O Enclosure with side covers and casters removed and with the #5107 30 Disk
Expansion included as base (no feature code required). The bottom unit includes a #9587. The top enclosure is essentially
a #5094 PCI-X Expansion Tower with side covers and casters removed, and with the #5108 30-Disk Expansion Feature
included as base (no feature code required). The top unit includes a #9886 or #9887, #9876 or #9877 or #9715.
Included with the bottom enclosure are one JTAG cable and one V/S Communications (VPD and SPCN) cable to attach
the bottom enclosure to the Model 890 system unit. Also included are a #9887 Base HSL-2 Bus Adapter and #9844 Base
PCI IOP. A #2757 PCI-X Ultra™ RAID Disk Controller or #4748/#4778 PCI RAID Disk Unit Controller is required with this
unit.
Included with the top enclosure is a #9887 Base HSL-2 Bus Adapter or a #9886 Base Optical Bus Adapter to provide the
HSL interface to the system (specify one, one feature code required), #0694 - #5094 Equivalent (feature code required),
and #9844 Base PCI IOP (feature code required).
Each enclosure supports 45 disk unit positions for a total of 90 disk units. The 45 disk unit positions are in groups of 15.
Each group of 15 disk units is further divided into three groups of five disk units. Each group of five disk units is supported
on a separate Ultra4 SCSI (LVD-SCSI) bus from a #2757, #2780, #4748, or #4778 PCI RAID Disk Unit Controller. See the
PCI Expansion Tower layout and disk unit plugging sequence diagrams in 6.1, “System i towers, racks, and expansion unit
schematics” on page 277. Each group of 15 disk units requires support by one #2757, #2780, #4748, or #4778 PCI RAID
Disk Unit Controller.
The #5294 and #8094 expansion towers offer additional LPAR configuration flexibility. Instead of the previous maximum
number of six disk controllers supported in a #5294/#8094, now up to eighteen total disk controllers are supported. These
can be either OS/400 controlled (maximum of six OS/400 partitions) or Linux controlled. The #5703/#0628 disk controller
can be used to go beyond the maximum of three, already supported #2757, #2780, #4748, and #4778 disk controllers per
top or bottom unit of the #5294/#8094.
Each tower must have at least one #2748, #2757, #2780, #4748, or #4778 for each group of 15 disk units in the tower.
Only the #5703/#0628 can be ordered as an extra controller (up to two #5703/#0628s per group of 15 disk units in the same
tower) #0143 Disk Controller Placement Exception is also ordered. The #2748, #2757, #2780, #4748, or #4778 disk
controllers cannot be ordered as extra controllers if #0143 is also ordered.
The #8094 Optional 1.8 M I/O Rack supports up to four removable media devices (internal tape, CD-ROM, and DVD). The
following removable media devices are supported by the two #2757, #2780, #4748, or #4778 PCI RAID Disk Unit
Controllers which support the first group of 15 disk units in each enclosure.
The two enclosures in the #8094 Optional 1.8 M I/O Rack are separately attached to the system unit via HSL cables as
though they were a stand-alone #9094 Base PCI I/O Enclosure and #5094 PCI-X Expansion Tower. They are treated as
separate units for HSL loop plugging and configuration rules and recommendations. The bottom enclosure must be
attached to the system unit’s first HSL loop. Both enclosures can be connected to the first HSL loop. The top enclosure of
the #8094 can be used on a different system than the bottom enclosure, but cannot be ordered this way. To use the top
enclosure on another system, after the system is received, process an RPO to remove the #0694 or #5094 Equivalent from
the records of the original ordered system and add it to the records of the other system.
For the Model 800 and 810, if the #8094 attaches to HSL ports A0 or A1, the HSL cable cannot exceed 6 m. For the Model
820, if the #8094 attaches to the HSL port A1 of the system unit, the HSL cable connection to port A1 cannot exceed 6 m.
Select an appropriate number of the following HSL/HSL-2 cables:
#1307 -1.75m Copper HSL-2 Cable
#1470 - 6m Optical HSL Cable
#1471 - 30m Optical HSL Cable
#1473 - 250m Optical HSL Cable
#1474 - 6m HSL to HSL-2 Cable
#1475 - 10m HSL to HSL-2 Cable
#1482 - 3.5m HSL-2 Cable
#1483 - 10m HSL-2 Cable
#1485 - 15m HSL-2 Cable

148
IBM System i5, eServer i5, and iSeries System Builder: IBM i5/OS Version 5 Release 4
Features and Rules
#8094
(cont.)
#8094 Optional 1.8 M I/O Rack
Select two line cords from the following list for the lower enclosure (#9094 Base PCI I/O Enclosure):
#1451 - 200V 6-ft Line Cord
#1452 - 200V 14-ft Line Cord
#1453 - 200V 6-ft Locking Line Cord
#1454 - 200V 12A 14-ft TL Line Cord (Default-US)
#1455 - 200V 6-ft Watertight Line Cord
#1456 - 200V 14-ft Watertight Line Cord
#1406 - 200V 16A 14-ft TL Line Cord
#1408 - 4.3m 200V/16A Power Cord Italy
#1409 - 4.3m 200V/16A Power Cord AU/NZ
#1418 - 4.3m 200V/16A Power Cord S Africa
#1419 - 4.3m 200V/16A Power Cord Israel
#1420 - 4.3m 200V/16A Power Cord CH/DK
#1421 - 4.3m 200V/16A Power Cord EU/Asia
#1476 - 4.3m 200V 12A Power Cord UK
If a #5115 Dual Line Cords Tower is not present, select one line cord from the following list for the upper enclosure (#5094).
If a #5115 Dual Line Cords Tower is present, select two line cords from the following list for the upper enclosure (#5094):
#1406 - 200V 16A 14-ft TL Line Cord
#1408 - 4.3m 200V/16A Power Cord Italy
#1409 - 4.3m 200V/16A Power Cord AU/NZ
#1418 - 4.3m 200V/16A Power Cord S Africa
#1419 - 4.3m 200V/16A Power Cord Israel
#1420 - 4.3m 200V/16A Power Cord CH/DK
#1421 - 4.3m 200V/16A Power Cord EU/Asia
#1451 - 200V 6-ft Line Cord
#1452 - 200V 14-ft Line Cord
#1453 - 200V 6-ft Locking Line Cord
#1454 - 200V 12A 14-ft TL Line Cord (default-U.S.)
#1455 - 200V 6-ft Watertight Line Cord
#1456 - 200V 14-ft Watertight Line Cord
#1457 - 200V 6-ft Upper Line Cord
#1458 - 200V 6-ft Upper Locking Cord
#1459 - 200V 6-ft Upper Watertight Cord
#1476 - 4.3m 200V 12A Power Cord UK
Select one of the following SPCN cables (for the upper unit):
#0369 100m Optical SPCN Cable
#1463 - 2m SPCN Cable
#1464 - 6m SPCN Cable
#1465 - 15m SPCN Cable
#1466 - 30m SPCN Cable
#1468 - 250m Optical SPCN Cable
#6001 Power Control Cable - 2M
#6006 Power Control Cable - 3M
#6007 Power Control Cable - 15M
#6008 Power Control Cable - 6M
#6029 Power Control Cable - 30M
The #8094 Optional 1.8 M I/O Rack reports to the system as CCIN 8094-001 for the bottom enclosure and 8094-002 for
the top enclosure.
Minimum operating system level: OS/400 V5R2
The #8094 is not a Customer Install Feature.
The #8094 is withdrawn from marketing as of 01 October 2005.

IBM System i5, eServer i5, and iSeries features and placement
149
Features and Rules
#8294#8294 Optional Base 1.8m Rack
The #8294 is a racking option for a Model 595. It supports up to 90 disk units, has 28 PCI-X slots and has four removable
media slots. The #8294 consists of a 1.8m rack with two enclosures; a bottom enclosure and a top enclosure.
The bottom enclosure is essentially a #9194 Base PCI-X Expansion Tower with side covers and casters removed and with
a 30-disk expansion feature included as base (no feature code required).
The top enclosure is essentially a #5094 PCI-X Expansion Tower with side covers and casters removed and a 30-disk
expansion feature included as base (no feature code required). Included with the bottom enclosure is a #9517 Base
HSL-2/RIO-G Bus Adapter and a #9844 Base PCI IOP. Also, a #2780 PCI-X Ultra4 RAID Disk Controller is required to drive
the load source DASD and the removable media devices.Included with the top enclosure is a #9517 Base HSL-2/RIO-G
Bus Adapter or a #9876 Base Optical Bus Adapter (select one), a #9844 Base PCI IOP and a #0694 - #5094 Equivalent.
Each enclosure supports 45 disk units for a total of 90 disk units. The 45 disk unit positions are partitioned into groups of
15, and each group of 15 requires support by one #2780 PCI-X Ultra4 RAID Disk Controller. Each group of 15 is further
divided into groups of 5 disk units, each group of 5 disk units supported on a separate Ultra4 SCSI bus from the #2780
PCI-X Ultra4 RAID Disk Controller.
The tower and drawer configurations longer include a #9844 Base PCI IOP as of 31 January 2006 with the announcement
of IOP-less support in IBM System i5 and eServer i5 servers. Refer to “#9844 Inclusion Rules” on page 174.
The #8294 also supports up to four removable media devices. These removable media devices are supported by the two
#2780 PCI-X Ultra4 RAID Disk Controllers which support the first group of 15 disk units in each enclosure.
The two enclosures in the #8294 are separately attached to the system unit via HSL cables as though they are stand-alone
#9194 and #5094. The bottom enclosure must be on the first HSL loop attached via two HSL-2/RIO-G cables to the system
unit and the top enclosure can be on this same HSL loop or a separate HSL loop. The top enclosure can be attached via
HSL to a different system than the bottom enclosure, but cannot be ordered this way. When the system is received, process
an RPO to remove the #0694 from the records of the original ordered system and add it to the records of the other system.
An HSL loop uses all optical or all copper ports/cables. A copper loop can intermix I/O towers/units with copper HSL and
copper HSL-2 ports. Select the appropriate cable based on the type of HSL ports to which it is being attached, and the
cable length required.
The following HSL cables can be used with an #8294:
#1307 -1.75m Copper HSL-2 Cable
#1308 -2.5m Copper HSL-2 Cable
#1460 - 3m Copper HSL Cable
#1461 - 6m Copper HSL Cable
#1462 - 15m Copper HSL Cable
#1470 - 6m Optical HSL Cable
#1471 - 30m Optical HSL Cable
#1472 - 100m Optical HSL Cable
#1473 - 250m Optical HSL Cable
#1474 - 6m HSL to HSL-2 Cable
#1475 - 10m HSL to HSL-2 Cable
#1481 - 1m HSL-2 Cable
#1482 - 3.5m HSL-2 Cable
#1483 - 10m HSL-2 Cable
Both the top and bottom enclosures in the #8294 must be connected via SPCN cables, they must be in an SPCN cable
loop. Three SPCN cables are required to connect both enclosures of the #8294 to the
ports of the system unit. If the top enclosure of the #8294 is attached to a different system unit, then the top enclosure is
connected to the SPCN cable loop of that system and one or two SPCN cables are required.
The #8294 is a Customer Install Feature.

150
IBM System i5, eServer i5, and iSeries System Builder: IBM i5/OS Version 5 Release 4
Features and Rules
#8294
(cont.)
#8294 Optional Base 1.8m Rack
Select three or four of the following SPCN cables for each #8294:
#1463 - 2m SPCN Cable
#1464 - 6m SPCN Cable
#1465 - 15m SPCN Cable
#1466 - 30m SPCN Cable
#0369 100m Optical SPCN Cable
#1468 - 250m Optical SPCN Cable
#6001 Power Control Cable - 2M
#6006 Power Control Cable - 3M
#6007 Power Control Cable - 15M
#6008 Power Control Cable - 6M
#6029 Power Control Cable - 30M
Dual line cord capability is required with the bottom enclosure of the #8294, #5164 Dual Power Cord is required on the
order. Dual line cord capability is also required on the top enclosure of the #8294, with a #5165 Dual Power Cord, if the top
enclosure is attached to the same system unit as the bottom enclosure. If the top enclosure is attached to a different system
unit, then #5165 is optional. An additional line cord (for a total of four) must be ordered when a #5165 is installed. Plugging
in the second line cord, even if to the same outlet, enables the AC power modules to be redundant.
The following line cords are supported on an #8294 (three or four line cord features required):
#1399 - 4.3m 300V/16A
#1406 - 200V 16A 14-ft TL Line Cord
#1408 - 4.3m 200V/16A Power Cd Italy
#1409 - 4.3m 200V/16A Per Cd AU/NZ
#1418 - 4.3m 200V/16A Per Cd S Africa
#1419 - 4.3m 200V/16A Per Cd Israel
#1420 - 4.3m 200V/16A Per Cd EU/Asia
#1421 - 4.3m 200V/16A Per Cd CH/DK
#1451 - 200V 6-ft Line Cord
#1452 - 200V 14-ft Line Cord
#1453 - 200V 6-ft Locking Line Cord
#1454 - 200V 12A 14-ft TL Line Cord
#1455 - 200V 6-ft Watertight Line Cord
#1456 - 200V 14-ft Watertight Line Cord
#1476 - 4.3m 200V/12A Power Cd UK
Initial order or MES
Minimum operating system level: i5/OS V5R3, SUSE Linux Enterprise Server 9 for POWER or Red Hat Enterprise Linux
AS for POWER Version 3, AIX 5L for POWER V5.2
The #8294 is a Customer Install Feature.
#8420#8420 - Base Service Processor
Provides service processor function for the Model 570. #8420 contains the system Rack Indicator Port, two SPCN (RS485)
ports for control of attached I/O subsystems, and two Service Processor Ethernet/Hardware Management Console (HMC)
ports.
Supported on Model 570.
The #8420 is a Customer Install Feature.
#8453#8453 - Base custom placement
The #8453 places hardware components as directed by hardware placement information from the LPAR Verification Tool
(LVT). The #8453 is supported on new system builds only.
If #8453 is not on the initial order, hardware placement can be provided at the customer site by IBM Global Services for a
fee.
Initial order or MES
Supported on Model 570.
Customer Install Feature: n/a

IBM System i5, eServer i5, and iSeries features and placement
151
Features and Rules
#9074#9074 Base I/O Tower
The #9074 Base I/O Tower is the base I/O tower shipped on the Model 830. The #9074 supports up to 45 disk units (15
units are “base”, with an additional 30 provided with #5101 or #5111), up to 11 PCI IOAs, up to two removable media units,
one battery backup, and redundant or hot swap power supplies. The #9074 has a #9943 Base PCI IOP and a #9748 Base
PCI RAID Disk Unit Controller. The 14 PCI slots are used and supported (driven) by the #9943 Base PCI IOP and by
#2843/#2844/#2847 PCI IOPs.
The #2790 PCI Integrated Netfinity Server or the #2791/#2792/#2799 PCI Integrated xSeries Server can also support
selected LAN cards.
The #1460 - 3m Copper HSL Cable is included automatically on the order.
Select an additional two of the following HSL cables when the Model 830 is in a clustered loop with the Models 825, 870,
or 890:
#1474 - 6m HSL to HSL-2 Cable
#1475 - 10m HSL to HSL-2 Cable
One #14xx power cord must be specified (geography dependent). See 11.2, “SPCN (power) cables” on page 382 for power
cord options.
The #9074 is capable of controlling Ultra2 SCSI disk units.
The two removable media devices (internal tape, CD-ROM or DVD) are supported by the #9748/#9778.
The #9074 is a Customer Install Feature.
The #9074 is withdrawn from marketing as of 01 January 2004. A #5074 attached to the Model 520 or 570 is the
recommended replacement.
#9079#9079 Base I/O Tower
The #9079 Base I/O Tower is the base I/O tower shipped on the Model 840. The #9079 supports up to 45 disk units (15
are “base”, with an additional 30 provided with #5101 or #5111), up to 11 PCI IOAs, up to two removable media units, one
battery backup, and redundant or hot swap power supplies. The #9079 has a #9943 Base PCI IOP and a #9748 Base PCI
RAID Disk Unit Controller. The 14 PCI slots are used and supported (driven) by the #9943 Base PCI IOP and by
#2843/#2844/#2847 PCI IOPs. The #2790 PCI Integrated Netfinity Server or the #2791/#2792/#2799 PCI Integrated
xSeries Server can also support selected LAN cards.
Select two (any combination) of the following HSL cables:
#1460 - 3m Copper HSL Cable
#1461 - 6m Copper HSL Cable
#1462 - 15m Copper HSL Cable
Select an additional two of the following HSL cables, when the Model 840 is in a clustered loop with Model 825, 870 or 890:
#1474 - 6m HSL to HSL-2 Cable
#1475 - 10m HSL to HSL-2 Cable
Select one of the following SPCN cables per tower:
#1463 - 2m SPCN Cable
#1464 - 6m SPCN Cable
#1465 - 15m SPCN Cable
#1466 - 30m SPCN Cable
One #14xx power cord (two when dual line cord feature #5104 is ordered for the 840 system unit) feature must be specified
(geography dependent). See Chapter 11, “HSL, SPCN, line cord, and communication cables for IBM System i5, eServer
i5, and iSeries systems” on page 377 for power and line cord options.
The #9079 is capable of controlling Ultra2 SCSI disk units.
The two removable media devices (internal tape, CD-ROM, and DVD) are supported by the #9748/#9778 PCI Raid Disk
Unit Controller.
Supported on Models 840, 870, 890.
The #9079 is a Customer Install Feature.

152
IBM System i5, eServer i5, and iSeries System Builder: IBM i5/OS Version 5 Release 4
Features and Rules
#9094#9094 Base PCI I/O Enclosure
The #9094 Base PCI I/O Enclosure is the base enclosure shipped with the 870 and 890 system units to constitute a system.
The #9094 is attached to the system unit via HSL cable through a #9887 Base HSL-2 Bus Adapter. A #9887 Base HSL-2
Bus Adapter is required on the order. One JTAG cable and one V/S Communications cable (VPD and SPCN combined)
are included for the attachment of the #9094 to the system unit.
The #9094 Base PCI I/O Enclosure has 15 disk unit slots, with an additional 30 slots available with #5107 30 Disk
Expansion. The #9094 also has two removable media slots and 14 PCI-X card slots. A #9844 Base PCI IOP or #9943 Base
PCI IOP is included (feature code required) and a #2757 PCI-X Ultra RAID Disk Controller or #4748/#4778 PCI RAID Disk
Unit Controller is required. The #2757, #2780, #4748, or #4778 drives the disk units in the base 15 disk unit slots and the
removable media devices in the two removable media slots. The #2757, #2780, #4748, or #4778 disk unit controllers (one
or two) are required to drive the disk units in the 30 feature disk unit slots. The disk unit slots (both base and feature) are
in groups of 15. Each group of 15 is further divided into three groups of five disk units. Each group of five disk units is on a
separate SCSI bus from a #4748/#4778/#2757/#2780/#5703/#5715
The #5094 and #9094 expansion towers offer additional LPAR configuration flexibility. Instead of the previous maximum
number of three disk controllers supported in a #5094/#9094, now up to nine total disk controllers are supported. These
can be either OS/400 controlled (maximum of six OS/400 partitions) or Linux controlled. The #5294 and #8094 are similarly
enhanced and now support a maximum of 18 disk controllers. The #5703/#0628 disk controller can be used to go beyond
the maximum of three, already supported #2757, #2780, #4748, and #4778 disk controllers.
Each tower must have at least one #2748, #2757, #2780, #4748, or #4778 for each group of 15 disk units in the tower.
Only the #5703/#0628 can be ordered as an extra controller (up to two #5703/#0628s per group of 15 disk units in the same
tower) if #0143 Disk Controller Placement Exception is also ordered. The #2748, #2757, #2780, #4748, or #4778 disk
controllers cannot be ordered as extra controllers if #0143 is also ordered. A maximum of six #5703/#0628s per
#5094/#9094 tower are supported
The number of disk units per #2757 and #2780 varies by configuration:
Up to 20 disk units per #2757 are supported in a #5094 PCI-X Expansion Tower attached to a Model 520, 550 570, or 595.
Up to 18 disk units per #2757 are supported in the system unit with System Unit Expansion disk cages of the Model 270,
800, and 810. Up to 15 disk units per #2757 are supported in a #9094 Base PCI I/O Enclosure attached to a Model 870 or
890.
The 14 PCI slots are used and supported (driven) by the #9844 Base PCI IOP or the #9943 Base PCI IOP, by feature
#2843/#2844/#2847 PCI IOPs and by #2790/#2791/#2792/#2799 PCI Integrated xSeries Servers or #4710/#9710
Integrated xSeries Servers.
Select two (any combination) of the following HSL cables:
#1482 - 3.5m HSL-2 Cable
#1483 - 10m HSL-2 Cable
#1485 - 15m HSL-2 Cable
With a #5114 Dual Line Cords Tower, two of the following line cords for the #9094 Base PCI I/O Enclosure are required to
be specified:
#1406 - 200V 16A 14-ft TL Line Cord
#1408 - 4.3m 200V/16A Power Cord Italy
#1409 - 4.3m 200V/16A Power Cord AU/NZ
#1418 - 4.3m 200V/16A Power Cord S Africa
#1419 - 4.3m 200V/16A Power Cord Israel
#1420 - 4.3m 200V/16A Power Cord EU/Asia
#1421 - 4.3m 200V/16A Power Cord CH/DK
#1451 - 200V 6-ft Line Cord
#1452 - 200V 14-ft Line Cord
#1453 - 200V 6-ft Locking Line Cord
#1454 - 200V 12A 14-ft TL Line Cord (default U.S.)
#1455 - 200V 6-ft Watertight Line Cord

#1456 - 200V 14-ft Watertight Line Cord
#1476 - 4.3m 200V/12A Power Cord UK
Supported on Models 870 and 890.
The #9094 is not a Customer Install Feature.
The #9094 is withdrawn from marketing as of 1 October 2005.

IBM System i5, eServer i5, and iSeries features and placement
153
Features and Rules
#9194#9194 Base PCI-X Expansion Tower
This feature is the base PCI I/O enclosure which is shipped with a Model 595 system. The #9194 is attached to the Model
595 system unit via 2 HSL-2/RIO-G cables (HSL-2/RIO-G loop) through a #9517 Base HSL-2/RIO-G Bus Adapter. Two
SPCN cables are also required to form an SPCN loop with service processor(s) in the system unit. The #9194 also has
dual line cord capability; #5164 Dual Power Cords - #8294/#9194 must be on the order.

The #9194 has 15 disk unit slots, with an additional 30 slots available with a #5168 30-Disk Expansion for the #9194 Tower.
The #9194 also has 2 removable media slots and 14 PCI card slots. A #9844 Base PCI IOP is included (feature code
required) and a #2780 PCI-X Ultra4 RAID Disk Controller is also required. The #2780 drives the disk units in the base 15
disk unit slots and the removable media devices in the 2 removable media slots. One or two #2780 disk unit controllers are
required to drive the disk units in the 30 feature disk unit slots. The disk unit slots (both base and feature) are partitioned
in groups of 15 and each group of 15 is further partitioned into three groups of five. Each group of five is on a separate
Ultra4 SCSI bus from the ##2780 PCI-X Ultra4 RAID Disk Controller.

The 11 PCI IOAs are supported (driven) by the #9844 Base PCI IOP, by #2844 PCI IOP(s) and by #4810/#4812 PCI
Integrated xSeries Servers.
Select two (any combination) of the following HSL cables:
#1307 -1.75m Copper HSL-2 Cable
#1308 -2.5m Copper HSL-2 Cable
#1482 - 3.5m HSL-2 Cable
#1483 - 10m HSL-2 Cable

Specify two of the following line cords for the #9194 Base PCI Enclosure:
#1451 - 200V 6-ft Line Cord
#1452 - 200V 14-ft Line Cord
#1453 - 200V 6-ft Locking Line Cord
#1454 - 200V 12A 14-ft TL Line Cord (Default-US)
#1455 - 200V 6-ft Watertight Line Cord
#1456 - 200V 14-ft Watertight Line Cord
#1406 - 200V 16A 14-ft TL Line Cord
#1408 - 4.3m 200V/16A Power Cd Italy
#1409 - 4.3m 200V/16A Power Cd AU/NZ
#1418 - 4.3m 200V/16A Power Cd S Africa
#1419 - 4.3m 200V/16A Power Cd Israel
#1420 - 4.3m 200V/16A Power Cd EU/Asia
#1421 - 4.3m 200V/16A Power Cd CH/DK
#1476 - 4.3m 200V/12A Power Cd UK
Select two of the following SPCN cables for each #9194:
#1463 2m SPCN Cable
#1464 6m SPCN Cable
#1465 15m SPCN Cable
#1466 30m SPCN Cable
#0369 100m Optical SPCN Cable
#1468 250m Optical SPCN Cable
#6001 2m SPCN Cable
#6006 3m SPCN Cable
#6007 15m SPCN Cable
#6008 6m SPCN Cable
#6029 30m SPCN Cable
Minimum operating system level: i5/OS V5R3, SUSE Linux Enterprise Server 9 for POWER or Red Hat Enterprise Linux
AS for POWER Version 3, AIX 5L for POWER V5.2
Supported on Model 595
The #9194 is a Customer Install Feature.

154
IBM System i5, eServer i5, and iSeries System Builder: IBM i5/OS Version 5 Release 4
Features and Rules
#9517#9517 Base HSL-2/RIO-G Bus Adapter
The #9517 Base HSL-2/RIO-G Bus Adapter provides two HSL-2/RIO-G ports. The #6417 can be selected as base on initial
orders of #0595, #5094, #5095, #5294 or #8294 expansion units and towers. The #9517 is a base feature version of the
#6417 HSL-2/RIO-G Bus Adapter.
Migration of existing #9517s to eServer i5 servers is allowed. Existing #9517s are installed in migrated #0595, #5094,
#5095 and #5294 expansion towers/units.
Minimum operating system level: i5/OS V5R3
Supported on Models 520, 550, 570, and 595.
The #9517 is a Customer Install Feature.
#9531#9531 Base HSL-2 Bus Adapter
The #9531 Base HSL-2 Bus Adapter is a base feature on the #5790 PCI Expansion Drawer. It provides two HSL-2/RIO-G
ports.
Minimum operating system level: i5/OS V5R3
Supported on Models 520, 550, and 570.
The #9531 is a Customer Install Feature.
#9691#9691 Base Bus Adapter (Copper HSL)
The #9691 is a base bus adapter card that installs in the #5074 PCI Expansion Tower and #5079 1.8 M I/O Tower, the
#9079 Base I/O Tower or the #8079 Optional Base 1.8 M I/O Rack on a Model 840 system unit, and in the #0578/#5078
PCI Expansion Unit. The #9691 supports HSL Copper.
Minimum operating system level: OS/400 V4R50
Supported on Models 810, 825, 870, 890.
Customer Install Feature: n/a
The #9691 is withdrawn from marketing as of 1 December 2005
#9730#9730 Base HSL-2 Ports - 4 Copper
The #9730 Base HSL-2 Ports - 4 Copper is a base 4-port copper HSL-2 bus adapter for Models 870 and 890. This adapter
also has connectors for JTAG and CSP.
Minimum operating system level: OS/400 V5R2
Supported on Models 870 and 890.
The #9730 is a Customer Install Feature.
The #9730 is withdrawn from marketing as of 01 October 2005.
#9739#9739 Base Optical Bus Adapter
The #9739 Base Optical Bus Adapter is used in the #5074 PCI Expansion Tower and #5079 1.8 M I/O Tower and in the
#5078/#0578 to allow these towers to connect via optical HSL. The #9739 supports clustering (HSL OptiConnect).
Minimum operating system level: OS/400 V5R1 or V5R2 when connected to Models 810, 825, 870, and 890
Supported on Models 825, 870, and 890.
The #9739 is a Customer Install Feature.
#9785#9785 Base HSL-2 Ports - 2 Copper
The #9785 Base HSL-2 Ports - 2 Copper is a base 2-port copper HSL-2 adapter for the Model 825. The #9785 can be
installed in either of the two HSL adapter slots (C08 or C09) on the Model 825 backplane. This feature can be ordered with
a new Model 825 system unit on initial order or on model upgrade. If the system unit is already installed, order a #2785
HSL-2 Ports - 2 Copper for this function.
Minimum operating system level: OS/400 V5R2
Supported on Model 825.
The #9785 is a Customer Install Feature.
The #9785 withdrawn from marketing as of 01 October 2005.
#9786#9786 Base HSL Ports - 2 Optical
The #9786 Base HSL Ports - 2 Optical is a base 2-port optical HSL adapter for the Model 825. The #9786 can be installed
in either of the two HSL adapter slots (C08 or C09) on the Model 825 backplane. This feature can be ordered with a new
Model 825 system unit on initial order or on model upgrade. If the system unit is already installed, order a #2786 HSL Ports
- 2 Optical for this function.
Minimum operating system level: OS/400 V5R2
Supported on Model 825.
The #9786 is a Customer Install Feature.
The #9786 withdrawn from marketing as of 01 October 2005

IBM System i5, eServer i5, and iSeries features and placement
155
Features and Rules
#9787#9787 Base HSL-2 Ports - 2 Copper
The #9787 Base HSL-2 Ports - 2 Copper board provides two copper HSL-2 ports. On the Model 825, the #9787 is attached
to the processor board and does not plug into HSL adapter slots C08 or C09.
Supported on Model 825
The #9787 is not a Customer Install Feature.
The #9787 is withdrawn from marketing as of 01 June 2006.
#9789#9789 Base HSL Ports - 4 Optical
The #9789 Base HSL Ports - 4 Optical is a base 4-port optical HSL-2 bus adapter for the Model 890. This adapter also has
connectors for JTAG and CSP.
Minimum operating system level: OS/400 V5R2
Supported on Model 890.
The #9789 is a Customer Install Feature.
#9876#9876 Base Optical Bus Adapter
The #9876 Base Optical Bus Adapter is a base feature which provides optical HSL connectivity with two HSL optical ports
to support #0588/#5088, #0595/#5095, #5094, #5294, and #8294 expansion towers and expansion units. The #9876 is
only available on initial orders.
Migration of existing #9876s to eServer i5 servers is allowed. Existing #9876s are installed in migrated #5074, #5079,
#5094, #5294, #0595, and #5095 expansion towers/units.
The #9876 replaces the #9886 Base Optical Bus Adapter.
Minimum operating system level: i5/OS V5R3
Supported on Models 550, 570, 595, 825, 870, and 890.
The #9876 is a Customer Install Feature.
#9877#9877 - Base HSL-2 Bus Adapter
The #9877 - Base HSL-2 Bus Adapter is a base feature, which provides optical HSL-2/RIO-G connectivity with two HSL
optical ports to support #0588/#5088 expansion towers and expansion units. The #9877 is only available on initial orders.
Migration of existing #9877s to eServer i5 servers is allowed. Existing #9877s are installed in migrated #5074, #5079,
#5094, #5294, #0595, and #5095 expansion towers or units.
The #6417 is required on the #5088/#0588 when migrating to a Model 520, 550, 570, or 595.
The #9877 replaces the #9887 Base HSL-2 Bus Adapter.
Minimum operating system level: i5/OS V5R3
Supported on Models 520, 550, 570, and 595.
The #9877 is a Customer Install Feature.
#9886#9886 Base Optical Bus Adapter
The #9886 Base Optical Bus Adapter provides optical HSL connectivity for the #5094, #0595/#5095, #0588/#5088 PCI,
#5294, #8094 (top unit only), and #9094 expansion towers and expansion units. The #9886 can only be ordered with a new
expansion tower or unit. If the expansion unit is already installed, order a #2886 for this function.
Minimum operating system level: OS/400 V5R2
Supported on Models 825, 830, 840, 870, and 890.
The #9886 is a Customer Install Feature.
The #9886 is withdrawn from marketing as of 01 June 2006. A #9876 Base Optical Bus Adapter is the recommended
replacement.
#9887#9887 Base HSL-2 Bus Adapter
The #9887 Base HSL-2 Bus Adapter provides HSL-2 connectivity for the #9094 Base PCI I/O Enclosure. The #9887 can
only be ordered with a new expansion tower or unit. If the expansion unit is already installed, order a #2887 for this function.
The #9887 is a Customer Install Feature.
The #9887 is withdrawn from marketing as of 01 June 2006. A #9877 is the recommended replacement.

156
IBM System i5, eServer i5, and iSeries System Builder: IBM i5/OS Version 5 Release 4
Features and Rules
4.3 i5/OS partitions on eServer p5 servers
4.4 Models 825, 870, and 890 Capacity on Demand
i5/OS partitio
ns on eServer p5 servers
9411-100 9411-100 eServer p5 I/O Subsystem for i5/OS
The 9411-100 eServer p5 I/O Subsystem for i5/OS provides the I/O for any i5/OS partitions running on a 1.65 GHz eServer
p5. It is provided as machine type/model 9411-100 with prices, warranty and service identical to that provided for the same
I/O features on a 9406 Model 570, 590 or 595. The 9411-100 eServer p5 I/O Subsystem for i5/OS is supported on the
following eServer p5 models:
The 1.65 GHz 9117 570 supports one processor worth of i5/OS workload.
The 1.65 GHz 9119 590 and 595 supports up to two processors worth of i5/OS workload.
i5/OS is required for each processor.
Minimum operating system level: i5/OS V5R3
For additional information, see IBM eServer i5 and iSeries System Handbook i5/OS Version 5 Release 3 October 2005 -
Draft, GA19-5486, and the IBM eServer i5 and iSeries planning Web site (under Language  V5R3  Planning) at:
http://www.ibm.com/eserver/iseries/infocenter
Models 825, 870 and 890 Capacity On Demand
#1609#1609 825 CUoD Activation
The #1609 825 CUoD Activation is used to order a password to activate one additional processor on the Model 825 with a
CUoD processor feature. Up to three #1609s can be ordered on initial orders or via MES to activate additional processors.
Minimum operating system level: OS/400 V5R2
Supported on the #2473 Model 825 3/6-way processor.
#1610#1610 890 CUoD Activation
The #1610 890 CUoD Activation is used to order a password to activate one additional processor on the Model 890 with a
CUoD processor. Up to eight #1610s can be ordered on initial orders or via MES to activate additional processors.
Minimum operating system level: OS/400 V5R2
Supported on the #2487 Model 890 16/24-way Processor and #2488 Model 890 24/32-way Processor
#1611#1611 870 CUoD Activation
The #1611 870 CUoD Activation is used to order a password to activate one additional processor on a Model 870 with a
CUoD processor. Up to eight #1611s can be ordered on initial orders or via MES to activate additional processors.
Minimum operating system level: OS/400 V5R2
Supported on the #2486 Model 870 8/16-way Processor.
#1612#1612 890 CUoD Activation
The #1612 890 CUoD Activation is used to order a password to activate one additional processor on a Model 890 with a
CUoD processor. Up to eight #1612s can be ordered on initial orders or via MES to activate additional processors.
Minimum operating system level: OS/400 V5R2
Supported on the #2497 Model 890 16/24-way Processor.
#1613#1613 890 CUoD Activation
The #1613 890 CUoD Activation is used to order a password to activate one additional processor on a Model 890 with a
CUoD processor. Up to eight #1613s can be ordered on initial orders or via MES to activate additional processors.
Minimum operating system level: OS/400 V5R2
Supported on the #2498 Model 890 16/24-way Processor.
#1614#1614 870 CUoD Activation
The #1614 870 CUoD Activation is used to order a password to activate one additional processor on a Model 870 with a
CUoD processor. Up to three #1614s can be ordered on initial orders or via MES to activate additional processors.
Minimum operating system level: OS/400 V5R2
Supported on the #2489 Model 870 5/8-way Processor.

IBM System i5, eServer i5, and iSeries features and placement
157
Features and Rules
#1682#1682 On/Off Prepaid for Model 825
The #1682 On/Off Prepaid for Model 825 Standard Edition provides an account for 30 processor days of On/Off Capacity
on Demand. The system must be enabled for On/Off Capacity on Demand before ordering prepaid days.
Minimum operating system level: OS/400 V5R2
Supported on the #2473 Model 825 3/6-way Processor with #1773 TCoD Enablement.
#1683#1683 On/Off Prepaid for Model 825
The #1683 On/Off Prepaid for Model 825 Enterprise Edition provides an account for 30 processor days of On/Off Capacity
on Demand. The system must be enabled for On/Off Capacity on Demand before ordering prepaid days.
Minimum operating system level: OS/400 V5R2
Supported on the #2473 Model 825 3/6-way Processor with #1773 TCoD Enablement.
#1684#1684 On/Off Prepaid for Model 870
The #1684 On/Off Prepaid for Model 870 Standard Edition provides an account for 30 processor days of On/Off Capacity
on Demand. The system must be enabled for On/Off Capacity on Demand before ordering prepaid days.
Minimum operating system level: OS/400 V5R2
Supported on the #2489 Model 870 5/8-way Processor with #1774 TCoD Enablement.
#1685#1685 On/Off Prepaid for Model 870
The #1685 On/Off Prepaid for Model 870 Standard Edition provides an account for 30 processor days of On/Off Capacity
on Demand. The system must be enabled for On/Off Capacity on Demand before ordering prepaid days.
Minimum operating system level: OS/400 V5R2
Supported on the #2486 Model 870 8/16-way Processor with #1776 TCoD Enablement.
#1686#1686 On/Off Prepaid for Model 870
The #1686 On/Off Prepaid for Model 870 Enterprise Edition provides an account for 30 processor days of On/Off Capacity
on Demand. The system must be enabled for On/Off Capacity on Demand before ordering prepaid days.
Minimum operating system level: OS/400 V5R2
Supported on the #2486 Model 870 8/16-way Processor with #1776 TCoD Enablement.
#1688#1688 On/Off Prepaid for Model 890
The #1688 On/Off Prepaid for Model 890 Standard Edition provides an account for 30 processor days of On/Off Capacity
on Demand. The system must be enabled for On/Off Capacity on Demand before ordering prepaid days.
Minimum operating system level: OS/400 V5R2
Supported on the #2497 Model 890 16/24-way Processor with #1777 TCoD Enablement.
#1689#1689 On/Off Prepaid for Model 890
The #1689 On/Off Prepaid for Model 890 Enterprise Edition provides an account for 30 processor days of On/Off Capacity
on Demand. The system must be enabled for On/Off Capacity on Demand before ordering prepaid days.
Minimum operating system level: OS/400 V5R2
Supported on the #2497 Model 890 16/24-way Processor with #1777 TCoD Enablement.
#1691#1691 On/Off Prepaid for Model 890
The #1691 On/Off Prepaid for Model 890 Standard Edition provides an account for 30 processor days of On/Off Capacity
on Demand. The system must be enabled for On/Off Capacity on Demand before ordering prepaid days.
Minimum operating system level: OS/400 V5R2
Supported on the #2498 Model 890 24/32-way Processor with #1778 TCoD Enablement.
#1692#1692 On/Off Prepaid for Model 890
The #1692 On/Off Prepaid for Model 890 Enterprise Edition provides an account for 30 processor days of On/Off Capacity
on Demand. The system must be enabled for On/Off Capacity on Demand before ordering prepaid days.
Minimum operating system level: OS/400 V5R2
Supported on the #2498 Model 890 24/32-way Processor with #1778 TCoD Enablement.
#1695#1695 On/Off Prepaid for Model 870
The #1695 On/Off Prepaid for Model 870 Enterprise Edition provides an account for 30 processor days of On/Off Capacity
on Demand. The system must be enabled for On/Off Capacity on Demand before ordering prepaid days.
Minimum operating system level: OS/400 V5R2
Supported on the #2489 Model 870 5/8-way Processor with #1774 TCoD Enablement.

158
IBM System i5, eServer i5, and iSeries System Builder: IBM i5/OS Version 5 Release 4
Features and Rules
#1697#1697 On/Off Prepaid for Model 825
The #1697 On/Off Prepaid for Model 825 CBU Edition provides an account for 30 processor days of On/Off Capacity on
Demand. The system must be enabled for On/Off Capacity on Demand before ordering prepaid days.
Minimum operating system level: OS/400 V5R2
#1698#1698 On/Off Prepaid for Model 870
The #1698 On/Off Prepaid for Model 870 CBU Edition provides an account for 30 processor days of On/Off Capacity on
Demand. The system must be enabled for On/Off Capacity on Demand before ordering prepaid days.
Minimum operating system level: OS/400 V5R2
Supported on Models 520, 550, 570, 595, and 9411-100.
Supported on the #2496 Model 870 2/16-way Processor with #1780 TCoD Enablement
Supported on the #2495 Model 825 1/6-way Processor with #1779 TCoD Enablement.
#1699#1699 On/Off Prepaid for Model 890
The #1699 On/Off Prepaid for Model 890 CBU Edition provides an account for 30 processor days of On/Off Capacity on
Demand. The system must be enabled for On/Off Capacity on Demand before ordering prepaid days.
Minimum operating system level: OS/400 V5R2
Supported on the #2499 Model 890 4/32-way Processor with #1781 TCoD Enablement.
#177x#177x On/Off Capacity on Demand (enablement)
A #177x feature code is used to enable On/Off Capacity on Demand by providing a password to be installed on an iSeries
server. After this password is installed, unused On/Off Capacity on Demand processors can be activated. A limit of 192
processor days can be used on a temporary basis.
Requires a contract to be signed before the #177x feature is ordered. On/Off Capacity on Demand processor usage must
be reported on, minimally, a monthly basis to IBM or the client’s Business Partner. A #178x or #179x On/Off Capacity on
Demand billing feature initiates quarterly invoices based on the number of processor days used. A new contract can be
signed and the #177x feature reordered as the limit of usable temporary processor days approaches.
Supported feature codes by model are:
#1773 TCoD Enablement for Model 825
#1774 TCoD Enablement for Model 870
#1776 TCoD Enablement for Model 870
#1777 TCoD Enablement for Model 890
#1778 TCoD Enablement for Model 890
#1779 TCoD Enablement for Model 825
#1780 TCoD Enablement for Model 870
#1781 TCoD Enablement for Model 890

IBM System i5, eServer i5, and iSeries features and placement
159
Features and Rules
4.5 Main storage
#178x
#179x
#178x-#179x On/Off Capacity on Demand Billing
A #178x-#179x feature code is used for On/Off Capacity on Demand billing. After a #177x On/Off Capacity on Demand
feature is ordered and the associated password is installed on the system, the user must report monthly to IBM their On/Off
Capacity on Demand usage. This information is used to compute the On/Off Capacity on Demand billing. One On/Off
Capacity on Demand billing feature is required for each processor day that is used for temporary capacity.
There is a limit to the number of processor days that are agreed to in the contract that was signed prior to ordering the
On/Off Capacity on Demand feature. To continue using temporary capacity after the initial limit has been reached, a new
contract is required and a second On/Off Capacity on Demand feature is ordered. An On/Off Capacity on Demand feature
cannot be concurrently ordered with an On/Off Capacity on Demand billing feature.
#1782 TCoD Billing for Model 825
Prerequisites: #1773 TCoD Enablement for Model 825, #7416 Standard Edition
#1783 TCoD Billing for Model 825
Prerequisites: #1773 TCoD Enablement for Model 825, #7418 Enterprise Edition
#1784 TCoD Billing for Model 870
Prerequisites: #1774 TCoD Enablement for Model 870, #7431 Standard Edition
#1785 TCoD Billing for Model 870
Prerequisites: #1776 TCoD Enablement for Model 870, #7419 Standard Edition
#1786 TCoD Billing for Model 870
Prerequisites: #1776 TCoD Enablement for Model 870, #7421 Enterprise Edition
#1788 TCoD Billing for Model 890
Prerequisites: #1777 TCoD Enablement for Model 890, #7422 Standard Edition
#1789 TCoD Billing for Model 890
Prerequisites: #1777 TCoD Enablement for Model 890, #7424 Enterprise Edition
#1791 TCoD Billing for Model 890
Prerequisites: #1778 TCoD Enablement for Model 890, #7425 Standard Edition
#1792 TCoD Billing for Model 890
Prerequisites: #1778 TCoD Enablement for Model 890, #7427 Enterprise Edition
#1795 TCoD Billing for Model 870
Prerequisites: #1774 TCoD Enablement for Model 870, #7433 Enterprise Edition
#1797 TCoD Billing for Model 825
Prerequisites: #1779 TCoD Enablement for Model 825, #7439 Capacity BackUp Edition
#1798 TCoD Billing for Model 870
Prerequisites: #1780 TCoD Enablement for Model 870, #7440 Capacity BackUp Edition
#1799 TCoD Billing for Model 890
Prerequisites: #1781 TCoD Enablement for Model 890, #7444 Capacity BackUp Edition
#9603#9603 Base CUoD Activation
The #9603 Base CUoD Activation feature is used to activate one additional processor with a CUoD feature as part of an
initial order on Models 870 and 890 Enterprise Editions.
The #9603 is withdrawn from marketing as of 01 October 2005.
Main storage
Base There is no base memory on Models 520, 550, 570 595, 800, 810, 825, 870, and 890.
Model 520+
Main
Memory
Rules
Memory features for the Model 520 with #8325, #8327 and #8330 processors
#4400 - 1 GB DDR2 Main Storage (2 x 512 MB DIMMs: 533 MHz sdram CCIN 313A)
#4474 - 2 GB DDR2 Main Storage (2 x 1 GB DIMMS: 533 MHz sdram CCIN 313B)
#4475 - 4 GB DDR2 Main Storage (2 x 2 GB DIMMs: 533 MHz sdram CCIN 313D)
#4477 - 8 GB DDR2 Main Storage (2 x 4 GB DIMMs: 533 MHz sdram CCIN 313E)
Requires a minimum of one pair of DIMMs on all processors.
DIMMs must be installed in sets of two (pairs).
For 9405 and 9406 processors, the first DIMM pair goes into DIMM slots J0A & J2A. The second pair of DIMMs goes into
slots J0C & J2C, the third pair goes into DIMM slots J0B & J2B and the fourth pair goes into DIMM slots J0D & J2D.

160
IBM System i5, eServer i5, and iSeries System Builder: IBM i5/OS Version 5 Release 4
Features and Rules
Model 520
Main
Memory
Rules
Memory features for the Model 520
#3093 - 512 MB Main Storage DIMM (DDR; 256 Mb technology, unstacked, CCIN 3093) (9406 Model 520 only)
#3094 - 1 GB Main Storage DIMM (DDR; 256 Mb technology, stacked, CCIN 3094) (9406 Model 520 only)
#3096 - 2 GB Main Storage DIMM (DDR; 256 Mb technology, stacked, CCIN 3096) (9406 Model 520 only)
#4443 - 512 MB DDR Main Storage (DDR1; 256 Mb technology, CCIN 309B)
#4444 - 1 GB DDR Main Storage (DDR1; 256 Mb technology, CCIN 309B) (ships four 256 MB DIMMs for a total of
1 GB)
#4445 - 4 GB DDR Main Storage (DDR1; 128 Mb technology, CCIN 30D3) (ships four 1 GB DIMMs for a total of 4
GB)
#4447 - 2 GB DDR Main Storage (DDR1; 64 Mb technology, CCIN 30D2) (ships four 512 MB DIMMs for a total of
2 GB)
#4449 - 8 GB DDR Main Storage (DDR1; 128 Mb technology, stacked, CCIN 30D5) (ships four 2 GB DIMMs for a
total of 8 GB)
#4450 - 16 GB DDR Main Storage (DDR1; 1 Gb technology, stacked, CCIN 30AC) (ships four 4 GB DIMMs for a total
of 16 GB)
Install DIMMs in sets of four (quads) with one exception: A single pair of 256 MB DIMMs is allowed on the #8950 processor.
Add an additional pair of 256 MB DIMMs to the original pair (to make a quad) whenever more DIMMs are added. Then one
additional quad of DIMMs can be added to the system. For the #8950 processor, the first DIMM pair goes into DIMM slots
J0A and J2A. The second pair of DIMMs goes into slots J0C and J2C.
The first quad of DIMMs is plugged into DIMM slots J0A, J2A, J0C, and J2C.
The second quad of DIMMs is plugged into DIMM slots J0B, J2B, J0D, and J2D.
Model 550+
Main
Memory
Rules
Memory features for the Model 550 with #8312 processors
#4400 - 1 GB DDR2 Main Storage (2 x 512 MB DIMMs: 533 MHz sdram CCIN 313A)
#4474 - 2 GB DDR2 Main Storage (2 x 1 GB DIMMs: 533 MHz sdram CCIN 313B)
#4475 - 4 GB DDR2 Main Storage (2 x 2 GB DIMMs: 533 MHz sdram CCIN 313D)
#4477 - 8 GB DDR2 Main Storage (2 x 4 GB DIMMs: 533 MHz sdram CCIN 313E)
The Model 550+ has two x #8312 processor cards. A minimum of one memory feature (one pair of DIMMs) is required on
each processor card.
DIMMs must be installed in sets of two (pairs).
The Model 550+ requires a minimum of 2 GB memory.
Model 550
Main
Memory
Rules
Memory features for the Model 550
#3093 - 512 MB Main Storage (DIMM; DDR 256 Mb technology)
#3094 - 1 GB Main Storage (DIMM; DDR 256 Mb technology)
#3096 - 2 GB Main Storage (DIMM; DDR 256 Mb technology)
#4444 - 1 GB DDR Main Storage (DDR1; 256 Mb technology, CCIN 309B) (ships four 256 MB DIMMs for a total of
1 GB)
#4445 - 4 GB DDR Main Storage (DDR1; 128 Mb technology, CCIN 30D3) (ships four 1 GB DIMMs for a total of 4
GB)
#4447 - 2 GB DDR Main Storage (DDR1; 64 Mb technology, CCIN 30D2) (ships four 512 MB DIMMs for a total of
2 GB)
#4449 - 8 GB DDR Main Storage (DDR1; 128 Mb technology, stacked, CCIN 30D5) (ships four 2 GB DIMMs for a
total of 8 GB)
#4450 - 16 GB DDR Main Storage (DDR1; 1 Gb technology, stacked, CCIN 30AC) (ships four 4 GB DIMMs for a total
of 16 GB)
Install DIMMs in sets of four (quads). When one processor card is used, the DIMMs are installed in the following sequence:
The first quad of DIMMs is plugged into DIMM slots J0A, J0B, J0C, and J0D
The second quad of DIMMs is plugged into DIMM slots J1A, J1B, J1C, and J1D.
When two processor cards are used, the DIMMs are installed in following sequence:
The first quad of DIMMs is plugged into DIMM slots J0A, J0B, J0C, and J0D of the first processor card.
The second quad of DIMMs is plugged into DIMM slots J0A, J0B, J0C, and J0D of the second processor card.
The third quad of DIMMs is plugged into DIMM slots J1A, J1B, J1C, and J1D of the second processor card.
The fourth quad of DIMMs is plugged into DIMM slots J1A, J1B, J1C, and J1D of the first processor card.

IBM System i5, eServer i5, and iSeries features and placement
161
Features and Rules
Model 570+
Main
Memory
Rules
Memory features for the IBM System i5 570+
#7892 - 2 GB DDR2 Main Storage provides 2 GB of MS and consists of four 512 MB DDR2 DIMMs. (CCIN 30F0)
#7893 - 4 GB DDR2 Main Storage provides 4 GB of MS and consists of four 1 GB DDR2 DIMMs. (CCIN 30F2)
#7894 - 8 GB DDR2 Main Storage provides 8 GB of MS and consists of four 2 GB DDR2 DIMMs. (CCIN 30F3)
#4495 - 4/8 GB CUoD DDR2 Main Storage provides 4 GB of activated and additional 4 GB of DDR2 memory
available for activation with four 2 GB DIMMs. (CCIN 316F) The 4 GB of additional memory can be activated in
increments of 1 GB. If a memory feature is moved to a different system, that system recognizes only 4 GB as
available unless additional memory activations are acquired or already present on that server. For the original system,
four 1 GB memory activations remain and can be used for other CUoD memory features. For special situations,
contact IBM CoD administration about transferring memory activations between systems.
#4496 - 8/16 GB CUoD DDR2 Main Storage provides 8 GB of activated DDR2 and additional 8 GB of DDR2 memory
available for activation with four 4 GB DIMMs. (CCIN 314E)The 8 GB of additional memory can be activated in
increments of 1 GB. If a memory feature is moved to a different server, that server recognizes only 8 GB as available
unless additional memory activations are acquired or already present on that server. For the original server, eight
1 GB memory activations remain and can be used for other CUoD memory features. For special situations, contact
IBM CoD administration about transferring memory activations between servers.
#4497 - 16 GB DDR2 Main Storage provides 16 GB of MS and consists of four 4 GB DDR2 DIMMs. (CCIN 312F)
#4498 - 32 GB DDR2 Main Storage provides 32 GB of MS and consists of four 8 GB DDR2 DIMMs. (CCIN 314C) The
#4498 is comprised of 400 MHz DDR2 DIMMs and cannot be mixed with other Model 570 memory on the same
processor card. #4498 can be mixed with other DDR2 memory in the same enclosure or in the same system.
#7663 - 570 1 GB Memory Activation provides the activation of 1 GB of additional Capacity on Demand memory.
Multiple #7663 features are allowed up to the maximum CUoD memory of the server. Memory activations are stored
in the server. If CUoD memory is moved to a different server, the additional activations remain with the original server.
The System 570+ offers pluggable DIMMs for memory. Each feature above ships four DDR2 Dimms. There is a minimum
of two memory features per processor enclosure.
2/4-way = minimum 2, maximum 4; 4/8-way = minimum 4, maximum 8; 8/16-way = minimum 8, maximum 16
The minimum memory for a 2/4-way 570+ is 4 GB, for a 4/8-way it is 8 GB and for the 8/16-way it is 16 GB. The maximum
memory capacity depends upon the number of processors ordered for the system and on the type of memory and
functionality required.
The rules for mixing and matching DIMMs are:
Install memory DIMMs in quads.
Quads must be the same DIMM.
Memory balancing and spreading is required.

162
IBM System i5, eServer i5, and iSeries System Builder: IBM i5/OS Version 5 Release 4
Features and Rules
Model 570
Main
Memory
Rules
Memory features for the Model 570
#3043 - 512 MB Main Storage DIMM (DDR: 256 Mb technology, unstacked, CCIN 3043)
#3044 - 1 GB Main Storage DIMM (DDR; 256 Mb technology, stacked, CCIN 3044)
#3046 - 2 GB Main Storage DIMM (DDR; 256 Mb technology, stacked, CCIN 3046)
#4452 - 2 GB DDR Main Storage (DDR1 CCIN 309D) (ships four 512 MB DIMMs for a total of 2 GB)
#4454 - 8 GB DDR Main Storage (DDR1 CCIN 30AA) (ships four 2 GB DIMMs for a total of 8 GB)
#4490 - 4 GB DDR Main Storage (DDR1 CCIN 309E) (ships four 1 GB DIMMs for a total of 4 GB)
#4491 - 16 GB DDR Main Storage (DDR1 CCIN 30B3) (ships four 4 GB DIMMs for a total of 16 GB)
#4492 - 32 GB DDR Main Storage (DDR1 CCIN 30F7) (ships four 8 GB DIMMs for a total of 32 GB) (#8971 Processor
only). Must be installed on a processor card by itself or with another #4492 or with features #4494 or #7049.
#4494 - 16 GB Main Storage (ships four 4 GB DIMMs for a total of 16 GB) Must be installed on a processor card by
itself or with another #4494 or with features #4492 or #7049.
#7049 - 8/16 GB DDR-1 Main Storage: Provides 8 GB of activated memory and an additional 8 GB of memory
available for activation. The 8 GB of additional memory can be activated in increments of 1 GB. #7049 must be
installed on a processor card either by itself or with another #7049 or with features #4492 or #4494.
The Model 570 offers pluggable DIMMs for memory. Each 0/2-way processor card contains eight slots for up to eight
pluggable DIMMs. The minimum memory for a for a Model 570 is 2 GB. The maximum memory capacity depends upon
the number of processors ordered for the system and on the type of memory and functionality required.
The rules for mixing and matching DIMMs are:
Install memory DIMMs in quads.
Quads must be the same DIMM.
Memory balancing and spreading is required.
For the #0931 1/2-way server, DIMMs are installed in the following sequence:
The first quad of DIMMs is plugged into DIMM slots J0A, J0C, J1A, and J1C.
The second quad of DIMMs is plugged into DIMM slots J0B, J0D, J1B, and J1D.
For the #0921 2/4-way server, DIMMs are installed in the following sequence:
Enclosure 1, Processor Card 1: Slots J0A, J0C, J1A, and J1C
Enclosure 1, Processor Card 2: Slots J0A, J0C, J1A, and J1C
Enclosure 1, Processor Card 2: Slots J0B, J0D, J1B, and J1D
Enclosure 1, Processor Card 1: Slots J0B, J0D, J1B, and J1D
For the #0923 5/8-way server, DIMMs are installed in the following sequence:
Enclosure 1, Processor Card 1: Slots J0A, J0C, J1A, and J1C
Enclosure 1, Processor Card 2: Slots J0A, J0C, J1A, and J1C
Enclosure 2, Processor Card 3: Slots J0A, J0C, J1A, and J1C
Enclosure 2, Processor Card 4: Slots J0A, J0C, J1A, and J1C
Enclosure 2, Processor Card 4: Slots J0B, J0D, J1B, and J1D
Enclosure 2, Processor Card 3: Slots J0B, J0D, J1B, and J1D
Enclosure 1, Processor Card 2: Slots J0B, J0D, J1B, and J1D
Enclosure 1, Processor Card 1: Slots J0B, J0D, J1B, and J1D
For the #0925 9/12-way server, DIMMs are installed in the following sequence:
Enclosure 1, Processor Card 1: Slots J0A, J0C, J1A, and J1C
Enclosure 1, Processor Card 2: Slots J0A, J0C, J1A, and J1C
Enclosure 2, Processor Card 3: Slots J0A, J0C, J1A, and J1C
Enclosure 2, Processor Card 4: Slots J0A, J0C, J1A, and J1C
Enclosure 3, Processor Card 5: Slots J0A, J0C, J1A, and J1C
Enclosure 3, Processor Card 6: Slots J0A, J0C, J1A, and J1C
Enclosure 3, Processor Card 6: Slots J0B, J0D, J1B, and J1D
Enclosure 3, Processor Card 5: Slots J0B, J0D, J1B, and J1D
Enclosure 2, Processor Card 4: Slots J0B, J0D, J1B, and J1D
Enclosure 2, Processor Card 3: Slots J0B, J0D, J1B, and J1D
Enclosure 1, Processor Card 2: Slots J0B, J0D, J1B, and J1D
Enclosure 1, Processor Card 1: Slots J0B, J0D, J1B, and J1D

IBM System i5, eServer i5, and iSeries features and placement
163
Features and Rules
Model 570
Main
Memory
Rules
(cont.)
Memory features for the Model 570
For the #0927 13/16-way server, DIMMs are installed in the following sequence:
Enclosure 1, Processor Card 1: Slots J0A, J0C, J1A, and J1C
Enclosure 1, Processor Card 2: Slots J0A, J0C, J1A, and J1C
Enclosure 2, Processor Card 3: Slots J0A, J0C, J1A, and J1C
Enclosure 2, Processor Card 4: Slots J0A, J0C, J1A, and J1C
Enclosure 3, Processor Card 5: Slots J0A, J0C, J1A, and J1C
Enclosure 3, Processor Card 6: Slots J0A, J0C, J1A, and J1C
Enclosure 4, Processor Card 7: Slots J0A, J0C, J1A, and J1C
Enclosure 4, Processor Card 8: Slots J0A, J0C, J1A, and J1C
Enclosure 4, Processor Card 8: Slots J0B, J0D, J1B, and J1D
Enclosure 4, Processor Card 7: Slots J0B, J0D, J1B, and J1D
Enclosure 3, Processor Card 6: Slots J0B, J0D, J1B, and J1D
Enclosure 3, Processor Card 5: Slots J0B, J0D, J1B, and J1D
Enclosure 2, Processor Card 4: Slots J0B, J0D, J1B, and J1D
Enclosure 2, Processor Card 3: Slots J0B, J0D, J1B, and J1D
Enclosure 1, Processor Card 2: Slots J0B, J0D, J1B, and J1D
Enclosure 1, Processor Card 1: Slots J0B, J0D, J1B, and J1D
Each processor feature should have at least one memory feature associated with it.
Memory spreading and balancing: Performance measurements have determined that optimal performance requires both
spreading of memory across processors and balancing memory across processors. Use the following rules for Model 570
memory.
Memory minimums: Each processor card must have at least one set of memory DIMM placed on it. Memory is in
feature codes of quads.
Balancing: Each 0/2-way processor card must have a minimum of 2 GB memory on it.
Spreading: Spread memory across the processor cards. Select memory DIMMs to enable equal memory
configurations across processors in a n-way unit. If memory greater than the minimum is ordered, base the selection
of memory features on driving the most number of DIMM quads onto the system, as evenly distributed across the
processors as possible.
Model 595
Main
Memory
Rules
Memory features for the Model 595
#7816 CUoD 2/4 GB (4 X 1 GB), DDR1, 512 Mb, 266 MHZ, DRAM DIMMS
#7828 16 GB (4 X 4 GB), DDR1 1 Gb, 266 MHZ, DRAM DIMMS
#7829 32 GB (4 X 4 GB), DDR1 1 Gb, 266 MHZ, DRAM DIMMS
#7835 CUoD 4/8 GB (4 X 2 GB), DDR1 512 Mb, 266 MHZ, DRAM DIMMS
Memory rules:
The minimum memory requirements are four feature codes (two pairs) per node with 16 GB per node.
Memory must be ordered in identical pairs.
Each node #8981 has 16 memory slots. There can be up to four nodes in a system.
Memory is spread out in identical pairs per MCM
Only one increment difference is allowed in memory size within a node. This means that 4 and 8, 8 and 16,
16 and 32 GB increments in a node are allowed, but 4 and 16/4 and 32/8 in a node are not allowed.
The #7799 requires #7835 x 64.
The #7970 requires at least one #7816 or #7835.
The #7976 requires at least one #7828 or #7829.
Placement rules:
Memory must be placed in pairs.
The placement sequence is:
– Fill slots 1 and 2 first starting with Node 1, 2, 3 then 4, (2)
– Fill slots 3 and 4 starting with Node 1, 2, 3 then 4 (3)
– Fill slots 5 and 6 starting with Node 1, 2, 3 then 4, (4)
– Fill slots 8 and 9 starting with Node 1, 2, 3 then 4 (5)
– Fill slots 12 and 13 starting with Node 1, 2, 3 then 4 (6)
– Fill slots 7 and 10 slots starting with Node 1, 2, 3 then 4 (7)
– Fill 11 and 14 slots starting with Node 1, 2, 3 then 4.
Nodes 1, 2, 3 and 4 are placed left to right as viewed from the front.

164
IBM System i5, eServer i5, and iSeries System Builder: IBM i5/OS Version 5 Release 4
Features and Rules
Model 800
Main
Memory
Rules
Memory features for the Model 800 #2463 and #2464 processors:
#3092 - 256 MB Main Storage DIMM (DDR - 128 Mb technology, unstacked)
#3093 - 512 MB Main Storage DIMM (DDR - 256 Mb technology, unstacked)
#3094 - 1 GB Main Storage DIMM (DDR - 256 Mb technology, stacked)
#3096 - 2 GB Main Storage DIMM (DDR - 256 Mb technology, stacked)
A single main storage DIMM feature is allowed on Model 800 processors.
When the total number of main storage DIMMs is increased greater than one, the single existing DIMM must be paired up
with a DIMM of the same capacity. Any additional DIMMs must be added in pairs of the same capacity.
Eight memory DIMM slots are available in the base system for main storage DIMMs, which plug directly onto the backplane.
Model 810
Main
Memory
Rules
Memory features for the Model 810 #2465, #2466, and #2467 processors
#3092 - 256 MB Main Storage DIMM (DDR - 128 Mb technology, unstacked)
#3093 - 512 MB Main Storage DIMM (DDR - 256 Mb technology, unstacked)
#3094 - 1 GB Main Storage DIMM (DDR - 256 Mb technology, stacked)
#3096 - 2 GB Main Storage DIMM (DDR - 256 Mb technology, stacked)
A single main storage DIMM feature is allowed on Model 810 processors.
When the total number of main storage DIMMs is increased greater than one, the single existing DIMM must be paired up
with a DIMM of the same capacity. Any additional DIMMs must be added in pairs of the same capacity.
Eight memory DIMM slots are available in the base system for main storage DIMMs which plug directly onto the backplane.
Memory features for the Model 810 #2469 processor
There are 16 DIMM memory positions on the memory riser card (CCIN 2884), and all memory plugs into this card:
#3022 - 128 MB Main Storage (64 Mb technology): Support only, orderable up to the minimum number of DIMMs
required to meet a pair or quad system memory requirement.
#3024 - 256 MB Main Storage (128 Mb technology) (unstacked)
#3025 - 512 MB Main Storage (128 Mb technology) (stacked): The #3025 cannot e mixed with the #3026 for pairs or
quads.
#3026 - 512 MB Main Storage (256 Mb technology) (unstacked): The #3026 cannot be mixed with the #3025 for pairs
or quads.
#3027 - 1 GB Main Storage (256 Mb technology) (stacked)
#3029 - 128 MB Main Storage (128 Mb technology) (unstacked): The #3029 cannot be mixed with the #3022 for pairs
or quads.
A maximum of eight #3029 DIMM features is allowed on a system.
A minimum of two DIMMs (same feature code) must be selected. If more than two DIMMs are required, all memory features
must be in sets of four (quads) of the same feature code. This means a quad must also be made out of the initial two DIMMs.

IBM System i5, eServer i5, and iSeries features and placement
165
Features and Rules
Model 825
Main
Memory
Rules
Memory features for the Model 825:
The following memory features are available on the Model 825:
#3042 - 256 MB Main Storage DIMM (default 4 x 256 MB) (DDR - 128 Mb technology, unstacked)
#3043 - 512 MB Main Storage DIMM (DDR - 256 Mb technology, unstacked)
#3044 - 1024 MB Main Storage DIMM (DDR - 256 Mb technology, stacked)
#3046 - 2048 MB Main Storage DIMM (DDR - 512 Mb technology, stacked)
For the Model 825, the main storage DIMMs are installed directly onto the processor cards. Each processor card has eight
DIMM slots. The eight slots are arranged in two sets of four. The DIMMs must be installed in sets of four (quads). Each set
of four DIMMs must be the same memory capacity and technology. Each system order must have at least three sets of four
main storage DIMMs (quad) installed (twelve DIMMs total). The exception is the 2 GB memory capacity where two quads
(8 DIMMs total) are allowed.
There is a total of 24 DIMM slots in which 8, 12, 16, 20, or 24 memory DIMMs can be installed.
Except on systems with 2 GB of memory capacity, no processor is allowed to contain more than twice the memory capacity
of any other processor. The IBM marketing configurator determines the correct quantity and correct card capacities for valid
system configurations based on the total amount of memory desired.
On systems with 2 GB of memory, the IBM marketing configurator issues a message informing the user that IBM does not
recommend operating a system with this memory configuration.
The sequence for plugging memory DIMMs for processor #2473 is:
Fill four slots on the first processor card.
Then fill four slots on the second processor card.
Then fill four slots on the third processor card.
Then start again with the first processor card filling four slots.
Model 870
Main
Memory
Rules
Memory features for the Model 870:
The following memory features are available on the Model 870:
#3020 - 4096 MB Main Storage Card (inside): Plugs into memory card slots 0, 1, 2, and 3
#3015 - 8192 MB Main Storage Card (inside): Plugs into memory card slots 0, 1, 2, and 3
#3035 - 16384 MB Main Storage Card (inside): Plugs into memory card slots 0, 1, 2, and 3
#3017 - 32768 MB Main Storage Card inside): Plugs into memory card slots 0, 1, 2, and 3
There are eight main storage card sockets on the backplane, but a maximum of four main storage cards can be placed in
the system.
The Model 870 main storage cards are installed according to the following rules:
Main storage cards are installed in pairs of equal capacity.
Pairs of main storage cards must plug into memory card slots under the same MCM (slots 0 and 1, slots 2 and 3).
Mixed main storage cards must be of the adjacent capacity (4 GB with 8 GB is allowed, 4 GB with 16 GB is not
allowed).
Cannot mix main storage cards of more than two capacities (4 GB with 8 GB is allowed, 4 GB with both 8 GB and
16 GB is not allowed).
Mixed main storage cards can be in any order.

166
IBM System i5, eServer i5, and iSeries System Builder: IBM i5/OS Version 5 Release 4
Features and Rules
Model 890
Main
Memory
Rules
Memory features for the Model 890:
The following memory features are available on the Model 890:
#3020 - 4096 MB Main Storage Card (inside): Plugs into memory card slots 0, 1, 2 and 3
#3021 - 4096 MB Main Storage Card (outside): Plugs into memory card slots 4, 5, 6 and 7
#3015 - 8192 MB Main Storage Card (inside): Plugs into memory card slots 0, 1, 2 and 3
#3016 - 8192 MB Main Storage Card (outside): Plugs into memory card slots 4, 5, 6 and 7
#3035 - 16384 MB Main Storage Card (inside): Plugs into memory card slots 0, 1, 2 and 3
#3036 - 16384 MB Main Storage Card (outside): Plugs into memory card slots 4, 5, 6 and 7
#3017 - 32768 MB Main Storage Card (inside): Plugs into memory card slots 0, 1, 2 and 3
#3018 - 32768 MB Main Storage Card (outside): Plugs into memory card slots 4, 5, 6 and 7
The Model 890 main storage cards are installed into the eight memory card slots in the system unit backplane.
The Model 890 main storage cards are installed according to the following rules:
Main storage cards are installed in pairs of equal capacity.
The pairs of main storage cards must plug into memory card slots under the same MCM (slots 0 and 1, slots 2 and 3,
slots 4 and 5, slots 6 and 7).
Mixed main storage cards must be of the adjacent capacity (4 GB with 8 GB is allowed, 4 GB with 16 GB is not
allowed).
Cannot mix main storage cards of more than two capacities (4 GB with 8 GB is allowed, 4 GB with 8 GB and 16 GB is
not allowed).
Mixed main storage cards can be in any order.
Important: Fill all slots. An exception is allowed for 16 GB on a 24-way processor and for 24 GB on a 32-way processor.
#3015 8192 MB Main Storage Card ((PSIMM))
The #3015 is used in the Models 870 and 890. The #3015 can be placed in an “inside” main storage card slot only (slots
0, 1, 2, and 3).
See “Model 870 Main Memory Rules” on page 165 or “Model 890 Main Memory Rules” on page 166 for memory
restrictions.
The #3015 is withdrawn from marketing as of 01 June 2006.
#3016 8192 MB Main Storage Card (PSIMM)
The #3015 is used in the Model 890. The #3016 can be placed in an “outside” main storage card slot only (slots 4, 5, 6,
and 7).
See “Model 890 Main Memory Rules” on page 166 for memory restrictions.
The #3016 is withdrawn from marketing as of 01 June 2006.
#3017 32768 MB Main Storage Card (PSIMM)
The #3017 is used in the Models 870 and 890. The #3017 can be placed in an “inside” main storage card slot only (slots
0, 1, 2, and 3)
See “Model 870 Main Memory Rules” on page 165 or “Model 890 Main Memory Rules” on page 166 for memory
restrictions.
The #3017 is withdrawn from marketing as of 01 June 2006.
#3018 32768 MB Main Storage Card (PSIMM)
The #3018 is used in the Model 890. The #3018 can be placed in an “outside” main storage card slot only (slots 4, 5, 6,
and 7).
The #3018 is withdrawn from marketing as of 01 June 2006.
#3020 4096 MB Main Storage Card (PSIMM)
The #3020 is used in the Models 870 and 890. The #3020 can be placed in an “inside” main storage card slot only (slots
0, 1, 2, and 3).
See “Model 870 Main Memory Rules” on page 165 or “Model 890 Main Memory Rules” on page 166 for memory
restrictions.
The #3020 is withdrawn from marketing as of 01 June 2006.
#3021 4096 MB Main Storage Card (PSIMM)
The #3021 is used in the Model 890. The #3021 can be placed in an “outside” main storage card slot only (slots 4, 5, 6,
and 7).
See “Model 890 Main Memory Rules” on page 166 for memory restrictions.
The #3021 is withdrawn from marketing as of 01 June 2006.

IBM System i5, eServer i5, and iSeries features and placement
167
Features and Rules
#3022 128 MB Main Storage (DIMM 64 Mb technology)
The #3022 is available as a support only feature on the Model 810. It can only be ordered up to the minimum number of
DIMMs are required to meet a pair or quad system memory requirement.
See “Model 810 Main Memory Rules” on page 164 for memory restrictions.
Minimum operating system level: OS/400 V5R2
Supported on the Model 810 #2469 processor
The #3022 is a Customer Install Feature.
The #3022 is withdrawn from marketing as of 01 June 2006.
#3024 256 MB Main Storage (DIMM 128 Mb technology, unstacked)
See “Model 810 Main Memory Rules” on page 164 for memory restrictions.
Minimum operating system level: OS/400 V5R2
Supported on the Model 810 #2469 processor.
The #3024 is a Customer Install Feature.
The #3024 is withdrawn from marketing as of 01 June 2006.
#3025 512 MB Main Storage (DIMM 128 Mb technology, stacked)
The #3025 cannot be mixed with the #3026 in pairs or quads.
See “Model 810 Main Memory Rules” on page 164 for memory restrictions.
Minimum operating system level: OS/400 V5R2
Supported on the Model 810 #2469 processor.
The #3025 is a Customer Install Feature.
#3026 512 MB Main Storage (DIMM 256 Mb technology, unstacked)
The #3026 cannot be mixed with the #3025 in pairs or quads.
See “Model 810 Main Memory Rules” on page 164 for memory restrictions.
Minimum operating system level: OS/400 V5R2
Supported on the Model 810 #2469 processor.
The #3026 is a Customer Install Feature.
The #3026 is withdrawn from marketing as of 01 June 2006.
#3027 1 GB Main Storage (DIMM 256 Mb technology, stacked)
See “Model 810 Main Memory Rules” on page 164 for memory restrictions.
Minimum operating system level: OS/400 V5R2
Supported on the Model 810 #2469 processor.
The #3027 is a Customer Install Feature.
The #3027 is withdrawn from marketing as of 01 June 2006.
#3029 128 MB Main Storage (DIMM 128 Mb technology, unstacked)
The #3022 cannot be mixed with the #3029 in pairs or quads.
See “Model 810 Main Memory Rules” on page 164 for memory restrictions.
Minimum operating system level: OS/400 V5R2
Supported on the Model 810 #2469 processor.
The #3029 is a Customer Install Feature.
#3035 16384 MB Main Storage Card (PSIMM)
The #3035 is used in the Models 870 and 890. The #3035 can be placed in an “inside” main storage card slot only (slots
0, 1, 2, and 3).
See “Model 870 Main Memory Rules” on page 165 and “Model 890 Main Memory Rules” on page 166 for memory
restrictions.
The #3035 is withdrawn from marketing as of 01 June 2006.
#3036 16384 MB Main Storage Card (PSIMM)
The #3036 is used in the Model 890. The #3036 can be placed in an “outside” main storage card slot only (slots 4, 5, 6,
and 7).
See “Model 890 Main Memory Rules” on page 166 for memory restrictions.
The #3036 is withdrawn from marketing as of 01 June 2006.

168
IBM System i5, eServer i5, and iSeries System Builder: IBM i5/OS Version 5 Release 4
Features and Rules
#3042 256 MB Main Storage (DIMM - DDR - 128 Mb technology, unstacked)
Refer to “Model 825 Main Memory Rules” on page 165 for memory restrictions.
Minimum operating system level: OS/400 V5R2
Supported on Model 825 processors.
The #3042 is a Customer Install Feature.
The #3042 is withdrawn from marketing as of 01 June 2006.
#3043 512 MB Main Storage (DIMM - DDR - 256 Mb technology, unstacked)
Refer to“Model 570 Main Memory Rules” on page 162 and “Model 825 Main Memory Rules” on page 165 for memory
restrictions.
Minimum operating system level: OS/400 V5R2
Supported on the Model 570 and 825 processors.
The #3043 is a Customer Install Feature.
The #3043 is withdrawn from marketing as of 01 June 2006.
#3044 1024 MB Main Storage (DIMM - DDR - 256 Mb technology, stacked)
Refer to “Model 570 Main Memory Rules” on page 162 and “Model 825 Main Memory Rules” on page 165 for memory
restrictions.
Minimum operating system level: OS/400 V5R2
Supported on the Model 570 and Model 825 #2486 processors.
The #3044 is a Customer Install Feature.
The #3044 is withdrawn from marketing as of 01 June 2006.
#3046 2048 MB Main Storage (DIMM - DDR - 512 Mb technology, stacked)
Refer to “Model 570 Main Memory Rules” on page 162 and “Model 825 Main Memory Rules” on page 165 for memory.
Minimum operating system level: OS/400 V5R2
Supported on the Model 570 and 825 processors.
The #3046 is a Customer Install Feature.
The #3046 is withdrawn from marketing as of 01 June 2006.
#3092 256 MB Main Storage DIMM (DDR - 128 Mb technology, unstacked)
See “Model 800 Main Memory Rules” on page 164 and “Model 810 Main Memory Rules” on page 164 for memory
restrictions.
Minimum operating system level: OS/400 V5R2
Supported on the Model 800 #2463 and #2464 processors, and Model 810 #2465, #2466, and #2467 processors
The #3092 is a Customer Install Feature.
The #3092 is withdrawn from marketing as of 01 June 2006.
#3093 512 MB Main Storage DIMM (DDR - 256 Mb technology, unstacked)
See “Model 520 Main Memory Rules” on page 160, “Model 550 Main Memory Rules” on page 160, “Model 800 Main
Memory Rules” on page 164, and “Model 810 Main Memory Rules” on page 164 for memory restrictions.
Minimum operating system level: OS/400 V5R2
Supported on the Model 520 #8950, #8951, #8952, #8953, #8954 and #8955 (9406) processors, Model 550 #8958
processor, Model 800 #2463 and #2464 processors, and the Model 810 #2465, #2466, and #2467 processors
The #3093 is a Customer Install Feature.
The #3093 is withdrawn from marketing as of 01 June 2006.
#3094 1 GB Main Storage DIMM (DDR- 256 Mb technology, stacked)
See “Model 520 Main Memory Rules” on page 160, “Model 550 Main Memory Rules” on page 160, “Model 800 Main
Memory Rules” on page 164, and “Model 810 Main Memory Rules” on page 164 for memory restrictions.
Minimum operating system level: OS/400 V5R2
Supported on the Model 520 #8950, #8951, #8952, #8953, #8954 and #8955 (9406) processors, Model 550 #8958
processor, Model 800 #2463 and #2464 processors, and the Model 810 #2465, #2466, and #2467 processors
The #3094 is a Customer Install Feature.
The #3094 is withdrawn from marketing as of 01 June 2006.

IBM System i5, eServer i5, and iSeries features and placement
169
Features and Rules
#3096 2 GB Main Storage DIMM (DDR- 256 Mb technology, stacked)
See “Model 520 Main Memory Rules” on page 160, “Model 550 Main Memory Rules” on page 160, “Model 800 Main
Memory Rules” on page 164, and IBM eServer i5, iSeries, and AS/400e System Builder, October 2005, SG24-2155-11 for
memory restrictions.
Minimum operating system level: OS/400 V5R2
Supported on the Model 520 #8950, #8951, #8952, #8953, #8954 and #8955 (9406) processors, Model 550 #8958
processor, and Model 800 #2463 processor, and the Model 820 #2465, #2466, #2467 processors
The #3096 is a Customer Install Feature.
The #3096 is withdrawn from marketing as of 01 June 2006.
#4400#4400 1GB DDR2 Main Storage
The #4400 - 1 GB DDR2 Main Storage Consists of two 512 MB DDR2 DIMMs for a total of 1 GB of main storage.
Two available DIMM slots are required.
Minimum operating system level: i5/OS V5R3 with V5R3M5 LIC, AIX 5L for POWER V5.2 for IBM eServer, Red Hat
Enterprise Linux AS for POWER Version 3, SUSE Linux Enterprise Server 9 for POWER
Supported on Models 520+ and 550+.
The #4400 is a Customer Install Feature.
#4443 512 MB DDR Main Storage
DDR1 - 256 Mb technology
Ships two 256 MB DIMMs for a total of 512 MB. It is orderable on the #8950 processor with a maximum of two of these
features per system.
See “Model 520 Main Memory Rules” on page 160.
Supported on Model 520 processors.
The #4443 is a Customer Install Feature.
#4444 1 GB DDR Main Storage
DDR1 - 256 Mb technology
Ships four 256 MB DIMMs for a total of 1 GB
See “Model 520 Main Memory Rules” on page 160 and “Model 550 Main Memory Rules” on page 160.
Supported on Model 520 and 550 processors.
The #4444 is a Customer Install Feature.
#4445 4 GB DDR Main Storage
DDR1 - 128 Mb technology
Ships four 1 GB DIMMs for a total of 4 GB
See “Model 520 Main Memory Rules” on page 160 and “Model 550 Main Memory Rules” on page 160.
Supported on Model 520 and 550 processors.
The #4445 is a Customer Install Feature.
#4447 2 GB DDR Main Storage
DDR1 - 64 Mb technology
Ships four 512 MB DIMMs for a total of 2 GB
See “Model 520 Main Memory Rules” on page 160 and “Model 550 Main Memory Rules” on page 160.
Supported on Model 520 and 550 processors.
The #4447 is a Customer Install Feature.
#4449 8 GB DDR Main Storage
DDR1 - 128 Mb technology, stacked
Ships four 2 GB DIMMs for a total of 8 GB
See “Model 520 Main Memory Rules” on page 160 and “Model 550 Main Memory Rules” on page 160.
Supported on Model 520 and 550 processors
The #4449 is a Customer Install Feature.
The #4449 is withdrawn from marketing as of 01 June 2006. A #4450 16 GB DDR-1 Main Storage is the recommended
replacement.

170
IBM System i5, eServer i5, and iSeries System Builder: IBM i5/OS Version 5 Release 4
Features and Rules
#4450 16 GB DDR Main Storage
DDR1 - 1 GB technology, stacked
Ships four 4 GB DIMMs for a total of 16 GB
See “Model 520 Main Memory Rules” on page 160 and “Model 550 Main Memory Rules” on page 160.
Supported on Model 520 and 550 processors.
The #4450 is a Customer Install Feature.
#4452 2 GB DDR Main Storage
DDR1 memory
Ships four 512 MB DIMMs for a total of 2 GB
See “Model 570 Main Memory Rules” on page 162.
Supported on Models 570.
The #4452 is a Customer Install Feature.
#4454 8 GB DDR1 Main Storage
DDR1 memory, stacked
Ships four 2 GB DIMMs for a total of 8 GB
See “Model 570 Main Memory Rules” on page 162.
Supported on Models 570.
The #4454 is a Customer Install Feature.
#4474#4474 2GB DDR2 Main Storage
The #4474 - 2 GB DDR2 Main Storage consists of two 1 GB DDR2 DIMMs for a total of 2 GB of main storage.
Two available DIMM slots are required.
See “Model 520+ Main Memory Rules” on page 159 and “Model 550+ Main Memory Rules” on page 160 for memory
restrictions.
Minimum operating system level: i5/OS V5R3 with V5R3M5 LIC, AIX 5L for POWER V5.2 for IBM eServer, Red Hat
Enterprise Linux AS for POWER Version 3, SUSE Linux Enterprise Server 9 for POWER
Supported on Models 520+ and 550+.
The #4474 is a Customer Install Feature.
#4475#4475 4GB DDR2 Main Storage
The #4475 - 4 GB DDR2 Main Storage consists of two 2 GB DDR2 DIMMs for a total of 4 GB of main storage.
Two available DIMM slots are required.
Minimum operating system level: i5/OS V5R3 with V5R3M5 LIC, AIX 5L for POWER V5.2 for IBM eServer, Red Hat
Enterprise Linux AS for POWER Version 3, SUSE Linux Enterprise Server 9 for POWER
Supported on Models 520+ and 550+.
The #4475 is a Customer Install Feature.
#4477#4477 8GB DDR2 Main Storage
The #4477 - 8 GB DDR2 Main Storage consists of two 4 GB DDR2 DIMMs for a total of 8 GB of main storage.
Two available DIMM slots are required.
See “Model 520+ Main Memory Rules” on page 159 and “Model 550+ Main Memory Rules” on page 160 for memory
restrictions.
Minimum operating system level: i5/OS V5R3 with V5R3M5 LIC, AIX 5L for POWER V5.2 for IBM eServer, Red Hat
Enterprise Linux AS for POWER Version 3, SUSE Linux Enterprise Server 9 for POWER
Supported on Models 520+ and 550+.
The #4477 is a Customer Install Feature.
#4490 4 GB DDR1 Main Storage
Ships four 1 GB DIMMs for a total of 4 GB
See “Model 570 Main Memory Rules” on page 162 for memory restrictions.
Supported on Model 570.
The #4490 is a Customer Install Feature.
#4491 16 GB DDR1 Main Storage
Ships four 4 GB DIMMs for a total of 16 GB
See “Model 570 Main Memory Rules” on page 162 for memory restrictions.
Supported on Model 570.
The #4491 is a Customer Install Feature.

IBM System i5, eServer i5, and iSeries features and placement
171
Features and Rules
#4492 32 GB DDR1 Main Storage
The #4492 32 GB DDR-1 Main Storage feature consists of four 8 GB DIMMs for a total of 32 GB of main storage. The
#4492 must be installed on a processor card either by itself (other four DIMM slots empty), with another #2292, with feature
#4494, or #7409.
See “Model 570 Main Memory Rules” on page 162 for memory restrictions.
Supported on Model 570.
The #4492 is a Customer Install Feature.
#4494#4494 - 16 GB DDR-1 Main Storage
The #4494 16 GB DDR1 Main Storage consists of four 4 GB DDR1 DIMMs for a total of 16 GB of main storage. The #4494
must be installed on a processor card either by itself (other four DIMM slots empty), with another #4494, or with features
#4492 or #7049.
Four available memory DIMM slots are required.
See “Model 570 Main Memory Rules” on page 162 for memory restrictions.
Minimum operating system level: i5/OS V5R3
Supported on Model 570.
The #4494 is not a Customer Install Feature.
#4495#4495 4/8GB DDR2 Main Storage
The #4495 - 4/8 GB DDR2 Main Storage provides 4 GB of activated DDR2 memory and an additional 4 GB of DDR2
memory available for activation with four 2 GB DIMMs. The 4 GB of additional memory can be activated in increments of
1 GB. If a memory feature is moved to a different system, that system recognizes only 4 GB as available unless additional
memory activations are acquired or already present on that server. For the original system, four 1 GB memory activations
remain and can be used for other CUoD memory features. For special situations, contact IBM CoD administration about
transferring memory activations between systems.
Four available memory DIMM slots are required.
See “Model 570+ Main Memory Rules” on page 161 for memory restrictions.
Minimum operating system level: i5/OS V5R3
Supported on Model 570+ CUoD systems.
The #4495 is not a Customer Install Feature.
#4496#4496 8/16GB DDR2 Main Storage
The #4496 - 8/16 GB DDR2 Main Storage provides 8 GB of activated DDR2 memory and an additional 8 GB of DDR2
memory available for activation with four 4 GB DIMMs. The 8 GB of additional memory can be activated in increments of
1 GB. If a memory feature is moved to a different server, that server recognizes only 8 GB as available unless additional
memory activations are acquired or already present on that server. For the original server, eight 1 GB memory activations
remain and can be used for other CUoD memory features. For special situations, contact IBM CoD administration about
transferring memory activations between servers.
Four available memory DIMM slots are required.
See “Model 570+ Main Memory Rules” on page 161 for memory restrictions.
Minimum operating system level: i5/OS V5R3
Supported on Model 570+ CUoD systems.
The #4496 is not a Customer Install Feature.
#4497#4497 16GB DDR2 Main Storage
The #4497 - 16 GB DDR2 Main Storage provides 16 GB of DDR2 system memory with four 4 GB DDR2 DIMMs.
Four available memory DIMM slots are required.
See “Model 570+ Main Memory Rules” on page 161 for memory restrictions.
Minimum operating system level: i5/OS V5R3
Supported on Model 570+.
The #4497 is not a Customer Install Feature.
4498#4498 32GB DDR2 Main Storage
The #4498 - 32 GB DDR2 Main Storage provides 32 GB of DDR2 system memory with four 8 GB DDR2 DIMMs. #4498 is
comprised of 400 MHz DDR2 DIMMs and cannot be mixed with other Model 570 memory on the same processor card.
#4498 can be mixed with other DDR2 memory in the same enclosure or in the same system.
Four available memory DIMM slots are required.
See “Model 570+ Main Memory Rules” on page 161 for memory restrictions.
Minimum operating system level: i5/OS V5R3
Supported on Model 570+.
The #4498 is not a Customer Install Feature.

172
IBM System i5, eServer i5, and iSeries System Builder: IBM i5/OS Version 5 Release 4
Features and Rules
#7049#7049 - 8/16 GB DDR1 Main Storage
The #7049 - 8/16 GB DDR-1 Main Storage provides 8 GB of activated memory and an additional 8 GB of memory available
for activation. The 8 GB of additional memory can be activated in increments of 1 GB. #7049 must be installed on a
processor card either by itself or with another #7049 or with features #4492 or #4494.
See “Model 570 Main Memory Rules” on page 162 for memory restrictions.
#7816#7816 2/4 GB CUoD Main Storage
#7816 is a DDR1, 512 Mb, 266 MHz, DRAM DIMMS DDR1 memory card, which provides 2 GB of activated system memory
and an additional 2 GB of system memory available for activation. The 2 GB of additional system memory can be activated
in increments of 1 GB. One #3757 Processor Book Service Shelf is required at the customer site for this upgrade.
See “Model 595 Main Memory Rules” on page 163 for memory restrictions.
Initial order or MES
Minimum operating system level: i5/OS V5R3, SUSE Linux Enterprise Server 9 for POWER or Red Hat Enterprise Linux
AS for POWER Version 3, AIX 5L for POWER V5.2
Supported on Model 595.
The #7816 is an IBM Customer Service Representative setup feature.
See “Model 595 Main Memory Rules” on page 163.
#7828#7828 16 GB Main Storage
The #7828 is a DDR1 memory card which provides 16 GB of activated system memory with four 4 GB DIMMS on a card.
Initial order or MES. One #3757 Processor Book Service Shelf is required at the customer site if this is an upgrade.
See “Model 595 Main Memory Rules” on page 163 for memory restrictions.
Minimum operating system level: i5/OS V5R3, SUSE Linux Enterprise Server 9 for POWER or Red Hat Enterprise Linux
AS for POWER Version 3, AIX 5L for POWER V5.2
Supported on Model 595.
The #7828 is an IBM Customer Service Representative setup feature.
#7829#7829 32 GB Main Storage
The #7829 is a DDR1 memory card which provides 32 GB of activated system memory with four 8 GB DIMMS on a card.
One #3757 Processor Book Service Shelf is required at the customer site if this is an upgrade.
See “Model 595 Main Memory Rules” on page 163 for memory restrictions.
Initial order or MES
Minimum operating system level: i5/OS V5R3, SUSE Linux Enterprise Server 9 for POWER or Red Hat Enterprise Linux
AS for POWER Version 3, AIX 5L for POWER V5.2
Supported on Model 595.
The #7829 is an IBM Customer Service Representative setup feature.
#7835#7835 4/8 GB CUoD Main Storage
The #7835 is a DDR1 memory card which provides 4 GB of activated system memory and an additional 4 GB of system
memory available for activation. The 4 GB of additional system memory can be activated in increments of 1 GB.
Initial order or MES
One #3757 Processor Book Service Shelf is required at the customer site for this upgrade.
See “Model 595 Main Memory Rules” on page 163 for memory restrictions.
Supported on Model 595.
The #7835 is an IBM Customer Service Representative setup feature.
#8195#8195 - 256 GB Main Storage (32X8)
The #8195 provides 32 #7835 4/8 GB fully activated memory features for a total of 256 GB of active DDR1 system memory.
Only the #8195 feature is shown on the order or in the install records, not the 32 #7835 features. No #7970 memory
activations are required.
Requires 32 empty system memory slots an any of processor boards
See “Model 595 Main Memory Rules” on page 163 for memory restrictions.
Initial order or MES
Supported only on Model 595.
The #8195 is a Customer Install Feature.

IBM System i5, eServer i5, and iSeries features and placement
173
Features and Rules
4.6 PCI IOP controllers
#8197#8197 512 GB Main Storage (32x16)
The #8197 provides 32 #7828 16 GB fully activated memory features for a total of 512 GB of active DDR1 system memory.
Only the #8197 feature is shown on the order or in the install records, not the 32 #7828 features.
Requires 32 empty system memory slots an any of processor boards
See “Model 595 Main Memory Rules” on page 163 for memory restrictions.
Supported on Model 595.
The #8197 is a Customer Install Feature.
#8198#8198 - 512 GB Main Storage (16x32)
The #8198 provides 16 #7829 32 GB fully activated memory features for a total of 512 GB of active DDR1 system memory.
Only the #8198 feature is shown on the order or in the install records, not the 16 #7829 features.
Requires 16 empty system memory slots an any of processor boards
See “Model 595 Main Memory Rules” on page 163 for memory restrictions.
Initial order or MES
Supported on Model 595.
The #8198 is a Customer Install Feature.
The #8198 is withdrawn from marketing as of 31 January 2006.
#9544#9544 Base 1 GB DDR Main Storage
DDR1 - 256 Mb technology
Ships four 256 MB DIMMs for a total of 1 GB
See “Model 520 Main Memory Rules” on page 160 and “Model 550 Main Memory Rules” on page 160.
Supported on Model 520 #7390, #7391, #7393 Express Editions.
#9545#9545 Base 4 GB DDR Main Storage
DDR1 - 128 Mb technology
Ships four 1 GB DIMMs for a total of 4 GB
See “Model 520 Main Memory Rules” on page 160 and “Model 550 Main Memory Rules” on page 160.
Supported on Model 520 #7395 and #7396 Express Editions.
#9547 2 GB DDR Main Storage
DDR1 - 64 Mb technology
Ships four 512 MB DIMMs for a total of 2 GB
See “Model 520 Main Memory Rules” on page 160 and “Model 550 Main Memory Rules” on page 160.
Supported on Models 520 #7392, #7394 Express Editions.
PCI IOP controllers
PCI Rules PCI cards are subject to plugging rules. Refer to 4.1, “PCI card placement for IBM System i5, eServer i5 and iSeries
servers” on page 98, for an introduction to PCI. PCI and PCI-X Placement Rules for IBM System i5, eServer i5, and iSeries
servers with i5/OS V5R4 and V5R3, REDP-4011 and PCI Card Placement Rules for the IBMEserver iSeries Server
OS/400 Version 5 Release 2: September 2003, REDP-3638 for OS/400 V5R2 and earlier releases, describe the
configuration and card placement rules that you must understand and follow to develop valid configurations. Use these IBM
Redpapers as a guide when configuring IOAs and IOPs so that the system is sized to meet client expectations.
Embedded
IOP
Embedded 32 MB Base PCI IOP (CCIN 284C)
The embedded IOP is standard on every Model 800, 810, and 820 system tower, and the #5075 PCI Expansion Tower.
This IOP is embedded and, therefore, does not require a PCI card slot. The embedded base PCI IOP provides support for
a maximum of four IOAs, including the #5702 PCI-X Ultra Tape Controller or #9767 Base PCI Disk Unit Controller SCSI
IOA, the #9771, #9773, or #9774 PCI 2-Line WAN with integrated modem and the System Console IOA. See “#2843 PCI
IOP” on page 175, for a list of other supported cards.

174
IBM System i5, eServer i5, and iSeries System Builder: IBM i5/OS Version 5 Release 4
Features and Rules
#9844
Base IOP
#9844 Base PCI IOP
The #9844 Base PCI IOP (CCIN 2844) is a PCI I/O processor which drives PCI IOA adapters. It has been included as part
of the base system units for Models 520, 570, 825, 870, and 890, and also can be included as part of the base with the
following expansion towers or units:
#5094 PCI-X Expansion Tower
#0595/#5095 PCI-X Expansion Tower
#5294 1.8m I/O Tower (Quantity of two)
#8094 Optional 1.8 M I/O Rack (Quantity of two)
#9094 Base PCI I/O Enclosure
#9194 Base PCI I/O Enclosure
The #9844 Base PCI IOP can be on initial system orders or on MES orders which add #0595/#5095, #5094, #5294, #8094,
or #9094 towers to an installed system. As of 31 January 2006 the #9844 is not included in all systems and towers. See
the “#9844 Inclusion Rules” on page 174 for configuration considerations.
On the #0588/#5088 PCI-X Expansion Unit or Tower, a #9844 Base PCI IOP is
not

included as part of the base unit or
tower.
See “#2844 PCI IOP” on page 177, for a list of other supported cards.
Supported on Models 520, 550, 570, 595, 800, 810, 825, 870, 890, and 9411-100.
#9844
Inclusion
Rules
As of 31 January 2006, the #9844 is not always included in system units and expansion towers. The inclusion rules are as
follows:
For expansions ordered after 31 January 2006, a #9844 or #9943 IOP is not included at no-charge. The order process
tools (LVT, manufacturing configurator and marketing configurator) cease to default any IOP for expansion units, but
do require priced IOPs (for example, the #2844) as required to support the IOAs that are ordered. The exception to
this is the “base” I/O tower (#8294 or #9194) on the Model 595. The marketing configurator defaults to a #9844 on a
Model 595 with a 1.65 GHz processor and allows de-selection of the #9844 if i5/OS V5R4 is ordered.
The existing definition of features #5560, #5561, #5562 and #5563 mirror tower packages include an enclosure
equivalent to a #0595 or #5095. The #0595 and #5095 have included an IOP to be ordered at no-charge. That IOP is
assumed to be part of the #0595 and #5095 in the four mirror tower packages. As of 31 January 2006, #0595 and
#5095 ordered as features, on their own, no longer allow a no-charge IOP to be ordered for them. However, because
each of the four mirror tower package features also include two disk IOAs (that cannot run IOP-less), the intent is to
continue to allow a no-charge IOP (a #9844) to be ordered with each of the four mirroring package features.
Model 520, 550 and 570 systems ordered with processors announced prior to 31 January 2006 (1.5 GHz and
1.65 GHz processors) include one no-charge IOP (a #9844) to be placed in the first IOP slot in the system unit. This is
limited to one #9844 per system including a Model 570 with multiple system unit enclosures.
A Model 595 system ordered with processor features (1.65 GHz) announced prior to 31 January 2006 include one
no-charge IOP (#9844), regardless of whether i5/OS V5R3 or V5R4 is ordered. When V5R3 is ordered, this #9844
must be placed in the #8294 or #9194. When V5R4 is ordered, the marketing configurator allows the #9844 to be
de-selected. If the #9844 is ordered, it can be placed wherever required within the system.
9406 systems ordered with 31 January 2006 announced processors (1.9 GHz and 2.2 GHz) do not allow any
no-charge IOPs (except in conjunction with mirror tower package features), regardless of whether i5/OS V5R3 or
V5R4 is ordered.
Models 550, 570 and 595 ordered with 31 January 2006 announce processors (1.9 GHz and 2.2 GHz) and i5/OS
V5R3 require an IOP. The required IOP (a #2844) must be purchased.
9405 Model 520 systems ordered with 31 January 2006 announce processors (1.9 GHz) allow a single no-charge IOP
(a #9844 to drive the included twinaxial IOA) to be ordered and placed in the first IOP slot in the system unit.
9406 systems ordered with i5/OS V5R4 support IOP-less in all expansion towers, including the primary I/O tower on
the Model 595 (1.65 GHz and 1.9 GHz processors). A Model 595 ordered with a 1.65 GHz processor and i5/OS V5R4
continues to default a no-charge IOP, even though IOP-less is supported in the primary I/O tower. The marketing
configurator defaults to a #9844 on the interface for all Model 595s when a 1.65 GHz processor is selected. The
#9844 can be deselected if i5/OS V5R4 is also selected. See page 185 for IOP-less placement considerations.
IOPs on existing systems (both priced and no-charge features) migrate when doing model upgrades. No-charge IOP
features are supported but are not orderable, except as explicitly noted otherwise.
#9943
Base IOP
#9943 Base PCI IOP
The #9943 Base PCI IOP (CCIN 2843) is included as the base IOP for Model 830 (in the #9074 Base I/O Tower), Model
840 (in either the #9079 Base I/O Tower or the #8079 Optional Base 1.8 M I/O Rack), and Model 890 (in either the #9094
Base PCI I/O Enclosure or #8093 Optional 1.8 M I/O Rack) and in the #5074 PCI Expansion Tower and #5079 1.8 M I/O
Tower.
The #5079, #8079, and #8093/#5097 include two base IOPs.
See “#2843 PCI IOP” on page 175, for a list of other supported cards.

IBM System i5, eServer i5, and iSeries features and placement
175
Features and Rules
#2843
#9943
#2843 PCI IOP
The #2843/#9943 is a PCI I/O processor with 64 MB of memory that drives up to four PCI IOA adapters on the Models 810,
820, 825, 830, 840, 870, 890, #5074 PCI Expansion Tower, #5075 PCI Expansion Tower when attached to the Model 820,
and on the #0578/#5078 PCI Expansion Unit, #0588/#5088 PCI-X Expansion Unit, #5094 PCI-X Expansion Tower,
#0595/#5095 PCI-X Expansion Tower, #5294 1.8m I/O Tower, and the #5079 1.8 M I/O Tower.
The following IOAs are supported (driven) by the embedded PCI IOP on the Model 820 and the #2843/#9943 PCI IOP:
#2742 Two-Line WAN IOA
#2743 1 Gbps PCI Ethernet IOA
#2744 PCI 100 Mbps Token Ring IOA
#2749 PCI Ultra Magnetic Media Controller
#2757 PCI-X Ultra RAID Disk Controller
#2760 PCI 1 Gbps Ethernet UTP Adapter
#2763 PCI RAID Disk Unit Controller
#2765 PCI Fibre Channel Tape Controller
#2766 PCI Fibre Channel Disk Controller
#2768 PCI Magnetic Media Controller
#2772 PCI Dual WAN/Modem IOA
#2773 PCI Dual WAN/Modem IOA
#2780 PCI-X Ultra4 RAID Disk Controller
#2787 PCI-X Fibre Channel Disk Controller
#2793 Two-Line WAN IOA with Modem
#2794 Two-Line WAN IOA with Modem
#2805 PCI Quad Modem IOA
#2806 PCI Quad Modem (CIM)
#2817 PCI 155 Mbps MMF ATM IOA
#2849 10/100 Mbps Ethernet Adapter
#4723 PCI 10 Mbps Ethernet Adapter
#4745 PCI 2-line WAN IOA
#4746 PCI Twinaxial IOA
#4748 PCI RAID Disk Unit Controller
#4750 PCI ISDN BRI U IOA
#4751 PCI ISDN BRI S/T IOA
#4761 PCI Integrated Analog Modem
#4778 PCI RAID Disk Unit Controller
#4801 PCI Cryptographic Coprocessor
#4805 PCI Cryptographic Accelerator
#4815 PCI ATM 155 Mbps UTP OC3
#4816 PCI ATM 155 Mbps MMF
#4818 PCI ATM 155 Mbps SMF OC3
#4838 PCI 100/10 Mbps Ethernet IOA
#5700 PCI 1 Gbps Ethernet IOA
#5701 PCI 1 Gbps Ethernet UTP IOA
#5702 PCI-X Ultra Tape Controller
#5703 PCI-X RAID Disk Unit Controller
#5704 PCI-X Fibre Channel Tape Controller
#5705 PCI-X Tape/DASD Controller
#5712 PCI-X Tape/DASD Controller
#5715 PCI-X Tape/DASD Controller
#9767 Base PCI Disk Unit Controller
#9771 Base PCI 2-Line WAN with integrated modem
#9778 Base PCI RAID Disk Unit Controller

#9793 2-Line WAN IOA with Modem
#9794 2-Line IOA with Modem
Up to five #2843 PCI IOPs can be added to the Model 820 system unit. When attached to a Model 820, the #5075 can
contain or support up to three #2843 PCI IOP features.
On the #5074 PCI Expansion Tower, a PCI IOP is not embedded, but a #9943 Base PCI IOP is included. Up to five #2843
PCI IOPs can be added to a #5074. Up to six #2843 PCI IOPs can be added to a #5078.
On the #5079 1.8 M I/O Tower, a PCI IOP is not embedded, but two #9943 Base PCI IOP are included. Up to 10 #2843
PCI IOPs can be added to the #5079.

176
IBM System i5, eServer i5, and iSeries System Builder: IBM i5/OS Version 5 Release 4
Features and Rules
#2843
#9943
(cont.)
#2843 PCI IOP
The #9943 can only be on initial system orders or on MES orders that add #5074, #5078, or #5079 towers to an installed
system. The maximum number of #9943s installed on a system is one in the system unit, plus one in each #5074 and two
in each #5079. Refer to PCI and PCI-X Placement Rules for IBM System i5, eServer i5, and iSeries servers with i5/OS
V5R4 and V5R3, REDP-4011, or PCI Card Placement Rules for the IBM Eserver iSeries Server OS/400 Version 5
Release 2: September 2003, REDP-3638 for OS/400 V5R2 and earlier releases, for further restrictions.
The #281x ATM, #2750, #2751, and #2761 are not supported with i5/OS V5R3.
The #2843 is a Customer Install Feature.
The #2843 is withdrawn from marketing as of 01 October 2004. A #2844 is the recommended replacement.

IBM System i5, eServer i5, and iSeries features and placement
177
Features and Rules
#2844
#9844
#2844 PCI IOP
The #2844 PCI IOP is a PCI I/O processor which drives PCI IOA adapters in the Model 270, 520, 550, 570, 595, 800, 810,
820, 825, 830, 840, 870, and 890 system units and the following expansion towers and units:
#0578 PCI Expansion Unit in Rack
#0588 PCI-X Expansion Unit in Rack
#0595 PCI-X Expansion Unit in Rack
#5074 PCI Expansion Tower
#5075 PCI Expansion Tower
#5078 PCI Expansion Unit
#5079 1.8 M I/O Tower
#5088 PCI-X Expansion Unit
#5094 PCI-X Expansion Tower
#5095 PCI-X Expansion Tower
#5294 1.8m I/O Tower
#5790 PCI Expansion Drawer
#8079 Optional Base 1.8 M I/O Rack
#8093 Optional 1.8 M I/O Rack
#8094 Optional 1.8 M I/O Rack
#8294 Optional Base 1.8 M Rack
#9079 Base I/O Tower (PCI)
#9094 Base PCI I/O Enclosure
#9194 Base PCI-X Expansion Tower
The #9844 Base PCI IOP is included with Models 520, 550, 570, 595, 825, 870, and 890, and PCI-X I/O towers #0595,
#5094, #5095, #5294, #8094, and #9094. Two #9844 PCI IOPs are included as base in the #5294 1.8 M I/O Tower. A
#9844 Base PCI IOP is not included in the base of the #0578, #5078, #0588, and #5088.
The following IOAs are supported (driven) by the #2844/#9944 PCI IOP:
CCIN 288E Embedded 10/100 Mbps Ethernet IOA (Model 825 only)
#2742 2-Line WAN IOA
#2743 1 Gbps PCI Ethernet IOA
#2744 PCI 100 Mbps Token Ring IOA
#2749 PCI Ultra Magnetic Media Controller
#2757 PCI-X Ultra RAID Disk Controller
#2760 PCI 1 Gbps Ethernet UTP Adapter
#2763 PCI RAID Disk Unit Controller
#2765 PCI Fibre Channel Tape Controller
#2766 PCI Fibre Channel Disk Controller
#2768 PCI Magnetic Media Controller
#2772 PCI Dual WAN/Modem IOA
#2773 PCI Dual WAN/Modem IOA
#2780 PCI-X Ultra4 RAID Disk Controller
#2782 PCI-X RAID Disk Unit Controller
#2787 PCI-X Fibre Channel Disk Controller
#2793 2-Line WAN IOA with Modem
#2794 2-Line WAN IOA with Modem
#2805 PCI Quad Modem IOA
#2806 PCI Quad Modem (CIM)
#2817 PCI 155 Mbps MMF ATM IOA
#2849 10/100 Mbps Ethernet Adapter
#4723 PCI 10 Mbps Ethernet Adapter
#4745 PCI 2-line WAN IOA
#4746 PCI Twinaxial IOA
#4750 PCI ISDN BRI U IOA
#4751 PCI ISDN BRI S/T IOA
#4748 PCI RAID Disk Unit Controller
#4761 PCI Integrated Analog Modem
#4778 PCI RAID Disk Unit Controller
#4801 PCI Cryptographic Coprocessor (not supported by embedded IOP)
#4805 PCI Cryptographic Accelerator (not supported by embedded IOP)
#4811 PCI Integrated xSeries Server
#4812 PCI Integrated xSeries Server
#4813 PCI Integrated xSeries Server
#4815 PCI ATM 155 Mbps UTP OC3
#4816 PCI ATM 155 Mbps MMF
#4818 PCI ATM 155 Mbps SMF OC3

178
IBM System i5, eServer i5, and iSeries System Builder: IBM i5/OS Version 5 Release 4
Features and Rules
#2844
#9844
(cont.)
#2844 PCI IOP
#4838 PCI 100/10 Mbps Ethernet IOA
#5700 PCI 1 Gbps Ethernet IOA
#5701 PCI 1 Gbps Ethernet UTP IOA
#5702 PCI-X Ultra Tape Controller
#5703 PCI-X RAID Disk Unit Controller
#5704 PCI-X Fibre Channel Tape Controller
#5705 PCI-X Tape/DASD Controller
#5712 PCI-X Tape/DASD Controller
#5715 PCI-X Tape/DASD Controller
#9748 Base PCI RAID Disk Unit Controller
#9767 Base PCI Disk Unit Controller
#9771 Base PCI 2-Line WAN with integrated modem
#9778 Base PCI RAID Disk Unit Controller
#9793 2-Line WAN IOA with Modem
#9794 2-Line IOA with Modem
#9812 Base PCI Integrated xSeries Server
#9813 PCI Integrated xSeries Server
Placement considerations (maximums) for the #2844 include:
Up to two in the Model 270, 800, and 810 system units
Five in the 820 system tower
Up to five in the Model 820 system unit
Up to three in the Model 825 system unit
Four in the base I/O tower of the Model 830 and 840
Up to four in the Model 830, 840, 870, and 890 system units
Three in a #5075 PCI Expansion Tower
Two in an #0595/#5095 PCI-X Expansion Tower
Two can be added to the base #9844 PCI IOP in the #0595/#5095 PCI-X Expansion Tower
Five in a #5074 PCI Expansion Tower and #5094 PCI-X Expansion Tower
Up to five can be added to the base #9844 PCI IOP in a #5074/#5094
Six in an #0578, #0588, #5078, or #5088 PCI-X Expansion Unit
Up to six can be added in the #0578/#5078 and #0588/#5088
10 in a #5079 1.8 M I/O Tower and #5294 1.8m I/O Tower
Up to 10 can be added to a #5079/#5294
The #5790 PCI Expansion Drawer supports two #2844s with blindswap cards. Two #5790s can be placed side by
side in a rack with #7311 Dual I/O Unit Enclosure
The #2844 supports a maximum of 16 devices.
Minimum operating system level: OS/400 V5R2
The #281x ATM, #2750, #2751, #2761, and #4761 are not supported with i5/OS V5R3.
The #2844 is a Customer Install Feature.

IBM System i5, eServer i5, and iSeries features and placement
179
Features and Rules
#2847#2847 PCI IOP for SAN Load Source
The #2847 PCI IOP for SAN Load Source provides the specialized function required to locate the load source disk on an
external disk server attached via a fibre channel adapter, and boot from that load source. The #2847 PCI IOP for SAN Load
Source does not support multipath for the i5/OS load source disk unit, but does support multipath for all other logical units
(LUNs) attached to this IOP. A minimum of two IOPs are required to enable redundancy. Refer to iSeries and IBM
TotalStorage: A Guide to Implementing External Disk on eServer i5, SG24-7120, for more information.
The #2847 PCI IOP for SAN Load Source supports a maximum of one IOA of either:
#2766 PCI Fibre Channel Disk Controller
#2787 PCI-X Fibre Channel Disk Controller
Supported on the Model 520, 550, 570, 595 system units, and on the following expansion towers and units:
#0588 PCI-X Expansion Unit in Rack
#0595 PCI-X Expansion Unit in Rack
#5074 PCI Expansion Tower
#5079 1.8 M I/O Tower
#5088 PCI-X Expansion Unit
#5094 PCI-X Expansion Tower
#5095 PCI-X Expansion Tower
#5294 1.8m I/O Tower
#5790 PCI Expansion Drawer
#8079 Optional Base 1.8 M I/O Rack
#8093 Optional 1.8 M I/O Rack
#8094 Optional 1.8 M I/O Rack
#9079 Base I/O Tower (PCI)
#9094 Base PCI I/O Enclosure
#9194 Base PCI-x Expansion Tower
#8294 Optional Base 1.8m rack
Minimum operating system level: i5/OS V5R3 with #0531 i5/OS V5R3, V5R3M5 LIC
#2790
#2791
#2799
#2790 PCI Integrated Netfinity Server, #2791 PCI Integrated xSeries Server and #2799 PCI Integrated xSeries
Server
The #2790 PCI Integrated Netfinity Server contains a 700 MHz processor. The #2791 PCI Integrated xSeries Server
contains an 850 MHz processor. The #2799 PCI Integrated xSeries Server contains a 1.0 GHz Intel® Pentium® III
processor. Each processor contains four memory slots in the xSeries IOP.
The #2790, #2791, or #2799 is supported in the system unit of the Models 820, 825, 830, 840, 870, and 890, and #5074
PCI Expansion Tower, #5075 PCI Expansion Tower, #5078 PCI Expansion Unit, #0588/#5088 PCI-X Expansion Unit, and
#5079 1.8 M I/O Towers.
Each main storage slot of the #2790, #2791, or #2799 server can contain either a 128 MB, 256 MB, or 1024 MB xSeries
server main storage card, providing a total server main storage capacity ranging from 128 MB to 4096 MB (4 GB). A
minimum of one main storage card is required on the xSeries IOP. A maximum of 3712 MB of memory is addressable.
Allowable main storage increments in MB are 128, 256, 384, 512, 640, 768, 896, 1024, 1152, 1280, 1408, 1536, 1664,
1792, 2048, 2176, 2304, 2432, 2560, 3072, 3200, 3328, and 4096.
The following main storage cards provide server memory for the #2790, #2791, or #2799 when installed in a Model 820,
825, 830, 840, 870, or 890 system unit or attachable HSL towers:
#2795 - 128 MB server memory (withdrawn from marketing as of 19 November 2004)
#2796 - 256 MB server memory (withdrawn from marketing as of 19 November 2004)
#2797 - 1 GB server memory (withdrawn from marketing as of 01 June 2006)

#2895 - 128 MB server memory (withdrawn from marketing as of 19 November 2004 for new orders only.
Conversions to feature remain.)

#2896 - 256 MB server memory (withdrawn from marketing as of 19 November 2004 for new orders only.
Conversions to feature remain.)
The #2790, #2791, and #2799 can support PCI 100/16/4 Mbps Token Ring IOAs, PCI 100/10 Mbps Ethernet IOAs, or PCI
1 Gbps Ethernet IOAs in any combination. At least one LAN IOA is required. The supported LAN IOA features are:
#2743 1 Gbps PCI Ethernet IOA
#2744 PCI 100 Mbps Token Ring IOA
#2760 PCI 1 Gbps Ethernet UTP Adapter
#4838 PCI 100/10 Mbps Ethernet IOA

180
IBM System i5, eServer i5, and iSeries System Builder: IBM i5/OS Version 5 Release 4
Features and Rules
#2790
#2791
#2799
(cont.)
#2790 PCI Integrated Netfinity Server, #2791 PCI Integrated xSeries Server and #2799 PCI Integrated xSeries
Server
A #0223 100 Mbps Token-Ring specify code is required on the Integrated xSeries Server for each #2744 selected to run
on the #2790, #2791, or #2799.
A #0224 100/10 Mbps Ethernet specify code is required on the Integrated xSeries Server for each #4838 selected to run
on the #2790, #2791, or #2799.
A #0225 1 Gbps Ethernet specify code is required on the Integrated xSeries Server for each #2743/#2760 selected to run
on the #2790, #2791, or #2799.
Up to three IOA LAN features are supported by the #2790, #2791, or #2799, depending on which system or expansion
tower position the #2790, #2791, or #2799 is placed. The #2790, #2791, and #2799 require three PCI card slots on the
Model 820, 830, or 840 system unit backplane. One slot is consumed. The second slot is unusable. The third slot is reduced
to a short card slot which is then used by the first attached LAN IOA card.
The #2790, #2791, and #2799 do not require a #2843 or #9943. However, placement is limited to specific slots within the
specific system tower and expansion tower.
The #2790, #2791, and #2799 support only the Windows® NT, Windows 2000 and Windows Server® 2003 operating
systems. The Windows 2003 Server operating system is supported at OS/400 V5R2 with PTFs and i5/OS V5R3.
The following rules apply:
#0325 IPCS Extension Cable for Windows is the default but can be removed.
#1700 IPCS Keyboard or Mouse for Windows is the default in those countries or regions offering it.
A display must be connected to the #2790 PCI Integrated Netfinity Server to support Windows.
Windows NT® is not supported with i5/OS V5R3. Upgrade to Windows 2000.
For a non-U.S. keyboard, mouse and display, see: http://www.ibm.com/eserver/iseries/integratedxseries/
Restrictions:
Native OS/400 functions are not supported.
The #2790, #2791, and #2799 do not support an external host LAN.
The #2849 is not supported on any Integrated Netfinity Server/Integrated xSeries Server.
Refer to PCI Card Placement Rules for the IBM eServer iSeries Server OS/400 Version 5 Release 2: September 2003,
REDP-3638, for complete rules for placing these PCI cards in OS/400 V5R2 and earlier configurations.
Windows NT is not supported with i5/OS V5R3. Upgrade to Windows 2000.
Minimum operating system level to support #2743 or #2760 on the #2790, #2791, or #2799: OS/400 V5R1
Minimum operating system level to support #2790 or #2791: OS/400 V4R5 with Cumulative Package C1005450
Minimum operating system level to support #2799: OS/400 V5R1 with PTFs identified in Information APAR II13105 at:
http://www.ibm.com/eserver/iseries/support
The #2790, #2791, or #2799 are Customer Install Features or an IBM Customer Service Representative setup features
depending upon card placement.
The #2799 is withdrawn from marketing as of 21 November 2003.

IBM System i5, eServer i5, and iSeries features and placement
181
Features and Rules
#2792
#9792
#2792 PCI Integrated xSeries Server
The #2792 PCI Integrated xSeries Server contains a 1.6 GHz processor and four memory slots in the xSeries IOP. The
#9792 Base PCI Integrated xSeries Server is included with Models 825, 870, and 890 when ordered with the iSeries
Enterprise Edition. The #9792 includes two #9726 server memory features (must be ordered as a pair). The #9792 is
allowed only on new systems that have sufficient PCI slots for manufacturing to place the feature within the system.
Each server memory slot of the #2792 PCI Integrated xSeries Server can contain either a 512 MB server memory card or
1024 MB server memory card. At least two server memory cards are required in the xSeries IOP and must be installed in
identical pairs. Allowable main storage increments in MB are 1024, 2048, 3072, and 4096. A minimum of 1 GB xSeries IOP
memory is required.
The following server memory cards provide memory for the #2792 PCI Integrated xSeries Server:
#0426 - 512 MB Server Memory (withdrawn from marketing as of 01 June 2006)
#0427 - 1 GB Server Memory (withdrawn from marketing as of 01 June 2006)
#9726 - Base 512 MB server memory (available only on the #9792 Base PCI Integrated xSeries Server)
The #2792 PCI Integrated xSeries Server includes one embedded 100/10 Mbps Ethernet LAN controller. The #2792 PCI
Integrated xSeries Server can be ordered without any further LAN cards, but supports up to three LAN IOAs in any
combination depending on which slot the #2792 is placed. The features for the LAN IOAs are:
#2744 PCI 100 Mbps Token Ring IOA
#5700 PCI 1 Gbps Ethernet IOA
#5701 PCI 1 Gbps Ethernet UTP IOA
One #0223 100 Mbps Token-Ring Specify is required for each #2744 selected to run on the #2792.
One #0226 1 Gbps Ethernet Specify code is required for each #5700 or #5701 selected to run on the #2792.
The #2792 does not require a #2843, #2844, #9943, or #9844 IOP. Placement is limited to specific slots within the system
towers and expansion towers. The #2792 requires two PCI slots and does not extend into a third slot. The #2792 ships with
a keyboard or mouse splitter cable and can support either a standard or USB 1.1 keyboard or mouse. The #2792 PCI
Integrated xSeries Server supports only the Windows 2000 Server and Windows 2003 Server operating systems. Windows
2003 Server operating system is supported with OS/400 V5R2 and required PTFs.
The following rules apply:
#0325 IPCS Extension Cable for Windows is the default (but can be removed).
#1700 IPCS Keyboard/Mouse for Windows is the default (in those countries or regions offering it).
A display must be connected to the Integrated xSeries Server to support Windows.
For a non-U.S. keyboard or mouse and display, see: http://www.ibm.com/eserver/iseries/integratedxseries/
Native OS/400 functions are not supported. The #2792 does not support external host LAN. The #2849 10/100 Mbps
Ethernet Adapter is not supported on the #2792/#9792 Base PCI Integrated xSeries Server.
Minimum operating system level: OS/400 V5R2
Supported in the system unit of Models 820, 825, 830, 840, 870, 890 and in the following towers: #5074 PCI Expansion
Tower, #5075 PCI Expansion Tower, #0578/#5078 PCI Expansion Unit, #5079 1.8 M I/O Tower, #0588/#5088 PCI-X
Expansion Unit, #5094 PCI-X Expansion Tower, #0595/#5095 PCI-X Expansion Tower, #5294 1.8m I/O Tower,
#8093/#8094 Optional 1.8 M I/O Rack.
Card placement determines whether #2792 is a Customer Install Feature or an IBM Customer Service Representative
setup feature.
The #2792 and #9792 are withdrawn from marketing as of 01 January 2004.

182
IBM System i5, eServer i5, and iSeries System Builder: IBM i5/OS Version 5 Release 4
Features and Rules
#2890
#2891
#2899
#2890 PCI Integrated Netfinity Server, #2891 PCI Integrated xSeries Server, #2899 PCI Integrated xSeries Server
The #2890 PCI Integrated Netfinity Server contains a 700 MHz processor. The #2891 PCI Integrated xSeries Server
contains an 850 MHz processor. The #2899 PCI Integrated xSeries Server contains a 1 GHz Pentium III processor. Each
processor contains four memory slots in the xSeries IOP.
Each main storage slot of the #2890, #2891, or #2899 can contain either a 128 MB, 256 MB, or 1024 MB xSeries server
main storage card, providing a total main storage capacity ranging from 128 MB to 4096 MB (4 GB). Allowable main storage
increments in MB are: 128, 256, 384, 512, 640, 768, 896, 1024, 1152, 1280, 1408, 1536, 1664, 1792, 2048, 2176, 2304,
2432, 2560, 3072, 3200, 3328, and 4096. A minimum of 128 MB xSeries IOP memory is required. When the maximum
memory is installed, only 3712 MB is addressable.
The following main storage cards provide server memory for the #2890, #2891, and #2899:
#2795 - 128 MB Server Memory (withdrawn from marketing as of 19 November 2004)
#2796 - 256 MB Server Memory (withdrawn from marketing as of 19 November 2004)
#2797 - 1 GB Server Memory (withdrawn from marketing as of 01 June 2006)
The #2890, #2891, or #2899 can support PCI 100/16/4 Mbps Token Ring IOAs, PCI 100/10 Mbps Ethernet IOAs, or PCI
1 Gbps Ethernet IOAs in any combination. At least one LAN IOA is required. The following LAN IOA features:
#2743 1 Gbps PCI Ethernet IOA
#2744 PCI 100 Mbps Token Ring IOA
#2760 PCI 1 Gbps Ethernet UTP Adapter
#4838 PCI 100/10 Mbps Ethernet IOA
A #0223 100 Mbps Token-Ring Specify is required on the #2890/#2891/#2899 PCI Integrated xSeries Server for each
#2744 selected to run on the #2890/#2891/#2899.
A #0224 100/10 Mbps Ethernet Specify is required on the #2890/#2891/#2899 PCI Integrated xSeries Server for each
#4838 selected to run on the #2890/#2891/#2899.
A #0225 1 Gbps Ethernet Specify is required on the #2890/#2891/#2899 PCI Integrated xSeries Server for each #2743 or
#2760 selected to run on the #2890/#2891/#2899.
Up to three IOA LAN features can be supported by the #2890, #2891, or #2899, depending on which system or expansion
tower position the #2890, #2891, or #2899 is placed. The #2890, #2891, or #2899 requires three PCI card slots. One slot
is consumed. The second slot is unusable. The third slot is reduced to a short card slot, which is then used by the first
attached LAN IOA card.
The #2890, #2891, or #2899 does not require a #2843 or #9943, but placement is limited to specific slots within the various
system towers and expansion towers. The #2890, #2891, or #2899 supports only the Windows NT, Windows 2000, and
Windows 2003 operating systems. Ships with a keyboard or mouse splitter cable. The following considerations apply:
#0325 IPCS Extension Cable for Windows is the default (but can be removed).
#1700 IPCS Keyboard/Mouse for Windows is the default (in those countries or regions that offer it).
A display must be connected to the Integrated xSeries Server to support Windows.
For a non-U.S. keyboard, mouse and display, see: http://www.ibm.com/eserver/iseries/integratedxseries/
Restrictions:
Native OS/400 functions are not supported.
The #2890, #2891, or #2899 does not support external host LAN.
The #2849 is not supported on any Integrated Netfinity Server/Integrated xSeries Server.
Windows NT is not supported with i5/OS V5R3. Upgrade to Windows 2000.
Minimum operating system level to support #2890/#2891: OS/400 V4R5 with Cumulative Package C1005450
Minimum operating system level to support #2899: OS/400 V5R1 with PTFs identified in Information APAR II13105 at:
http://www.ibm.com/eserver/iseries/support
Minimum operating system level to support #2743 or #2760 on the #2890, #2891, or #2899: OS/400 V5R1
The #2890, #2891, or #2899 is supported (for migration only) in the Model 800, Model 810, and the #5074 PCI Expansion
Tower, #5075 PCI Expansion Tower, #0578/#5078 PCI Expansion Unit, and #5079 1.8 M I/O Tower, #0595/#5095 PCI-X
Expansion Tower, #5094/#5294 Expansion Towers, and #0588/#5088 PCI-X Expansion Unit.
The #2890, #2891, and #2899 are Customer Install Features.
The #2899 is withdrawn from marketing as of 21 November 2003 for new orders. Conversion to feature #2899 remains
available.

IBM System i5, eServer i5, and iSeries features and placement
183
Features and Rules
#2892#2892 PCI Integrated xSeries Server
The #2892 PCI Integrated xSeries Server contains a 1.6 GHz processor and four memory slots in the xSeries IOP. Each
server memory slot of the #2892 PCI Integrated xSeries Server can contain either a 512 MB server memory card or a 1024
MB server memory card, providing allowable main storage options of 1024 MB, 2048 MB, 3072 MB, and 4096 MB. All
server memory cards must be installed in identical pairs.
The following main storage cards provide memory for the #2892 PCI Integrated xSeries Server:
#0446 - 512 MB Server Memory
#0447 - 1 GB Server Memory
The #2892 PCI Integrated xSeries Server includes one embedded 100/10 Mbps Ethernet LAN controller. The #2892 can
be ordered without any further LAN cards. The #2892 supports up to three, in any combination (depending into which
system or expansion tower position the #2892 is placed), of the following LAN IOA features:
#2744 PCI 100 Mbps Token Ring IOA
#5700 PCI 1 Gbps Ethernet IOA
#5701 PCI 1 Gbps Ethernet UTP IOA
One #0223 100 Mbps Token-Ring Specify is required for each #2744 selected to run on the #2892.
One #0226 1 Gbps Ethernet Specify is required for each #5700 or #5701 selected to run on the #2892.
The #2892 PCI Integrated xSeries Server does not require a #2843, #2844, #9943 or #9944 IOP, but placement is limited
to specific slots within the various system towers and expansion towers. The #2892 requires two PCI slots and does not
extend into a third slot. The #2892 supports only the Windows 2000 Server and the Windows.NET Server operating
systems. The #2892 ships with a standard keyboard/mouse splitter cable, and can support either a standard or USB 1.1
keyboard, mouse, or both.
The following rules apply:
#0325 (IPCS Extension Cable for Windows) is the default (but can be removed).
#1700 (IPCS Keyboard/Mouse for Windows) is the default (in those countries or regions offering it).
A display must be connected to the #2790 PCI Integrated Netfinity Server to support Windows.
For a non-U.S. keyboard, mouse and display, see: http://www.ibm.com/eserver/iseries/integratedxseries/
For the Models 800 and 810, the #2892 is orderable for placement in the #5074, #5094, #0578, #0588, #5078 and #5088
expansion towers or units and in the #5079 and #5294 on the Model 810.
Native OS/400 functions are not supported. The #2892 PCI Integrated xSeries Server does not support external host LAN.
The #2849 10/100 Mbps Ethernet Adapter is not supported on the #2892.
Minimum operating system level: OS/400 V5R2
Supported on the Model 270, 800, and 810 system units, on the #5075 PCI Expansion Tower when it is attached to the
Model 270
Supported in the #5075 PCI Expansion Tower and #0595/#5095 PCI-X Expansion Tower when these towers are attached
to a Model 800 or 810
Card placement determines whether the #2892 is a Customer Install Feature or an IBM Customer Service Representative
setup feature.
The #2892 is withdrawn from marketing as of 01 January 2004.
#4710
#4810
#9710
#4710/#4810/#9710 PCI Integrated xSeries Server
The #4710, #4810, or #9710 PCI Integrated xSeries Servers have 2 GHz processor and four memory slots. Each server
memory slot can contain one of the following features, providing a total main storage capacity from 1024 MB to 4096 MB.
The feature numbers of the server memory cards are:
#0426/#9726 - 512 MB Server Memory (withdrawn from marketing as of 01 June 2006)
#0427 - 1 GB Server Memory (withdrawn from marketing as of 01 June 2006)
A minimum of two server memory cards are required and must be installed in identical capacity pairs. On model upgrades
or MES orders, a #4710/#4810 can be ordered without memory features if usable supported memory features already exist
on the installed system.
The #4710, #4810, or #9710 includes one embedded 100/10 Mbps Ethernet LAN controller. The following LAN IOAs are
supported in combination:
#2744 PCI 100 Mbps Token Ring IOA
#5700 PCI 1 Gbps Ethernet IOA
#5701 PCI 1 Gbps Ethernet UTP IOA
The #4710/#4810 can be ordered without any LAN IOA features.

184
IBM System i5, eServer i5, and iSeries System Builder: IBM i5/OS Version 5 Release 4
Features and Rules
#4710
#4810
#9710
(cont.)
#4710/#4810/#9710 PCI Integrated xSeries Server
When a LAN feature is used in conjunction with a #4710, the following ordering rules apply:
One #0223 100 Mbps Token-Ring Specify is required for each #2744 driven.
One #0226 1 Gbps Ethernet Specify is required for each #5700/#5701 driven.
Up to three IOA LAN features can be supported by the #4710/#4810, depending on the system unit or tower position
into which the #4710, #4810, or #9710 is placed.
Native OS/400 functions are not supported.
The #4710, #4810, or #9710 do not support external host LAN.
The #4710, #4810, or #9710 do not require a #2843, #2844, #9943 or #9844. Placement is limited to specific slots within
the selected system unit and expansion tower. The #4710, #4810, or #9710 require two PCI card slots, and do not hang
over a third slot. The #4710, #4810, or #9710 ship with a standard keyboard and mouse splitter cable and can support
either standard or USB 1.1 keyboard, mouse, or both. Windows 2000 Server with PTFs and Windows 2003 Server
operating systems are supported.
The following apply:
#0325 (IPCS Extension Cable for Windows) is the default (but can be removed).
A minimum of 1 GB server memory is required.
#1700 (IPCS keyboard or mouse for Windows) is default (in countries offering it).
A display must be connected to the Integrated Server to support Windows.
For a non-US keyboard/mouse and display, see: http://www.ibm.com/eserver/iseries/integratedxseries/
Minimum operating system level: OS/400 V5R2 with PTFs identified in Information APAR II13609 at:
http://www.ibm.com/eserver/iseries/support
The #4710/#9710 is supported in the Model 520, 550, 570, and 595 and the system unit of Models 820, 825, 830, 840, 870,
and 890. It is also supported in the following expansion towers when attached to these models: #0578, #0588, #0595,
#5074, #5075, #5078, #5079, #5088, #5094, #5095, and #5294, #8079, #8094, #9079, and #9094.
The #4810 is supported in Model 270, 800, and 810 system units. It is also supported in the following towers when attached
to the #5075, #0578/#5078, #0588/#5088, and #0595/#5095 Expansion Towers. For Models 800 and 810, if the #4810 is
placed in a #5094 or #5294, the client install instructions indicate that an IBM Customer Service Representative must be
called for card installation.
The #9710 is supported in the Model 520, 550, 570, and 595 and the system unit of Models 825, 870, and 890. It is also
supported in the following expansion towers when attached to the #0578, #0588, #0595, #5074, #5075, #5078, #5079,
#5088, #5094, #5095, and #5294 Expansion Towers.
A #4710 is the recommended replacement for the #2792 PCI Integrated xSeries Server.
A #4810 is the recommended replacement for the #2892 PCI Integrated xSeries Server.
The #4710, #4810 and #9710 are withdrawn from marketing as of 01 June 2006. A #4812 PCI Integrated xSeries Server
is the recommended replacement.
#9726#9726 Base 512 MB Server Memory
The #9726 provides 512 MB DDR server memory for the #9792 Base PCI Integrated xSeries Server. The #9726 Base 512
MB Server Memory is allowed on the following editions, with a maximum of two per edition:
#7421 Enterprise Edition
#7424 Enterprise Edition
#7427 Enterprise Edition
The #9726 Base 512 MB Server Memory must be ordered in pairs.
The #9726 is allowed on new systems or upgrades from non 810, 825, 870, or 890 systems into the 810, 825, 870, or 890
models. If the client does not select the #9726 on the initial order, they are not entitled to receive the feature in the future.
Supported on Models 520, 550, 570, 595, 825, 870, 890, and 9411-100.
#9744#9744 Base PCI IOP
The #9744 Base PCI IOP is a base PCI I/O processor that drives PCI IOA adapters in the system unit and in HSL attached
PCI or PCI-X I/O expansion towers/units. One #9744 can drive a maximum of four IOAs, subject to configuration
restrictions. One #9744 is the default on each order, but can be removed, when a #4811, #4812, #4813, #9812, or #9813
PCI-X Integrated xSeries Server is on the order.
Supported on Models 520, 550, 570, 595, 800, 810, 825, 870, 890, and 9411-100.

IBM System i5, eServer i5, and iSeries features and placement
185
Features and Rules
4.6.1 IOP-less IOAs and placement
An IOA that is said to be “IOP-less” can function in an i5/OS partition without an IOP.
The features in the following table are IOP-less. The “Initial IOP-less release” column
indicates the minimum release level that the feature is supported as IOP-less (dual mode).
Placement details for the January 2006 announced IOP-less features include:
Are supported with an IOP with i5/OS V5R3.
Dual-mode IOAs can be used with or without an IOP. An IOA that is said to be IOP-less
can function in an i5/OS partition without an IOP.
i5/OS V5R4 is required to run in IOP-less mode except for the 1.9 GHz Model 520.
The 1.9 GHz Model 520 supports the use of dual-mode IOAs and controllers running in
IOP-less mode in the system unit with i5/OS V5R3 and V5R3M5 LIC. Dual mode IOAs can
run in IOP-less mode in attached I/O towers
The 1.9 and 2.2 GHz Models 520, 550 and 570 support the use of dual-mode IOAs and
controllers running in IOP-less mode in the system unit with OS/400 V4R3. Dual mode
cards can also run in IOP-less mode in attached I/O towers.
Dual mode IOAs and controllers are not supported running in IOP-less mode in the
system unit of the 1.5 and 1.65 GHz Models 520, 550, or 570. Dual mode cards can run in
IOP-less mode in attached I/O towers
An IXS can be placed in the 1.9 GHZ Model 520 system unit. An IXS continues to require
an IOP.
Conversions between direct attach, IOP- required, and IOP-less features are available.
Controllers are auto-configured as IOP-less when possible.
There are three types of IOA features announced for System i processors that run with i5/OS
and one IOA type that runs with AIX or Linux. The four types of IOAs are:
IOAs that require IOPs.
Single mode IOP-less IOAs that are not recognized by IOPs. These IOAs can be placed
virtually anywhere relative to installed IOPs without causing problems.
Dual mode IOP-less IOAs that can run without an IOP and can make use of an IOP for
performance reasons.
If an IOP controls the IOA, order the IOA by the column A feature code. Place the IOA
after an IOP on the same EADs boundary. To run in IOP-less mode, place the dual mode
IOA in front of (that is, in a lower) EADs address of any IOP in an EADs.
Direct access IOAs run without an IOP. They are used in a System i AIX or Linux partition.
The four types of IOAs are represented in Table 4-1 on page 186 as follows:
Column A shows IOAs that require IOPs. An IOP is required for i5/OS.
Column B shows direct attach features that allow the use of the IOA in an AIX or Linux
partition without an IOP.
Column C shows single-mode IOP-less features.
Column D shows that operate IOP-less in an i5/OS partition.
Columns E through G show the functionality of the hardware in that row at the various
i5/OS Version 5 releases.
Dedicated means the IOA must be driven by an IOP.

186
IBM System i5, eServer i5, and iSeries System Builder: IBM i5/OS Version 5 Release 4
Features and Rules
Both means the IOA can run with or without an IOP. Proper placement depends on which
feature is ordered. When a Column D feature is ordered, it must be placed either in an
EADs without any IOPs, or ahead of any IOPs in the same EADs. When a Column A
feature is ordered, it must be placed after an IOP on the same EADs so that it can be
controlled by the IOP.
Table 4-1 IOP-less support
Each row in Table 4-1 represents a hardware entity. All feature codes within any given row
pertain to exactly the same hardware. The reported CCIN for any feature in any given row is
the same.
Table 4-2 IOP-less features
IOP required
A
Direct attach
B
Single mode
IOP-less
C
Dual mode
IOP-less
D
V5R3M0
and
previous
E
V5R3M5
F
V5R4M0
G
#2793 #2794
#9793 #9794
#0614 #0615#9493 #9494 Dedicated Both * Both *
#5700 #5701#0620 #0621#6800 #6801 Dedicated Dedicated Both
#5727 #5728 n/a#5727 #5728 Dedicated Both Both
#5736#0647#5775 Dedicated Both Both
#5737#0648#5776 Dedicated Both Both
IOP-less only#4806 #5706
#5707 #5721
#5722
IOP-less only
* Can be IOP-less when used for ECS.
Note: Do not place the #6800 PCI 1Gbps Ethernet IOA or #6801 PCI 1Gbps Ethernet UTP
IOA in a #5704 PCI-X Fibre Channel Tape Controller or #5079 1.8 m I/O Tower.
Group Description FC** Initial i5/OS
IOP-less release
LAN PCI 1 Gbps Ethernet Fiber 2-port#5707 V5R3M0
PCI 10/100/1000 Mbps Ethernet UTP 2-port#5706 V5R3M0
PCI 1 Gbps Ethernet IOA#5700/#6800 V5R4M0
PCI 1 Gbps Ethernet UTP IOA#5701/#6801 V5R4M0
PCI-xddr 10 Gbps Ethernet Fiber#5722 V5R4M0
PCI-xddr 10 Gbps Ethernet Fiber#5721 V5R4M0

IBM System i5, eServer i5, and iSeries features and placement
187
Features and Rules
Storage
controller
PCI-X DDR U320 RAID Disk Ctrl with Read Cache#5738/#0649 V5R4P
PCI-X DDR U320 RAID Disk Ctrl with Read Cache#5739/#5746/#0650/
#0651
V5R4P
PCI-X DDR Auxiliary Cache IOA n/a V5R4P
PCI-X DDR U320 Tape/DASD Ctlr#5775/#5736 V5R3M5
PCI-X DDR U320 RAID Disk Unit Ctlr#5776/#5737 V5R3M5
64 MB Planar RAID feature Card#5727/#5728 V5R3M5
WAN PCI 2-Line WAN w/Modem#2793/#6803 V5R3M5
PCI 2-Line WAN w/Modem (CIM)#2794/#6801 V5R3M5
PCI 2-Line WAN IOA#2742/#6805 V5R4M5
PCI Quad Modem IOA#2805/#6808 V5R4M5
PCI Quad Modem IOA (CIM)#2806/#6809 V5R4M5
Encryption PCI-x Encryption#4806 V5R3M0
IXA iSCSI IXA Adapter Opt without IPSEC#5783 V5R4P
iSCSI IXA Adapter Cu without IPSEC#5784 V5R4P
Disk 35.16 GB 10K RPM Disk Unit #4319/#7504 V5R3M5
8.58 GB 10K RPM Disk Unit#4317/#7501 V5R3M5
70.56 GB 15K RPM Disk Unit#4327/#7509 V5R3M5
35.16 GB 15K RPM Disk Unit#4326/#7508 V5R3M5
17.54 GB 10K RPM Disk Unit#4318/#7502 V5R3M5
141 GB Ultra320 15K RPM U320#4328/#7510 V5R3M5
Group Description FC** Initial i5/OS
IOP-less release

188
IBM System i5, eServer i5, and iSeries System Builder: IBM i5/OS Version 5 Release 4
Features and Rules
Removable
Optical
internal
device
DVD ROM Slimline#2640 V5R3M5
DVD-RAM #4430 V5R3M5
DVD-RAM#4630 V5R3M5
DVD RAM Slimline#5751 V5R3M5
DVD-RAM#4633 V5R3M5
DVD-ROM #4631 V5R3M5
VXA-2 80 GB Tape #4685 V5R3M5
VXA-2 80 GB Tape #1889 V5R3M5
VXA-3 160 GB Tape #4688 V5R3M5P
VXA-3 160 GB Tape #5764 V5R3M5P
QIC 50 GB Tape #5754 V5R3M5
QIC 50 GB Tape #4487 V5R3M5
QIC 50 GB Tape#4687 V5R3M5
QIC 30 GB Tape #5753 V5R3M5
QIC 30 GB Tape #4684 V5R3M5
DAT 160 GB 4 mm Tape #6259 V5R4P
HH LTO2 #5755 V5R3M5
Removable
External
Optical
Device
DVD RAM Bridge Box V5R3M5
DVD-RAM Bridge Box V5R3M5
DVD-RAM #1102 V5R3M5
DVD-RAM #1103 V5R3M5
DVD-ROM #1106 V5R3M5
Removable
Optical
Library
Device
Opt Lib (Plasmon 14x and/or UDO G-Series 24 to 638) V5R4M0
Optical Library (IBM UDO Models 32, 80, 174) V5R4M0
Group Description FC** Initial i5/OS
IOP-less release

IBM System i5, eServer i5, and iSeries features and placement
189
Features and Rules
External
Removable
Tape Device
SLR60, QIC 30 GB BBox V5R3M5
VXA-2 80 GB BBox V5R3M5
VXA-3 160 GB Tape BBox V5R3M5P
DAT 160 GB Tape BBox V5R4P
SLR60, QIC 30 GB V5R3M5
SLR100, QIC 50 GB V5R3M5
VXA-2 80 GB V5R3M5
VXA-3 160 GB Tape V5R3M5P
HH LTO2 V5R3M5
DAT 160 GB Tape V5R4P
Removable
Tape Library
FC Library Expansion Frame for 3592 J1A V5R4M5
FC Library High Availability Redundant Library Manager
and Picker
V5R4M5
FC Library Base Frame for 3590 E1A,H1A Drives V5R4M5
FC Library Base Frame for 3592 J1A V5R4M5
LTO2 LVD BBox V5R4M5
LTO3 LVD BBox V5R4M5
LTO2 LVD 5u 7Cart ACL V5R4M5
LTO2 FC 2u 8Cart ACL V5R4M5
LTO3 FC 2u 8Cart ACL V5R4M5
LTO2 LVD 2u 8Cart ACL V5R4M5
LTO3 LVD 2u 8Cart ACL V5R4M5
LTO2 FC 23Cart Libr V5R4M5
LTO3 FC 23Cart Libr V5R4M5
LTO2 LVD 1-6Drv 18-72Cart Libr (Belgian) V5R4M5
LTO2 FC 1-6Drv 18-72Cart Libr (Belgian) V5R4M5
LTO3 LVD 1-6Drv 18-72Cart Libr (Belgian) V5R4M5
Group Description FC** Initial i5/OS
IOP-less release

190
IBM System i5, eServer i5, and iSeries System Builder: IBM i5/OS Version 5 Release 4
Features and Rules
4.7 Workstation controllers and console features
Removable
Tape Library
LTO3 FC 1-6Drv 18-72Cart Libr (Belgian) V5R4M5
UltraScalable Library LTO3 FC drive canister V5R4M5
UltraScalable Libr LTO3 LVD drive canister V5R4M5
UltraScalable Library FC drive canister (3592-J1A) V5R4M5
UltraScalable Library FC drive canister V5R4M5
UltraScalable Library LTO3 LVD drive canister V5R4M5
UltraScalable Libr LTO3 FC drive canister V5R4M5
UltraScalable Library LTO2 LVD drive canister V5R4M5
UltraScalable Library LTO2 FC drive canister V5R4M5
UltraScalable Library LTO2 FC drive V5R4M5
300 GB 40 MBps FC drive Worm V5R4M5
300 GB 40 MBps FC drive Worm V5R4M5
WAN
Protocol
PPP for ECS V5R3M5
PPP for non-ECS V5R4M5
Asynchronous V5R4M5
Bisynchronous V5R4M5
Ethernet
Protocol
IP V5R3M0
Console - Ethernet embedded V5R4M0
Console V5R4M0
Workstation controllers and console features
#4746
#9746
#4746 PCI Twinaxial IOA
The #4746 PCI Twinaxial IOA provides support for up to 40 active twinaxial displays and printers addresses or up to 120
active shared sessions. A 20-foot (6.2 m) cable with an eight-port expansion (breakout) box is included with this adapter.
Each port supports seven attached devices, allowing for 56 total attached devices, of which only 40 can be active.
The #9746 Base PCI Twinaxial IOA is allowed only on new systems. If the client does not select the feature on the initial
order, they are not entitled to receive the feature in the future. The #9746 requires an #0864 and a #7400.
Supported on Models 520, 550, 570, 595, 800, 810, 820, 825, 830, 840, 870, and 890.
The #4746 is a Customer Install Feature.
The #9746 is withdrawn from marketing as of 01 October 2005
.
#5540#5540 System Console on Twinaxial Workstation IOA
A system console specify code must be selected on each new order. When the #5540 is on the order, the system console
is driven by a #4746 PCI Twinaxial IOA.
Supported on Models 520, 550, 570, 595, 800, 810, 820, 825, 830, 840, 870, and 890.
Group Description FC** Initial i5/OS
IOP-less release

IBM System i5, eServer i5, and iSeries features and placement
191
Features and Rules
#5544#5544 System Console on Operations Console
A system console specify code must be selected on each new order. When a #5544 is specified, the primary i5/OS system
console is driven by an IOP-based WAN adapter. The system console can be connected to a #0367 Operations Console
PCI Cable attached to a #4745 PCI 2-line WAN IOA or a #9771/#9793/#9794 Base PCI 2-Line WAN with integrated
modem.
Supported on Models 520, 550, 570, 595, 800, 810, 820, 825, 830, 840, 870, and 890.
#5546#5546 System Console on 100 Mbps Token Ring
A system console specify code must be selected on each new order. When the #5546 is on the order, the system console
is LAN attached to a #2744 PCI 100 Mbps Token Ring IOA. This LAN adapter must be dedicated to console functions and
cannot be used for any other purpose.
One #0367 Operations Console PCI Cable is required to be on the order or present on the system. One #0367 per system
is sufficient, regardless of the number of “LAN consoles” (via LPAR) defined per system.
Minimum operating system level: OS/400 V5R1
Supported on Models 520, 550, 570, 595, 800, 810, 820, 830, 840, 870, and 890.
#5548#5548 System Console on 100 Mbps Ethernet
A system console specify code must be selected on each new order. When the #5548 is on the order, the system console
is LAN attached to a #4838 PCI 100/10 Mbps Ethernet IOA or a #2849 10/100 Mbps Ethernet Adapter. This LAN adapter
must be dedicated to console functions and cannot be used for any other purpose. The #5548 is specifically used for
IOP-based IOAs.
The embedded Ethernet ports on the Model 520, 550 and 570 system units cannot be used for LAN console when running
under i5/OS V5R3. See #0553 specify code.
One #0367 Operations Console PCI Cable is required to be on the order or present on the system. One #0367 per system
is sufficient, regardless of the number of “LAN consoles” (via LPAR) defined per system.
Minimum operating system level: OS/400 V5R1
Supported on Models 520, 550, 570, 595, 800, 810, 820, 825, 830, 840, 870, and 890.
#5550#5550 System Console on HMC
A system console specify code must be selected on each new order. When the #5550 is on the order, the system console
function is driven by the HMC via an Ethernet connection to a dedicated HMC port on the system unit. The HMC is required
for LPAR, Capacity Upgrade on Demand, Concurrent Maintenance and Upgrade and Redundant Service Processor (SP)
operations.
Minimum operating system level: i5/OS V5R3
Supported on Models 520, 550, 570, and 595.
#5553#5553 System Console Ethernet w/o IOP
A system console specify code must be selected on each new order. When the #5553 System Console Ethernet w/o IOP
is on the order, it indicates the use of an embedded system unit LAN port for the system console connection using
Operations Console (LAN). This LAN port is then dedicated to the console function and no longer available for other
functions.
Minimum operating system level: i5/OS V5R4 for Models 520, 550, 550+, 570, 570+; or i5/OS V5R3 with LIC V5R3M5 on
Model 520+
Supported on Models 520, 520+, 550, 550+, 570, and 570+
#5557#5557 System Console Ethernet w/o IOP
The #5557 provides a system console connection through an IOP-less ethernet LAN adapter. A system console specify
code must be selected on each new order. This LAN adapter must be dedicated to console support functions and cannot
be used for any other purpose. A #5706 or #5707 PCI-X IOP-less ethernet LAN adapter is required.
Minimum operating system level: i5/OS V5R4
Supported on Model 595.

192
IBM System i5, eServer i5, and iSeries System Builder: IBM i5/OS Version 5 Release 4
Features and Rules
4.8 LAN and WAN adapters
LAN and WAN adapters
Comm.
Restrictions
Restrictions apply when using specific adapters and I/O processors. See “Comm. Restrictions” on page 193, for
communications rules and restrictions. Also see PCI and PCI-X Placement Rules for IBM System i5, eServer i5, and iSeries
servers with i5/OS V5R4 and V5R3, REDP-4011 or PCI Card Placement Rules for the IBM eServer iSeries Server OS/400
Version 5 Release 2: September 2003, REDP-3638, for further placement rules.

IBM System i5, eServer i5, and iSeries features and placement
193
Features and Rules
Comm.
Restrictions
Basic communications restrictions when using the MFIOP, #2629, #2699, #2720, #2721, #2745, #2809, #2824, and other
communications functions are identified here. This information is a brief summary.
Maximum protocol speeds on the EIA-232/ITU V.24 electrical interfaces:
– 64 Kbps for Synchronous PPP, BSC, SDLC, and X.25
– 115.2 Kbps for Asynchronous protocols (including Asynchronous PPP)
Maximum protocol speeds on the ITU V.35:
Permitted only on 20-ft (6.2 m) cable
– 2.048 Mbps for Synchronous PPP, SDLC, and Frame Relay
– 230.4 Kbps for Asynchronous PPP
– 640 Kbps for X.25
– 64 Kbps for BSC
Speeds faster than 512 Kbps can require either the “looped” or “inverted” clocking to be configured.
Maximum protocol speeds on the EIA-449/ITU V.36:
– 2.048 Mbps for Synchronous PPP, SDLC, and Frame Relay
– 230.4 Kbps for Asynchronous PPP
– 640 Kbps for X.25
– 64 Kbps for BSC
“Looped” clocking is required on cables longer than 20 ft (6 m).
Speeds faster than 512 Kbps can require either the “looped” or “inverted” clocking to be configured.
Maximum protocol speeds on the ITU X.21 electrical interfaces:
Permitted only on 20-ft (6.2 m) cable
– 2.048 Mbps for Synchronous PPP, SDLC, and Frame Relay
– 640 Kbps for X.25
Speeds faster than 512 Kbps can require either the “looped” or “inverted” clocking to be configured.
Only one Frame Relay or one X.25 communication line is allowed per IOP.
One high-speed line is permitted per IOP.
ASYNC and ASYNC PPP above 115.2 Kbps is a high-speed line.
Frame Relay, SDLC, SYNC PPP, and X.25 above 64 Kbps is a high-speed line.
High-speed lines are supported on ITU X.21, ITU V.35 20-ft (6 m) cables, or EIA-449/ITU V.36 electrical
interfaces.
No high-speed communication line is allowed when a #2750, #2751, or #2761 is installed under the same I/O
processor.
If it is desired to run multiple emulated LAN lines on an #281x ATM IOA, then the following restrictions must be
satisfied:
– The #281x ATM IOA must be running under a dedicated #2824 PCI Feature Controller (no other IOAs of any
type).
– The number of emulated LANs running on the #281x ATM IOA is limited to a maximum of two, one token ring and
one Ethernet.
Frame Relay restrictions:
– Minimum line speed 56 Kbps
– Frame Relay is not allowed on EIA-232/V.24 electrical interface
Other IOAs allowed under same #2809 PCI LAN/WAN/Workstation IOP or #2824 PCI Feature Controller, one of two
restrictions:
– Either a #281x or #2838
– A #2718 or #2729 and maximum of one #2721, #2722, #2723, #2724, #2729, #2745, or #2746
IPX™ is supported on Frame Relay, LAN, and ATM.
– IPX is supported only on OS/400 V5R1 and earlier, not on OS/400 V5R2.
– Devices running IPX over the Integrated xSeries Server is limited to 2400 routes and 2400 services.
– Devices running IPX are limited to 1400 routes and 1400 services when:
•#2723, #2724, or #2838 IOAs are not controlled by the Integrated xSeries Server.
• Frame Relay running over a #2721, #2745, or #2699 IOA.
SDLC restrictions:
– Maximum of 64 remote locations per #2809, #2824, or #2629 IOP.
X.25 restrictions:
– Limit of 16 virtual circuits (16 remote locations).
– Limit of 64 virtual circuits (64 remote locations) in the #5065 Storage/PCI Expansion Tower.
– Speeds faster than 512 Kbps can require either “looped” or “inverted” clocking to be configured.
– The other port of the #2721 or #2745 can be used as a low-speed communications line.
Not allowed on the #2720/#9720 if this combination of adapters is installed on the base MFIOP:
–#2722 or #2746 plus one #2723 or #2724
No more than seven #2629s can be placed into each #5072 1063 Mbps System Unit Expansion Tower.
Bisync is always limited to a maximum of 64 Kbps.

194
IBM System i5, eServer i5, and iSeries System Builder: IBM i5/OS Version 5 Release 4
Features and Rules
Comm.
Restrictions
(cont.)
Continued,
Additional restrictions include:
V.25 autocall cable is not supported.
Select standby mode is not supported.
#2750, #2751, #2761, #4750, #4751, #4761 are not supported with i5/OS V5R3
#2817, #481x #28x ATM not supported. Upgrade to Ethernet.
Notes:
It is imperative that these restrictions be understood and followed. If they are not followed, it is possible that a
hardware configuration could be built that marginally works, and later quits working when the machine is upgraded to
future software releases.
For best performance, we recommend that no other features be intermixed with a #2838 PCI 100/10 Mbps Ethernet
IOA or a #2811, #2812, #2815, #2816, #2818, or #2819 ATM IOA on a #2809 PCI LAN/WAN/Workstation IOP.
The quantity and speed of each communications line must be known. Complete this table to determine the total
communications CPW required. The #2750, #2751, and #2761 count as eight low-speed communications lines.
Maximum High-Speed Communication lines Calculation Table
Quantity Factor CPW
Number of lines operating at 64 Kbps or less ______ x 0.92 = ______
Number of lines operating above 64 Kbps up to 128 Kbps ______ x 1.84 = ______
Number of lines operating above 128 Kbps up to 256 Kbps ______ x 3.68 = ______
Number of lines operating above 256 Kbps up to 512 Kbps ______ x 7.36 = ______
Number of lines operating above 512 Kbps up to 1,024 Kbps ______ x 14.72 = ______
Number of lines operating above 1,024 Kbps up to 2,048 Kbps ______ x 29.44 = ______
Total ______
For more information, refer to iSeries Performance Capabilities Reference, SC41-0607.
#0632#0632 PCI USB 2.0 Adapter
The #0632 is a USB 2.0 capable adapter that provides for the connection of one USB keyboard and mouse.
Supported in Linux and AIX partitions with SUSE Linux Enterprise Server 9 for POWER or Red Hat Enterprise Linux AS
for POWER Version 3, or AIX 5L for POWER V5.2. Support is limited to USB 1.1 with AIX.
Supported on Models 520, 550, 570, and 595.
#0633#0633 Graphics Adapter
The #0633 POWER GXT135P Graphics Accelerator with Digital Support adapter is a versatile 2D graphics accelerator
which can be configured to operate in either 8-bit or 24-bit color modes. The #0633 supports both analog and digital
monitors.
Minimum operating system level: AIX Versions 5.1 or 5.2 for analog and digital support
Supported on Models 520, 550, 570, and 595.
#0634#0634 128-port Asynchronous Adapter
The #0634 provides attachment for up to 128 asynchronous lines from a single PCI bus slot. This gives the system the
ability to serve a large number of user of EIA-232 or RS-422 devices such as terminals, printers, and modems.
Two 2.4 Mbps synchronous channels link the adapter to a maximum of eight 16-Port Remote Async Nodes (RANs). Up to
four RANs can be linked to each synchronous channel. RANs can also be used with this adapter. If the RANs are connected
the synchronous channel the data rate drops down to 1.2 Mbps. For the best results keep the previous and new RANs on
separate synchronous channels.
One PCI slot and a #0140 Logical Partitioning Specify and #0145 AIX Partition Specify are required.
Supported in Linux and AIX partitions with AIX 5L for POWER V5.2, or AIX 5L for POWER V5.2
Supported on Models 520, 550, 570, and 595.
The #0634 is withdrawn from marketing as of 01 December 2005

IBM System i5, eServer i5, and iSeries features and placement
195
Features and Rules
#0635#0635 SDLC/X.25 - 2-port Adapter
The #0635 SDLC/X.25 - 2-port Adapter provides high-speed connections between stand-alone system units on a WAN.
To access WAN lines, the #0635 adapter connects via external communications equipment including Channel Service
Units (CSU), Data Service Units (DSU).
This adapter together with IBM AIX link/X.25 provides a two-port connection to X.25 packet switched networks. IBM
AIXlink/X.25 is a separately orderable LPP (5696-926).
The #0635, with an appropriate cable, is compatible with:
#2954 X.21 DCE - Using 2-Port Cable, X.21
CCITT X.21 Signalling
CCITT V.11 Electrical
CCITT X.27 Electrical
EIA-422-A Electrical
ISO 4903 Connector for DCE side of an X.21 VHSI Modem Cable
V.24 DCE - Using 2-Port Cable, V.24/EIA-232 (#2951)
CCITT V.24 Signalling
CCITT V.28 Electrical
CCITT X.21bix Electrical and Signalling
EIA-232-C Electrical and Signalling
ISO 2110 Connector for DCE side of an V.24 VHSI Modem Cable
V.35 DCE - Using 2-Port Cable, V.35 (#2952)
CCITT V.35 Some signals for signalling
CCITT V.28 Some signals for electrical and signalling
ISO 2593 Connector for DCE side of an V.35 VHSI Modem Cable
V.36 DCE - Using 2-Port Cable, V.36/EIA-449 (#2953)
CCITT V.10 Electrical
CCITT V.11 Electrical
One PCI slot, #0140 Logical Partitioning Specify and #0145 AIX Partition Specify code is required.
Supported on Models 520, 550, 570, and 595.
The #0635 is withdrawn from marketing as of 01 December 2005.

196
IBM System i5, eServer i5, and iSeries System Builder: IBM i5/OS Version 5 Release 4
Features and Rules
#2742#2742 2-Line WAN IOA
The #2742 2-Line WAN IOA is a WAN IOA that supports up to two multiple protocol communications (RVX) ports when
one or two (in any combination) of the following cables are attached. Select one of the following cables to attach to port 1
or 2 (RVX port):
#0348 V.24/EIA232 20-ft (6 m) PCI cable
#0349 V.24/EIA232 50-ft (15 m) PCI cable
#0353 V.35 20-ft PCI cable
#0354 V.35 50-ft PCI cable
#0355 V.35 80-ft/24m PCI cable
#0356 V.36 20-ft PCI cable
#0358 V.36 150-ft/45m PCI cable
#0359 X.21 20-ft PCI cable
#0360 X.21 50-ft PCI cable
#0365 V.24/EIA232 80-ft PCI cable
#0367 Operations Console PCI Cable
The #0367 cable ships with a 25 pin to 9 pin adapter. When #0140 Logical Partitioning Specify is ordered, multiple #0367
cables can be ordered to connect the operations console in each partition.
One #0367 cable per #2742.
When #2742 is selected to support ECS, one of following cables must be specified:
#0348 V.24/EIA232 20-ft (6 m) PCI cable
#0349 V.24/EIA232 50-ft (15 m) PCI cable
#0367 Operations Console PCI Cable
The #2742 can be directly attached to a Linux partition. When ordered as #0613 - Direct Attach #2742 PCI 2-Line WAN
IOA, an IOP is not required. When directly attached to a Linux partition, the #2742 cannot be accessed by OS/400
partitions.
The #2742 does not support Remote Power On.
Minimum operating system level: OS/400 V5R2
Supported on Models 270, 520, 550, 570, 595, 800, 810, 820, 825, 830, 840, 890, SB2, SB3, and 9411-100.
The #2742 is a Customer Install Feature.
#2743#2743 1 Gbps PCI Ethernet IOA
The #2743 PCI 1 Gbps Ethernet IOA feature allows the iSeries server to attach to IEEE standard 802.3Z high speed
Ethernet LANs (1 Gbps). It can also be used to connect to existing 100 Mbps Ethernet LANs using switches with
10/100/1000 Mbps ports.
The adapter supports multi-mode fiber media attachment to client-supplied cabling. The multi-mode interface has a
62.5/125 micron or 50.0/125 micron cable requirement with an SC connector.
The #2743 requires a gigabit-capable switch with at least one port that supports a 1000BASE-SX interface with IEEE
802.3z and 802.3u compliance. It supports only a multi-mode fiber optic cable connection from the adapter to the switch.
The #2743 supports 1000 Mbps (1 Gbps) full duplex interface only. Cannot negotiate down to a lower speed. Stations on
the 10 Mb and 100 Mb switched LANs can communicate with the #2743 through a switch that is capable of handling all
these speeds. In this case, the switch handles the speeds.
If a #2743 is controlled by a #2790, #2791, or #2799, then one specify code #0225 1 Gbps Ethernet Specify must be
ordered for each #2743 controlled by an Integrated Server. It can be directly attached to a Linux partition. When ordered
as #0601 - Direct Attach #2743 PCI 1 Gbps Ethernet IOA, an IOP is not required. When directly attached to a Linux
partition, the #2743 cannot be accessed by OS/400 partitions.
A 64-bit card slot is required.
Protocols supported: TCP/IP only; SNA and IPX connections are not supported
Maximum: One per Multi-adapter Bridge Boundary
Minimum operating system level: OS/400 V4R5
Minimum operating system level, when used with the #2790/#2791: OS/400 V4R5 with Cumulative PTF package
C1005450
Minimum operating system level: when used with the #2799: OS/400 V5R1 with PTFs identified in Information APAR
II13105 at: http://www-03.ibm.com/servers/eserver/support/iseries/index.html
Supported on Models 270, 9406 520, 550, 570, 595, 810, 820, 830, 840, 870, 890, SB2, SB3, and 9411-100.
The #2743 is a Customer Install Feature.
The #2743 is withdrawn from marketing as of 01 October 2004. A #5700 is the recommended replacement.

IBM System i5, eServer i5, and iSeries features and placement
197
Features and Rules
#2744#2744 PCI 100 Mbps Token Ring IOA
The #2744 PCI 100 Mbps Token Ring IOA provides a single attachment to a 100 Mbps, 16 Mbps, or 4 Mbps IBM Token
Ring Network. The feature consists of an IOA card, with internal code that supplies IEEE 802.5 Media Access Control
(MAC) and IEEE 802.2 Logical Link Control (LLC) functions. The 100/16/4 Token Ring IOA is capable of operating in half
or full duplex mode. A 2.44m (8 ft) Token Ring Type 1 cable is included with the #2744. As an alternative, the client can
attach a separately priced twisted pair cable to the RJ45 connection on the IOA. IBM Cabling System patch cables,
included with the #2744, can increase the length as required. If the #2744 is selected to run on the #2790 PCI Integrated
Netfinity Server or the #2791/#2799 PCI Integrated xSeries Server, a #0223 100 Mbps Token-Ring Specify is required for
each #2744 selected to run on the #2790, #2791, or #2799.
The #2744 can be directly attached to a Linux partition. When ordered as #0603 - Direct Attach #2744 PCI 100 Mbps
Token-Ring IOA, an IOP is not required. When directly attached to a Linux partition, the #2744 cannot be accessed by
OS/400 partitions.
Minimum operating system level: OS/400 V4R5
Supported on Models 270, 520, 550, 570, 595, 800, 810, 820, 825, 830, 840, 870, 890, SB2, SB3, and 9411-100.
The #2744 is a Customer Install Feature.
The #2744 is withdrawn from marketing as of 01 June 2006.
#2760#2760 PCI 1 Gbps Ethernet UTP Adapter
The #2760 PCI 1 Gbps Ethernet UTP Adapter feature allows the iSeries server to attach to IEEE standard 802.3Z
high-speed Ethernet LANs (1 Gbps) to provide a significant performance improvement over other LAN solutions. The
adapter supports a UTP CAT 5 media interface. When driven by a #2843 PCI IOP, this adapter only supports TCP/IP.
This adapter can directly attach to 10 Mbps or 100 Mbps networks. The #2760 is supported by a #2790/#2791/#2799 PCI
Integrated xSeries Server. If a #2760 is controlled by a #2790, #2791, or #2799, then one specify code #0225 1 Gbps
Ethernet Specify must be ordered for each #2760 controlled by an Integrated Server.
Maximum: One per Multi-adapter Bridge Boundary. Ignore this maximum for any #2760 controlled (driven) by an Integrated
xSeries Server. Combinations of Integrated Server controlled and PCI IOP controlled #2760s within Multi-adapter Bridge
boundaries are permitted.
The #2760 can be directly attached to a Linux partition. When ordered as #0602 - Direct Attach #2760 PCI 1 Gbps Ethernet
UTP IOA, an IOP is not required. When directly attached to a Linux partition, the #2760 cannot be accessed by OS/400
partitions.
One 64-bit PCI slot is required. There are exceptions for 32-bit slot placement in the Model 270 and 820 system units.
TCP/IP is the only protocol supported. SNA and IPX connections are not supported.
Minimum operating system level: OS/400 V5R1
Supported on Models 270, 9406 520, 550, 570, 595, 810, 820, 825, 830, 840, 870, 890, SB2, SB3, and 9411-100.
The #2760 is a Customer Install Feature.
The #2760 is withdrawn from marketing as of 01 October 2004. A #5701 is the recommended replacement.

198
IBM System i5, eServer i5, and iSeries System Builder: IBM i5/OS Version 5 Release 4
Features and Rules
#2772#2772 PCI Dual WAN/Modem IOA
The #2772 PCI Dual WAN/Modem IOA is a 2-line WAN adapter, with two ports (RJ11) supporting V.90 56K Async PPP
and Fax applications at data rates up to 14.4K via internal modems. Connection to the V.90 ports is via telephone cable.
This is the non-Complex Impedence Matching (CIM) version of the #2772/#2773 card.
The #2772 can be directly attached to a Linux partition. When ordered as #0609 - Direct Attach #2772 PCI Dual
WAN/Modem IOA, an IOP is not required. When directly attached to a Linux partition, the #2772 cannot be accessed by
OS/400 partitions.
The #2772 does
not
ship with country-specific or region-specific telephone cables. A minimum of one modem cable, or a
maximum of two, must be selected/ordered for each #2772. All modem cables ordered or present on a system must be the
same feature number.
#1010 Modem Cable-Austria
#1011 Modem Cable-Belgium
#1012 Modem Cable-Africa
#1013 Modem Cable-Israel
#1014 Modem Cable-Italy
#1015 Modem Cable-France
#1016 Modem Cable-Germany
#1017 Modem Cable-United Kingdom
#1018 Modem Cable-Iceland/Sweden
#1021 Modem Cable-Finland/Norway
#1022 Modem Cable-Netherlands
#1023 Modem Cable-Swiss
#1024 Modem Cable-Denmark
#1025 Modem Cable-U.S./Canada
The feature is country-specific or region-specific.
Remote ring indicate is not supported.
One PCI card slot is required.
Minimum operating system level: OS/400 V5R1
Supported on Models 270, 520, 550, 570, 595, 800, 810, 820, 825, 830, 840, 870, 890, SB2, SB3, and 9411-100.
The #2772 is a Customer Install Feature.
The #2772 is withdrawn from marketing 01 June 2006.
#2773#2773 PCI Dual WAN/Modem IOA
The #2773 is a 2-line WAN adapter, with two ports (RJ11) supporting V.90 56K Async PPP and Fax applications at data
rates up to 14.4K via internal modems. Connection to the V.90 ports is via telephone cable. This is the CIM version of this
#2772/#2773 card.
The #2773 can be directly attached to a Linux partition. When ordered as #0610 - Direct Attach #2773 PCI Dual
WAN/ModemIOA, an IOP is not required. When directly attached to a Linux partition, the #2773 cannot be accessed by
OS/400 partitions.
The #2773 does
not
ship with country-specific or region-specific telephone cables. A minimum of one modem cable, or
maximum of two, must be selected or ordered for each #2773. All modem cables ordered or present on a system must be
the same feature number.
#1019 Modem Cable-Australia
#1020 Modem Cable-China (Hong Kong S.A.R.)/New Zealand
The feature is country-specific or region-specific.
Remote ring indicate is not supported.
PCI card slots required: One
Minimum operating system level: OS/400 V5R1
Supported on Models 270, 520, 550, 570, 595, 800, 810, 820, 825, 830, 840, 870, 890, SB2, SB3, and 9411-100.
The #2773 is a Customer Install Feature.

IBM System i5, eServer i5, and iSeries features and placement
199
Features and Rules
#2793
#9793
#2793
#9793
#2793 2-Line WAN IOA with Modem
The #2793/#9793 is a 2-Line WAN with modem adapter and is the non-CIM version that is offered in all countries or regions
except Australia and New Zealand. Port 0 is the modem port and supports V.92 56K Async PPP, V.92 data modem, V.44
data compression, and V.34 Fax modem and Fax functions such as ECM and 2D/1D conversion. Port 0 does not provide
sync modem capabilities (SDLC and Sync PPP). Port 1 is the RVX port and supports multiple communications protocols.
The #2793 can be directly attached to a Linux partition. When ordered as #0614 - Direct Attach #2793 PCI 2-Line WAN
w/Modem, an IOP is not required. When directly attached to a Linux partition, the #2793 cannot be accessed by OS/400
partitions.
Select one of the following cables to attach to port 0 (modem port):
#1010 Modem Cable-Austria
#1011 Modem Cable-Belgium
#1012 Modem Cable-Africa
#1013 Modem Cable-Israel
#1014 Modem Cable-Italy
#1015 Modem Cable-France
#1016 Modem Cable-Germany
#1017 Modem Cable-United Kingdom
#1018 Modem Cable-Iceland/Sweden
#1021 Modem Cable-Finland/Norway
#1022 Modem Cable-Netherlands
#1023 Modem Cable-Swiss
#1024 Modem Cable-Denmark
#1025 Modem Cable-U.S./Canada
Select one of the following cables to attach to port 1 (RVX port):
#0348 V.24/EIA232 20-ft (6 m) PCI cable
#0349 V.24/EIA232 50-ft (15 m) PCI cable
#0353 V.35 20-ft PCI cable
#0354 V.35 50-ft PCI cable
#0355 V.35 80-ft/24m PCI cable
#0356 V.36 20-ft PCI cable
#0358 V.36 150-ft/45m PCI cable
#0359 X.21 20-ft PCI cable
#0360 X.21 50-ft PCI cable
#0365 V.24/EIA232 80-ft PCI cable
#0367 Operations Console PCI Cable
The #0367 cable ships with a 25 pin to 9 pin adapter.
When #0140 logical partitioning is specified, multiple #0367 cables can be ordered to connect the operations console in
each partition.
ECS is supported from the RVX port and one of the following cables is required to support ECS: #0348, #0349, or #0365.
ECS is supported from the modem port with OS/400 V5R1 or later.
#2793 2-Line WAN IOA with Modem
The #2793 does not support the remote ring indicate function.
For further configuration information, see: http://www.iseries.ibm.com/tstudio/planning/esa/esa.htm
See the “Soft rules: iSeries IOA requirements” topic in PCI and PCI-X Placement Rules for IBM System i5, eServer i5, and
iSeries servers with i5/OS V5R4 and V5R3, REDP-4011, or PCI Card Placement Rules for the IBM Eserver iSeries
Server OS/400 Version 5 Release 2: September 2003, REDP-3638 for OS/400 V5R2 and earlier releases, for additional
restrictions.
Minimum operating system level: OS/400 V5R2
Supported on Models 270, 520, 550, 570, 595, 800, 810, 820, 825, 830, 840, 870, 890, SB2, SB3, and 9411-100.
The #2793 is a Customer Install Feature.

200
IBM System i5, eServer i5, and iSeries System Builder: IBM i5/OS Version 5 Release 4
Features and Rules
#2794
#9794
#2794 2-Line WAN IOA with Modem
The #2794/#9794 is a 2-line WAN with modem adapter and is the CIM version that is offered only in Australia and New
Zealand. Port 0 is the modem port and supports V.92 56K Async PPP, V.92 data modem, V.44 data compression, and
V.34 Fax modem and Fax functions such as ECM and 2D/1D conversion. Port 0 does not provide sync modem capabilities
(SDLC and Sync PPP). Port 1 is the RVX port and supports multiple communications protocols.
The #2794 can be directly attached to a Linux partition. When ordered as #0615 - Direct Attach #2794 PCI 2-Line WAN
w/Modem, an IOP is not required. When directly attached to a Linux partition, the #2794 cannot be accessed by OS/400
partitions.
Select one of the following cables to attach to port 0 (modem port):
#1019 Modem Cable-Australia
#1020 Modem Cable-China (Hong Kong S.A.R.)/New Zealand
Select one of the following cables to attach to port 1 (RVX port): #0348, #0349, #0353, #0354, #0356, #0359, #0360, #0365
or #0367. Select one of the following cables to attach to port 1 (RVX port):
#0348 V.24/EIA232 20-ft (6 m) PCI cable
#0349 V.24/EIA232 50-ft (15 m) PCI cable
#0353 V.35 20-ft PCI cable
#0354 V.35 50-ft PCI cable
#0355 V.35 80-ft/24m PCI cable
#0356 V.36 20-ft PCI cable
#0358 V.36 150-ft/45m PCI cable
#0359 X.21 20-ft PCI cable
#0360 X.21 50-ft PCI cable
#0365 V.24/EIA232 80-ft PCI cable
#0367 Operations Console PCI Cable
The #0367 cable ships with a 25 pin to 9 pin adapter.
When #0140 logical partitioning is specified, multiple #0367 cables can be ordered to connect the operations console in
each partition.
ECS is supported from the RVX port and one of the following cables is required to support ECS; #0348, #0349 or #0365.
ECS is supported from the modem port with OS/400 V5R1 or later.
The #2794 does not support the remote ring indicate function.
For further configuration information, see: http://www.iseries.ibm.com/tstudio/planning/esa/esa.htm
See the “Soft rules: iSeries IOA requirements” topic in PCI and PCI-X Placement Rules for IBM System i5, eServer i5, and
iSeries servers with i5/OS V5R4 and V5R3, REDP-4011, or PCI Card Placement Rules for the IBM Eserver iSeries
Server OS/400 Version 5 Release 2: September 2003, REDP-3638 for OS/400 V5R2 and earlier releases, for additional
restrictions.
Minimum operating system level: OS/400 V5R2
Supported on Models 270, 520, 550, 570, 595, 800, 810, 820, 825, 830, 840, 870, 890, SB2, SB3, and 9411-100.
The #2794 is a Customer Install Feature.

IBM System i5, eServer i5, and iSeries features and placement
201
Features and Rules
#2805#2805 PCI Quad Modem IOA
The #2805 is a 4-line WAN adapter with four WAN ports with internal modems. Connection to the ports is via telephone
cable (RJ-11). This is the non-CIM version of the IOA.
Supported protocols are:
V.92 56K Async PPP
Fax applications at data rates up to 33.6K
The V.92 functions offer increased upload throughput, improved V.44 data compression, and shortened modem
synchronization periods.
The #2805 can be directly attached to a Linux partition. When ordered as #0616 - Direct Attach #2805 PCI Quad Modem
IOA, an IOP is not required. When directly attached to a Linux partition, the #2805 cannot be accessed by OS/400
partitions.
Country- or region-specific telephone cables must be ordered. A minimum of one modem cable and a maximum of four
must be selected for each #2805. All modem cables on a system must be the same feature number.
The supported modem cables are:
#1010 Modem Cable-Austria
#1011 Modem Cable-Belgium
#1012 Modem Cable-Africa
#1013 Modem Cable-Israel
#1014 Modem Cable-Italy
#1015 Modem Cable-France
#1016 Modem Cable-Germany
#1017 Modem Cable-United Kingdom
#1018 Modem Cable-Iceland/ Sweden
#1021 Modem Cable-Fin/ Nor
#1022 Modem Cable-Netherlands
#1023 Modem Cable-Swiss
#1024 Modem Cable-Denmark
#1025 Modem Cable-U.S./Canada
The feature is country-specific or region-specific. Contact your IBM representative or Business Partner for details on
availability.
Restrictions:
The call waiting and modem on hold functions associated with V.92 are not supported.
Remote Power On via ring-indicator, SDLC, and synchronous PPP are not supported.
One PCI card slot is required.
Minimum operating system level: OS/400 V5R1 with PTFs identified in Information APAR II30079 at:
http://www-912.ibm.com/supporthome.nsf/document/10000035
Supported on Models 270, 520, 550, 570, 595, 800, 810, 820, 825, 830, 840, 870, 890, and 9411-100.
The #2805 is a Customer Install Feature.
#2806#2806 PCI Quad Modem (CIM)
The #2806 is a 4-line WAN adapter with four WAN ports with internal modems. Connection to the ports is via telephone
cable (RJ-11). This is the CIM version of the IOA. Supported protocols are:
V.92 56K Async PPP
Fax applications at data rates up to 33.6K
The V.92 functions offer increased upload throughput, improved V.44 data compression, and shortened modem
synchronization periods.
The #2806 can be directly attached to a Linux partition. When ordered as #0617 - Direct Attach #2806 PCI Quad Modem
(CIM), an IOP is not required. When directly attached to a Linux partition, the #2806 cannot be accessed by OS/400
partitions.
Country- or region-specific telephone cables must be ordered. A minimum of one modem cable and a maximum of two
must be selected for each #2806. All modem cables on a system must be the same feature number.
The supported modem cables are:
#1019 Modem Cable- Australia
#1020 Modem Cable- China (Hong Kong S.A.R.)/New Zealand
The #2806 is country-specific or region-specific. Contact your IBM representative or Business Partner for details on
availability.

202
IBM System i5, eServer i5, and iSeries System Builder: IBM i5/OS Version 5 Release 4
Features and Rules
#2806
(cont.)
#2806 PCI Quad Modem (CIM)
Restrictions:
The call waiting and modem on hold functions associated with V.92 are not supported.
Remote Power On via ring-indicator, SDLC, and synchronous PPP are not supported.
One PCI card slot is required.
Minimum operating system level: OS/400 V5R1 with PTFs identified in Information APAR II13079 at:
http://www-912.ibm.com/supporthome.nsf/document/10000035
Supported on Models 270, 520, 550, 570, 595, 800, 810, 820, 825, 830, 840, 870, 890, SB2, SB3, and 9411-100.
The #2806 is a Customer Install Feature.
#2817#2817 PCI 155 Mbps MMF ATM IOA
The #2817 is a 155 Mbps Asynchronous Transfer Mode (ATM) PCI card that allows the server to be attached to an ATM
network using the Multi-Mode Fiber (MMF) 62.5 micron interface. This interface is intended for connection to both local
area switches and direct connection to service provider equipment. The #2817 is typically used where 155 Mbps speeds
are required over distances of less than 2 km.
The #2817 is capable of supporting both multiple emulated LAN environments and enhanced TCP/IP performance with
OS/400 V5R1. The #2817 is a 64-bit card, but is allowed to plug into any 32-bit or 64-bit slot. Feature maximums can be
limited when used in combination with other LAN/ATM IOPs.
One PCI card slot is required.
Minimum operating system level: OS/400 V5R1; not supported with i5/OS V5R3
Supported on Models 810, 820, 825, 830, 840, 870, and 890.
The #2817 is a Customer Install Feature.
#2849
#9749
#2849 10/100 Mbps Ethernet Adapter
The #2849 10/100 Mbps Ethernet Adapter allows an iSeries server to attach to standardized 100 Mbps high-speed
Ethernet LANs and allows attachment to existing 10 Mbps Ethernet LANs. The adapter comes standard with an RJ45
connector for attachment to UTP-5 media. Cabling for 10 Mbps must be CAT-3 or CAT-5, cabling for 100 Mbps must be
CAT-5 that meets or exceeds Industry Standard EIA/TIA T568A or T568B. Maximum cable length is 100m.
The #9749 Base PCI 100/10 Ethernet IOA is an optional feature available on new Model 800 and 810 systems, or as part
of an upgrade order from a Model 270, 720, 730, or 820 to a Model 810. If the client does not select the feature on the initial
order, they are not entitled to receive the feature in the future.
The #2849 can be directly attached to a Linux partition. When ordered as #0623 - Direct Attach #2849 PCI 100/10 Mbps
Ethernet IOA, an IOP is not required. When directly attached to a Linux partition, the #2849 cannot be accessed by OS/400
partitions.
Supports LAN console
The #2849 is not supported on any Integrated Netfinity Server or Integrated xSeries Server.
Minimum operating system level: OS/400 V5R2
Supported on Models 270, 520, 550, 570, 595, 800, 810, 820, 825, 830, 840, 870, 890, SB2, SB3, and 9411-100.
The #2849 is a Customer Install Feature.
The #9749 is withdrawn from marketing as of 01 October 2005.
The #2849 is withdrawn from marketing as of 01 June 2006. A #5700 PCI 1 Gbps Ethernet IOA is the recommended
replacement.
#4723#4723 PCI 10 Mbps Ethernet Adapter
The #4723 PCI Ethernet IOA provides single attachment to one Carrier Sense Multiple Access/Collision Detect Local Area
Network. The feature consists of an adapter card and internal code which supplies Ethernet version 2 and IEEE 802.3 MAC
plus IEEE 802.2 LLC functions. The Ethernet/IEEE 802.3 IOA is capable of operating in half or full duplex mode. The #4723
has an RJ45 connector and a 15 pin D-Shell connector for attachment to client-supplied cabling. A vendor AUI Ethernet
cable or RJ45 twisted pair cable must be ordered separately.
The #4723 is not supported by the #2790 PCI Integrated Netfinity Server or the #2791/#2799 PCI Integrated xSeries
Server.
Minimum operating system level: OS/400 V4R5
Supported on Models 270, 9406 520, 550, 570, 595, 810, 820, 825, 830, 840, 870, 890, SB2, SB3, and 9411-100.
The #4723 is a Customer Install Feature.

IBM System i5, eServer i5, and iSeries features and placement
203
Features and Rules
#4745#4745 PCI 2-line WAN IOA
The #4745 supports up to two multiple protocol communications ports when one or two of the following cables are attached:
#0348 V.24/EIA232 20-ft (6 m) PCI cable
#0349 V.24/EIA232 50-ft (15 m) PCI cable
#0353 V.35 20-ft PCI cable
#0354 V.35 50-ft PCI cable
#0355 V.35 80-ft PCI cable
#0356 V.36 20-ft PCI cable
#0358 V.36 150-ft PCI cable
#0359 X.21 20-ft PCI cable
#0360 X.21 50-ft PCI cable
#0365 V.24/EIA232 80-ft PCI cable
#0367 Operations Console PCI Cable
The #4745 can be directly attached to a Linux partition. When ordered as #0608 - Direct Attach #4745 PCI WAN IOA, an
IOP is not required. When directly attached to a Linux partition, the #4745 cannot be accessed by OS/400 partitions.
When #0140 Logical Partitioning Specify is ordered, multiple #0367 cables can be ordered to connect the operations
console in each partition. One #0367 cable per #4745.
When the #4745 is selected to support ECS, one of the following cables must be specified:
#0348 V.24/EIA232 20-ft (6 m) PCI cable (Default)
#0349 V.24/EIA232 50-ft (15 m) PCI cable
#0365 V.24/EIA232 80-ft PCI cable
Minimum operating system level: OS/400 V4R5
Supported on Models 270, 9406 520, 550, 570, 595, 810, 820, 825, 830, 840, 870, 890, SB2, SB3, and 9411-100.
The #4745 is a Customer Install Feature.
The #4745 is withdrawn from marketing as of 01 June 2006.
#4750#4750 PCI ISDN BRI U IOA
The #4750 is a four-port (8 channel) ISDN BRI (basic rate) full sized PCI card. Each port consists of 2B+D configuration.
The #4750 is the “U”-bus (2 wire) version of the ISDN BRI PCI card. The #4750 supports the following protocols:
PPP (communicates with remote analog modems (V.90) as well as with remote ISDN devices)
IDLC
Fax
Four 30-ft (9.3 m) RJ-45 to RJ-45 network cables are shipped with each #4750. For configuration purposes, each #4750
counts as eight lines (two lines per port) toward the system communication maximums. Supports full duplex.
The #4750 requires country (region) certification or homologation.
A full sized PCI card slot is required.
Maximum: One per IOP
Minimum operating system level: OS/400 V4R5; OS/400 V5R1 is the last release to support the #4750.
Supported in Models 820, 830, 840, 890, #5075, #0578, #5078, #5074, #5079, #8079, #8093/5097, #9074, and #9079.
The #4750 is a Customer Install Feature.

204
IBM System i5, eServer i5, and iSeries System Builder: IBM i5/OS Version 5 Release 4
Features and Rules
#4751#4751 PCI ISDN BRI S/T IOA
The #4751 is a four-port (eight channel) ISDN BRI (basic rate) full sized PCI card. Each port consists of 2B+D configuration.
The #4751 is the “S/T”-bus (four wire) version of the #4750 PCI ISDN BRI U IOA.
The #4751 requires a network terminating device in the circuit. In the United States and Canada, this must be provided by
the client. In other countries or regions, it is most likely provided by the telephone company.
The #4751 supports the following protocols:
PPP (communicates with remote analog modems (V.90) as well as with remote ISDN devices)
IDLC
Fax
Four 30-ft (9.3 m) RJ-45 to RJ-45 network cables are shipped with each #4751. For configuration purposes, each #4751
counts as eight lines (two lines per port) towards the system communication maximums. Supports full duplex.
Maximum: One per IOP.
The #4751 requires country or region certification or homologation.
A full sized PCI card slot is required.
Minimum operating system level: OS/400 V4R5; OS/400 V5R1 is the last release to support the #4751.
Supported in Models 270, 820, 830, 840, #5075, #0578, #5074, #5078, #5079, #8079, #8093/#5097, #9074, and #9079.
The #4751 is a Customer Install Feature.
#4761#4761 PCI Integrated Analog Modem
The #4761 is based on the latest Digital Signal Processor (DSP) technology. The #4761 allows the modem function to be
integrated into the IOA and supports multiple analog modem ports (eight phone lines). The #4761 supports the following
protocols without the need for an external modem:
SLIP/PPP (uses V.90, so the maximum line speed is 56 Kbps)
SDLC (uses V.34, so the maximum line speed is 33.6 Kbps)
Fax (uses V.17 to achieve a 14.4 Kbps maximum line speed)
OS/400 V5R1 is the last release to support non-Fax functions on the #4761. An ASYNC line description is required for Fax
and can only be used for Fax. The ECS line is not supported. To the iSeries or AS/400e server, the #4761 appears like a
single IOA with eight individual line resources available. Eight 30-ft (8 m) phone cables are shipped with each #4761. For
configuration purposes, each #4761 counts as eight communications lines toward the system communication maximums.
Supports full duplex.
The #4761 requires country or region certification or homologation.
A full sized PCI card slot is required.
Minimum operating system level: OS/400 V4R5; not supported with i5/OS V5R3
Supported in Models 820, 830, 840, #5075, #0578, #5078, #5074, #5079, #8079, #8093/#5097, #9074, and #9079.
The #4761 is a Customer Install Feature.
#4801#4801 PCI Cryptographic Coprocessor
The #4801 is a hardware cryptography solution. The #4801 is a half-length PC form-factor PCI card that offers rich
cryptography function, secure storage of cryptographic keys, and 12 MBps performance (at the card level) for bulk data
encryption and triple DES capability. The #4801 is available worldwide. The level of cryptographic function is determined
by the Cryptographic Access Provider licensed program that is downloaded to the adapter.
If your application requires a FIPS 140-1 certified, tamper-resistant module for storing cryptographic keys, financial PIN
processing, or both, then the #4801 PCI Cryptographic Coprocessor should be your choice. Federal Information
Processing Standard (FIPS) 140-1 is a U.S. Government National Institute of Standards and Technology (NIST)
administered standard and certification program for cryptographic modules.
Due to temperature requirements (card temperature must not drop below 5 degrees F (-15 degrees C)), the #4801 is
shipped separately from the system in special packing.
Minimum operating system level: OS/400 V4R5
Supported on Models 250, 270, 520, 550, 570, 595, 800, 810, 820, 825, 830, 840, 870, 890, SB2, SB3, and 9411-100.
The #4801 is a Customer Install Feature.
The #4801 is withdrawn from marketing as of 1 June 2006. A #4806 PCI-X Cryptographic Coprocessor is the
recommended replacement.

IBM System i5, eServer i5, and iSeries features and placement
205
Features and Rules
#4805#4805 PCI Cryptographic Accelerator
The #4805 provides improved performance for high transaction rate secure Web applications that use the Secure Sockets
Layer (SSL) or Transport Layer Security (TLS) protocols. The process of using SSL/TLS secure Web connections, is
compute intensive. The Cryptographic Accelerator can be used to off-load cryptographic processing from main CPU.
SSL/TLS secure Web connections are used to protect information (for example, credit card number) as it is transferred over
the Internet, such as between a Web browser and a server.
The Cryptographic Accelerator is targeted to high transaction rate secure Web applications using SSL/TLS.
There is a maximum of two per IOP.
The #4805 requires an available PCI card slot under a feature IOP, not under a base or embedded IOP in the system unit.
Minimum operating system level: OS/400 V5R2
Supported on Models 270, 520, 550, 570, 595, 800, 810, 820, 825, 830, 840, 870, 890, SB2, SB3, and 9411-100.
The #4805 is a Customer Install Feature.
The #4805 is withdrawn from marketing as of 01 June 2006.
#4806#4806 PCI-X Cryptographic Coprocessor
The #4806 PCI-X Cryptographic Coprocessor provides both cryptographic coprocessors and secure-key cryptographic
accelerator functions in a single PCI-X card. The coprocessor functions are targeted to banking and finance applications.
Financial PIN processing and Europay, Master Card, Visa (EMV) credit card functions are provided. EMV is a standard for
integrated-chip based credit cards. The secure-key accelerator functions are targeted to improving the performance of
i5/OS Secure Sockets Layer (SSL) transactions. The #4806 provides the security and performance required to support
e-business and emerging digital signature applications.
The #4806 provides secure storage of cryptographic keys in a tamper-resistant hardware security module (HSM), which is
designed to meet FIPS 140 security requirements. FIPS 140 is a U.S. Government National Institute of Standards &
Technology (NIST) administered standard and certification program for cryptographic modules.
The firmware for the #4806 is available on a separately ordered/distributed CD. This firmware is an LPO product:
5733-CY1 Cryptographic Device Manager. The #4806 also requires licensed program 5722-AC3 Cryptographic Access
Provider to enable data encryption.
Supported on Models 520, 550, 570, 595, 9411-100.
This feature has country-specific usage. Refer to your IBM representative in your country for availability or restrictions.

206
IBM System i5, eServer i5, and iSeries System Builder: IBM i5/OS Version 5 Release 4
Features and Rules
#4811
#4812
#4813
#9812
#9813
#4811/#4812/#4813/#9812/#9813 PCI-X Integrated xSeries Server
The #4811/#4812/#4813/#9812/#9813 PCI-X Integrated xSeries Server contains a 2.0 GHz processor with 2 MB integrated
L2 cache.
The #4811 is supported in the 520 system tower.
The #4812 is supported in the 550, 595, 800, 810, 825, 870 and 890 system towers and in the #0588, #0595, #5088, #5095,
#5074, #5079, #5094 and #5294 expansion towers.
The #4813 is supported in the 570 system tower and in the #5790 PCI Expansion Drawer.
The #9812 and #9813 are functionally identical to #4812 and #4813 but are included in the base with orders for Enterprise
Editions on Models 550, 595 and 570.
The #4811/#4812/#4813/#9812/#9813 PCI-X Integrated xSeries Server has two memory slots and supports up to 2 GB of
memory. Both slots must always contain a pair of identical memory features. When #4811/#4812/#4813/#9812/#9813 is
ordered, the configurator adds two #9726 base 512 MB server memory features to the order. The two #9726 features can
be replaced with two #8546 optional base 1 GB server memory features.
The following main storage cards provide memory for the #4811/#4812/#4813/#9812/#9813 PCI-X Integrated xSeries
Server:
#9726 - Base 512 MB Server Memory (Initial order only)
#8546 - Opt Base 1 GB Server Memory (Initial order only)
#0446 - 512 MB DDR Server Memory (Upgrade only)
#0447 - 1 GB DDR Server Memory (Upgrade only)
The #4811/#4812/#4813/#9812/#9813 PCI-X Integrated xSeries Server occupies two PCI slots and requires an IOP
#9744, #9844 or #2844 to drive it. The configurator adds no charge feature #9744 Base PCI IOP to the order. However the
#9744 can be removed from the order for PCI slot conservation. The IOP can be shared with other IOAs, but only one
#4811/#4812/#4813/#9812/#9813 is permitted per IOP.
Placement of the #4811 is limited to slot P1-C4 on the Model 520 system unit. The #4811 hangs over slot P1-C5 and
occupies two PCI slots. The #4811 Integrated xSeries Server is mutually exclusive with #6594 - 4-Disk Slot Expansion, as
the #6594 repositions the SCSI cable connector so that a long card can be placed in card slot 4 and forces card slot 5 to
be a short card. Therefore, you cannot have #4811 PCI Integrated xSeries Server in the 520 system unit if you also have
a #6594.
Placement of the #4812/#9812 is limited to specific PCI slots within the 550, 595, 800, 810, 825, 870 and 890 system towers
and in the various expansion towers. Placement of the #4813/#9813 is limited to specific PCI slots within the 570 system
unit and #5790 PCI Expansion Drawer.
The #4811/#4812/#4813/#9812/#9813 PCI-X Integrated xSeries Server includes two embedded 1000/100/10 Mbps UTP
Ethernet LAN ports for attachment to IEEE standard 802.3Z high-speed (1 Gbps) Ethernet LANs. The Ethernet LAN ports
can also be used to connect to existing 10 and 100 Mbps Ethernet LANs. The adapter supports UTP CAT 5 or higher media
interface and TCP/IP.
The #4811/#4812/#4813/#9812/#9813 PCI-X Integrated xSeries Server ships with a standard keyboard/mouse splitter
cable and supports either a standard or USB 1.1 keyboard or mouse. An SVGA video port is included to connect a display.
The #4811/#4812/#4813/#9812/#9813 PCI-X Integrated xSeries Server runs Windows or Linux.
The supported versions of Windows are:
– Windows 2000 Server and 2000 Advanced Server
– Windows Server 2003 Standard, Enterprise and Web Edition
The supported versions of Linux are:
– Red Hat Enterprise Linux ES 3
– Red Hat Enterprise Linux AS 3
For the latest information about Windows on iSeries and eServer i5, see:
http://www.ibm.com/eserver/iseries/integratedxseries/
For the latest information about Linux on Series and eServer i5, see:
http://www.ibm.com/eserver/iseries/integratedxseries/linux
The following rules apply when ordering the PCI-X Integrated xSeries Server:
#0325 IPCS Extension Cable for Windows is the default (but can be removed).
#1700 IPCS Keyboard and Mouse for Windows is the default (in those countries or regions offering it).
Requires a display and must be connected to the #4811/#4812/#4813/#9812/#9813 to support Windows 2000.
A display is not required for Windows 3000. If no display is connected the Virtual system Console is used.
For a non-U.S. keyboard, mouse and display, see: http://www.ibm.com/eserver/iseries/integratedxseries/

IBM System i5, eServer i5, and iSeries features and placement
207
Features and Rules
#4811
#4812
#4813
#9812
#9813
(cont.)
#4811/#4812/#4813/9812/#9813 PCI-X Integrated xSeries Server
For the latest on Linux on iSeries and eServer i5, see:
http://www-1.ibm.com/servers/eserver/iseries/integratedxseries/linux/
Restrictions:
Native OS/400 functions and external host LAN are not supported.
TCP/IP only supported on the Ethernet LAN ports.
Not supported in system tower of Model 820, 830, 840 or earlier.
Minimum operating system level: i5/OS V5R3
The #4811, #4812, #4813, #9812, and #9813 are Customer Install Features.
#4815#4815 PCI ATM 155 Mbps UTP OC3
The #4815 is a 155 Mbps ATM PCI card that allows the iSeries or AS/400e server to be attached to an ATM network using
the Unshielded Twisted Pair (UTP-5) interface. This interface is intended for connection to both local area switches and
direct connection to service provider equipment. The #4815 is typically used where 155 Mbps speeds are required over
distances of less than 100m. Technical specifications and industry standards supported are available at the ATM
Forum Web site at: http://www.atmforum.com
Minimum operating system level: OS/400 V4R5; not supported with i5/OS V5R3
Supported on Models 800, 810, 820, 825, 830, 840, 870, and 890.
The #4815 is a Customer Install Feature.
#4816#4816 PCI ATM 155 Mbps MMF
The #4816 is a 155 Mbps ATM PCI card that allows the iSeries or AS/400e server to be attached into an ATM network
using the MMF 62.5 micron interface. This interface is intended for connection to both local area switches and direct
connection to service provider equipment. The #4816 is typically used where 155 Mbps speeds are required over distances
of less than 2 km. Technical specifications and industry standards supported are available at the ATM Forum Web site at:
http://www.atmforum.com
The #4816 is orderable for use in OS/400 V4R5 secondary partitions. For OS/400 V5R1 systems or partitions, order the
#2817 PCI 155 Mbps MMF ATM IOA.
Minimum operating system level: OS/400 V4R5; not supported with i5/OS V5R3
Supported on Models 800, 810, 820, 825, 830, 840, 870, and 890.
The #4816 is a Customer Install Feature.
#4818#4818 PCI ATM 155 Mbps SMF OC3
The #4818 is a 155 Mbps ATM PCI card that allows the iSeries or AS/400e server to be attached to an ATM network using
the Single-Mode Fiber (SMF) 9 micron interface. This interface is intended primarily for direct connection to service provider
equipment. The #4818 is typically used where 155 Mbps speeds are required over distances of from 16 to 40 km. Technical
specifications and industry standards supported are available at the ATM Forum Web site at: http://www.atmforum.com
Minimum operating system level: OS/400 V4R5; not supported with i5/OS V5R3
Supported on Models 800, 810, 820, 825, 830, 840, 870, and 890.
The #4818 is a Customer Install Feature.
#4838#4838 PCI 100/10 Mbps Ethernet IOA
The #4838 PCI 100/10 Mbps Ethernet IOA feature allows the iSeries or AS/400e server to attach to standardized 100 Mbps
high-speed Ethernet LANs and allows attachment to existing 10 Mbps Ethernet LANs. The adapter comes standard with
an RJ45 connector for attachment to UTP-5 media. Cabling for 10 Mbps must be CAT-3 or CAT-5, and cabling for 100
Mbps must be CAT-5 that meets or exceeds Industry Standard EIA/TIA T568A or T568B. The maximum cable length is
100m.
This Ethernet IEEE 802.3 IOA is capable of operating in half or duplex mode. If the #4838 is selected to run on the #2790
PCI Integrated Netfinity Server or #2791/#2799 PCI Integrated xSeries Server, then specify code #0224 is required for each
#4838 selected to run on the #2790/ #2791/#2799.
The #4838 can be directly attached to a Linux partition. When ordered as #0607 - Direct Attach #4838 PCI 100/10 Mbps
Ethernet IOA, an IOP is not required. When directly attached to a Linux partition, the #4838 cannot be accessed by OS/400
partitions.
Supports LAN console.
Minimum operating system level: OS/400 V4R5
Supported on Models 270, 9406 520, 550, 570, 595, 800, 810, 820, 825, 830, 840, 870, 890, and 9411-100.
The #4838 is a Customer Install Feature.
The #4838 is withdrawn from marketing as of 01 October 2004. A #2849 is the recommended replacement.

208
IBM System i5, eServer i5, and iSeries System Builder: IBM i5/OS Version 5 Release 4
Features and Rules
#4960#4960 - Cryptographic Accelerator
The IBM e-business Cryptographic Accelerator is a short form factor PCI SSL hardware accelerator adapter. For Secure
Web transaction, SSL operations is a key requirement. To do this, public-key cryptographic operations using SSL
handshake protocol is employed. The IBM e-business Cryptographic Accelerator is a hardware cryptographic solution that
off-loads this compute-intensive public-key cryptographic processing from the host.
Minimum operating system level: AIX 5L for POWER V5.2
Supported for conversion only.
Supported on Models 570 and 595.
The #4960 is a Customer Install Feature.
The #4960 is withdrawn from marketing as of 01 December 2005.
#5700#5700 PCI 1 Gbps Ethernet IOA
The #5700 PCI 1 Gbps Ethernet IOA allows an iSeries server to attach to IEEE standard 802.3Z high-speed (1 Gbps)
Ethernet LANs. It can also be used to connect to existing 10 Mbps or 100 Mbps Ethernet LANs by using switches with 10,
100, or 1000 Mbps ports. It cannot directly attach to 10 Mbps or 100 Mbps LANs. Crossover cables are not supported.
The #5700 adapter supports a multimode fiber interface with a 62.5 micron or 50.0 micron cable requirement. The #5700
adapter has a duplex LC fiber optic connector for attachment to client-supplied cabling. The #5700 uses short wave
technology (around 500m maximum). The 5700 supports auto-negotiation but only negotiates to the gigabit fiber standard
of 1000/full.
Supports TCP/IP protocol only; SNA and IPX connections not supported
The #5700 PCI 1 Gbps Ethernet IOA can be run under a #2792 PCI Integrated xSeries Server or #2892 PCI Integrated
xSeries Server. If a #5700 is controlled by a #2x92 Integrated xSeries Server, then #0226 1 Gbps Ethernet Specify must
be ordered. Order one #0226 for each #5700 PCI 1 Gbps Ethernet IOA controlled by an Integrated xSeries Server.
When the #5700 is not installed in an Integrated xSeries Server, there is a maximum of one #5700 per Multi-adapter Bridge
Boundary. Combinations of #5700s controlled by Integrated xSeries Server-controlled and controlled by PCI IOPs are
allowed within a Multi-adapter Bridge Boundary.
The #5700 can be directly attached to a Linux or AIX partitions with SUSE Linux Enterprise Server 9 for POWER or Red
Hat Enterprise Linux AS for POWER Version 3, and AIX 5L for POWER V5.2. When ordered as #0620 - Direct Attach
#5700 PCI 1 Gbps Ethernet IOA, an IOP is not required. When directly attached to a Linux partition, the #5700 cannot be
accessed by OS/400 partitions.
PCI card slots required: One 32-bit slot in the Model 830, 840, SB2, or SB3 system units, or in the #0578, #5074, #0574,
#5075, #5078, #5079, #8079, #8093-002, #9074, #9079 PCI Expansion Towers.
There are exceptions for 32-bit slot placement in the Model 270 and 810 system units. See the system unit schematics in
3.8, “9406 Model 810 system unit schematic” on page 74, and PCI and PCI-X Placement Rules for IBM System i5, eServer
i5, and iSeries servers with i5/OS V5R4 and V5R3, REDP-4011, or PCI Card Placement Rules for the IBMEserver
iSeries Server OS/400 Version 5 Release 2: September 2003, REDP-3638 for backplane layout, PCI slot positions, and
allowable #5700 slot plugging rules by model.
The following rules do not apply when the #5700 is controlled by a #2790/#2890 PCI Integrated Netfinity Server or by a
#2791/#2891, #2792/#2892, #4710/#4810, or #2799/#2899 PCI Integrated xSeries Server.
Must be placed in a 64-bit slot in the Model 825, 870, 890 or in the #0588, #0595, #5094/#0694, #5088, #5095,
#5294, #8094, and #9094 towers.
Limit the quantity of one #5700 adapter per Multi-adapter Bridge boundary.
Can be combined with a maximum of one other IOA on an IOP.
LAN console is not supported with OS/400 V5R2 or i5/OS V5R3.
Minimum operating system level: OS/400 V5R2 with PTF MF33086 or i5/OS V5R3 MF33087.
The #5700 is a Customer Install Feature.

IBM System i5, eServer i5, and iSeries features and placement
209
Features and Rules
#5701#5701 PCI 1 Gbps Ethernet UTP IOA
The #5701 PCI 1 Gbps Ethernet UTP IOA allows a System i server to attach to IEEE standard 802.3Z high-speed (1 Gbps)
Ethernet LANs. The #5701 can directly connect to 10 Mbps or 100 Mbps Ethernet LANs, however, it does not run at gigabit
speeds in this configuration. Crossover cables are not supported. The #5701 adapter supports a UTP CAT 5 media
interface.
A #5701 PCI 1 Gbps Ethernet UTP IOA can be run under a #2792 PCI Integrated xSeries Server or #2892 PCI Integrated
xSeries Server. If a #5701 is controlled driven by a #27x2 Integrated xSeries Server, then #0226 1 Gbps Ethernet Specify
must be ordered. Order one #0226 for each #5701 controlled by an Integrated xSeries Server. When the #5701 is not
installed in an Integrated xSeries Server, there is a maximum of one #5701 per Multi-adapter Bridge Boundary.
Combinations of Integrated xSeries Server controlled and PCI IOP controlled #5701s within an Multi-adapter Bridge
Boundary are allowed.
The #5701 supports auto-negotiation if configured as *Auto/*Auto for gigabit interfaces and negotiates to the highest
capability of the link partner. This is usually 100/full or 1000/full. When the link partner is not capable of auto-negotiation
then hard coded values can be entered (for example, 100/half, 1000/full). In this case, auto negotiation is turned off and
the configured speed is used.
The #5701 can be directly attached to a Linux partition. When ordered as #0621 - Direct Attach #5701 PCI 1 Gbps Ethernet
UTP IOA, an IOP is not required. When directly attached to a Linux partition, the #5701 cannot be accessed by OS/400
partitions.
Supports TCP/IP protocol only; SNA and IPX connections not supported.
PCI card slots required: One 32-bit slot in the Model 830, 840, SB2, or SB3 system units, or in the #0578, #5074, #0574,
#5075, #5078, #5079, #8079, #8093-002, #9074, #9079 PCI Expansion Towers
The following rules do not apply when the #5701 is controlled by a #2790/#2890 PCI Integrated Netfinity Server or by a
#2791/#2891, #2792/#2892, #4710/#4810, or #2799/#2899 PCI Integrated xSeries Server.
Must be placed in a 64-bit slot in the Model 825, 870, 890 or in the #0588, #0595, #5094/#0694, #5088, #5095,
#5294, #8094, and #9094 towers.
Limit the quantity of one #5701 adapter per Multi-adapter Bridge boundary.
Can be combined with a maximum of one other IOA on an IOP.
Does not support LAN console OS/400 V5R2 or i5/OS V5R3.
Minimum operating system level: OS/400 V5R2 with PTF MF33086 or i5/OS V5R3 MF33087.
The #5701 is a Customer Install Feature.

210
IBM System i5, eServer i5, and iSeries System Builder: IBM i5/OS Version 5 Release 4
Features and Rules
#5706#5706 PCI-X 1 Gbps Ethernet-TX IOA
The #5706 PCI-X 1 Gbps Ethernet-TX IOA is a 2-port 1000/100/10 Mbps Base-TX Ethernet PCI-X Adapter. The #5706 is
a full duplex, dual ported, Gigabit Ethernet adapter designed with highly integrated components. The #5706 adapter can
be configured to run each port at 1000, 100, or 10 Mbps data rates. The #5706 interfaces to the system via a PCI or PCI-X
bus and connects to a network using a 4-pair CAT-5 Unshielded Twisted Pair (UTP) cable for distances of up to 100m. The
#5706 adapter conforms to the IEEE 802.3ab 1000 Base-T standard. Jumbo frames are supported when running at the
1000 Mbps speed.
The #5706 can be directly attached to a Linux or AIX partition as supported with SUSE Linux Enterprise Server 9 for
POWER or Red Hat Enterprise Linux AS for POWER Version 3, and AIX 5L for POWER V5.2. When ordered as #0643 -
Direct Attach #5706 PCI-X Gbps Ethernet-TX IOA an IOP is not required. When directly attached to a Linux/AIX partition,
the #5706 cannot be accessed by OS/400 partitions.
The #5706 does not require (is not supported by) a PCI IOP, even in an OS/400 partition.
For optimum performance, place the adapter in a 64 bit PCI-X card slot.
Restrictions:
Does not support SNA.
Does not support LAN console i5/OS V5R3. With i5/OS V5R4 can be used as Lan Console is used for console one
port is dedicated to console function.
The 1000 Mbps speed is not supported in Half Duplex (HDX) mode.
The following functions are supported by AIX, but are not supported by i5/OS with the #5706 PCI-X 1 Gbps Ethernet-TX
IOA:

Large Send
, sometimes known as
TCP Segmentation
, offloads the TCP segmentation operation from the IP layer to
the adapter for outgoing (transmit side) TCP segments.

Checksum Off load
offloads the TCP/UDP Checksum Operation or workload from the CPU to the adapter. Checksum
Offload is supported by Linux with the 2.6 kernel, for example SLES9xx.
Minimum operating system level: i5/OS V5R3 with PTF MF33087
Supported on Models 520, 550, 570, and 595.
The #5706 is a Customer Install Feature.
#5707#5707 PCI-X 1 Gbps Ethernet-SX IOA
The #5707 PCI-X 1 Gbps Ethernet-SX IOA is a 2-port Gigabit Ethernet-SX PCI-X Adapter that provides two 1 Gbps (1000
Base-SX) full-duplex Ethernet LAN connections with throughput on a standard shortwave multimode optical cable that
conforms to the IEEE 802.3z standard. The adapter supports distances of 260m for 62.5 micron Multi Mode Fiber (MMF)
and 550m for 50.0 micron MMF. Jumbo frames are supported when running at the 1000 Mbps speed.
The #5707 PCI-X 1 Gbps Ethernet-SX IOA supports Large Send (sometimes known as TCP Segmentation). This function
offloads the TCP segmentation operation from the IP layer to the adapter for outgoing (transmit side) TCP segments. The
#5707 also supports Checksum Offload, which offloads the TCP/UDP Checksum Operation or workload from the CPU to
the adapter.
The #5707 does not require (is not supported by) a PCI IOP, even in an i5/OS partition.
For optimum performance, the adapter should be placed in a 64 bit PCI-X card slot whenever possible.
The 2-port IBM Gigabit Ethernet-SX PCI-X Adapter incorporates an LC type connector on the card.
Restrictions:
Does not support SNA.
Does not support LAN console i5/OS V5R3.
Half duplex (HDX) mode is not supported.
The following functions are supported by AIX, but are not supported by i5/OS with the #5706 PCI-X 1 Gbps Ethernet-TX
IOA:

Large Send
, sometimes known as
TCP Segmentation
, offloads the TCP segmentation operation from the IP layer to
the adapter for outgoing (transmit side) TCP segments.

Checksum Off load
offloads the TCP/UDP Checksum Operation or workload from the CPU to the adapter. Checksum
Offload is supported by Linux with the 2.6 kernel, for example SLES9xx.
Minimum operating system level: i5/OS V5R3 with MF33087.
Supported on Models 520, 550, 570, and 595.
The #5707 is a Customer Install Feature.

IBM System i5, eServer i5, and iSeries features and placement
211
Features and Rules
#5719 10 Gbps Ethernet IOA (Long)
10 Gigabit Ethernet PCI-X-based server which provides connections over a maximum of 10km of 1310nm single-mode
fiber optic cable. The adapter conforms to the IEEE 802.3ae standard. The adapter requires 9um single-mode fiber optic
cables and uses an SC connector type for connecting into network infrastructure components like 10 Gigabit Ethernet
switch/router with SC connectors.
Minimum operating system level: AIX 5L for Power, OS/400 V5R2
Supported on Models 520, 550, 570 and 595.
#5740#5740 1Gbps BaseT Ethernet (4-port)
The #5740 provides a 4-port 10/100/1000 Mbps Base Ethernet adapter which supports four 1-Gigabit ports on a single
adapter, delivering increased bandwidth for slot-constrained servers and providing high connectivity and reliability using
two integrated, dual-port Gigabit Ethernet controllers.
Characteristics include:
Supports 64-bit Bus Mastering on the PCI-X bus
Compliant with IEEE 802.3ab 1000Base-T, 803.u 100Base-TX, 802.3 10Base-T standards and supports 802.1q
VLAN tagging
Supports interrupt moderation
TCP Segmentation off-load and encapsulation in hardware
Checksum off-loading of IP, TCP, and UDP frame
Remote Management Support
Delivers increased connectivity while significantly reducing CPU Utilization
Provides 10/100/1000 Mbps connectivity through four RJ-45 ports using CAT-5 cables
Support for Boot ROM on two ports
Supports advanced cable diagnostics
Minimum operating system level: AIX 5L for POWER V5.2 for IBM eServer, Red Hat Enterprise Linux AS for POWER
Version 4, SUSE Linux Enterprise Server 9 for POWER
Supported on Models 520+, 550+, 570+, 595 1.9 GHz, 520, 550, 570, and 595.
#6800#6800 PCI 1Gbps Ethernet IOA
The #6800 - PCI 1 Gbps Ethernet IOA provides a PCI-X IOA which does not require an IOP and allows a system to attach
to IEEE standard 802.3Z high speed (1 Gbps) Ethernet LANs. The #6800 adapter supports a multimode fiber interface with
a 62.5 micron or 50.0 micron cable requirement. The adapter has a duplex LC fiber-optic connector for attachment to
customer-supplied cabling.
The #6800 only supports TCP/IP and requires an intervening switch/hub/router when connected to 100 Mbps or 10 Mbps
networks.
The #6800, #0620, and #5700 are physically the same adapter card but have different feature numbers that denote to IBM
configurator tools whether or not an IOP is required.
See the description of the “#5700” on page 208 for information about the function provided by the #6800.
Minimum operating system level: i5/OS V5R4
Supported on Models 520+, 550+, 570+, 595 1.9 GHz, 520, 550, 570, and 595.
#6801#6801 PCI 1Gbps Ethernet UTP IOA
The #6801 - PCI 1 Gbps Ethernet UTP IOA provides a PCI-X IOA which does not require an IOP and allows a system to
attach to IEEE standard 802.3ab high speed (1 Gbps) Ethernet LANs. It can also be used to directly connect to existing 10
Mbps or 100 Mbps Ethernet LANs, however, it does not run at gigabit speeds in this configuration. Crossover cables are
not supported. The adapter supports a UTP CAT 5 media interface and has a RJ-45 connector.
The #6801, #0621, and #5701 are physically the same adapter card but have different feature numbers that denote to IBM
configurator tools whether or not an IOP is required.
See , “#5701” on page 209 for more information about the function provided by the #6801.
Minimum operating system level: i5/OS V5R4
Supported on Models 520+, 550+, 570+, 595 1.9 GHz, 520, 550, 570, and 595.

212
IBM System i5, eServer i5, and iSeries System Builder: IBM i5/OS Version 5 Release 4
Features and Rules
#6803
#9493
#6803 PCI WAN for ECS
The #6803 is a WAN w/modem adapter which provides connectivity for IBM Electronic Customer Support (ECS) only. This
feature is the non-CIM (Complex Impedance Matching) version offered in all countries except Australia and New Zealand.
The #6803 is functionally equivalent to #0614/#2793/#9793, but #6803 indicates to IBM configurator tools that the IOA is
being used by i5/OS in IOP-less mode. When in IOP-less mode the adapter function is restricted to communicating to IBM
ECS on port 0 (modem port). Port 1 is the RVX port and is not supported in IOP-less mode.
Port 0 supports V.92 56K PPP, V.92 data modem and V.44 data compression. Port 0 does not provide synchronous
modem capabilities (SDLC and Synchronous PPP).
Select one of the following cables to attach to port 0 (modem port):
#1010 Modem Cable - Austria
#1011 Modem Cable - Belgium
#1012 Modem Cable - Africa
#1013 Modem Cable - Israel
#1014 Modem Cable - Italy
#1015 Modem Cable - France
#1016 Modem Cable - Germany
#1017 Modem Cable - UK
#1018 Modem Cable - Iceland/Sweden
#1020 Modem Cable - HK/NZ
#1021 Modem Cable - Fin/Nor
#1022 Modem Cable - Netherlands
#1023 Modem Cable - Swiss
#1024 Modem Cable - Denmark
#1025 Modem Cable - US/Canada
The #6803 does not support the remote ring indicate function. This feature has country or region specific usage.
Minimum operating system level: i5/OS V5R3 and LIC V5R3M5 for Model 520+; or i5/OS V5R4 for Models 550+, 570+,
595 1.9 GHz POWER5 I/O tower running i5/OS V5R4

IBM System i5, eServer i5, and iSeries features and placement
213
Features and Rules
#6804
#9794
#6804 PCI WAN for ECS (CIM)
The #6804 is a WAN w/modem adapter which provides connectivity for IBM Electronic Customer Support (ECS) only. This
feature is the Complex Impedance Matching (CIM) version offered in Australia and New Zealand. The #6804 is functionally
equivalent to #0615/#2794/#979. The #6804 indicates that the IOA is being used by i5/OS in IOP-less mode. When in
IOP-less mode the adapter function is restricted to communicating to IBM ECS on port 0 (modem port). Port 1 is the RVX
port and is not supported in IOP-less mode.
Port 0 supports V.92 56K PPP, V.92 data modem and V.44 data compression. Port 0 does not provide synchronous
modem capabilities (SDLC and Synchronous PPP).
Select one of the following cables to attach to port 0 (modem port):
#1010 Modem Cable - Austria
#1011 Modem Cable - Belgium
#1012 Modem Cable - Africa
#1013 Modem Cable - Israel
#1014 Modem Cable - Italy
#1015 Modem Cable - France
#1016 Modem Cable - Germany
#1017 Modem Cable - UK
#1018 Modem Cable - Iceland/Sweden
#1020 Modem Cable - HK/NZ
#1021 Modem Cable - Fin/Nor
#1022 Modem Cable - Netherlands
#1023 Modem Cable - Swiss
#1024 Modem Cable - Denmark
#1025 Modem Cable - US/Canada
#0348 - V.24/EIA232 20-ft PCI Cable
The #6804 does not support the remote ring indicate function. This feature has country or region specific usage.
Minimum operating system level: i5/OS V5R3 and V5R3M5 LIC for Model520+; i5/OS V5R4 for Models 550+, 570+, 595
1.9 GHz
Supported on Models 520+, 550+, 570+, 595, and as IOP-less in any POWER5 I/O tower running i5OS V5R4.

214
IBM System i5, eServer i5, and iSeries System Builder: IBM i5/OS Version 5 Release 4
Features and Rules
#9812#9812 PCI-X Integrated xSeries Server
The #9812 is a double wide PCI card which contains a 2.0 GHz processor with 2 MB integrated L2 cache. It has two
integrated 1000/100/10 Mbps Ethernet ports, two USB 1.1 ports and traditional PC keyboard and mouse ports. A keyboard
and mouse can either connect to the traditional ports or connect to the USB ports. There is an SVGA video port for
connection of a display.
The #9812 has two memory slots. These slots must always contain a pair of identical memory features. Available memory
features are:
#0446 - 512 MB DDR Server Memory (MES only)
#0447 - 1 GB DDR Server Memory (MES only)
#8546 - Opt Base 1 GB Server Memory (Initial order only)
#9726 - Base 512 MB Server Memory (Initial order only)
The #9812 requires a #2844, #9744, or #9844 IOP to drive it. The IOP can be shared, but only one #9812 is permitted per
IOP.
When #9812 is ordered, the configurator adds two #9726 Base 512 MB Server Memory features to the order. The two
#9726 features can be replaced with two #8546 Optional Base 1 GB Server Memory features or the two server memory
features can be removed from the order and two #0446 or two #0447 can be installed in the field. The configurator also
adds a #9744 Base PCI IOP to drive the #9812. The #9744 can be removed from the order for PCI slot conservation.
The two integrated 1000/100/10 Mbps Ethernet LAN ports included on the #9812 provide attachment to IEEE standard
802.3ab high-speed (1 Gbps) Ethernet LANs. They can also be used to connect to existing 10 and 100 Mbps Ethernet
networks. The adapter supports UTP CAT 5 or higher media interface and TCP/IP. The #9812 does not support any other
LAN features and does not support native i5/OS functions.
The following features are defaulted (where offered) and can be removed from the order:
#0325 IPCS Extension Cable for Windows (for display, mouse and keyboard)
#1700 IPCS Keyboard and Mouse for Windows
The supported Windows versions are:
Windows 2000 Server
Windows 2000 Advanced Server
Windows Server 2003 Standard Edition
Windows Server 2003 Enterprise Edition
Windows Server 2003 Web Edition
A display for versions of Windows 2000 is required and must be connected to the #9812. A display is not required for
versions of Windows 2003 but can be connected to the #9812 to support Windows. If no display is connected, the Virtual
System Console is used.
For Linux server products supported on the #9812, see: http://www.ibm.com/eserver/iseries/integratedxseries/linux
An IOP and two 3.3V PCI card slots are required.
The #9812 functionally identical to #4812 but is included in the base with orders for Enterprise Editions on Models 550 and
595.
Minimum operating system level: i5/OS V5R3
Supported on Models 550 and 595
#9813#9813 PCI-X Integrated xSeries Server
The #9813 is functionally identical to #4813 but is included in the base with orders for Enterprise Editions on system Model
570. See “#4811 #4812 #4813 #9812 #9813” on page 206.

IBM System i5, eServer i5, and iSeries features and placement
215
Features and Rules
#9771#9771 Base PCI 2-Line WAN with integrated modem
The #9771 is a 2-Line WAN adapter. One port supports V.90 56K async data on PPP via an internal modem. The second
port supports multiple protocol communications (WAN). Connection to the V.90 port uses a telephone cable. Connection
to the WAN communication port is through one of the following cables:
#0348 V.24/EIA232 20-ft (6 m) PCI cable
#0349 V.24/EIA232 50-ft (15 m) PCI cable
#0353 V.35 20-ft PCI cable
#0354 V.35 50-ft PCI cable
#0356 V.36 20-ft PCI cable
#0359 X.21 20-ft PCI cable
#0360 X.21 50-ft PCI cable
#0365 V.24/EIA232 80-ft PCI cable
#0367 Operations Console PCI Cable
The #9771 supports the #0367 Operations Console PCI Cable on the WAN (RVX) port to directly connect the Operations
Console for OS/400 V5R1 or later or with OS/400 V4R5 and PTF MF25397. Direct connection of the Operations Console
is mutually exclusive with V.90 support of the
dial-in
Operations Console.
The #9771 supports the #5544 System Console on Operations Console on the V.90 port for
dial-in
Operations Console
with V5R1. An additional #4745 on OS/400 V4R5 systems is required for
dial-in
Operations Console support.
The #9771 ships with a country- or region-specific telephone cable. A modem cable feature is not required on the order.
ECS is supported over TCP/IP on the V.90 telephone cable port with V5R1, or with OS/400 V4R5 and PTF SF64124. Fax
is supported on the V.90 port with V5R1, or with OS/400 V4R5 and PTFs MF25290 and SF64604.
To support ECS on the WAN port of the #9771, specify one of the following cables:
#0348 V.24/EIA232 20-ft (6 m) PCI cable (default)
#0349 V.24/EIA232 50-ft (15 m) PCI cable
#0365 V.24/EIA232 80-ft PCI cable
ECS operates on the WAN port of the #9771 by changing the *RSRCNAME parameter of the QESLINE and QTILINE line
descriptions to that of the WAN port on the #9771 card.
Remote Power On is not supported. The #9771 does not support the remote ring indicate function.
For further configuration information, see: http://www.iseries.ibm.com/tstudio/planning/esa/esa.htm
See the “Soft rules: iSeries IOA requirements” topic in PCI and PCI-X Placement Rules for IBM System i5, eServer i5, and
iSeries servers with i5/OS V5R4 and V5R3, REDP-4011, or PCI Card Placement Rules for the IBM Eserver iSeries
Server OS/400 Version 5 Release 2: September 2003, REDP-3638 for OS/400 V5R2 and earlier releases, for additional
restrictions.
Minimum operating system level: OS/400 V4R5 with supporting PTFs
The #9771 is withdrawn from marketing as of 01 October 2005.

216
IBM System i5, eServer i5, and iSeries System Builder: IBM i5/OS Version 5 Release 4
Features and Rules
4.9 Disk units
Disk units
Disk model
identifier
The system configuration list (rack configuration) shows the disk type and model in the format XXXX-YYY, where the XXXX
identifies the CCIN number of the disk and YYY identifies the potential or actual disk protection and compression. Refer to
Chapter 8, “Customer Card Identification Numbers cross reference” on page 303, for a listing of the CCIN numbers.
The YYY identifiers are:
030: Unprotected or mirrored unit attached to a non-RAID capable controller.
050: Unprotected or mirrored unit attached to a RAID capable controller.
060: Unprotected or mirrored unit attached to a RAID capable controller. Data compression is active.
070: Non-parity member of a parity (RAID) set. Full capacity. Data compression is inactive.
071: Parity member of a parity (RAID) set with sixteen parity members. Fifteen-sixteenths capacity. Data compression is
inactive.
072: Parity member of a parity (RAID) set with eight parity members. Seven-eighths capacity. Data compression is inactive.
074: Parity member of a parity (RAID) set with four parity members. Three-fourths capacity. Data compression is inactive.
078: Parity member of a parity (RAID) set with two parity members. Half capacity. Data compression is inactive.
080: Non-parity member of a parity (RAID) set. Full capacity. Data compression is active.
082: Parity member of a parity (RAID) set with eight parity members. Seven-eighths capacity. Data compression is active.
084: Parity member of a parity (RAID) set with four parity members. Three-fourths capacity. Compression is active.
099: Parity member of a parity (RAID) set.
090: Non-parity member of a parity (RAID) set. Full capacity.
Disk data
rate
IBM System i5 15K RPM disk drives from January 2006 onward support data rates up to 320 MBs with the proper disk
controller. Disk controllers which support disk data rates up to 320 MBs (U320 or Ultra4 SCSI interface) include the #0647,
#0648, #2780, #5580, #5736, #5737, #5766, #5775, and #5776. The data rate is not a significant performance factor
compared to other specifications such as the cache size and the disk RPM.
#0040#0040 Mirrored System Disk Level Protection Capability
This code indicates the level of disk protection desired and helps ensure that adequate hardware is in the final
configuration.
For new systems: Causes the order to fail if sufficient disk units are not ordered to support device-level mirrored
protection. The #0040 causes all disk units to be placed into configurations capable of implementing mirrored pairs.
For upgrade orders: The #0040 causes a warning message to be generated during implementation of mirroring if
sufficient disk units are unavailable to provide mirror capability. The customer is responsible for starting mirroring on their
system. Mirrored system disk level protection requires all disk units to be placed into mirrored pairs and mirroring be
started. The load source must be controlled by the first disk controller on the first system bus and must be mirrored to a like
disk unit also attached to the first disk controller on the first system bus. Refer to:
http://publib.boulder.ibm.com/pubs/html/as400/infocenter.htm
Logically partitioned systems require additional planning.
The minimum number of disks allowed on a system is two.
#0041#0041 Device Parity Protection Capability
The #0041 Device Parity Protection Capability indicates the level of disk protection desired and helps ensure that adequate
hardware is in the final configuration. The #0041 is the default specify code for data protection capability.
For new systems, the #0041 causes the order to fail if a disk unit or adapter is ordered that is not capable of implementing
RAID protection. The #0041 causes all internal disk units to be placed into configurations capable of implementing RAID
arrays using a RAID-capable disk controller.
For upgrade orders, the #0041 causes the order to replace adapters that are not RAID-capable with RAID-capable
adapters. A warning message is generated during RAID enablement if there are not enough disk units to support a
minimum RAID configuration.
It is the customer's responsibility to start RAID on their system.
Device parity protection requires all disk units to be placed in sets large enough to turn on RAID protection, as well as be
connected to a RAID-capable adapter. The rules for RAID can be found in the disk controller descriptions.

IBM System i5, eServer i5, and iSeries features and placement
217
Features and Rules
#0042#0042 Mirrored System IOP Level Protection Capability
The #0042 Mirrored System IOP Level Protection Capability indicates the level of disk protection desired and helps ensure
that adequate hardware is in the final configuration.
For new systems, the #0042 causes the order to fail if sufficient disk units and IOPs are not included on the order to support
IOP-level mirrored protection. The #0042 causes all disk units to be placed into configurations capable of IOP-level
mirroring. Each disk unit and its mirrored pair must be on a different disk unit IOP.
For upgrade orders, the #0042 causes a warning message to be generated during implementation of the upgrade if
sufficient disk units, adapters, and IOPs are not available to provide the capability to enable IOP-level mirrored protection
for all DASD. It is the customer's responsibility to start mirroring on their system.
The load source disk unit in a new, preloaded system is device-level mirrored. (This is the same protection as provided with
#0040.) This means that the load source is controlled by the first disk unit controller on the first system bus, and is mirrored
with a like disk unit, which is also attached to the same first disk controller on the first system bus.
The minimum number of disks allowed on a system is four.
#0043#0043 Mirrored System Bus Level Protection Capability
The #0043 Mirrored System Bus Level Protection Capability indicates the level of disk protection desired and helps ensure
that adequate hardware is in the final configuration.
For new systems, the #0043 causes the order to fail if sufficient disk units, IOPs and expansion units are not included on
the order to support bus-level mirrored protection for all disk units.
The load source disk unit in a new, preloaded system is device-level mirrored. This means that the load source is controlled
by the first disk controller on the first system bus, and is mirrored with a like disk unit which is also attached to the same
first disk controller on the first system bus. Bus level mirroring of the Load Source disk unit can be achieved only by enabling
Remote Load Source Mirroring before starting Mirrored Protection. For details about implementing Remote Load Source
Mirroring, refer to the iSeries Information Center at:
http://publib.boulder.ibm.com/pubs/html/as400/infocenter.htm
For upgrade orders, a warning message is generated during installation of the upgrade if sufficient disk units, IOPs, and
expansion units are not available to provide the capability to enable bus-level mirrored protection for all disk units.
It is the customer's responsibility to start mirroring on their system.
Bus-level mirroring requires all disk units to be placed into mirrored pairs on separate busses. Refer to the iSeries
Information Center for important Mirrored Protection and Remote Load Source Mirroring implementation details. Logically
partitioned systems require additional planning.
The minimum number of disks allowed on a system is four.
#0047#0047 Device Parity RAID-6 All
The #0047 code indicates the level of disk protection desired and helps ensure that adequate hardware is in the final
configuration.
For new systems, the #0047 causes the order to fail if a disk unit or adapter is ordered that is not capable of implementing
RAID-6 protection. The #0047 causes all internal disk units to be placed into configurations capable of implementing
RAID-6 arrays using a RAID-6 capable disk controller.
RAID-6 arrays require a minimum of four disk units per array (all disk units within an array must be of the exact same
capacity). The exception to this configuration rule is that the disk drives inside the Model 520, 550 and 570 system units
use RAID-5 arrays since the integrated disk controllers are not capable of RAID-6.
For upgrade orders, the #0047 causes the order to replace adapters that are not RAID-6 capable with RAID-6 capable
adapters. A warning message is generated during RAID enablement if there are not enough disk units to support a
minimum RAID configuration.
It is the customer's responsibility to start RAID on their system.
Device parity protection requires all disk units to be placed in sets large enough to turn on RAID protection, as well as be
connected to a RAID-capable adapter. The rules for RAID can be found in the disk controller descriptions.

218
IBM System i5, eServer i5, and iSeries System Builder: IBM i5/OS Version 5 Release 4
Features and Rules
#08xx#08xx Load Source Specify Codes
Beginning with the V5R1 announcement, requires one of the following specify codes on all initial order for Model 800, 810,
820, 825, 830, 840, 870, and 890s. In addition, one of the following specify codes is required on all upgrades into this model
range from previous models:
#0826 - #4314 Load Source specify
#0827 - #4324 Load Source specify
#0828 - #4317 Load Source specify
#0829 - #4318 Load Source specify
#0830 - #4319 Load Source specify
#0834 - #4326 Load Source specify
#0835 - #4327 Load Source specify
Manufacturing uses the #08xx specify to place a corresponding disk unit feature in the load source position. Initial orders
and model upgrade orders into the Model 800, 810, 820, 825, 830, 840, 870, and 890 from previous models that contain a
load source specify, but no corresponding disk unit feature, are invalid orders. The following specify codes can be changed
on model upgrades or on MES orders.
A Load Source specify code is required on each new or upgrade order into 520, 550, 570, and 595 models. These specifies
can be changed at any time.
#0836 - #4328 Load Source specify
The #0826, #0827, #0828 and #0829 are withdrawn from marketing as of 01 June 2006.
#1894#1894 73.4 GB 10K rpm Disk Unit
The #1894 provides a 10,000 RPM Disk Unit with 73.4 GB of storage capacity and an ULTRA320 SCSI interface.
Supported only with AIX and Linux.
Supported on Models 520, 550, 570 and 595.
Supported only during a model conversion on a 595. No additional quantities can be ordered for the Model 595.
The #1894 is a Customer Install Feature.
#1895#1895 146.8 GB 10K rpm Disk Unit
The #1895 provides a 10,000 RPM Disk Unit with 146.8 GB of storage capacity and an ULTRA320 SCSI interface.
Supported only with AIX or Linux.
Supported on Models 520, 550, 570 and 595.
Supported only during a model conversion on a 595. No additional quantities can be ordered for the Model 595.
The #1895 is a Customer Install Feature.
#1896#1896 36.4 GB 15K rpm Disk Unit
The #1896 provides a 15,000 RPM Disk Unit with 36.4 GB of storage capacity and an ULTRA320 SCSI interface.
Supported only with AIX or Linux.
Supported on Models 520, 550, 570 and 595.
The #1896 is a Customer Install Feature.
#1897#1897 73.4 GB 15K rpm Disk Unit
The #1897 provides a 15,000 RPM Disk Unit with 73.4 GB of storage capacity and an ULTRA320 SCSI interface.
Supported only with AIX and Linux.
Supported on Models 520, 550, 570 and 595.
The #1897 is a Customer Install Feature.
#1898#1898 146.8GB Disk Unit
The #1898 146.8GB Disk Unit provides a 15,000 rpm disk unit with 146.8 GB of storage capacity for AIX 5L and Linux
partitions and an ULTRA320 SCSI interface.
This disk drive requires attachment to a supported Ultra320 SCSI adapter in a system that supports an Ultra320 SCSI
cable/backplane in order for the drive to run at 320 MBs. All other SCSI devices on the same SCSI bus must also be Ultra2,
Ultra3, or Ultra320 SCSI devices in order for this disk drive to run at 320 MBs.
Not supported by i5/OS. Supported only by AIX and Linux.
Supported on Models 520+, 550+, 570+, 595 1.9 GHz, 520, 550, 570, and 595.
The #1898 is a Customer Install Feature.

IBM System i5, eServer i5, and iSeries features and placement
219
Features and Rules
#3578#3578 - 300 GB 10K rpm Disk Unit
The #3578 provides a 10,000 RPM disk unit with 300 GB of storage capacity and an industry-standard Ultra3 SCSI
interface speed of up to 160 MBps.
Not supported by i5/OS. Supported only by AIX or Linux.
Supported on Models 520, 550, 570.
Supported only during a model conversion on a Model 595. No additional quantities can be ordered for the Model 595.
#4308#4308 4.19 GB Disk Unit
The #4308 provides an additional 4.19 GB single disk unit with 4.19 GB capacity (7200 RPM).
Supported on Models 810, 820, 825, 830, 840, 870, and 890.
The #4308 is a Customer Install Feature.
The #4308 is withdrawn from marketing as of December 2000.
#4314#4314 8.58 GB Disk Unit (Ultra SCSI)
The #4314 provides an additional 3 ½-inch two-byte single disk unit with 8.58 GB capacity (7200 RPM).
Minimum operating system level: OS/400 V4R4
Supported on Models 810, 820, 825, 830, 840, 870, and 890.
The #4314 is a Customer Install Feature.
The #4314 is withdrawn from marketing as of 31 January 2001.
#4317#4317 8.58 GB 10k RPM Disk Unit (Ultra2 SCSI)
The #4317 provides an additional 3 ½-inch single disk unit with 8.58 GB capacity.
During MES upgrades, #6717, #6817, #8617, and #8817 8.58 GB disk units can be converted to #4317s.
The #4317 is also supported in Linux partitions with SUSE Linux Enterprise Server 9 for POWER or Red Hat Enterprise
Linux AS for POWER Version 3, and AIX 5L for POWER V5.2.
Minimum operating system level: OS/400 V4R4
Supported on Models 800, 810, 820, 825, 830, 840, 870, and 890.
The #4317 is a Customer Install Feature.
The #4317 is withdrawn from marketing for new orders on 03 December 2002. Feature conversions to #4317 remain
available.
#4318#4318 17.54 GB 10k RPM Disk Unit (Ultra2 SCSI)
The #4318 provides an additional 3 ½-inch single disk unit with 17.54 GB capacity.
During MES upgrades, #6718, #6818, #8618, and #8818 8.58 GB disk units can be converted to #4318s.
The #4318 is also supported in Linux partitions.
Minimum operating system level: OS/400 V4R4
Supported on Model 270, 9406 520, 550, 570, 595, 800, 810 820, 825, 830, 840, 870, 890, and 9411-100.
The #4318 is a Customer Install Feature.
The #4318 is withdrawn from marketing as of 01 June 2004 for new orders. Conversions to feature #4318 remain available.
#4319#4319 35.16 GB 10k RPM Disk Unit (Ultra2 SCSI)
The #4319 provides an additional 3 ½-inch single disk unit with 35.16 GB capacity.
The #4319 is also supported in Linux and AIX partitions with SUSE Linux Enterprise Server 9 for POWER or Red Hat
Enterprise Linux AS for POWER Version 3, and AIX 5L for POWER V5.2.
Minimum operating system level: OS/400 V5R1 with PTFs identified in Information APAR II13102 at:
http://www.ibm.com/eserver/iseries/support
Supported on Models 270, 520, 550, 570, 595, 800, 810, 820, 825, 830, 840, 870, 890, and 9411-100.
The #4319 cannot be mounted in a #5065 Storage/PCI Expansion Tower.
The #4319 is a Customer Install Feature.
The #4319 is withdrawn from marketing as of 12 April 2005.
#4324#4324 17.54 GB Disk Unit (Ultra SCSI)
The #4324 provides a 3

½-inch single disk unit with 17.54 GB capacity for additional disk storage (7200 RPM).
Minimum operating system level: OS/400 V4R4
Supported on Models 810, 820, 825, 830, 840, 870, and 890.
The #4324 is a Customer Install Feature.

220
IBM System i5, eServer i5, and iSeries System Builder: IBM i5/OS Version 5 Release 4
Features and Rules
#4326#4326 35.16 GB 15k RPM Disk Unit (SCSI)
The #4326 provides a single 3 ½-inch disk unit for additional disk storage with 35.16 GB capacity (15000 RPM). Quantities
of 150 of this feature can be ordered in the IBM marketing configurator as #7508 Quantity 150 of Feature #4326.
Minimum operating system level: OS/400 V5R2
Supported in Linux and AIX partitions with SUSE Linux Enterprise Server 9 for POWER or Red Hat Enterprise Linux AS
for POWER Version 3, and AIX 5L for POWER V5.2.
Supported on Models 520, 570, 800, 810, 825, 870, and 890 system units and base I/O towers, and in the base I/O towers,
the #5094 PCI-X Expansion Tower, the #0595/#5095 PCI-X Expansion Tower, and the #5294 1.8m I/O Tower.
The #4326 is a Customer Install Feature.
#4327#4327 70.56 GB 15k RPM Disk Unit (SCSI)
The #4327 provides a 3 ½-inch single disk unit for additional disk storage with 70.56 GB capacity (15000 RPM). Quantities
of 150 of this feature can be ordered in the IBM marketing configurator as #7509 Quantity 150 of Feature #4327.
Minimum operating system level: OS/400 V5R2
Supported in Linux and AIX partitions with SUSE Linux Enterprise Server 9 for POWER or Red Hat Enterprise Linux AS
for POWER Version 3, and AIX 5L for POWER V5.2.
Supported on Models 520, 550, 570, 595, 800, 810, 825, 870, and 890 system unit and base I/O towers, the #5094 PCI-X
Expansion Tower, the #0595/#5095 PCI-X Expansion Tower, and the #5294 1.8m I/O Tower.
The #4327 is a Customer Install Feature.
#4328#4328 - 141.12 GB 15K rpm Disk Unit.
The #4328 provides a 15,000 RPM disk unit with 141.12 GB of storage capacity and an Ultra320 SCSI interface. Quantities
of 150 of this feature can be ordered in the IBM marketing configurator as #7510 Quantity 150 of Feature #4328.
Supported on Models 520, 550, 570, 595, and 9411-100.
#6585#6585 - DASD Locking Kit
Provides a locking mechanism that secures up to four disk units in the Model 520. Two #6585 kits are required to secure
all eight available disk units in the Model 520. When #6585 is installed and secured with a user-provided padlock, the disk
units cannot be removed easily.
Supported on Model 520.
#75xx#75xx Quantity 150 of Feature #43xx
The #75xx features cause 150 of the specified disk units to be shipped. When over 150 disk units are requested in the IBM
marketing configurator, a #75xx feature is automatically added for each group of 150 specified. For example, if 180 #4314
8.58 GB Disk Unit are requested, the IBM marketing configurator adds one #7500 and 30 #4314s to the order.
#7500 Quantity 150 of Feature #4314
#7501 Quantity 150 of Feature #4317
#7502 Quantity 150 of Feature #4318
#7503 Quantity 150 of Feature #4324
#7504 Quantity 150 of Feature #4319 (withdrawn from marketing as of 30 August 2005)
#7508 Quantity 150 of Feature #4326
#7509 Quantity 150 of Feature #4327
Supported on Models 810, 820, 825, 830, 840, 870, and 890. (#7509 not supported on Model 820)
The configurator can either generate the following feature or allow users to select this feature as they would any other single
disk unit feature. This feature remains on the inventory records.
#7510 Quantity of 150 of Feature #4328
Supported on Models 520, 550, 570, 595, and 9411-100.
RPQ
847102
RPQ 847102 ships the disk mounting hardware and instructions required to convert a #6717/#6817 to a #4317, and a
#6718/#6818 to a #4318. One RPQ is required for each disk unit to be converted.
This conversion allows the customer to move 8.5 GB 10K RPM and 17 GB 10K rpm files from current towers to the #5065,
#5066, #5074/#9074, #5075, #5079/#9079 PCI Expansion Towers, the #5094, #5095, #5294 PCI-X Expansion Towers,
iSeries Models 270, 800, 810, 820, 825, 830, 840, 870, 890, or eServer i5 Models 520, 550, 570, and 595.
Confirm and that there is available space in the existing or on order system or tower for the converted disk units and that
the required number of #2748 PCI RAID Disk Unit Controllers are available. After the conversion, process an RPO to add
the appropriate number of #4317/#4318 and remove the appropriate number of #6717/#6818 features.
RPQ 847102 is installed by an IBM Customer Service Representative.

IBM System i5, eServer i5, and iSeries features and placement
221
Features and Rules
4.10 Internal tape units and CD-ROM
Internal tape units and CD-ROM
Supported
media
See 7.3, “QIC tape specifications and compatibility for IBM System i5, eServer i5, and iSeries systems” on page 294, for
the supported media for each tape device.
#1889
#9689
#1889 80 GB VXA-2 Tape Device
The #1889 80 GB VXA-2 Tape Device is a 5.25-inch, half-high, Ultra2 LVD 16-bit tape drive, which provides a high capacity
for save/restore and archive functions. This tape drive uses VXA tape data cartridges and is compression capable,
providing a capacity of up to 160 GB. It uses a helical scan, rotating head technology and has a SCSI-2 (LVD/SE)
asynchronous/synchronous interface. The tape operates in streaming mode.
Refer to 7.3, “QIC tape specifications and compatibility for IBM System i5, eServer i5, and iSeries systems” on page 294,
for additional characteristics.
One 1.6-inch (41 mm) half-high media bay and one SCSI-2 internal 16-bit address is required.
Minimum operating system level: i5/OS V5R3
Supported in Linux SUSE Linux Enterprise Server 9 for POWER or Red Hat Enterprise Linux AS for POWER Version 3,
and AIX 5L for POWER V5.2
The #1889 is supported as an IOP-less drive in the 9405 520, 9406 520, and Models 520+, 550, and 550+ with a minimum
operating system level of i5/OS V5R4 and i5/OS V5R3 with LIC V5R3M5 on Models 520 and 520+.
Supported on Models 520 and 550.
The #1889 is a Customer Install Feature.
#2640#2640 DVD-ROM
The #2640 DVD-ROM is a Slimline IDE DVD-ROM drive. It uses an internal tray loading DVD-ROM drive. The #2640
provides up to 3600 KBps (CD-ROM) and 10.3 MBps (DVD-ROM) data transfer rates.
Characteristics:
Media Data Transfer Rate (maximum): CD-ROM=3600 KBps, DVD- ROM=10.3 MBps.
Interface: IDE/ATAPI
Average Random Access Time: CD-ROM=95ms (typical), DVD-ROM=150ms (typical)
Buffer Memory: 256KB
Media capacity: CD-ROM=650 MB, DVD-ROM= 4.7 GB (single sided)/9.4 GB (double-sided)
Multi session capable (Reads CD/R and CD-R/W media)
12.7 mm Slimline form factor
Operates in either vertical or horizontal positions
Interface supports standard and extended XA formats
Loading tray supports 12cm and 8cm disks
DVD video is not supported
Requires one Slimline media bay.
Minimum operating system level: i5/OS V5R3
Supported in Linux and AIX partitions with SUSE Linux Enterprise Server 9 for POWER or Red Hat Enterprise Linux AS
for POWER Version 3, and AIX 5L for POWER V5.2
Supported on Models 520, 550, and 570.
The #2640 is a Customer Install Feature.

222
IBM System i5, eServer i5, and iSeries System Builder: IBM i5/OS Version 5 Release 4
Features and Rules
#4425
#4525
#4625
#4425/#4525/#4625 CD-ROM
The #4425, #4525, or #4625 can be used for alternate IPL (IBM distributed CD-ROM media only) and program distribution.
A CD-ROM, DVD-RAM or DVD-ROM is required for each system.
Minimum operating system level: for the #4525: OS/400 V4R5
Minimum operating system level: for the #4425: OS/400 V4R4
Supported for migration in Linux and AIX partitions with SUSE Linux Enterprise Server 9 for POWER or Red Hat Enterprise
Linux AS for POWER Version 3, and AIX 5L for POWER V5.2
The #4425 CD-ROM device can be mounted in the base PCI enclosure of Models 830, 840, 870, and 890, in the
#5074/#5079 PCI Expansion Towers, and in the #5094/#5294 Expansion Towers.
The #4525 CD-ROM device can be mounted in the system unit of the Model 810 and 820.
The #4625 CD-ROM replaces the #4425. The difference between the #4625 and the #4425 is in the mounting hardware.
A #4625 can be placed everywhere that a #4425 can be placed, and can also be placed in a Model 825 system unit.
The #4425 is not supported in a Model 820 or 825 system unit.
The #4425, #4525, and #4625 are Customer Install Features.
The #4425 is withdrawn from marketing as of 21 November 2003 for new orders. Conversion to feature #4425 remains
available.
The #4625 is withdrawn from marketing as of 15 July 2005.
#4430
#4530
#4630
#4430/#4530/#4630 DVD-RAM
The #4430/#4530/#4630 reads and writes 4.7 GB on a single-sided media. For double sided media, the media must be
manually flipped.
The #4430, #4530, or #4630 is capable of reading 640 MB CD-ROM disks. It can read CD-R, DVD-ROM and DVD-R media.
The #4430, #4530, or #4630 can be used for alternate IPL, program distribution, and data interchange. It is not supported
as an Alternate Installation Device (by selection via DST Boot Manager) with OS/400 V5R1.
The #4430 DVD-RAM device can be mounted in the base PCI enclosure of Models 830 and 840, in the #5074/#5079 PCI
Expansion Towers, in the #8093 Optional 1.8 M I/O Rack, and in the #9094 Base PCI I/O Enclosure of the Model 890.
The #4530 DVD-RAM device can be mounted in the system unit of Models 800, 810, and 820.
The #4630 CD-ROM replaces the #4430. The difference between the #4630 and the #4430 is in the mounting hardware.
Minimum operating system level: OS/400 V4R5 with PTFs or OS/400 V5R1
Supported for migration in Linux and AIX partitions with SUSE Linux Enterprise Server 9 for POWER or Red Hat Enterprise
Linux AS for POWER Version 3, and AIX 5L V5.2
A #4630 can be placed everywhere a #4430 can be placed, and can also be placed in a Model 825 system unit.
The #4430 is not supported in a Model 825 system unit.
The #4430, #4530, and #4630 DVD-RAM are 5 ¼-inch devices which install in a removable media device slot. A disk unit
controller is required in the system unit or tower where the device is mounted.
The #4430, #4530, and #4630 are Customer Install Features.
The #4430 is withdrawn from marketing as of 01 January 2004. A #4630 is the recommended replacement.
The #4530 is withdrawn from marketing as of 01 October 2004. A #4533 is the recommended replacement.
The #4630 is withdrawn from marketing as of 01 October 2004. A #4633 is the recommended replacement.

IBM System i5, eServer i5, and iSeries features and placement
223
Features and Rules
#4482
#4582
#4682
#4482/#4582/#4682 4 GB ¼-inch Cartridge Tape Device
The #4482, #4582, or #4682 4 GB ¼-inch Cartridge Tape Device can be used for save/restore, alternate IPL, program
distribution, migration, and ¼-inch cartridge tape exchange using the appropriate media and density. This tape unit is not
compatible with System/36 ¼-inch cartridge tape units.
Refer to 7.3, “QIC tape specifications and compatibility for IBM System i5, eServer i5, and iSeries systems” on page 294,
for additional characteristics.
An available removable media device slot and disk unit controller is required in the system unit or expansion tower in which
the device is mounted.
Minimum operating system level: for the #4582 and #4682: OS/400 V4R5
Minimum operating system level: for the #4482: OS/400 V4R4
Supported for migration in Linux and AIX partitions with SUSE Linux Enterprise Server 9 for POWER or Red Hat Enterprise
Linux AS for POWER Version 3, and AIX 5L for POWER V5.2
The #4482 is supported in the Model 520 (9406 only), 550, 570, and 595. The #4482 can be mounted in the base PCI
enclosure of Models 810, 820, 825, 830 and 840, in the #8093 Optional 1.8 M I/O Rack, and in the #9094 Base PCI I/O
Enclosures of the Model 890. It is supported in the Model 870, the #5074/#5079 PCI Expansion Towers the #5094/#5294
Expansion Towers, the #8093 Optional 1.8 M I/O Rack, and the #9094 Base PCI I/O Enclosure of the Model 890.
The #4582 can be mounted in the system unit of Models 800, 810, and 820.
The #4682 can be mounted in the system unit of Models 520 (9406 only), 550, 570, 595, 800, 810, 820, 825, 830, 840,
870, and 890, in the #5074/#5079 PCI Expansion Towers, and in the #5094/#5294 Expansion Towers.
The #4482, #4582, and #4682 are Customer Install Features.
The #4482 is withdrawn from marketing as of 01 January 2004.
The #4582 is withdrawn from marketing as of 01 October 2005. A #4584 is the recommended replacement.
The #4682 is withdrawn from marketing as of 01 October 2005. A #4684 is the recommended replacement.
#4483
#4583
#4683
#4483/#4583/#4683 16 GB ¼-inch Cartridge Tape Device
The #4483, #4583, and #4683 16 GB ¼-inch Cartridge Tape Device are 25 GB ¼-inch cartridge tape units that mount in a
removable media device slot of a system unit or an expansion drawer or tower. The #4483, #4583, and #4683 16 GB ¼-inch
Cartridge Tape Device can be used for save/restore, alternate IPL, migration, and ¼-inch cartridge tape exchange using
the appropriate media and density. This tape unit is not compatible with System/36 ¼-inch cartridge tape units.
Refer to 7.3, “QIC tape specifications and compatibility for IBM System i5, eServer i5, and iSeries systems” on page 294,
for additional characteristics.
The #4483 can be mounted in the base PCI enclosure of Models 810, 820, 825, 830 and 840, in the #5074/#5079 PCI
Expansion Towers, and is supported via upgrade in the Models 870 and 890. Supported in Models 520 (9406 only), 550,
570, and 595.
The #4583 can be mounted in the system unit of Models 810 and 820.
The #4683 is supported in the Model 520 (9406 only), 550, 570, 595, 800, 810, 820, 825, 830, 840, 870, and 890 for
upgrades only.
Supported for migration in Linux partitions with SUSE Linux Enterprise Server 9 for POWER or Red Hat Enterprise Linux
AS for POWER Version 3
Minimum operating system level: for the #4483: OS/400 V4R4
Minimum operating system level: for the #4583 and #4683: OS/400 V4R5
The #4483/#4583/#4683 are Customer Install Features.
The #4583 is withdrawn from marketing as of 3 December 2002.

224
IBM System i5, eServer i5, and iSeries System Builder: IBM i5/OS Version 5 Release 4
Features and Rules
#4486
#4586
#4686
#4486/#4586/#4686 25 GB ¼-inch Cartridge Tape Device
The #4486, #4586, and #4686 25 GB ¼-inch Cartridge Tape Device is a 25 GB ¼-inch cartridge tape unit that mounts in
a removable media device slot of a system unit or an expansion drawer/tower. The #4486, #4586, and #4686 25 GB ¼-inch
Cartridge Tape Device can be used for save/restore, alternate IPL, program distribution, migration and ¼-inch cartridge
tape exchange. This tape unit is not compatible with System/36 ¼-inch cartridge tape units.
Refer to 7.3, “QIC tape specifications and compatibility for IBM System i5, eServer i5, and iSeries systems” on page 294,
for additional characteristics.
Minimum operating system level: for the #4486: OS/400 V4R4
Minimum operating system level: for the #4586: OS/400 V4R5
Supported for migration in Linux partitions with SUSE Linux Enterprise Server 9 for POWER or Red Hat Enterprise Linux
AS for POWER Version 3.
The #4486 is supported by the Model 520 (9406 only), 550, 570, 595, 810, 820, 825, 830, 840, 870, and 890. The #4486
can be mounted in the base PCI enclosure of Models 830, 840, and 890, and in the #5074/#5079 PCI Expansion Towers.
The #4586 can be mounted in the system unit of Models 810 and 820.
The #4686 can be mounted in the base PCI enclosure of Models 810, 825, 830, 840, 870, and 890, in the #5074/#5079
PCI Expansion Towers, in the #5094/#5294 Expansion Towers, in the #8093 Optional 1.8 M I/O Rack, and in the #9094
Base PCI I/O Enclosure of the Model 890. The #4686 is supported for upgrades only in the Model 520 (9406 only), 550,
570, 590, 820, 830, and 840.
The #4486, #4586, and #4686 are Customer Install Features.
The #4586 is withdrawn from marketing as of 3 December 2002.
#4487
#4587
#4687
#8287
#4487/#4587/#4687 50 GB ¼-inch Cartridge Tape Device
The #4487/#4587/#4687 50 GB ¼-inch Cartridge Tape Device can be used for save/restore, alternate IPL, program
distribution, migration, and ¼-inch cartridge tape exchange using the appropriate media and density. These tape units
are not compatible with System/36 ¼-inch cartridge tape units. The #8287 is an optional base 50 GB ¼-inch Cartridge
Tape Unit for the Model 800 Standard and Advanced Editions. A disk unit controller in the system unit or tower is required
where the device is mounted.
Refer to 7.3, “QIC tape specifications and compatibility for IBM System i5, eServer i5, and iSeries systems” on page 294,
for additional characteristics.
Minimum operating system level: OS/400 V5R1
The #4487 and #4687 are supported as an IOP-less drive in the Model 520 with a minimum operating system level of i5/OS
V5R3 and LIC V5R3M5, and in the Model 520+ with i5/OS V5R4.
The #4487 can be mounted in the base PCI enclosure of the Models 830 and 840, in the #5074/#5079 PCI Expansion
Towers, in the #8093 Optional 1.8 M I/O Rack, and in the #9094 Base PCI I/O Enclosure of the Model 890.
The #4587 can be mounted in the system unit of Models 270, 800, 810, and 820.
The #4687 can be mounted in the base PCI enclosure of Models 825, 870, and 890, in the #5074/#5079 PCI Expansion
Towers, and in the #5094/#5294 Expansion Towers.
The #8287 can be mounted in a removable media device slot in the Model 800 system unit or in the expansion tower.
Supported for migration in Linux and AIX partitions with SUSE Linux Enterprise Server 9 for POWER or Red Hat Enterprise
Linux AS for POWER Version 3, and AIX 5L for POWER V5.2.
The #4487 is supported in Models 520 (9406 only), 550, 570, 595, 810, 820, 825, 830, 840, 870, and 890.
The #4587 is supported in Models 800, 810, and 820.
The #4687 is supported in Models 520, 550, 570, 595, 800, 810, 820, 825, 830, 840, 870, and 890.
The #8287 is supported in the Model 800.
The #4487 and #4687 are supported as an IOP- less drive in Models 9405 520, 9406 520, 520+, 550, and 550+.
The #4487, #4587, or #4687 are Customer Install Features.
The #4487 is withdrawn from marketing as of 01 January 2004.
The #4587 is withdrawn from marketing as of 01 June 2006.
The #8287 is withdrawn from marketing as of 01 October 2005.

IBM System i5, eServer i5, and iSeries features and placement
225
Features and Rules
#4531
#4631
#4531 DVD-ROM/#4631 DVD-ROM
The #4531/#4631 DVD-ROM is a 5 ¼-inch device which is mounted in a removable media device slot. The #4531/#4631
is capable of reading 640 MB CD-ROM media and 4.7 GB DVD-RAM media. It is an alternate IPL (IDE bus attach) device,
so a SCSI/ATAPI converter card is required and is included with the device. The converter card requires its own power
source, so a power flex cable is included.
The #4531/#4631 can be used for Alternate IPL (IBM distributed CD-ROM media only) and program distribution.
The #4531 can be mounted in the system unit of Models 800, 810, and 820.
The #4631 can be mounted in the system unit of Models 820, 825, 830, 840, 870, 890, in the #5074/#5079 PCI Expansion
Tower, and in the #5094/#5294 Expansion Towers.
A disk unit controller is required in the system unit or tower where the device is mounted.
A CD-ROM, DVD-RAM or DVD-ROM is required for each system.
The #4531 is supported in the Models 270, 800, 810, and 820.
The #4631 is supported in the Models 520, 550, 570, 595, 800, 810, 820, 825, 830, 840, 870, 890, SB2, and SB3.
Minimum operating system level: OS/400 V5R2
Supported in Linux and AIX partitions with SUSE Linux Enterprise Server 9 for POWER or Red Hat Enterprise Linux AS
for POWER Version 3, and AIX 5L for POWER V5.2.
The #4531 and #4631 are Customer Install Features.
The #4531 is withdrawn from marketing as of 01 December 2005.
The #4631 is withdrawn from marketing for new orders only on 01 December 2005.
#4584
#4684
#9284
#4584 30 GB ¼-inch Cartridge Tape Device/#4684 30 GB ¼-inch Cartridge Tape Device
The #4584/#4684, #9284, 30 GB ¼-inch Cartridge Tape Device can be mounted in a removable media device slot of a
system unit or an expansion tower. The #4584/#4684, and #9284 can be used for save/restore, alternate IPL, program
distribution, migration, and ¼-inch cartridge tape exchange. The #9284 is a base 30 GB ¼-inch Cartridge Tape Unit for the
Model 800 Standard and Advanced Editions.
Refer to 7.3, “QIC tape specifications and compatibility for IBM System i5, eServer i5, and iSeries systems” on page 294,
for additional characteristics.
The #4584 is supported in Models 800, 810, and 820.
The #4684 is supported in Models 520, 550, 570, 595, 800, 810, 820, 825, 830, 840, 870, and 890.
The #4684 is supported as an IOP-less drive in Models 520+, 550+, 570+, 595 1.9 GHz, 520, 550, 570, and 595.
The #9284 is supported in the Model 800.
The #4584 can be mounted in the system unit of Models 800, 810, and 820.
The #4684 can be mounted in the base PCI enclosure of Models 825, 830, 840, 870, and 890, in the #5074/#5079 PCI
Expansion Towers, in the #5094/#5294 Expansion Towers, in the #8093 Optional 1.8 M I/O Rack, and in the #9094 Base
PCI I/O Enclosure of the Model 890.
The #9284 can be mounted in a removable media device slot in the Model 800 system unit or in the expansion tower.
Minimum operating system level for the #4584 and #4684: OS/400 V4R5
Minimum operating system level for the #4684 to function as an IOP- less drive: i5/OS V5R4 or i5/OS V5R3 with LIC
V5R3M5 for Models 520 and 520+
Minimum operating system level for the #9284: OS/400 V5R2
Supported for migration in Linux and AIX partitions with SUSE Linux Enterprise Server 9 for POWER or Red Hat Enterprise
Linux AS for POWER Version 3, and AIX 5L for POWER V5.2.
The #4584 and #4684 are Customer Install Features.
The #4584 is withdrawn from marketing as of 01 June 2006.
The #9284 is withdrawn from marketing as of 01 October 2005.

226
IBM System i5, eServer i5, and iSeries System Builder: IBM i5/OS Version 5 Release 4
Features and Rules
#4585
#4685
#9285
#4585 80 GB VXA-2 Tape Device/#4685 80 GB VXA-2 Tape Device
The #4585 and 4685 can be used for save and restore, alternate IPL, program distribution, and migration. The tape format
is not compatible with other tape units currently offered on iSeries systems. The #9285 is a Base 80 GB VXA-2 Cartridge
Tape Unit for the Model 800 Standard and Advanced Editions.
Refer to 7.3, “QIC tape specifications and compatibility for IBM System i5, eServer i5, and iSeries systems” on page 294,
for additional characteristics.
The #4585 is supported by the #2757, #2763, #2780, #2782, #4748, #4778, #5705 (Model 800 and 810), and #9767.
The #4685 is supported by the #2757, #2763, #2780, #2782, #4748, and #4778.
The #4585 is supported in the Models 800, 810, and 820.
The #4685 is supported in Models 520, 550, 570, 595, 800, 810, 820, 825, 830, 840, 870, and 890.
The #4585 80 GB VXA-2 Tape Device can be mounted in a removable media device slot of a Model 800, 810, or 820
system unit.
The #4685 80 GB VXA-2 Tape Device can be mounted in a removable media device slot of a Model 825, 830, 840, 870,
or 890 system unit, or a #5065, #5066, #5074, #5079, #5094, #5294 expansion tower.
The #9285 can be mounted in a removable media device slot in the system unit or expansion tower.
Minimum operating system level: OS/400 V5R1
Supported in Linux and AIX partitions with SUSE Linux Enterprise Server 9 for POWER or Red Hat Enterprise Linux AS
for POWER Version 3, and AIX 5L for POWER V5.2.
The #4585 and #4685 are Customer Install Features.
The #4585 is withdrawn from marketing as of 01 June 2006.
The #9285 is withdrawn from marketing as of 01 October 2005.
#4633#4633 DVD-RAM
The #4633 DVD-RAM is a half high optical media device. The #4633 uses cartridgeless media only. This is different from
the #4630 DVD-RAM which can use cartridge media. The media can be removed from the cartridge to be used in the
#4633. Media support is limited to writing DVD-RAM only and reading of CD-ROM, CD-R, DVD-ROM and DVD-RAM.
Minimum operating system level: OS/400 V5R2
Supported in Linux and AIX partitions with SUSE Linux Enterprise Server 9 for POWER or Red Hat Enterprise Linux AS
for POWER Version 3, and AIX 5L for POWER V5.2.
Supported on Models 520, 550, 570, 595, 800, 810, 820, 825, 830, 840, 870, 890,and in #5074, #5079, #5094, #5294 and
#9094 expansion towers.
The #4633 is a Customer Install Feature.
#5751#5751 DVD-RAMM
The #5751 DVD-RAM is an IDE DVD slimline device with multiple DVD media read/write capability.
Refer to 7.3, “QIC tape specifications and compatibility for IBM System i5, eServer i5, and iSeries systems” on page 294,
for additional characteristics.
Minimum operating system level: i5/OS V5R3
Supported by i5/OS if placed in the top slimline bay.
Supported in Linux and AIX partitions if placed in the bottom slimline bay.
Supported in system unit of Models 520, 550, and 570.
The #5751 is a Customer Install Feature.

IBM System i5, eServer i5, and iSeries features and placement
227
Features and Rules
#5753
#9653
#5753 30 GB ¼-inch Cartridge Tape Device / #9653 Base 30 GB ¼-inch Cartridge Tape Unit
The #5753/#9653 is a 30 GB ¼-inch Cartridge Tape Unit that can be mounted in a removable media device slot in the
system unit. The #5753 can be used for save/restore, alternate IPL, program distribution, migration and ¼-inch Cartridge
Tape exchange. The #9653 is a base 30 GB 1/4-Inch Cartridge Tape Unit for System i5 Express Configurations.
Refer to 7.3, “QIC tape specifications and compatibility for IBM System i5, eServer i5, and iSeries systems” on page 294,
for additional characteristics.
Minimum operating system level: i5/OS V5R3
Minimum operating system level for the #4684, #5753, and #9653 to function as an IOP-less drive: i5/OS V5R4; or i5/OS
V5R3 with LIC V5R3M5 on Models 520 and 520+
Supported in Linux and AIX partitions with SUSE Linux Enterprise Server 9 for POWER or Red Hat Enterprise Linux AS
for POWER Version 3, and AIX 5L for POWER V5.2.
Supported on Models 520, 550, 570, 595.
The #5753 can be mounted in Models 9405 520, 520+, and 550+.
The #9653 can be mounted in a removable media device slot of a 9405 520+ and 9406 520+.
The #5753 and #9563 are supported as an IOP-less drive on the Models 9405 520, 9406 520 and 520+.
The #5753 is a Customer Install Feature.
The #9653 is withdrawn from marketing as of 01 April 2005.
#5754
#8754
#5754 50 GB ¼-inch Cartridge Tape Device / #8754 Optional Base 50 GB ¼-inch Cartridge Tape Unit
The #5754 is a 50 GB ¼-inch Cartridge Tape Unit that can be mounted in a removable media device slot of a system unit.
The #5754 can be used for save/restore, alternate IPL, program distribution, migration and ¼-inch Cartridge Tape
exchange.
Refer to 7.3, “QIC tape specifications and compatibility for IBM System i5, eServer i5, and iSeries systems” on page 294,
for additional characteristics.
Minimum operating system level: i5/OS V5R3
Minimum operating system level for the #5754 to function as an IOP-less drive: i5/OS V5R4; or i5/OS V5R3 with LIC
V5R3M5 on Models 520 and 520+.
Supported in Linux and AIX partitions with SUSE Linux Enterprise Server 9 for POWER or Red Hat Enterprise Linux AS
for POWER Version 3, and AIX 5L for POWER V5.2.
Supported on Models 520 and 550.
The #5754 is supported as an IOP-less drive in the 520+, 550+, 9405 520, 9406 520, 550.
The #5754 is a Customer Install Feature.
The #8754 is withdrawn from marketing as of 15 October 2004.
#5755#5755 - 200 GB LTO-2 Tape Unit
Provides a 200 GB native capacity (400 GB compressed capacity) tape device which installs in a half-high removable
media device slot in the system unit. The #5755 can read and write both LTO Gen-1 and LTO Gen-2 tape cartridges.
The characteristics are:
Capacity: 200 GB native
Compression Mode: 400 GB
Form factor: 5.25-inch, half-high
Media: LTO Gen-1 or LTO Gen-2 Data Cartridge
Technology: Linear Tape Open
Data rate (compressed): 48 MBps
Interface: SCSI-3 low voltage differential (LVD)/single ended (SE)
Refer to 7.4, “VXA and LTO tape specifications and compatibility for IBM System i5, eServer i5, and iSeries systems” on
page 295, for additional characteristics.
Minimum operating system level: i5/OS V5R3, AIX 5L for POWER V5.2 for IBM eServer, Red Hat Enterprise Linux AS for
POWER Version 3, SUSE Linux Enterprise Server 9 for POWER
Minimum operating system level for the #5755 to function as an IOP-less drive: i5/OS V5R4; or i5/OS V5R3 with LIC
V5R3M5 for Model 520.
Supported on Models 520 and 550.
The #5755 is supported as an IOP-less drive on Models 520, 520+, 550, and 550+,
The #5755 is a Customer Install Feature.

228
IBM System i5, eServer i5, and iSeries System Builder: IBM i5/OS Version 5 Release 4
Features and Rules
4.11 Magnetic media controllers
#6134#6134 60 GB 8 mm Tape Device
The #6134 is an 8 mm, 5.25-inch half-high, 16-bit, internal Auto-docking tape drive, usable with a Linux operating system
only. The #6134 provides a high capacity tape drive for save/restore and archiving functions. This tape drive uses IBM
8 mm data cartridges and is compression capable, providing a capacity of up to 150 GB.
The characteristics are:
Capacity: 60 GB native mode
Compression Mode, 150 GB (typical)
Form factor: 5.25-inch Half-high
Media: IBM 8 mm Data Cartridge with Smart Clean Technology
Technology: Helical Scan, Rotating Head
Operation: Streaming
Data Transfer Rate: 12 MBps native mode, 30 MBps typical
Interface: SCSI-2 16-bit Low Voltage Differential (LVD)/Single-ended (SE) Asynchronous/Synchronous
Minimum operating system level: SUSE Linux Enterprise Server 9 for POWER or Red Hat Enterprise Linux AS for POWER
Version 3.
Supported on Models 520 and 550.
The #6134 is a Customer Install Feature.
The #6134 is withdrawn from marketing as of 24 June 2005. A #6120 or #6169 are the recommended replacements.
#6279#6279 160 GB VXA-320 Tape Drive
The #6279 160 GB VXA-320 Tape drive is a 5.25-inch, half-high, Ultra2 SCSI tape drive, which provides a high capacity
for save/restore and archive functions. This tape drive uses VXA tape data cartridges and is compression capable,
providing a capacity of up to 320 GB.
Characteristics:
Form Factor: 5.25-inch, half-high
Media: uses VXA tape data cartridges
Technology: Helical scan, rotating head
Operation: Streaming
Interface: Ultra2 SCSI, 16-bit (wide), LVD and SE compatible
Refer to 7.4, “VXA and LTO tape specifications and compatibility for IBM System i5, eServer i5, and iSeries systems” on
page 295, for additional characteristics.
The #6279 is driven by the embedded disk or tape controller depending upon configuration, either IOP based or IOP-less.
Minimum operating system level: i5/OS V5R3, Red Hat Enterprise Linux AS for POWER Version 3, SUSE Linux Enterprise
Server 9 for POWER, AIX 5L for POWER V5.2 for IBM eServer
Supported in Models 520+, 550+, 9405 and 9406 520, 550.
The #6279 is a Customer Install Feature.
RPQ
847184
RPQ 847184 provides the mounting hardware to convert selected iSeries #63xx/#64xx tape features into #45xx
equivalents for installation in iSeries systems. See the RPQ description for a complete list of applicable conversions.
Magnetic media controllers
#0165 #0165 VHDCI attachment
The #0165 VHDCI attachment is used to indicate that an external CD/DVD/tape device is to be attached to a #5702 PCI-X
Ultra Tape Controller, #5705 PCI-X Tape/DASD Controller, #5712 PCI-X Tape/DASD Controller, or #5715 PCI-X
Tape/DASD Controller.
Supported on Models 520, 550, 570, 595, 800, 810, 820, 825, 830, 840, 870, and 890.
#0618#0618 - Direct Attach #2757 PCI-X Ultra RAID Disk Controllerr
The #0618 is the Linux direct attach feature for the #2757 PCI-X Ultra RAID Disk Controller.
Supported on Models 800, 810, 820, 825, 830, 840, 870, and 890.
The #0618 is withdrawn from marketing as of 01 June 2006.
A #0627 - Direct Attach #2780 PCI-X Ultra4 RAID Disk Controller is the recommended replacement.

IBM System i5, eServer i5, and iSeries features and placement
229
Features and Rules
#0647#0647 PCI-X Disk/Tape Controller without IOP
The #0647 provides a PCI-X Disk/Tape SCSI Controller with zero write cache and without RAID support. The #0647 is the
Linux direct attach feature for the #5736 PCI-X Disk/Tape Controller with IOP.
A maximum of six disk drives are supported on the #0647. Removable media devices (tape, optical libraries, CD-ROM,
DVD-ROM, and DVD-RAM) are also supported.
The #0647 has two U320 buses each with a bus data rate of up to 320 MBs. Each SCSI bus can be either internal (using
an internal port) or external (using an external port), but not both. There are four physical ports on the #0647, two internal
and two external. Internal devices connect to the internal ports (1 or 2). External devices connect to the external ports (1
or 2) and use an Low Voltage Differential (LVD) interface and VHDCI connectors. A #1850 VHDCI to P Converter Cable is
available to connect to external devices with type P connectors.
The #0647, #5736, #5766, and #5775 are physically the same adapter card. An #0647 indicates that the card is dedicated
to an AIX 5L or Linux partition and an IOP is not being used.
Supported on Models 520+, 550+, 570+, 595 1.9 GHz, 520, 550, 570, 595, 800, 810, 825, 870, 890, 270, 820, 830, and 840.
#0648#0648 PCI-X Disk Controller 90MB without IOP
The #0648 is the Linux direct attach feature for the #5737 PCI-X Disk Controller 90MB with IOP. The #0648 has two U320
SCSI buses each with a bus data rate of up to 320 MBs. A maximum of 12 internal disk drives and up to two internal
removable media devices (tape, CD-ROM, DVD-ROM or DVD-RAM) are supported on the #0648.
A minimum of three disk drives are required for RAID-5, providing protection against a single drive failure in an array. A
minimum of four disk drives are required for RAID-6, providing protection against up to two drives failing in an array.
The #0648, #5737, and #5776 are physically the same adapter card.
The #2780/#5580 and #2757/#5581 disk controllers with an effective 757 MB write cache provide greater disk performance
and can have an auxiliary write cache IOA to protect the write cache contents.
Supported on Models 520+, 550+, 570+, 595 1.9 GHz, 520, 550, 570, 595, 800, 810, 825, 870, 890, 270, 820, 830, and 840.
#0705#0705 Forced #2749 Placement
The #0705 Forced #2749 Placement forces placement of a #2749 PCI Ultra Magnetic Media Controller in the first
Multi-adapter Bridge Boundary of the system. With this configuration, using the Alternate Install Device Option via DST is
not required. Any device attached to that #2749 is then the Alternate-IPL device.
Supported on Models 520 (9406 only), 570, 595, 800, 810, 870, 890.
The #0705 is withdrawn from marketing as of 01 April 2005.
#0707#0707 Forced #2768 Placement
The #0707 Forced #2768 Placement forces placement of a #2768 PCI Magnetic Media Controller IOA in the first
Multi-adapter Bridge Boundary of the system. With this configuration, using the Alternate Install Device Option via DST is
not required. Any device attached to that #2768 is then the Alternate-IPL device.
Supported on Models 520 (9406 only), 550, 800, 810, 870, and 890.
The #0707 is withdrawn from marketing as of 01 April 2005.
#0708#0708 Forced #5702 Placement
The #0708 Forced #5702 Placement forces placement of a #5702 PCI-X Ultra Tape Controller IOA in the first Multi-adapter
Bridge Boundary of the system. With this configuration, using the Alternate Install Device Option via DST is not required.
Any device attached to that #5702 is then the Alternate-IPL device.
Supported on Models 520, 550, 570, 595, 800, 810, 870, 890.

230
IBM System i5, eServer i5, and iSeries System Builder: IBM i5/OS Version 5 Release 4
Features and Rules
#2749#2749 PCI Ultra Magnetic Media Controller
The #2749 is an Ultra SCSI IOA that provides attachment capability for external tape devices and external optical devices.
The #2749 can attach one tape drive or one optical drive. The following tape devices can be attached:
3490E E01/E11 ½-inch cartridge tape subsystem
3490 F00/F01/F11/F1A ½-inch cartridge tape subsystem
3490E C11/C22/C1A/C2A with feature #5040
3494 Tape Library Data server
– L10 Library Control Unit Frame 1 3490E C1A/C2A with #5040 or 1-2 3490E F1A
– L12 Library Control Unit Frame 1-2 3590 B1A
– D10 Device Frame 1 3490E C1A/C2A with #5040 or 1-2 3490E F1A, 300 cartridges
– D12 Device Frame 1-6 3590 B1A, 300 cartridges
– HA1 (High Availability): Two L1X and two D1X for redundancy
3570 0.31-inch Cartridge Tape Subsystem
– Model B0x, C0x (stand-alone)
– Model B1x, C1x (rack mount)
– Model B1A, C1A (mounts in 3575)
3575 0.31-inch Cartridge Tape Subsystem
– Model Lxx
3580-Hxx Ultrium Tape Drive
3581-H17 Ultrium Tape Autoloader
3582-L23 Ultrium Tape Library, HVD drive feature
3583-Lxx Ultrium Scalable Tape Library, HVD drive feature
3584-L32 or D32 Ultra scalable Tape Library, HVD drive feature
3590 ½-inch Cartridge Tape Subsystem
– Models B11, E11, and H11 (mounts into 9309 rack)
– Models B1A, E1A, and H1A (mounts into 3494 library)
3995 Optical Library Data server - Model Cxx
7208-012 5.0 GB 8 mm cartridge tape unit
7208-222 7.0 GB 8 mm cartridge tape unit
7208-232 8 mm Dual 5.0 GB cartridge tape subsystem
–#0501 counts as one 7208
–#0502 counts as two 7208
– Counts as two 7208s
7208-342 20.0 GB 8 mm Cartridge Tape Bridge Box
9348-00x ½-inch Reel Tape Unit - Rack Mount
9427-2108 8 mm Library Attach
Use the #5702 PCI-X Ultra Tape Controller to attach tape devices with LVD connections.
Minimum operating system level: OS/400 V4R5
Supported on Models 270, 9406 520, 550, 570, 595, 800, 810, 820, 825, 830, 840, 870, 890, SB2, and SB3.
The #2749 is a Customer Install Feature.
The #2749 is withdrawn from marketing as of 03 March 2005.

IBM System i5, eServer i5, and iSeries features and placement
231
Features and Rules
#2757#2757 PCI-X Ultra RAID Disk Controller
The #2757 PCI-X Ultra RAID Disk Controller is an Ultra SCSI controller with a maximum write cache size of 235 MB
(757 MB compressed) that provides RAID-5 protection for internal disks and also supports internal tape units, CD-ROM,
and DVD units. The #2757 has four Ultra4 SCSI buses.
In addition to providing RAID-5 protection for disks, the #2757 PCI-X Ultra RAID Disk Controller is designed to work as a
high performance controller for disks protected by system mirroring or disks with no protection.
The #2757 PCI-X Ultra RAID Disk Controller supports a maximum of 20 disk units. A minimum of three disk units of the
same capacity are needed for a valid RAID-5 configuration. A maximum of six arrays are allowed per controller, with a
maximum of 18 disk units allowed per array. All disk units in an array must be of the same capacity. Parity is spread across
either 2, 4, 8, or 16 disk units in an array. If an array of three disk units is started, parity is spread across two disk units. If
an array of four to seven disk units is started, parity is spread across four disk units. If an array of 8-15 disk units is started,
parity is spread across eight disk units. If an array of 16-18 disk units is started, parity is spread across 16 disk units.
Availability
is the number of arrays and size of each array can be influenced by specifying an optimization of either
Balance
,
Performance
, or
Capacity
in iSeries Navigator when starting arrays. An optimization of
Balance
is used by default
when starting arrays from DST or SST options. If disk units are included into an existing array, parity can be spread across
less than the preferred number of disk units. In this case, the RAID function must be stopped and then started to redistribute
the parity.
The #2757 controls up to two removable media devices (internal tape, CD-ROM, and DVD).
The #2757 does not support DASD compression.
Due to system unit and system unit expansion disk unit cage SCSI bus designs, only the Models 800 and 810 have a
suitable system configuration to allow 18 disk units to attach to a single #2757. All other system unit or tower disk
configurations restrict the number of attaching disk units to 15 or less.
Requires a #7137 DASD Concurrent Maintenance Cage for the Model 800.
Minimum operating system level: OS/400 V5R2
Supported on Models 270, 520, 550, 570, 595, 800, 810, 820, 825, 830, 840, 870, 890, and 9411-100.
The #2757 is a Customer Install Feature.
#2763#2763 PCI RAID Disk Unit Controller
The #2763 is an Ultra2 SCSI controller with a 10 MB write-cache that provides RAID-5 protection for internal disk units and
supports up to two removable media devices (internal tape units and CD-ROM units). In addition to providing RAID-5
protection for disks, the #2763 is also designed to work as a high performance controller for disks protected by system
mirroring or disks with no protection. The #2763 controller supports a maximum of 12 disk units and is only supported on
the Model 820, #5075 PCI Expansion Tower, and supported on the #0595/#5095.
A minimum of four disk units of the same capacity are needed for a valid RAID-5 configuration. A maximum of three arrays
are allowed per controller, with a maximum of 10 disk units allowed per one array. All disk units in an array must be of the
same capacity. Parity is spread across four disk units for arrays of four to 10. The #2763 does not support hardware disk
compression. The #2763 does not support the #4331 1.6 GB Read Cache Device.
The #2763 can be directly attached to a Linux partition. When ordered as #0604 - Direct Attach #2763 PCI RAID Disk Unit
Controller, an IOP is not required. When directly attached to a Linux partition, the #2763 cannot be accessed by OS/400
partitions. When directly attached to a Linux partition, the #2763 does not support RAID or hardware disk compression.
Requires a long PCI card slot.
Minimum operating system level: OS/400 V4R5
Supported on Models 250, 270, 9406 520, 550, 570, 595, 810, 820, 825, 830, 840, 870, 890, and 9411-100.
The #2763 is a Customer Install Feature.
The #2763 is withdrawn from marketing as of 21 November 2003 for new orders. Conversions to feature #2763 remain
available. A #5703 PCI-X RAID Disk Unit Controller is the recommended replacement.

232
IBM System i5, eServer i5, and iSeries System Builder: IBM i5/OS Version 5 Release 4
Features and Rules
#2765#2765 PCI Fibre Channel Tape Controller
The #2765 PCI Fibre Channel Tape Controller provides Fibre Channel attachment capability for external tape devices. The
#2765 supports point-to-point and arbitrated loop topologies and has an LC type cable connector. Each #2765 is shipped
with a wrap connector (P/N 05N6767).
The devices supported for Fibre Channel attachment are:
3534-1RU SAN Fibre Channel Managed Hub (1 Gbps)
Fibre Channel Switches:
– 2031-224 McDATA Sphereon 4500 Fabric Switch
– 2031-232 McDATA Sphereon 3232 Fabric Switch
– 2109 S08/S16 (1 Gbps)
– 2109 F16 (2 Gbps)
– 3534 F08 (2 Gbps)
SAN Fabric Directors:
– 2032-064 McDATA Intrepid 6064 Enterprise Fibre Channel Director
– 2032-140 McDATA Intrepid 6140 Director
3582-L23 Ultrium Tape Library
3583-Lxx Ultrium Scalable Tape Library
3584-L32 or D32 Ultra scalable Tape Library
3590 ½-inch Cartridge Tape Subsystem Models E11, E1A, H11, and H1A
3592 Enterprise Tape Drive
A #0163 Fibre Channel Attach Specify code is required for each device attaching to an iSeries server via a #2765.
The following adapter kits are required when connecting SC-type cables to the #2765:
#0371 - LC-SC Adapter Kit (50um) can be ordered on initial, model upgrade, and simple MES orders. This optional kit
is used to attach SC- type Fibre (50 micron) cables to a #2765. This kit contains a 2m LC-ST cable and ST-SC
adapter for 50 micron Fibre.
#0372 - LC-SC Adapter Kit (62.5um) can be ordered on initial, model upgrade, and simple MES orders. This optional
kit is used to attach SC-type Fibre (62.5 micron) cables to a #2765. This kit contains a 2m LC-ST cable and ST- SC
adapter for 62.5 micron Fibre.
The #2765 can be directly attached to a Linux or AIX partition. When ordered as #0611 - Direct Attach #2765 PCI Fibre
Channel Tape Controller, an IOP is not required. When directly attached to a Linux/AIX partition, the #2765 cannot be
accessed by i5/OS partitions.
An optics cleaning kit (P/N 46G6844) and instruction sheet (P/N 21P6238, form number SY27-2604) are supplied, one per
system, when a #2765/#2766 is ordered.
Multi-target support with a maximum of 16 targets with OS/400 V5R2.
The #2765 does not support the Alternate IPL device function. A D-mode IPL is required using CD-ROM, DVD-ROM, or
another alternate IPL tape device. Then select a #2765 to complete the installation or recovery process.
Minimum operating system level: OS/400 V5R1
Supported on Models 270, 9406 520, 550, 570, 595, 800, 810, 820, 825, 830, 840, 870, 890, and 9411-100.
The #2765 is a Customer Install Feature.
The #2765 is withdrawn from marketing as of 01 October 2004. A #5704 is the recommended replacement.

IBM System i5, eServer i5, and iSeries features and placement
233
Features and Rules
#2766#2766 PCI Fibre Channel Disk Controller
The #2766 provides Fibre Channel attachment capability for external disk devices. The #2766 supports point-to-point and
arbitrated loop topologies and has an LC type cable connector. Each #2766 is shipped with a wrap connector
(P/N 05N6767).
The following devices are supported by the #2766:
2105-F10/F20/800 IBM TotalStorage® Enterprise Storage Server®
3534-1RU SAN Fibre Channel Managed Hub (1 Gbps)
Fibre Channel Switches:
– 2031-224 McDATA Sphereon 4500 Fabric Switch
– 2031-232 McDATA Sphereon 3232 Fabric Switch
– 2109 S08/S16 (1 Gbps)
– 2109 F16 (2 Gbps)
– 3534 F08 (2 Gbps)
SAN Fabric Directors:
– 2032-064 McDATA Intrepid 6064 Enterprise Fibre Channel Director
– 2032-140 McDATA Intrepid 6140 Director
The following adapter kits are required when connecting SC type cables to the #2766:
#0371 - LC-SC Adapter Kit (50 micron) optional kit is used to attach SC-type Fibre (50 micron) cables to a #2766. The
#0371 kit contains a 2m LC-ST cable and ST-SC adapter for 50 micron Fibre.
#0372 - LC-SC Adapter Kit (62.5 micron) optional kit is used to attach SC-type Fibre (62.5 micron) cables to a #2766.
The #0372 kit contains a 2m LC-ST cable and ST-SC adapter for 62.5 micron Fibre.
An optics cleaning kit (P/N 46G6844) and instruction sheet (P/N 21P6238, form number SY27-2604) are supplied, one per
system, when a #2765/#2766 is present or ordered.
The #2766 requires a dedicated IOP. No other IOA is allowed on an IOP with the #2766.
The #2766 can be directly attached to a Linux partition. When ordered as #0612 - Direct Attach #2766 PCI Fibre Channel
Disk Controller, an IOP is not required. When directly attached to a Linux partition, the #2766 cannot be accessed by
OS/400 partitions.
Clients must supply all Fibre Channel cables for the #2766. See the “Hard rules: iSeries IOA capabilities” topic in PCI and
PCI-X Placement Rules for IBM System i5, eServer i5, and iSeries servers with i5/OS V5R4 and V5R3, REDP-4011, or
PCI Card Placement Rules for the IBMEserver iSeries Server OS/400 Version 5 Release 2: September 2003,
REDP-3638, for OS/400 V5R2 or earlier releases, for additional restrictions.
Multi target support with a maximum of 32 targets is supported with OS/400 V5R2.
Minimum operating system level: OS/400 V5R1
Supported on Models 270, 9406 520, 550, 570, 595, 800, 810, 820, 825, 830, 840, 870, 890, and 9411-100.
The #2766 is a Customer Install Feature.
#2768#2768 PCI Magnetic Media Controller
The #2768 PCI Magnetic Media Controller provides Ultra SCSI attachment capability for an external tape or an external
CD-ROM device that has a Single Ended SCSI interface. The #2768 has one HD68 connector/port.
The #2768 supports a minimum of one of the following devices:
7206-VX2 80 GB VXA-2 External Tape Drive
7207-122 QIC-SLR Tape Bridge Box (4 GB External ¼-inch Cartridge Tape Drive)
7208-345 60 GB External 8 mm Tape Drive
7329-308 SLR100 ¼-inch Tape Autoloader
7210-020 CD-ROM Bridge Box
7210-025 DVD-RAM Drive
See 7.6, “Device cabling rules for #5702, #5705, #5712, #5715, #2718, and #2768 PCI Magnetic Media Controller” on
page 300, for information about connecting devices to the #2768, including daisy-chaining options.
Minimum operating system level: to support the 7329-308 and 7208-345: OS/400 V4R5
Minimum operating system level: to support the 7206-VX2, 7210-020, and 7210-025: OS/400 V5R1
Supported on Models 810, 825, 870, and 890.
The #2768 is a Customer Install Feature.
The #2768 is withdrawn from marketing as of 01 October 2004. A #5712 PCI-X Tape/DASD Controller is the recommended
replacement.

234
IBM System i5, eServer i5, and iSeries System Builder: IBM i5/OS Version 5 Release 4
Features and Rules
#2780#2780 PCI-X Ultra4 RAID Disk Controller
The #2780 PCI-X Ultra4 RAID Disk Controller is an Ultra4 (u320) SCSI controller with a maximum compressed write cache
size of 757 MB and maximum compressed read cache of one GB. The #2780 provides RAID-5 protection for internal disks
and also supports internal tape units, CD-ROM, and DVD units. The #2780 has four Ultra4 SCSI buses. In addition to
providing RAID-5 protection for disks, the #2780 PCI-X Ultra4 RAID Disk Controller is designed to work as a high
performance controller for disks protected by system mirroring or disks with no protection.
The #2780 PCI-X Ultra4 RAID Disk Controller supports a maximum of 20 disk units. A minimum of three disk units of the
same capacity are needed for a valid RAID-5 configuration. A maximum of six arrays are allowed per controller, with a
maximum of 18 disk units allowed per array.
All disk units in an array must be of the same capacity. Parity is spread across either two, four, eight, or 16 disk units in an
array. If an array of three disk units is started, parity is spread across two disk units. If an array of four to seven disk units
is started, parity is spread across four disk units. If an array of 8-15 disk units is started, parity is spread across eight disk
units. If an array of 16-18 disk units is started, parity is spread across 16 disk units.
The number of arrays and size of each array can be influenced by specifying an optimization of either
Balance
,
Performance
, or
Capacity
when starting arrays in iSeries Navigator. An optimization of
Balance
is used by default when
starting arrays from DST or SST options. If disk units are included into an existing array, the number of parity drives does
not increase, so parity can be spread across less than the preferred number of disk units. In this case, the RAID function
must be stopped and then started in order to redistribute the parity.
The #2780 controls up to two removable media devices (internal tape, CD-ROM, and DVD).
The #2780 does not support DASD compression.
The #2780 has a battery that provides concurrent maintenance and improved resiliency.
The #2780 can be directly attached to a Linux or AIX partition. When ordered as #0627 - Direct Attach #2780 PCI-X Ultra4
RAID Disk Controller, an IOP is not required. When directly attached to a Linux or AIX partition, the #2780 cannot be
accessed by OS/400 partitions.
Requires one 3V long PCI slot.
A #7137 DASD Concurrent Maintenance Cage is required for the Model 800.
Placement rules:
Not supported in Slot 1 of #5074, #5079, #5094, and #5294.
Due to system unit and external tower disk unit cage SCSI bus designs, only the Models 270, 800 and 810 have a
suitable system configuration to allow 18 disk units to attach to a single #2780. All other system unit or tower disk
configurations restrict the number of attaching disk units to 15 or less.
Further restrictions apply when a MES Conversion #0299 to add an Auxiliary Write Cache is made. The card
providing the write cache attaches to a #2780 on one of the Ultra4 SCSI buses, thus reducing the available SCSI
busses to attach disk drives by one.
SCSI port 1 is used to connect to the removable media slots in the Model 825.
SCSI port 1 can support LVD or single-ended devices.
SCSI ports 0, 2 and 3 are LVD only.
Minimum operating system level: SUSE Linux Enterprise Server 9 for POWER or Red Hat Enterprise Linux AS for POWER
Version 3 or OS/400 V5R2
Supported in Models 520, 550, 570, 595, 800, 810, 820, 825, 830, 840, 870, and 890.
The #2780 is a Customer Install Feature.
Since July 2005 the #2780 can only be ordered if system has mirrored protection (#0040 prerequisite). Order #0299 MES
Conversion to improve cache data redundancy when system has RAID protection.

IBM System i5, eServer i5, and iSeries features and placement
235
Features and Rules
#2782#2782 PCI-X RAID Disk Unit Controller
The #2782 PCI-X RAID Disk Unit Controller is a PCI-X SCSI controller with a 40 MB cache that provides RAID-5 protection
for internal disks and also supports internal tape units, CD-ROM and DVD devices. The #2782 has two SCSI buses that
support up to 12 disk units. Hardware data compression is not supported.
In addition to providing RAID-5 protection for disks, #2782 also works as a high-performance controller for disks protected
by system mirroring, or disks with no protection. In the RAID-5 configuration, disk unit protection is provided at less cost
than mirroring, and with better performance than system checksums.
A minimum of three disk units of the same capacity are needed for a valid RAID-5 configuration. A maximum of four arrays
are allowed per controller, with a maximum of 12 disk units allowed per array. All disk units in an array must be of the same
capacity.
Parity is spread across either two, four, or eight disk units in an array. If an array of three disk units is started, parity is
spread across two disk units. If an array of four to seven disk units is started, parity is spread across four disk units. If an
array of eight to twelve disk units is started, parity is spread across eight disk units.
The number of arrays and size of each array can be influenced by specifying an optimization of either Balance,
Performance, or Capacity when starting arrays in iSeries Navigator. An optimization of Balance is used by default when
starting arrays from the DST or SST options. If disk units are included into an existing array, parity can be spread across
less than the preferred number of disk units. In this case the RAID function must be stopped and then started in order to
redistribute the parity.
The #2782 controls up to two removable media devices (internal tape, CD-ROM and DVD).
The #2782 PCI-X RAID Disk Unit Controller does not support hardware data compression.
The #2782 does not support the attachment of external devices.
Minimum operating system level: OS/400 V5R2
Supported on Models 270, 9406 520, 550, 570, 595, 800, 810, 820, 825, 830, 840, 870, 890 and 9411-100.
The #2782 is a Customer Install Feature.
The #2782 is withdrawn from marketing as of 01 January 2004. A #5703 PCI-X RAID Disk Unit Controller is the
recommended replacement.
#2787#2787 PCI-X Fibre Channel Disk Controller
The #2787 PCI-X Fibre Channel Disk Controller provides Fibre Channel attachment capability for external disk devices.
The #2787 supports point-to-point and arbitrated loop topologies and has an LC-type cable connector. Each #2787 is
shipped with a wrap connector (part number 05N6767). It supports 64-bit, 133 MHz PCI-X bus speeds. It is the PCI-X
replacement card for the #2766 PCI Fibre Channel Disk Controller.
The following adapter kits are required when connecting SC-type cables to the #2787:
#0371 - LC-SC Adapter Kit (50um) can be ordered, both on initial, model upgrades, and simple MES orders. This
optional kit is used to attach SC-type fibre (50 micron) cables to a #2787. The #0371 kit contains a 2m LC-ST cable
and ST-SC adapter for 50 micron fiber cable.
#0372 - LC-SC Adapter Kit (62.5um) can be ordered, both on initial, model upgrades, and simple MES orders. This
optional kit is used to attach SC-type fiber (62.5 micron) cables to a #2787. The #0372 kit contains a 2m LC-ST cable
and ST-SC adapter for 62.5 micron fiber cable.
An optics cleaning kit (part number 46G6844) and instruction sheet (part number 21P6238, form number SY27-2604) is
supplied, one per system, when a #2787 is ordered.
When used as a direct attached adapter for Linux, the #0626 - Direct Attach #2787 PCI-X Fibre Channel Disk Controller
should be ordered in place of the #2787.
Maximum physical quantities are determined by requiring a dedicated IOP and limited to two per Multi-adapter Bridge
boundary.
All Fibre Channel cables required for the #2787 PCI-X Fibre Channel Disk Controller are supplied by the client.
Minimum operating system level: OS/400 V5R2
Supported on Models 270, 520, 550, 570, 595, 800, 810, 820, 825, 830, 840, 870, 890, and 9411-100.
The #2787 is a Customer Install Feature.

236
IBM System i5, eServer i5, and iSeries System Builder: IBM i5/OS Version 5 Release 4
Features and Rules
#4748
#9748
#4748 PCI RAID Disk Unit Controller
The #4748/#9748 is an Ultra2 SCSI controller with a 26 MB write-cache that provides RAID-5 protection and compression
for internal disk units and supports internal tape units and CD-ROM units.
The #4748/#9748 supports both compression and non-compression modes. The mode of operation is determined by a
hardware jumper. The #4748/#9748 is shipped in non-compression mode. By moving the hardware jumper, the controller
functions in compression mode.
In addition to providing RAID-5 protection for disks, the #4748/#9748 is also designed to work as a high performance
controller for disks protected by system mirroring or disks with no protection. The #4748 also supports #4331 1.6 GB Read
Cache Device, which provides increased performance. The #4331 1.6 GB Read Cache Device is supported only when
#4748/#9748 is
not
in compression mode.
The #4748 does not support data compression on 35 GB or larger disk units.
The #4748 controller supports a maximum of 15 disk units.
The #9748 is the base disk controller for Models 830 and 840.
A minimum of four disk units of the same capacity are needed for a valid RAID-5 configuration. A maximum of four arrays
are allowed per controller, with a maximum of 10 disk units allowed per array. All disk units in an array must be of the same
capacity. Parity is spread across four disk units for arrays of four to seven disk units. Parity can be spread across either
four or eight disk units for arrays of 8 to 10 disk units. For systems started with 8 to 10 disk units in an array, the parity for
that array is spread across eight disk units. For systems that are started with less than eight disk units in an array and later
MES upgraded to 8, 9, or 10 disk units, the RAID function must be stopped and then started before the parity is spread
across eight disk units.
The #4748/#9748 controls up to two removable media devices (internal tape or CD-ROM).
The #4748 can be directly attached to a Linux partition. When installed as #0605 - Direct Attach #4748 PCI RAID Disk Unit
Controller, an IOP is not required. When directly attached to a Linux partition, the #4748 cannot be accessed by OS/400
partitions. When directly attached to a Linux partition, the #4748 does not support RAID or hardware disk compression.
Requires a long PCI card slot.
Minimum operating system level: OS/400 V4R5
Supported on Models 270, 520, 550, 570, 595, 800, 810, 820, 825, 830, 840, 870, 890, and 9411-100.
The #4748 and #9748 are Customer Install Features.
The #4748 and #9748 are withdrawn from marketing as of 02 July 2002. A #2757 PCI-X Ultra RAID Disk Controller is the
recommended replacement.

IBM System i5, eServer i5, and iSeries features and placement
237
Features and Rules
#4778
#9778
#4778 PCI RAID Disk Unit Controller
The #4778/#9778 is an Ultra2 SCSI controller with a maximum compressed write cache size of 104 MB that provides
RAID-5 protection and compression for internal disk units and supports internal tape units, CD-ROM and DVD-RAM units.
The #4778 does not support data compression on 70 GB or larger disk units.
The #4778/#9778 supports both disk compression and enhanced modes. The mode of operation is determined by a
hardware jumper. The #4778/#9778 is shipped in enhanced mode, which enables compression of the write cache and
Extended Adaptive Cache. A Read Cache Device is needed for Extended Adaptive Cache. By moving the hardware
jumper, the controller functions in disk compression mode. Disk compression mode should only be used when disk
compression is desired.
In addition to providing RAID-5 protection for disks, #4778/#9778 is also designed to work as a high performance controller
for disks protected by system mirroring or disks with no protection. In the RAID-5 configuration, disk unit protection is
provided at less cost than mirroring, and with better performance than system checksum.
The #4778/#9778 also supports the #4331 1.6 GB Read Cache Device, which is used by Extended Adaptive Cache to
provide increased performance. The #4331 1.6 GB Read Cache Device is supported only when the #4778/#9778 is in
enhanced mode. The #4778/#9778 controller supports a maximum of 18 disk units.
A minimum of four disk units of the same capacity are needed for a valid RAID-5 configuration. A maximum of four arrays
are allowed per controller, with a maximum of 10 disk units allowed per array. All disk units in an array must be of the same
capacity. Parity is spread across 4 disk units for arrays of 4 to 7 disk units. Parity can be spread across either 4 or 8 disk
units for arrays of 8 to 10 disk units. For systems started with 8 to 10 disk units in an array the parity, for that array, is spread
across eight disk units. For systems that are started with less than eight disk units in an array and later MES upgraded to
8, 9, or 10 disk units, the RAID function must be stopped and then started before the parity is spread across eight disk units.
The #4778/#9778 controls up to two removable media devices (internal tape, CD-ROM or DVD-RAM). ‘
Due to system unit and external tower disk unit cage SCSI bus designs, only the Model 800 and 810 have a suitable system
configuration to allow 18 disk units to attach to a single #4778. All other system unit and tower disk unit configurations
restrict the number of attaching disk units to 15 or less.
The #4778 can be directly attached to a Linux partition. When ordered as #0606 - Direct Attach #4778 PCI RAID Disk Unit
Controller, an IOP is not required. When directly attached to a Linux partition, the #4778 cannot be accessed by OS/400
partitions. When directly attached to a Linux partition, the #4778 does not support RAID or hardware disk compression.
Minimum operating system level: OS/400 V5R1
The #4778 is a Customer Install Feature.
The #4778 is withdrawn from marketing as of 19 November 2004. Conversions to the #4778 remain available.
#5580#5580 - 2780 Ctlr w/Aux Write Cache
The #5580 provides a disk controller with auxiliary write cache to improve cache data redundancy. The #5580 includes a
#2780 PCI-X Ultra4 RAID Disk Controller and a secondary IOA with 757 MB of auxiliary maximum compressed write cache.
The #2780 and the secondary IOA each require one PCI-X slot and must be installed together in the same system unit or
I/O unit/drawer/tower. The #2780 and the auxiliary write cache IOA are connected by a SCSI cable (provided). Feature
#2780 does not appear on IBM ordering, shipping, or inventory documentation.
The connecting SCSI cable is attached to port four of the #2780, reducing the number of SCSI buses that support disk
drives from four to three. The reduction of SCSI buses can also reduce the number of disk drives supported by the #2780,
depending on the system or I/O unit/drawer/tower in which the #2780 is installed. No disk drives are driven by the auxiliary
write cache IOA.
Minimum operating system level: OS/400 V5R2 with CUM C5123520 and prerequisite PTFs, or i5/OS V5R3 with
cumulative PTF package C5102530 and prerequisite PTFs.
Supported on Models 270, 520, 550, 570, 595, 800, 810, 820, 830, 840, 870, 890, and 9411-100.

238
IBM System i5, eServer i5, and iSeries System Builder: IBM i5/OS Version 5 Release 4
Features and Rules
#5581#5581 - 2757 Ctlr w/Aux Write Cache
The #5581 provides a disk controller with auxiliary write cache to improve cache data redundancy. The #5581 includes a
#2757 PCI-X Ultra4 RAID Disk Controller and a secondary IOA with 757 MB of auxiliary maximum compressed write cache.
The #2757 and the secondary IOA each require one PCI-X slot and must be installed together in the same system unit or
I/O unit/drawer/tower. The #2757 and the auxiliary write cache IOA are connected by a SCSI cable (provided). Feature
#2757 does not appear on IBM ordering, shipping, or inventory documentation.
The connecting SCSI cable is attached to port four of the #2757, reducing the number of SCSI buses that support disk
drives from four to three. The reduction of SCSI buses can also reduce the number of disk drives supported by the #2757,
depending on the system or I/O unit/drawer/tower in which the #2757 is installed. No disk drives are driven by the auxiliary
write cache IOA.
Minimum operating system level: OS/400 V5R2 with cumulative PTF package C5123520 and prerequisite PTFs, or i5/OS
V5R3 with cumulative C5102530 and prerequisite PTFs.
Supported on Models 270, 520, 550, 570, 595, 800, 810, 820, 830, 840, 870, 890, and 9411-100.
#5702#5702 PCI-X Ultra Tape Controller (VHDCI)
The #5702 PCI-X Ultra Tape Controller provides a SCSI Ultra PCI attachment capability for external tape devices and
removable media devices.
The #5702 has two ports that can attach two external tape devices. Each port can support at a minimum one of the following
devices:
3580-L23 IBM TotalStorage Ultrium 2 Tape Drive
3581-L28 IBM Ultrium 2 Tape Drive
3582-L23 IBM Ultrium Tape Library LVD Ultrium2 drive feature
3583-Lxx IBM Ultrium Scalable Tape Library, LVD Ultrium 2 drive feature
3584 Ultra Scalable Tape Library, LVD Ultrium 2 drive feature
3584-L32 or D32 Ultra Scalable Tape Library, LVD Ultrium2
7206-VX2 80 GB VXA-2 External Tape Drive
7207-122 QIC-SLR Tape Bridge Box (4 GB External ¼-inch Cartridge Tape Drive)
7208-345 60 GB External 8 mm Tape Drive
7210-020 External CD-ROM
7210-025 External DVD-RAM
7329-308 SLR100 ¼-inch Tape Autoloader
The #5702 can be directly attached to a Linux partition. When ordered as #0624 - Direct Attach #5702 PCI-X Ultra Tape
Controller, an IOP is not required. When directly attached to a Linux partition, the #5702 cannot be accessed by OS/400
partitions.
A #5702 running in an i5OS or OS/400 partition cannot drive internal disk units in any expansion tower, base I/O tower, or
system unit enclosure. See 7.6, “Device cabling rules for #5702, #5705, #5712, #5715, #2718, and #2768 PCI Magnetic
Media Controller” on page 300, for information about connecting devices to the #5702 including daisy-chaining options.
Minimum operating system level: OS/400 V5R2
Supported on Models 520 (9406 only), 550, 570, 595, and 9411-100.
The #5702 is a Customer Install Feature.
The #5702 is withdrawn from marketing as of 01 June 2006. A #5712 PCI-X Tape/DASD Controller is the recommended
replacement. Otherwise, a #5766 for IOP based tape attachment, or a #5736 IOP based with #0290 - External Tape
Attached Placement Code are the recommended replacements. For IOP-less tape attachment use a #5775 with #0290 -
External Tape Attached Placement Code.

IBM System i5, eServer i5, and iSeries features and placement
239
Features and Rules
#5703#5703 PCI-X RAID Disk Unit Controller
The #5703 PCI-X RAID Disk Unit Controller is an Ultra3 SCSI controller with a cache size of 40 MB that provides RAID-5
protection for internal disks and internal tape units, CD-ROM, DVD-RAM and DVD-ROM units. The #5703 has two Ultra3
SCSI buses. In addition to providing RAID-5 protection for disks, the #5703 is designed to work as a high performance
controller for disks protected by system mirroring or disks with no protection. In the RAID-5 configuration, disk unit
protection is provided at less cost than mirroring, and with better performance than system checksum.
The #5703 controller supports a maximum of 12 disk units. When used in a Model 520, The #5703 controls disks in the
#6584 4 Disk Slot Exp - PCI-X Controller.
Due to a system unit and external tower disk unit cage SCSI bus designs, only the 270, 800 and 810 Models, and the
#0595/#5095 PCI-X Expansion Tower have a suitable system configuration to allow 12 disk units to attach to a single
#5703. All other system unit and tower disk configurations restrict the number of attaching disk units to 10 or less.
A minimum of three disk units of the same capacity are needed for a valid RAID-5 configuration. A maximum of four arrays
are allowed per controller, with a maximum of 12 disk units allowed per array. All disk units in an array must be of the same
capacity. Parity is spread across either two, four, or eight disk units in an array. If an array of three disk units is started,
parity is spread across two disk units. If an array of four to seven disk units is started, parity is spread across four disk units.
If an array of 8-12 disk units is started, parity is spread across eight disk units.
The number of arrays and size of each array can be influenced by specifying an optimization of either
Balance
,
Performance
, or
Capacity
in Operations Navigator when starting arrays. An optimization of
Balance
is used by default
when starting arrays from the green screens. If disk units are included into an existing array, parity can be spread across
fewer than the preferred number of disk units. In this case the RAID function must be stopped and then started to
redistribute the parity.
The #5703 controls up to two removable media devices (internal tape, CD-ROM, DVD-RAM, DVD-ROM).
The #5703 does not support the attachment of external devices.
A #5703 is the recommended replacement for the #2782 PCI-X RAID Disk Unit Controller.
When ordered as #0628 - Direct Attach #5703 PCI-X RAID Disk Unit Controller, an IOP is not required. When directly
attached to a Linux/AIX partition, the #5703 cannot be accessed by OS/400 partitions.
Minimum operating system level: OS/400 V5R2
Supported on Models 520, 550, 570, 595, 270, 800, 810, 820, 825, 830, 840, 870, 890, and 9411-100.
The #5703 is a Customer Install Feature.
A #5735 IOP based disk attachment, #5776 IOP-less disk attachment, or #0648 are the recommended replacements.
#5704#5704 PCI-X Fibre Channel Tape Controller
The #5704 PCI-X Fibre Channel Tape Controller provides Fibre Channel attachment capability for external tape devices.
The #5704 supports point-to-point and arbitrated loop topologies and has an LC-type cable connector. Each #5704 is
shipped with a wrap connector (part number 05N6767). The #5704 supports 64-bit, 133 MHz PCI-X bus speeds. It is the
PCI-X card replacement for the #2765 PCI Fibre Channel Tape Controller.
All Fibre Channel cables required for the #5704 are supplied by the client.
Supported devices include:
3582-L23 Ultrium Tape Library
3583-Lxx Ultrium Scalable Tape Library
3584-L32 or D32 Ultra scalable Tape Library
3590 ½-inch Cartridge Tape Subsystem Models E11, E1A, H11, and H1A
3592 Enterprise Tape Drive
The #5704 does not support the Alternate IPL device function. A D-mode IPL is required using CD-ROM, DVD-ROM, or
another alternate IPL tape device. Then select a #5704 to complete the installation or recovery process.
Minimum operating system level: OS/400 V5R2
Supported on Models 270, 520, 550, 570, 595, 800, 810, 820, 825, 830, 840, 870, 890, SB2, SB3, and 9411-100.
The #5704 is a Customer Install Feature.

240
IBM System i5, eServer i5, and iSeries System Builder: IBM i5/OS Version 5 Release 4
Features and Rules
#5705#5705 PCI-X Tape/DASD Controller
The #5705 PCI-X Tape/DASD Controller provides SCSI Ultra4 PCI attachment capability for external tape devices, external
removable media devices, and internal DASD devices. There are two SCSI buses on each #5705. Each SCSI bus has both
an internal port and an external port for a total of four ports on the card. Each SCSI bus can have only one attachment,
either internal or external. Attaching internal and external devices to the same SCSI bus causes the internal device to
become disabled.
The internal SCSI port supports up to six disk units, but does not support RAID. If two external SCSI ports are required, a
#5702 should be ordered.
The external port can support the following devices:
3580-L23 IBM TotalStorage Ultrium 2 Tape Drive
3581-L28 IBM Ultrium 2 Tape Drive
3582-L23 IBM Ultrium Tape Library LVD Ultrium2 drive feature
3583-Lxx IBM Ultrium Scalable Tape Library, LVD Ultrium 2 drive feature
3584 Ultra Scalable Tape Library, LVD Ultrium 2 drive feature
3584-L32 or D32 Ultra Scalable Tape Library, LVD Ultrium2
7206-VX2 80 GB VXA-2 External Tape Drive
7207-122 QIC-SLR Tape Bridge Box (4 GB External ¼-inch Cartridge Tape Drive)
7208-345 60 GB External 8 mm Tape Drive
7210-020 External CD-ROM
7210-025 External DVD-RAM
7329-308 SLR100 ¼-inch Tape Autoloader
See 7.6, “Device cabling rules for #5702, #5705, #5712, #5715, #2718, and #2768 PCI Magnetic Media Controller” on
page 300, for information about connecting devices to the #5705 including daisy-chaining options.
Minimum operating system level: OS/400 V5R2
Refer to Informational APAR II13440 at:
http://www-03.ibm.com/servers/eserver/support/iseries/index.html
Supported on Models 800 and 810.
The #5705 is a Customer Install Feature.
The #5705 is withdrawn from marketing as of 01 June 2006.
A #5736 for IOP-less disk attachment, or #5775 for IOP-less disk attachment are the recommended replacements.
#5709#5709 RAID Enabler Card
The #5709 RAID Enabler Card is an optional SCSI RAID controller with a 16 MB write cache. The #5709 supports up to
eight disk unit positions in the Model 520 system unit and up to six disk unit positions in the Model 570 system unit. The
#5709 plugs into its own specific internal slot and does not require/use a PCI card slot.
In the Model 520, the #5709 can be used with or without a #6574 - 4-Disk Slot Expansion Base Controller. When installed
without a #6574 4-pack disk backplane, the #5709 allows disk units plugged into the base 4-pack disk backplane to be in
a RAID array (minimum of three disk units for an array). For the Model 520, when a #5709 is installed, the base integrated
non-RAID SCSI disk controller is deactivated.
The #5709 is a required feature for the Model 570 system units.
The i5/OS operating system does not have the capability to interface directly to the embedded SCSI controller. The #5709
communicates solely with the embedded controller. An IOP must be present for the #5709 to communicate with the i5/OS
operating system.
Minimum operating system level: i5/OS V5R3
Supported in Linux and AIX partitions with SUSE Linux Enterprise Server 9 for POWER or Red Hat Enterprise Linux AS
for POWER Version 3, and AIX 5L for POWER V5.2.
Supported on Models 520, 550, and 570.
The #5709 is a Customer Install Feature.
The #5709 is withdrawn from marketing in 2005 for the Model 570.
A #5726 is the recommended replacement for the Model 570.
A #5728 is the recommended replacement when upgrading to Model 570+.
#5710#5710 PCI-X Dual Channel Ultra 320 SCSI Blind Swap Adapter (LVD)
Supported in a Linux partition.

IBM System i5, eServer i5, and iSeries features and placement
241
Features and Rules
#5712#5712 PCI-X Tape/DASD Controller (LVD)
The #5712 PCI-X Tape/DASD Controller provides a SCSI Ultra PCI attachment capability for external tape devices and
removable media devices.
The #5712 has two ports that can attach two external tape devices. Each port can support at a minimum one of the following
devices:
3580-L23 IBM TotalStorage Ultrium 2 Tape Drive
3581-L28 IBM Ultrium 2 Tape Drive
3582-L23 IBM Ultrium Tape Library LVD Ultrium2 drive feature
3583-Lxx IBM Ultrium Scalable Tape Library, LVD Ultrium 2 drive feature
3584 Ultra Scalable Tape Library, LVD Ultrium 2 drive feature
3584-L32 or D32 Ultra Scalable Tape Library, LVD Ultrium2
7206-VX2 80 GB VXA-2 External Tape Drive
7207-122 QIC-SLR Tape Bridge Box (4 GB External ¼-inch Cartridge Tape Drive)
7208-345 60 GB External 8 mm Tape Drive
7210-020 External CD-ROM
7210-025 External DVD-RAM
7329-308 SLR100 ¼-inch Tape Autoloader
The #5712 can be directly attached to a Linux or AIX 5 partition. When ordered as #0645 - Direct Attach #5712 PCI-X
Tape/DASD Controller, an IOP is not required. When directly attached to a Linux/AIX partition, the #5712 cannot be
accessed by OS/400 partitions.
See 7.6, “Device cabling rules for #5702, #5705, #5712, #5715, #2718, and #2768 PCI Magnetic Media Controller” on
page 300, for information about connecting devices to the #5712 including daisy-chaining options.
A #5712 running in an i5/OS or OS/400 partition cannot drive internal disk units in any expansion tower, base I/O tower, or
system unit enclosure.
Minimum operating system level: i5/OS V5R3
Supported on Models 520, 550, 570, 595, and 9411-100.
The #5712 is a Customer Install Feature.
A #5766 PCI-X Tape Controller for IOP based tape attachment on System i models, or #5736 IOP based with #0290 -
External Tape Attached Placement Code are the recommended replacements. For IOP - less tape attachment use #5775
with a #0290 - External Tape Attached Placement Code.
#5713#5713 PCI-X 1Gbps iSCSI TOE-Copper
The #5713 PCI-X 1Gbps iSCSI TOE-Copper adapter encapsulates SCSI Commands and data into TCP and transports the
commands over the Ethernet via IP packets. The #5713 adapter operates as an iSCSI TCP/IP Offload Engine (TOE). The
offload of the host eliminates protocol processing and reduces CPU interrupts.
The #5713 iSCSI adapter uses an RJ45 1 Gbps Ethernet connector. The #5713 adapter can be used to initiate requests
to external storage devices from AIX 5L and Linux partitions. An available PCI-X slot is required.
Minimum operating system level: AIX 5L for POWER V5.2 for IBM eServer, SUSE Linux Enterprise Server 9 for POWER
Supported on Models 520+, 550+, 570+, 595 1.9 GHz, 520, 550, 570, 595, and 9411-100.
The #5713 is a Customer Install Feature.
#5714#5714 PCI-X 1Gbps iSCSI
The #5714 PCI-X 1Gbps iSCSI adapter encapsulates SCSI commands and data into TCP and transports the commands
over Ethernet via IP packets. The #5714 adapter operates as an iSCSI TCP/IP Offload Engine (TOE). The offload of the
host eliminates protocol processing and reduces CPU interrupts.
The #5714 iSCSI adapter uses a small form factor LC type fiber optic connector. The #5714 adapter can be used to initiate
requests to external storage devices from AIX 5L and Linux partitions. A PCI-X slot is required.
Minimum operating system level: AIX 5L for POWER V5.2 for IBM eServer, SUSE Linux Enterprise Server 9 for POWER
Supported on Models 520+, 550+, 570+, 595 1.9 GHz, 520, 550, 570, 595, and 9411-100.
The #5714 is a Customer Install Feature.

242
IBM System i5, eServer i5, and iSeries System Builder: IBM i5/OS Version 5 Release 4
Features and Rules
#5715#5715 PCI-X Tape/DASD Controller
The #5715 PCI-X Tape/DASD Controller provides SCSI Ultra4 PCI attachment capability for external tape devices, external
removable media devices, and internal DASD devices. There are two SCSI buses on each #5715. Each SCSI bus has both
an internal port and an external port for a total of four ports on the card. Each SCSI bus can have only one attachment,
either internal or external. Attaching internal and external devices to the same SCSI bus causes the internal device to
become disabled.
The internal SCSI port supports up to six disk units, but does not support RAID. If two external SCSI ports are required, a
#5712 PCI-X Tape/DASD Controller should be ordered. When used in a Model 520, The #5715 controls disks in the #6584
4 Disk Slot Exp - PCI-X Controller.
The external port can support the following devices:
3580-L23 IBM TotalStorage Ultrium 2 Tape Drive
3581-L28 IBM Ultrium 2 Tape Drive
3582-L23 IBM Ultrium Tape Library LVD Ultrium2 drive feature
3583-Lxx IBM Ultrium Scalable Tape Library, LVD Ultrium 2 drive feature
3584 Ultra Scalable Tape Library, LVD Ultrium 2 drive feature
3584-L32 or D32 Ultra Scalable Tape Library, LVD Ultrium 2
7206-VX2 80 GB VXA-2 External Tape Drive
7207-122 QIC-SLR Tape Bridge Box (4 GB External ¼-inch Cartridge Tape Drive)
7208-345 60 GB External 8 mm Tape Drive
7210-020 External CD-ROM
7210-025 External DVD-RAM
7329-308 SLR100 ¼-inch Tape Autoloader
See 7.6, “Device cabling rules for #5702, #5705, #5712, #5715, #2718, and #2768 PCI Magnetic Media Controller” on
page 300, for information about connecting devices to the #5715 including daisy-chaining options.
Minimum operating system level: i5/OS V5R3
Supported on Models 520, 550, 570, and 595.
The #5715 is a Customer Install Feature.
A #5736 for IOP-based disk attachment or #5775 for IOP-less disk attachment are the recommended replacements.
#5726#5726 - RAID Enabler Card
The #5726 provides a SCSI RAID controller which is installed into its own specific internal slot of a system unit and does
not require a PCI slot. It functionally replaces the base integrated disk controller, adding RAID-5 capability and 40 MB disk
controller write cache.
The Model 570 originally used feature #5709 to describe this card. There is a slightly different enclosure kit for the card and
#5726 is now used to identify the card and enclosure kit.
A minimum of three disk units are required for a RAID disk array.
Minimum operating system level: i5/OS V5R3
Supported on Model 570.
#5727#5727 Integrated Cache 40MB
The #5727 provides a SCSI RAID controller which is installed into its own specific internal slot of a system unit and does
not require a PCI slot. It functionally replaces the base integrated disk controller, adding RAID-5 capability and 40 MB disk
controller write cache and is capable of running in an IOP-less mode.
A minimum of three disk units are required for a RAID disk array.
The #9510 is a no-charge feature for Express Configurations with RAID.
Minimum operating system level: i5/OS V5R3 and LIC V5R3M0 when running in dedicated mode (IOP required)
Minimum operating system level: i5/OS V5R3 and LIC V5R3M5 when running in dual-mode (IOP- less)
Supported on Models 520+ and 550+.
#5728#5728 Integrated Cache 40MB
The #5728 provides a SCSI RAID controller which is installed into its own specific internal slot of a system unit and does
not require a PCI slot. It functionally replaces the base integrated disk controller, adding RAID-5 capability and 40 MB disk
controller write cache and is capable of running in IOP-less mode.
A minimum of three disk units are required for a RAID disk array.
The # 5728 is a required feature on the Model 570+ if more than three disk are used in the processor enclosure.
Minimum operating system level: i5/OS V5R3 and LIC V5R3M0, when running in dedicated mode (IOP required)
i5/OS V5R4, when running in dual mode (IOP-less)
Supported on Model 570+.

IBM System i5, eServer i5, and iSeries features and placement
243
Features and Rules
#5736#5736 PCI-X Disk/Tape Controller with IOP
The #5736 PCI-X Disk/Tape Controller with IOP provides a PCI-X Disk/Tape SCSI Controller with zero write cache and
without RAID support. Disk mirroring support is supported through i5/OS. A maximum of six disk drives are supported on
the #5736. Removable media devices (tape, optical libraries, CD-ROM, DVD-ROM, or DVD-RAM) are also supported on
the #5736.
The #5736 has two U320 buses each with a bus data rate of up to 320 MBs. Each SCSI bus can be either internal (using
an internal port) or external (using an external port), but not both. There are four physical ports on the #5736, two internal
and two external.
Internal devices connect to the internal ports (1 or 2). External devices connect to the external ports (1 or 2) and use an
Low Voltage Differential (LVD) interface and VHDCI connectors. An #1850 VHDCI to P Converter Cable is available to
connect to external devices with type P connectors.
The external ports can support the following devices:
3580-L23 IBM TotalStorage Ultrium 2 Tape Drive
3581-L28 IBM Ultrium 2 Tape Drive
3582-L23 IBM Ultrium Tape Library LVD Ultrium2 drive feature
3583-Lxx IBM Ultrium Scalable Tape Library, LVD Ultrium 2 drive feature
3584 Ultra Scalable Tape Library, LVD Ultrium 2 drive feature
3584-L32 or D32 Ultra Scalable Tape Library, LVD Ultrium 2
7206-VX2 80 GB VXA-2 External Tape Drive
7207-122 QIC-SLR Tape Bridge Box (4 GB External ¼-inch Cartridge Tape Drive)
7208-345 60 GB External 8 mm Tape Drive
7210-020 External CD-ROM
7210-025 External DVD-RAM
7329-308 SLR100 ¼-inch Tape Autoloader
An #0290 - External Tape Attached via #5736 Placement Code indicates that one external port of a #5736 is used to control
an external tape device.
The #0647, #5736, #5766 and #5775 are physically the same adapter card. The #5736 should be the choice over #5702
and #5712 PCI-X Tape/DASD Controller or #5705 and #5715 controllers for systems running i5/OS V5R3.
Minimum operating system level: i5/OS V5R3
Supported on Models 270, 520+, 550+, 570+, 595 1.9 GHz, 520, 550, 570, 595, 800, 810, 825, 870, 890, 820, 830, and 840.
#5737#5737 PCI-X Disk Controller 90MB with IOP
The #5737 PCI-X Disk Controller 90MB with IOP provides a PCI-X SCSI disk controller that has a 90 MB write cache and
can provide RAID-5 or RAID-6 protection of disk units.
The #5737 has two U320 SCSI buses each with a bus data rate of up to 320 MBs. A maximum of 12 internal disk drives
and up to two internal removable media devices (tape, CD-ROM, DVD-ROM, or DVD-RAM) are supported on the #5737.
A minimum of three disk drives are required for RAID-5, providing protection against a single drive failure in an array. A
minimum of four disk drives are required for RAID-6, providing protection against up to two drives failing in an array.
The #0648, #5737, and #5776 are physically the same adapter card. The #2780/#5580 and #2757/#5581 disk controllers
with an effective 757 MB write cache provide greater disk performance and can have an auxiliary write cache IOA to protect
the write cache contents.
Minimum operating system level: i5/OS V5R3
Supported on Models 270, 520+, 550+, 570+, 595 1.9 GHz, 520, 550, 570, 595, 800, 810, 825, 870, 890, 820, 830, and 840.

244
IBM System i5, eServer i5, and iSeries System Builder: IBM i5/OS Version 5 Release 4
Features and Rules
#5760#5760 PCI-X Fibre Channel Disk Controller
The #5760 PCI-X Fibre Channel Disk Controller provides a 4 Gbps Single Port Fibre Channel PCI-X 2.0 Adapter which
attaches external DASD devices. The #5760 is a 64-bit address/data, short form factor PCI-X adapter with an LC type
external fiber connector that provides single initiator capability over an optical fiber link or loop. With the use of appropriate
optical fiber cabling, this adapter provides the capability for a network of high-speed local and remote located storage.
The #5760 auto-negotiates for the highest data rate between adapter and an attaching device at 1 Gbps, 2 Gbps or 4 Gbps
of which the device or switch is capable. Distances of up to 500m running at 1 Gbps data rate and up to 300m running at
2 Gbps data rate and 4 Gbps data rate up to 150m are supported between the adapter and an attaching device or switch.
When used with IBM supported Fibre Channel storage switches supporting long-wave optics, distances of up to 10km are
capable running at either 1 Gbps or 2 Gbps or 4 Gbps data rates.
The #5760 can be used to attach devices either directly, or by means of Fibre Channel Switches. If attaching a device or
switch with an SC type fiber connector, use of a #0371 LC-SC Adapter Kit (50um) or a #0372 LC-SC Adapter Kit (62.5um)
is required.
The #5760 requires a dedicated PCI IOP.
Refer to the following IBM storage subsystem Web page for additional supported server attachment information for IBM
devices.
http://www.ibm.com/servers/storage/product/products_iseries.html
Consult with your IBM representative or Business Partner for additional information relative to any third party attachment.
Minimum operating system level: i5/OS V5R3
Supported on Models 520+, 550+, 570+, 595 1.9 GHz, 520, 550, 570, 595, 800, 810, 825, 870, 890.
#5761#5761 PCI-X Fibre Channel Tape Controller
The #5761 PCI-X Fibre Channel Tape Controller provides a 4 Gbps Single Port Fibre Channel PCI-X 2.0 adapter which
attaches external tape devices. The #5761 is a 64-bit address/data, short form factor PCI-X adapter with an LC type
external fiber connector that provides single initiator capability over an optical fiber link or loop. With the use of appropriate
optical fiber cabling, the #5761 adapter provides the capability for a network of high-speed local and remote located
storage.
The #5761 auto-negotiates for the highest data rate between adapter and an attaching device at 1 Gbps, 2 Gbps or 4 Gbps
of which the device or switch is capable. Distances of up to 500m running at 1 Gbps data rate and up to 300m running at
2 Gbps data rate and 4 Gbps data rate up to 150m are supported between the adapter and an attaching device or switch.
When used with IBM supported Fibre Channel storage switches supporting long-wave optics, distances of up to 10km are
capable running at either 1 Gbps or 2 Gbps or 4 Gbps data rates.
The #5761 can be used to attach devices either directly, or by means of Fibre Channel Switches. If attaching a device or
switch with an SC type fiber connector, use of a #0371 LC-SC Adapter Kit (50um) or a #0372 LC-SC Adapter Kit (62.5um)
is required.
The #5761 requires a dedicated PCI IOP. Two #5761 adapters can be under the same IOP.
The #5758 and #5761 are physically the same adapter. A #5761 indicates an IOP is used.
Refer to the following IBM storage subsystem Web page for additional supported server attachment information for IBM
devices.
http://www.ibm.com/servers/storage/product/products_iseries.html
Consult with your IBM representative or Business Partner for additional information relative to any third party attachment.
Minimum operating system level: i5/OS V5R3
Supported on Models 520+, 550+, 570+, 595 1.9 GHz, 520, 550, 570, 595, 800, 810, 825, 870, and 890.
#5766#5766 PCI-X Tape Controller
The #5766 PCI-X Tape Controller provides a PCI-X tape controller with two U320 SCSI buses for attachment of external
removable media devices, either tape or optical. The two external ports have an Low Voltage Differential (LVD) interface
and VHDCI connectors and are driven at the U320 SCSI bus date rate of 320 MBs. A #1850 VHDCI to P Converter Cable
is available to connect to external devices with type P connectors.
The #0647, #5736, #5766 and #5775 are physically the same adapter card. A #5766 indicates an IOP is being used.
Minimum operating system level: i5/OS V5R3
Supported on Models 270, 800, 810, 825, 870, 890, 820, 830, and 840.

IBM System i5, eServer i5, and iSeries features and placement
245
Features and Rules
#5775#5775 PCI-X Disk/Tape Controller without IOP
The #5775 PCI-X Disk/Tape Controller without IOP provides a PCI-X Disk/Tape SCSI Controller with zero write cache and
without RAID support. Disk mirroring is supported through i5/OS. A maximum of six disk drives are supported on the #5775.
Removable media devices (tape, optical libraries, DVD-ROM, or DVD-RAM) are also supported on the #5775.
The #5775 has two U320 buses each with a bus data rate of up to 320 MBs. Each SCSI bus can be either internal (using
an internal port) or external (using an external port), but not both. There are four physical ports on the #5775, two internal
and two external.
Internal devices connect to the internal ports (1 or 2). External devices connect to the external ports (1 or 2) and use an
Low Voltage Differential (LVD) interface and VHDCI connectors. A #1850 VHDCI to P Converter Cable is available to
connect to external devices with type P connectors.
The #0647, #5736, #5766 and #5775 are physically the same adapter card. The #5775 should be the choice over
#0624/#0645 (#5702 and #5712 IOP-less equivalent) or #5705/#5715 controllers for systems running i5/OS V5R3 or later
when attaching devices that do not require an IOP/IOA combination. The #5775 does not support 358x or 359x tape
devices. Use a #5702, #5705, #5712, #5715, #5736 or #5766 (IOP-based) to attach a 358x or 359x.
Minimum operating system level: i5/OS V5R4; or i5/OS V5R3 with LIC V5R3M5 on Model 520+.
Supported on Models 520+, 550+, 570+, 595 1.9 GHz, 520, 550, 570, and 595.
#5776#5776 PCI-X Disk Controller 90MB without IOP
The #5776 PCI-X Disk Controller 90MB without IOP provides a PCI-X SCSI disk controller that has a 90 MB write cache.
In addition to providing RAID-5 or RAID-6 protection for disks, the #5776 is designed to work as a high performance
controller for disks protected by system mirroring or disks with no protection.
The #5776 has two U320 SCSI buses each with a bus data rate of up to 320 MBs. A maximum of 12 internal disk drives
and up to two internal removable media devices (tape, DVD-ROM, or DVD-RAM) are supported on the #5776.
A minimum of three disk drives are required for RAID-5, providing protection against a single drive failure in an array. A
minimum of four disk drives are required for RAID-6, providing protection against up to two drives failing in an array.
The #0648, #5737, and #5776 are physically the same adapter card.
The #2780/#5580 and #2757/#5581 disk controllers with an effective 757 MB write cache provide greater disk performance
and can have an auxiliary write cache IOA to protect the write cache contents.
Minimum operating system level: i5/OS V5R4; or i5/OS V5R3 with LIC V5R3M5 on Model 520+.
Supported on Models 520+, 550+, 570+, 595 1.9 GHz, 520, 550, 570, 595, or attached I/O tower/drawers #0595, #5095,
#5094, #5294, #8294, #9194, #5074, and #5079.

246
IBM System i5, eServer i5, and iSeries System Builder: IBM i5/OS Version 5 Release 4
Features and Rules

© Copyright IBM Corp. 1997 - 2006. All rights reserved.
247
CIF
Chapter 5.
Customer Install Features
Many System i models are designated as Customer Setup (CSU). Several of the features for
the current System i product line are Customer Install Features (CIF). CIF and CSU
designations provide the client with flexibility in installing new System i servers and adding
new features to installed systems. Clients can schedule installations to minimize the
disturbance to their business operations.
Miscellaneous Equipment Specification (MES) is an IBM term for IBM-supplied changes to an
installed or on-order system. On MES orders that include a mixture of IBM install and CIF
features, the client can choose to have the IBM service representative install all of the
features, including those designated as CIF. On MES orders where all features are CIF, the
client can install all of the features.
The client is responsible for the installation of external cables, displays, printers, and
modems. IBM service personnel can perform these activities for a charge. IBM installation for
CSU and CIF units is available for a charge under normal service contracts.
The tables in this chapter list the commonly ordered feature codes for the IBM System i5,
eServer i5, and iSeries models. They identify which features are CIF features, in which model
and expansion unit the feature is supported, and the minimum release of i5/OS or OS/400
required to support the feature.
The columns in the following tables contain:
The feature code (FC)
The feature description as used in the IBM marketing configurator
A Y if the feature is a CIF, or an N if it is an “installed by IBM” feature
How the features are installed in each of the System i5, eServer, and iSeries models
The installation options are defined as follows:
– B: Plant or MES installation
– M: MES install only (available for field installation only)
– P: Plant install only (available on new system orders only)
– PU: Plant install only; for model upgrades, an MES install
5

248
IBM System i5, eServer i5, and iSeries System Builder: IBM i5/OS Version 5 Release 4
CIF
– S: Supported in the specified System i model configuration
The feature can be migrated to the specified System i5, eServer i5, and iSeries model
as part of a model upgrade, but individual orders are not available.
– SC: Supported for conversion
Minimum operating system level
The operating system version and release that supports the feature, either natively or with
program temporary fixes (PTFs)
For further information about the features represented in these tables, refer to:
Chapter 4, “IBM System i5, eServer i5, and iSeries features and placement” on page 97
for further information about each feature
Chapter 8, “Customer Card Identification Numbers cross reference” on page 303 for a
comprehensive list of CCINs
Chapter 9, “Feature code cross reference” on page 323 for a comprehensive list of
features
Chapter 11, “HSL, SPCN, line cord, and communication cables for IBM System i5,
eServer i5, and iSeries systems” on page 377 for a comprehensive list of cables
More information, including part numbers, is also available at the Information Center Web site
at:
http://www.ibm.com/eserver/iseries/infocenter
When you reach this site, select Planning  Cables.
5.1 IBM System i5 and eServer Models 520, 550, 570, 595
system unit and tower supported features
The tables in this chapter list the commonly ordered feature codes for the IBM System i5 and
eServer i5 models. They identify which features are CIF features, in which model and
expansion unit the feature is supported, and the minimum release of i5/OS required to
support the feature.
The following table shows the features supported in Models 520, 550, 570, 595, and the
associated expansion units, the CIF designation, and minimum i5/OS operating system level
of each feature. Dashes (“---”) in the operating system column indicate that the adapter is not
supported by i5/OS. The feature might be supported by AIX or Linux.
For current details about AIX and Linux supported features, see:
http://www.ibm.com/servers/eserver/iseries/aix/pdf/facts_features.pdf
http://www.ibm.com/servers/eserver/linux/power/hardware/linux_facts.pdf
Refer to Chapter 4, “IBM System i5, eServer i5, and iSeries features and placement” on
page 97 to understand the minimum operating system requirements by feature code, and the
processors each feature is supported in.
Note: Only the Linux for Power versions of Linux are supported on the System i5 Models
520, 550, 570, and 595.

Customer Install Features
249
CIF
Note: i5/OS V5R3 is the minimum operating system for each feature on an IBM System i5
or eServer i5 system. Therefore, the “Minimum operating system i5/OS” column in the
following table is V5R3. Some features can also require a minimum LIC level.
Although a feature itself might be supported in an earlier release than i5/OS V5R3, this is
not true of the i5 systems. As such, the following table can be considered to be a “view” of
the features supported on a specific i5 model, and what the minimum i5/OS of that feature
is on the i5 model.
Feature code and description
CIF
Model or tower
Minimum
i5/OS level
520 (9405/9406)
550
570
595
#5095/#0595
#5074/#5094/#5294
#5088/#0588
#5790
#0040 Mirrored System Disk Level
Y
B
B
B
B
-
-
-
-
V5R3
#0041 Device Parity Protection-All
Y
B
B
B
B
-
-
-
-
V5R3
#0042 Mirrored System IOP Level
Y
B
B
B
B
-
-
-
-
V5R3
#0043 Mirrored System Bus Level
Y
B
B
B
B
-
-
-
-
V5R3
#0047 Device Parity RAID-6 All
Y
M/B
B
B
B
V5R3
#0092 External xSeries Attach
Y
B
B
B
B
-
-
-
-
V5R3
#0123 #5074 Lower Unit in Rack
Y
S
-
S
-
-
-
-
V5R3
#0126 CEC Reduction Specify
N
-
-
-
B
-
-
-
-
V5R2
#0140 Logical Partitioning Specify
Y
B
B
B
B
-
-
-
-
V5R3
#0141 HSL OptiConnect Specify
Y
B
-
-
-
-
V5R3
#0142 Linux Partition Specify
Y
B
B
B
B
-
-
-
-
V5R3
#0145 AIX Partition Specify
Y
B
B
B
B
-
-
-
-
V5R3
#0290 External Tape Attached via #5736
Y
M/B
B
B
B
V5R3
#0299 MES Conversion
N
B
B
B
B
B
B
B
B
V5R3
#0325 IPCS Extension Cables for NT
Y
B
B
B
B
B
B
B
B
V5R3
#0367 Operations Console PCI Cable
Y
B
B
B
B
B
B
B
B
V5R3
#0369 100m Optical SPCN Cable
Y
-
-
B
B
B
B
B
V5R3
#0371 LC-SC Adapter Kit (50 um)
Y
B
B
B
B
B
B
B
B
V5R3
#0372 LC-SC Adapter Kit (62.5 um) Y B B B B B B B B V5R3
#0446 512 MB DDR Server Memory Y B B B B B B B V5R3
#0447 1 GB DDR Server Memory
Y
B
B
B
B
B
B
B
V5R3
#0454 LPAR Partition Init
N
P
P
-
-
-
-
V5R3
#0455 LPAR OS Preload
N
P
P
-
-
-
-
V5R3

250
IBM System i5, eServer i5, and iSeries System Builder: IBM i5/OS Version 5 Release 4
CIF
#0496 Force i5/OS Preload exclusive with #0006
N
P
P
P
P
-
-
-
-
V5R3
#0532 i5/OS V5R4, V5R4M0 LIC
Y
B
B
B
B
-
-
-
-
V5R4
#0551 iSeries Rack
Y
B
B
B
B
-
-
-
-
V5R3
#0553 2M iSeries Rack
B
B
B
B
-
-
-
-
V5R3
#0588 PCI-X Expansion Unit in Rack
Y
B
B
B
B
-
-
-
-
V5R3
#0595 PCI-X Expansion Unit in Rack
Y
B
B
B
B
-
-
-
-
V5R3
#0599 Rack Filler Kit for #0551,#0553
Y
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
N/A
#0601 - Direct Attach #2743 PCI 1 Gbps Ethernet
IOA
Y
SC
SC
SC
SC
S
S
S
S
---
#0602 - Direct Attach #2760 PCI 1 Gbps Ethernet
UTP IOA
Y
SC
SC
SC
SC
S
S
S
S
---
#0603 - Direct Attach #2744 PCI 100 Mbps
Token-Ring IOA
Y
B
B
B
B
B
B
B
B
---
#0607 - Direct Attach #4838 PCI 100/10 Mbps
Ethernet IOA
Y
SC
SC
SC
SC
S
S
S
S
---
#0608 - Direct Attach #4745 PCI WAN IOA
Y
SC
SC
SC
SC
S
S
S
S
---
#0609 - Direct Attach #2772 PCI Dual
WAN/Modem IOA
Y
B
B
B
B
B
B
B
B
---
#0610 - Direct Attach #2773 PCI Dual
WAN/ModemIOA
Y
B
B
B
B
B
B
B
B
---
#0611 - Direct Attach #2765 PCI Fibre Channel
Tape Controller
Y
B
B
B
B
B
B
B
B
---
#0612 - Direct Attach #2766 PCI Fibre Channel
Disk Controller
Y
M
M
M
M
B
B
B
B
---
#0613 - Direct Attach #2742 PCI 2-Line WAN IOA
Y
B
B
B
B
B
B
B
B
---
#0614 - Direct Attach #2793 PCI 2-Line WAN
w/Modem
Y B B B B B B B B ---
#0615 - Direct Attach #2794 PCI 2-Line WAN
w/Modem
Y B B B B B B B B ---
#0616 - Direct Attach #2805 PCI Quad Modem IOA
Y
B
B
B
B
B
B
B
B
---
#0617 - Direct Attach #2806 PCI Quad Modem
(CIM)
Y
B
B
B
B
B
B
B
B
---
#0620 - Direct Attach #5700 PCI 1 Gbps Ethernet
IOA
Y
B
B
B
B
B
B
B
B
---
#0621 - Direct Attach #5701 PCI 1 Gbps Ethernet
UTP IOA
Y
B
B
B
B
B
B
B
B
---
Feature code and description
CIF
Model or tower
Minimum
i5/OS level
520 (9405/9406)
550
570
595
#5095/#0595
#5074/#5094/#5294
#5088/#0588
#5790

Customer Install Features
251
CIF
#0623 - Direct Attach #2849 PCI 100/10 Mbps
Ethernet IOA
Y
B
B
B
B
B
B
B
B
---
#0624 - Direct Attach #5702 PCI-X Ultra Tape
Controller
Y
M
M
M
M
B
B
B
B
---
#0625 - Direct Attach #5704 PCI-X Fibre Channel
Tape Controller
Y
B
B
B
B
B
B
B
B
---
#0626 - Direct Attach #2787 PCI-X Fibre Channel
Disk Controller
Y
B
B
B
B
B
B
B
B
---
#0627 - Direct Attach #2780 PCI-X Ultra4 RAID
Disk Controller
Y
B
B
B
B
B
B
-
-
---
#0628 - Direct Attach #5703 PCI-X RAID Disk Unit
Controller
Y
B
B
B
B
B-
B
-
-
---
#0632 PCI USB 2.0 Adapter
Y
B
B
B
B
B
B
B
B
---
#0633 Graphics Adapter
Y
B
B
B
B
B
B
B
B
---
#0634 128-Port Async Adapter
Y
B
B
B
B
B
B
B
B
---
#0635 SDLC/X.25 - 2-Port Adapter
Y
B
B
B
B
B
B
B
B
---
#0642 PCI Ultra-3 RAID Adapter
Y
B
B
B
B
B
B
-
B
---
#0643 - Direct Attach #5706 PCI-X Gbps
Ethernet-TX IOA
Y
B
B
B
B
B
B
B
B
---
#0644 - Direct Attach #5707 PCI-X 1 Gbps
Ethernet-SX IOA
Y
B
B
B
B
B
B
B
B
---
#0645 - Direct Attach #5712 PCI-X Tape/DASD
Controller
Y
B
B
B
B
B
B
B
B
---
#0647 PCI-X Disk/Tape Controller without IOP
Y
M/B
B
B
B
B
S/B
B
B
---
#0648 PCI-X Disk Controller 90MB without IOP
Y
M/B
B
B
B
B
S/B
B
B
---
#0694 - #5094 Equivalent
Y
B
B
B
B
-
-/B
-
-
V5R3
#0836 - #4328 Load Source Specify
N
B
B
B
B
-
-
-
-
V5R3
#0837 SAN Load Source Specify
N
B*
B
B
B
-
-
-
-
V5R3
#0906 1-way Server Feature
Y
-/B*
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
V5R3
#0910 1/4-way Server Feature
Y
-
B
-
-
-
-
-
-
V5R3
#0915 1/4-way Server Feature
Y
-
B
-
-
-
-
-
-
V5R3
#0934 2/4-way Server Feature
Y
-
-
B
-
-
-
-
-
V5R3
#0935 4/8-way Server Feature
Y
-
-
B
-
-
-
-
-
V5R3
#0936 8/16-way Server Feature
y
-
-
B
-
-
-
-
-
V5R3
#0937 2/16-way Server Feature
Y
-
-
B
-
-
-
-
-
V5R3
Feature code and description
CIF
Model or tower
Minimum
i5/OS level
520 (9405/9406)
550
570
595
#5095/#0595
#5074/#5094/#5294
#5088/#0588
#5790

252
IBM System i5, eServer i5, and iSeries System Builder: IBM i5/OS Version 5 Release 4
CIF
#0940 8/16-way Server Feature
Y
-
-
-
B
-
-
-
-
V5R3
#0941 16/32-way Server Feature
Y
-
-
-
B
-
-
-
-
V5R3
#0943 32/64-way Server Feature
Y
-
-
-
B
-
-
-
-
V5R3
#0944 4/32-way Server Feature
Y
-
-
-
B
-
-
-
-
V5R3
#0946 8/16-way Server Feature
N
-
-
-
B
-
-
-
-
V5R3
#0970 1-way Server Feature
Y
B/-*
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
V5R3
#0975 1-way Server Feature
Y
-/B*
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
V5R3
#1307 - 1.75m HSL-2/RIO-G Cable Y B B B B B B B B V5R3
#1308 - 2.5m HSL-2/RIO-G Cable Y B B B B B B B B V5R3
#1460 3m Copper HSL Cable
Y
B
B
B
B
-
-
-
-
V5R3
#1461 6m Copper HSL Cable
Y
-
-
-
B
-
-
-
V5R3
#1462 15m Copper HSL Cable
Y
-
-
-
B
-
-
-
V5R3
#1463 2m SPCN Cable
Y
S
S
S
S
B
B
B
V5R3
#1464 6m SPCN Cable
Y
S
S
S
S
B
B
B
V5R3
#1465 15m SPCN Cable
Y
S
S
S
S
B
B
B
V5R3
#1466 30m SPCN Cable
Y
S
S
S
S
B
B
B
V5R3
#1468 250m Optical SPCN Cable
Y
-
B
B
B
B
B
B
B
V5R3
#1470 6m Optical HSL Cable
Y
-
B
B
B
B
B
B
V5R3
#1471 30m Optical HSL Cable
Y
-
-
S
S
B
B
B
V5R3
#1472 100m Optical HSL Cable
Y
-
B
B
B
B
B
B
V5R3
#1473 250m Optical HSL Cable
Y
-
B
B
B
B
B
B
V5R3
#1474 6m HSL to HSL-2 Cable
Y
B
B
B
B
B
B
B
B
V5R3
#1475 10m HSL to HSL-2 Cable
Y
B
B
B
B
B
B
B
B
V5R3
#1476 - 4.3m 200V/12A Power Cord U.K.
Y
B
B
B
B
-
B
-
V5R3
#1481 - 1.2m HSL-2/RIO-G Cable
Y
B
B
B
B
-
-
-
B
V5R3
#1482 3.5m HSL-2 Cable
Y
B
B
B
B
-
B
B
B
V5R3
#1483 10m HSL-2 Cable
Y
B
B
B
B
-
B
B
B
V5R3
#1485 15m HSL-2 Cable
Y
B
B
B
B
-
B
B
-
V5R3
#1700 IPCS Keyboard/Mouse for NT
Y
B
B
B
B
B
B
B
B
V5R3
#1800 HSL-2 Ports - 2 Copper
Y
-
-
B
-
-
-
-
-
V5R3
#1801 Optical Bus Expansion Card - 2 port Y - - B - - - - - V5R3
Feature code and description
CIF
Model or tower
Minimum
i5/OS level
520 (9405/9406)
550
570
595
#5095/#0595
#5074/#5094/#5294
#5088/#0588
#5790

Customer Install Features
253
CIF
#1893 36.4 GB 10K RPM Disk Unit Y B B B S - - - - ---
#1894 73.4 GB 10K RPM Disk Unit
Y
B
B
B
S
-
-
-
-
---
#1895 146.8 GB 10K RPM Disk Unit
Y
B
B
B
S
B
-/B
-
-
---
#1896 36.4 GB 15K RPM Disk Unit
Y
B
B
B
B
B
-/B
-
-
---
#1897 73.4 GB 15K RPM Disk Unit
Y
B
B
B
B
B
-/B
-
-
---
#1898 146.8GB Disk Unit
Y
M/B
B
B
B
B
-/B
-
-
---
#2591 External 1.44 MB Diskette Drive
Y
B
B
B
B
-
-/B
-
B
---
#2640 IDE DVD-ROM (slim-line)
Y
B
B
B
-
-
-
-
-
V5R3
#2737 PCI HIPPI SW
Y
-
-
S
S
B
S/B
S
B
---
#2739 Optical Bus Adapter
N
-
B
B
B
-
B/ -
-
-
V5R3
#2742 Two-Line WAN IOA
Y
B
B
B
B
B
B
B
B
V5R3
#2743 1 Gbps PCI Ethernet IOA
Y
SC
SC
SC
SC
S
S
S
S
V5R3
#2744 PCI 100 Mbps Token Ring IOA
Y
B
B
B
B
B
B
B
B
V5R3
#2749 PCI Ultra Magnetic Media Controller
Y
S
S
S
B
B
B
B
B
V5R3
#2757 PCI-X Ultra RAID Disk Controller
Y
B
B
B
B
B
S/B
-
-
V5R3
#2760 PCI 1 Gbps Ethernet UTP Adapter
Y
SC
SC
SC
SC
B
S/B
B
B
V5R3
#2763 PCI RAID Disk Unit Controller
Y
-/S
S
S
S
B
-
-
-
V5R3
#2765 PCI Fibre Channel Tape Controller
Y
-/S
S
S
S
S
S
S
S
V5R3
#2766 PCI Fibre Channel Disk Controller
Y
-/
SC
SC
SC
SC
S
S
S
S
V5R3
#2768 PCI Magnetic Media Controller
Y
-/
SC
-
SC
-
-
-
-
-
V5R2
#2772 PCI Dual WAN/Modem IOA
Y
B
B
B
B
B
B
B
B
V5R3
#2773 PCI Dual WAN/Modem IOA
Y
B
B
B
B
B
B
B
B
V5R3
#2780 PCI-X Ultra4 RAID Disk Controller
Y
B
B
B
B
B
B
-
-
V5R3
#2782 PCI-X RAID Disk Unit Controller
Y
S
S
S
S
B
B
-
-
V5R3
#2787 PCI-X Fibre Channel Disk Controller
Y
B
B
B
B
B
B
B
B
V5R3
#2793 Two-Line WAN IOA with Modem
Y
B
B
B
B
B
B
B
B
V5R3
#2794 Two-Line WAN IOA with Modem
Y
B
B
B
B
B
B
B
B
V5R3
#2805 PCI Quad Modem IOA
Y
B
B
B
B
B
B
B
B
V5R3
#2806 PCI Quad Modem (CIM)
Y
B
B
B
B
B
B
B
B
V5R3
#2843 PCI IOP
Y
SC
SC
SC
SC
S
S
S
S
V5R3
Feature code and description
CIF
Model or tower
Minimum
i5/OS level
520 (9405/9406)
550
570
595
#5095/#0595
#5074/#5094/#5294
#5088/#0588
#5790

254
IBM System i5, eServer i5, and iSeries System Builder: IBM i5/OS Version 5 Release 4
CIF
#2844 PCI IOP
Y
B
B
B
B
B
B
B
B
V5R3
#2847 PCI IOP for SAN Load Source*
Y
B
B
B
B
B
B
B
B
V5R3*
#2849 10/100 Mbps Ethernet Adapter
Y
B
B
B
B
B
B
B
B
V5R3
#2886 Optical Bus Adapter
Y
-
M
M
M
M
M
M
-
V5R3
#2887 HSL-2 Bus Adapter
Y
-
M
M
M
M
M
M
-
V5R3
#2888 RIO-G Ports - 2 Copper
Y
M/B*
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
V5R3
#2890 PCI Integrated Netfinity Server
Y
-
B
S/B
B
-
V5R3
#2891 PCI Integrated xSeries Server
Y
-
B
S/B
B
-
V5R3
#2892 PCI Integrated xSeries Server
Y
-
-
-
B
S/B
B
-
V5R3
#2895 128 MB Server Memory
Y
SC
SC
SC
SC
S
S
S
-
V5R3
#2896 256 MB Server Memory
Y
M
M
M
M
M
M
M
-
V5R3
#2897 1 GB Server Memory
Y
M
M
M
M
M
M
M
-
V5R3
#2899 PCI Integrated xSeries Server
Y
-
-
-
-
B
S/B
B
-
V5R3
#2943 8-Port Async Adapter
Y
B
B
B
B
B
-/B
-
B
---
#2947 PCI Multiprotocol Adapter
Y
B
B
B
B
B
-/B
-
B
---
#3043 - 512 MB Main Storage
N
-
-
S
-
-
-
-
-
V5R3
#3044 1024 MB Main Storage
Y
-
-
S
-
-
-
-
-
V5R3
#3046 2048 MB Main Storage
Y
-
-
S
-
-
-
-
-
V5R3
#3093 512 MB Main Storage
Y
S
S
-
-
-
-
-
-
V5R3
#3094 1024 MB Main Storage
Y
S
S
-
-
-
-
-
-
V5R3
#3096 2048 MB Main Storage
Y
S
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
V5R3
#3578 300 GB 10K rpm Drive
Y
B
B
B
SC
B
B
-
-
V5R3
#3757 Service Shelf Toolkit
-
-
-
B
-
-
-
-
V5R3
#4263 Direct Attach Tape Cable
Y
B
B
-
-
-
-
-
-
---
#4317 8.58 GB 10k RPM Disk Unit
Y
SC
SC
SC
SC
B
S/B
-
-
V5R3
#4318 17.54 GB 10k RPM Disk Unit
Y
SC
SC
SC
SC
B
S/B
-
-
V5R3
#4319 35.16 GB 10k RPM Disk Unit
Y
B
B
B
B
B
S/B
-
-
V5R3
#4326 35.16 GB 15k RPM Disk Unit
Y
B
B
B
B
B
-/B
-
-
V5R3
#4327 70.56 GB 15k RPM Disk Unit
Y
B
B
B
B
B
B
-
-
V5R3
#4328 141.12 GB 15K rpm Disk Unit
Y
B
B
B
B
B
-/B
-
-
V5R3
#4400 1GB DDR2 Main Storage
Y
M/B*
B
-
-
-
-
-
-
V5R3
Feature code and description
CIF
Model or tower
Minimum
i5/OS level
520 (9405/9406)
550
570
595
#5095/#0595
#5074/#5094/#5294
#5088/#0588
#5790

Customer Install Features
255
CIF
#4425 CD-ROM
Y
-
-
-
-
-
S/B
-
-
V5R3
#4430 DVD-RAM
Y
-
-
-
-
-
S/B
-
-
V5R3
#4443 - 512 MB Main Storage
Y
B
B
-
-
-
-
-
-
V5R3
#4444 - 1 GB Main Storage
Y
B
B
-
-
-
-
-
-
V5R3
#4445 - 4 GB Main Storage
Y
B
B
-
-
-
-
-
-
V5R3
#4447 - 2 GB Main Storage
Y
B
B
-
-
-
-
-
-
V5R3
#4449 - 8 GB Main Storage
Y
B
B
-
-
-
-
-
-
V5R3
#4450 - 16 GB Main Storage
Y
B
B
-
-
-
-
-
-
V5R3
#4452 - 2 GB Main Storage
N
-
-
B
-
-
-
-
-
V5R3
#4454 - 8 GB Main Storage
Y
-
-
B
-
-
-
-
-
V5R3
#4474 2GB DDR2 Main Storage
Y
M/B*
B
-
-
-
-
-
-
V5R3
#4475 4GB DDR2 Main Storage
M/B*
B
-
-
-
-
-
-
V5R3
#4477 8GB DDR2 Main Storage
M/B*
B
-
-
-
-
-
-
V5R3
#4482 4GB ¼-inch Cartridge Tape Device
Y
SC
SC
SC
SC
-
S/B
-
-
V5R3
#4483 16 GB ¼-inch Cartridge Tape Device
Y
SC
SC
SC
SC
-
S/B
-
-
V5R3
#4486 25 GB ¼-inch Cartridge Tape Device
Y
SC
SC
SC
SC
-
S/B
-
-
V5R3
#4487 50 GB ¼-inch Cartridge Tape Device
Y
SC
SC
SC
SC
-
S/B
-
-
V5R3
#4490 - 4 GB Main Storage
Y
-
-
B
-
-
-
-
-
V5R3
#4491 - 16 GB Main Storage
Y
-
-
B
-
-
-
-
-
V5R3
#4495 4/8GB DDR2 Main Storage
N
-
-
B
-
-
-
-
-
V5R3
#4496 8/16GB DDR2 Main Storage
N
-
-
B
-
-
-
-
-
V5R3
#4497 16GB DDR2 Main Storage
N
-
-
B
-
-
-
-
-
V5R3
#4498 32GB DDR2 Main Storage
N
-
-
B
-
-
-
-
-
V5R3
#4625 CD-ROM
Y
-
-
-
M
-
SC
-
-
V5R3
#4630 DVD-RAM
Y
-
-
-
M
-
SC
-
-
V5R3
#4631 DVD-ROM
Y
-
-
-
B
-
B
-
-
V5R3
#4633 DVD-RAM
Y
-
-
-
B
-
B
-
-
V5R3
#4643 - 7040-61D I/O Drawer attached
Y
-
-
-
S
-
-
-
-
---
#4682 4 GB ¼-inch Cartridge Tape Device
Y
SC
SC
SC
SC
-
S/B
-
-
V5R3
#4683 - 16 GB QIC Cartridge Tape Device
Y
SC
SC
SC
SC
-
S/B
-
V5R3
#4684 30 GB ¼-inch Cartridge Tape Device
Y
SC
SC
SC
SC
-
S/B
-
-
V5R3
Feature code and description
CIF
Model or tower
Minimum
i5/OS level
520 (9405/9406)
550
570
595
#5095/#0595
#5074/#5094/#5294
#5088/#0588
#5790

256
IBM System i5, eServer i5, and iSeries System Builder: IBM i5/OS Version 5 Release 4
CIF
#4685 80 GB VXA-2 Tape Device
Y
SC
SC
SC
SC
-
S/B
-
-
V5R3
#4686 25 GB ¼-inch Cartridge Tape Device
Y
SC
SC
SC
SC
-
S/B
-
-
V5R3
#4687 50 GB ¼-inch Cartridge Tape Device
Y
B
B
B
B
-
S/B
-
-
V5R3
#4690 Rack Status Beacon Assembly
Y
B
B
B
B
-
-
-
-
---
#4710 PCI Integrated xSeries Server
Y
-
-
-
-
B
B
B
-
V5R3
#4723 PCI 10 Mbps Ethernet Adapter
Y
SC
SC
SC
SC
B
S/B
B
B
V5R3
#4745 PCI 2-line WAN IOA
Y
S
S
S
S
B
S/B
B
B
V5R3
#4746 PCI Twinaxial IOA
Y
B
B
B
B
B
S/B
B
B
V5R3
#4748 PCI RAID Disk Unit Controller
Y
S
S
S
S
B
S/B
-
-
V5R3
#4778 PCI RAID Disk Unit Controller
Y
S
S
S
S
B
S/B
-
-
V5R3
#4801 PCI Cryptographic Coprocessor
Y
B
B
B
B
B
S/B
B
B
V5R3
#4805 PCI Cryptographic Accelerator
Y
B
B
B
B
B
S/B
B
B
V5R3
#4806 PCI-X Cryptographic Coprocessor
Y
B
B
B
B
B
S/B
B
B
V5R3
#4810 PCI Integrated xSeries Server
Y
B
B
B
B
B
S/B
B
-
V5R3
#4811 PCI-X Integrated xSeries Server
Y
B
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
V5R3
#4812 PCI-X Integrated xSeries Server
Y
-
B
-
-
B
B
B
-
V5R3
#4813 PCI-X Integrated xSeries Server
Y
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
B
V5R3
#4838 PCI 100/10 Mbps Ethernet IOA
Y
S
S
S
S
B
S/B
S
S
V5R3
#4959 PCI 16/4 Mbps Token Ring Adapter
Y
B
B
B
B
B
S/B
-
B
---
#4962 PCI 100/10 Mbps Ethernet IOA
Y
B
B
B
B
B
S/B
B
B
---
#5074 PCI Expansion Tower
Y
S
S
S
S
-
-
-
-
V5R3
#5079 1.8 m I/O Tower
Y
S
S
S
S
-
-
-
-
V5R3
#5088 PCI-X Expansion Unit
N
B
B
B
B
-
B
-
-
V5R3
#5094 PCI-X Expansion Tower
Y
B
B
B
B
-
-
-
-
V5R3
#5095 PCI-X Expansion Tower
Y
B
B
B
B
-
-
-
-
V5R3
#5108 30 Disk Expansion Feature
N
-
-
-
-
-
B
-
-
V5R3
#5115 Dual Line Cords Tower
Y
-
-
-
-
-
B
-
-
V5R3
#5116 Dual Line Cords - 5294 Tower
Y
-
-
-
-
-
B
-
-
V5R3
#5138 Redundant Power and Cooling
Y
-
B
-
-
B
-
-
-
V5R3
#5158 AC Power Supply, 850W
Y
B
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
V5R3
#5159 850 Watt Power Supply
Y
M/B*
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
V5R3
Feature code and description
CIF
Model or tower
Minimum
i5/OS level
520 (9405/9406)
550
570
595
#5095/#0595
#5074/#5094/#5294
#5088/#0588
#5790

Customer Install Features
257
CIF
#5160 Power Dist. Unit 1 Phase NEMA
N
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
V5R3
#5161 Power Distribution Unit
N
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
V5R3
#5162 Power Distribution Unit
N
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
V5R3
#5163 Power Distribution Unit
Y
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
V5R3
#5294 1.8m I/O Tower
Y
B
B
B
B
-
-
-
-
V5R3
#5540 System Console on Twinaxial Workstation
IOA
Y
B
B
B
B
-
-
-
-
V5R3
#5544 System Console on Operations Console
Y
B
B
B
B
-
-
-
-
V5R3
#5546 System Console on 100 Mbps Token Ring
Y
B
B
B
B
-
-
-
-
V5R3
#5548 System Console on 100 Mbps Ethernet
Y
B
B
B
B
-
-
-
-
V5R3
#5550 System Console on HMC
Y
B
B
B
B
-
-
-
-
V5R3
#5553 System Console Ethernet w/o IOP
Y
M/B*
B
B
-
-
-
-
-
V5R3
#5554 Mirror 35GB Disk/Controller Package
Y
B
B
B
B
V5R2
#5555 Mirror 70 GB Disk/Controller Package
Y
B
B
B
B
V5R2
#5556 Mirroring 140 GB Disk/Controller Package
Y
B
B
B
B
V5R3
#5557 System Console Ethernet w/o IOP
Y
B
V5R4
#5560 Mirror 35 GB Drawer Package
Y
B
B
B
B
V5R2
#5561 Mirror 70 GB Drawer Package
Y
B
B
B
B
V5R2
#5562 Morror 35 GB Tower Package
Y
B
B
B
B
V5R2
#5563 Mirror 70 GB Tower Package
Y
B
B
B
B
V5R2
#5580 - #2780 Controller with Auxiliary Write
Cache
Y
B
B
B
B
B
S/B
-
-
V5R3
#5581 - #2757 Controller with Auxiliary Write
Cache
Y
B
B
B
B
B
S/B
-
-
V5R3
#5700 PCI 1 Gbps Ethernet IOA
Y
B
B
B
B
B
S/B
B
B
V5R3
#5701 PCI 1 Gbps Ethernet UTP IOA
Y
B
B
B
B
B
S/B
B
B
V5R3
#5702 PCI-X Ultra Tape Controller
Y
S
S
S
S
S
S/B
B
B
V5R3
#5703 PCI-X Tape/DASD Controller
Y
B
B
B
B
B
S/B
B
B
V5R3
#5704 PCI-X Fibre Channel Tape Controller
Y
B
B
B
B
B
S/B
B
B
V5R3
#5706 PCI-X 1Gbps Ethernet-TX IOA
Y
B
B
B
B
B
S/B
B
B
V5R3
#5707 1 Gbps Ethernet Adapter (Fiber)
Y
B
B
B
B
B
S/B
B
B
V5R3
#5709 RAID Enabler Card
Y
B
B
B
-
-
-
-
-
V5R3
Feature code and description
CIF
Model or tower
Minimum
i5/OS level
520 (9405/9406)
550
570
595
#5095/#0595
#5074/#5094/#5294
#5088/#0588
#5790

258
IBM System i5, eServer i5, and iSeries System Builder: IBM i5/OS Version 5 Release 4
CIF
#5712 PCI-X Tape/DASD Controller
Y
B
B
B
B
B
S/B
B
B
V5R3
#5713 PCI-X 1Gbps iSCSI TOE-Copper
Y
M/B
B
B
B
B
-/B
-
B
---
#5714 PCI-X 1Gbps iSCSI
Y
M/B
B
B
B
B
-/B
-
B
---
#5715 PCI-X Tape/DASD Controller
Y
B
B
B
B
B
-/B
-
-
V5R3
#5718 10 Gbps Ethernet Adapter (short)
Y
B
B
B
B
B
S/B
B
B
---
#5726 RAID Enabler Card
N
-
-
B
-
-
-
-
-
V5R3
#5727 Integrated Cache 40MB
Y
M/B
B
-
-
-
-
-
-
V5R3
#5728 Integrated Cache 40MB
Y
-
-
B
-
-
-
-
-
V5R3
#5736 PCI-X Disk/Tape Controller with IOP
Y
M/B
B
B
B
B
S/B
B
B
V5R3
#5737 PCI-X Disk Controller 90MB with IOP
Y
M/B
B
B
B
B
S/B
B
B
V5R3
#5740 1Gbps BaseT Ethernet (4-port)
Y
M/B
B
B
B
B
S/B
B
B
---
#5751 DVD-RAM Y B B B - - - - - V5R3
#5753 30 GB ¼-inch Cartridge Tape Device Y B B - - - - - - V5R3
#5754 50 GB ¼-inch Cartridge Tape Device
Y
B
B
-
-
-
-
-
-
V5R3
#5755 200 GB LTO-2 Tape Unit
Y
B
B
-
-
-
-
-
-
V5R3
#5760 PCI-X Fibre Channel Disk Controller
Y
M/B
B
B
B
B
S/B
B
B
V5R3
#5761 PCI-X Fibre Channel Tape Controller
Y
M/B
B
B
B
B
S/B
B
B
V5R3
#5775 PCI-X Disk/Tape Controller without IOP
Y
M/B*
B
B
B
V5R4
#5776 PCI-X Disk Controller 90MB without IOP
Y
M/B*
B
B
B
V5R4
#5790 PCI Expansion Drawer
Y
B
B
B
-
-
-
-
-
V5R3
#6068 Optional Front Door for 1.8m Rack
Y
B
B
B
B
-
-
-
-
V5R3
#6134 60 GB 8mm Tape Device
Y
B
B
-
-
-
-
-
V5R3
#6204 Differential SCSI Adapter
Y
B
B
B
B
-
-
-
-
---
#6246 1.8m Rack Trim Kit
Y
B
B
B
B
-
-
-
-
V5R3
#6258 36 GB 4 mm Tape Unit
Y
B
B
--
-
-
-
-
-
---
#6279 160 GB VXA-320 Tape Drive
Y
M/B
B
-
-
-
S/B
-
-
V5R3
#6312 Quad Digital Trunk Adapter
Y
B
B
-
-
B
-/B
-
B
---
#6417 HSL-2/RIO-G Bus Adapter
Y
-
-
-
-
M
M
-
-
V5R3
#6574 - 520 Ultra320 SCSI 4-pack
N
B
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
V5R3
#6580 Optional Rack Security Kit
Y
B
B
B
B
-
-
-
-
V5R3
#6585 - Dasd Locking Kit
Y
B
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
V5R3
Feature code and description
CIF
Model or tower
Minimum
i5/OS level
520 (9405/9406)
550
570
595
#5095/#0595
#5074/#5094/#5294
#5088/#0588
#5790

Customer Install Features
259
CIF
#6586 Modem Tray for 19-Inch Rack
Y
M/B
B
B
B
-
-
-
-
V5R3
#6587 Model 520 Rear Cover
Y
B
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
V5R3
#6592 550 4-Disk Slot Expansion - Base Ctrl
Y
-
B
-
-
-
-
-
-
V5R3
#6593 550 4-Disk Slot Expansion - PCI-X Ctrl
Y
-
B
-
-
-
-
-
-
V5R3
#6594 - 520 4-Disk Slot Expansion - Base Ctrl
Y
B
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
V5R3
#6800 PCI 1Gbps Ethernet IOA
Y
M/B
B
B
B
B
S/B
B
B
V5R4
#6801 PCI 1Gbps Ethernet UTP IOA
Y
M/B
B
B
B
B
S/B
B
B
V5R4
#6803 PCI WAN for ECS
Y
M/B*
B
B
B
B
S/B
B
B
V5R4
#6804 PCI WAN for ECS (CIM)
Y
M/B*
B
B
B
B
S/B
B
B
V5R4
#6863 System i5 Slim-Line Doors
Y
-
-
-
B
-
-
-
-
V5R3
#6864 System i5 Acoustic Doors
Y
-
-
-
B
-
-
-
-
V5R3
#7140 520 Express Configuration
Y
P/-*
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
V5R3
#7141 520 Express Configuration
Y
P/-*
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
V5R3
#7142 520 Express Configuration
Y
P/-*
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
V5R3
#7143 520 Express Configuration
Y
B/-*
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
V5R3
#7144 520 Express Configuration
Y
P/-*
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
V5R3
#7148 520 Express Configuration
Y
B/-*
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
V5R3
#7152 520 Express Configuration
Y
P/-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
V5R3
#7154 Standard Edition for #0910
Y
-
P
-
-
-
-
-
-
V5R3
#7155 Enterprise Edition for #0910
Y
-
B
-
-
-
-
-
-
V5R3
#7180 Acoustic Front Door
Y
B*
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
V5R3
#7181 Easy-Access Front Cover
Y
M/B*
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
V5R3
#7182 520 Rack Mount
Y
M/B*
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
V5R3
#7183 550 Rack Mount
Y
-
B
-
-
-
-
-
-
V5R3
#7188 Power Distribution Unit - Side Mount
Y
B
B
B
B
-
-
-
-
V5R3
#7194 Easy-Access Front Cover
Y
-
B
-
-
-
-
-
-
V5R3
#7197 570 Front Bezel
Y
-
-
B
-
-
-
-
-
V5R3
#7198 Adjustable Depth Rack Rails
Y
M/B
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
V5R3
#7199 Acoustic Front Door
Y
-
B
-
-
-
-
-
-
V5R3
#7256 520 Enterprise Enablement
Y
-/B*
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
V5R3
#7257 550 Enterprise Enablement
Y
-
B
-
-
-
-
-
-
V5R3
Feature code and description
CIF
Model or tower
Minimum
i5/OS level
520 (9405/9406)
550
570
595
#5095/#0595
#5074/#5094/#5294
#5088/#0588
#5790

260
IBM System i5, eServer i5, and iSeries System Builder: IBM i5/OS Version 5 Release 4
CIF
#7258 570 Full Enterprise Enablement
Y
-
-
B
-
-
-
-
-
V5R3
#7259 595 Full Enterprise Enablement
Y
-
-
-
B
-
-
-
-
V5R3
#7260 570 Enterprise Enablement
Y
-
-
B
-
-
-
-
-
V5R3
#7261 595 Enterprise Enablement
Y
-
-
-
B
-
-
-
-
V5R3
#7307 Dual I/O Unit Enclosure
Y
M/B
B
B
B
-
-
-
-
V5R3
#7320 520 One Processor Activation
Y
-/B*
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
V5R3
#7323 550 One Processor Activation
Y
-
B
-
-
-
-
-
-
V5R3
#7341 550 On/Off Processor Day Billing
Y
-
M
-
-
-
-
-
-
V5R3
#7350 Value Edition for #0975
Y
-/P*
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
V5R3
#7352 Value Edition for #0975
Y
-/B*
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
V5R3
#7354 Accelerator for System i5
Y
M/-*
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
V5R3
#7355 Accelerator for System i5
Y
-/B*
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
V5R3
#7357 Accelerator for System i5
Y
-/B*
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
V5R3
#7366 Solution Edition for #0906
Y
-/P*
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
V5R3
#7373 High Availabilty Edition for #0906
Y
-/P*
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
V5R3
#7374 High Availability Edition for #0906
Y
-/P
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
V5R3
#7375 High Availability Edition for #0906
Y
-/P*
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
V5R3
#7480 Standard Edition for #0940
Y
-
-
-
B
-
-
-
-
V5R3
#7481 Enterprise Edition for #0940
Y
-
-
-
B
-
-
-
-
V5R3
#7482 Standard Edition for #0941
Y
-
-
-
B
-
-
-
-
V5R3
#7483 Enterprise Edition for #0941
Y
-
-
-
B
-
-
-
-
V5R3
#7486 Standard Edition for #0943
Y
-
-
-
B
-
-
-
-
V5R3
#7487 Enterprise Edition for #0943
Y
-
-
-
B
-
-
-
-
V5R3
#7510 - Quantity of 150 of #4328
Y
B
B
B
B
-
-
-
-
V5R3
#7551 High Availablity Edition for #0910
Y
-
P
-
-
-
-
-
-
V5R3
#7580 High Availability Edition for #0940
Y
-
-
-
P
-
-
-
-
V5R3
#7581 High Availability Edition for #0941
Y
-
-
-
P
-
-
-
-
V5R3
#7583 High Availability Edition for #0943
Y
-
-
-
P
-
-
-
-
V5R3
#7590 Capacity BackUp Edition for #0944
Y
-
-
-
B
-
-
-
-
V5R3
#7618 570 One Processor Activation
Y
-
-
B
-
-
-
-
-
V5R3
#7620 520 On/Off Processor Enablement
Y
-/M*
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
V5R3
Feature code and description
CIF
Model or tower
Minimum
i5/OS level
520 (9405/9406)
550
570
595
#5095/#0595
#5074/#5094/#5294
#5088/#0588
#5790

Customer Install Features
261
CIF
#7621 520 On/Off Processor Day Billing
Y
-/M*
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
V5R3
#7622 520 Reserve Capacity Prepaid
Y
-/B*
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
V5R3
#7624 570 On/Off Processor Day Billing
Y
-
-
M
-
--
-
-
-
V5R3
#7629 Domino Edition for #0910
Y
-
P
-
-
-
-
-
-
V5R3
#7630 Solution Edition for #0910
Y
-
P
-
-
-
-
-
-
V5R3
#7631 Solution Edition PeopleSoft EnterpriseOne
Y
-
P
-
-
-
-
-
-
V5R3
#7632 C2CRM Solution Edition with Domino
Y
-
P
-
-
-
-
-
-
V5R3
#7640 2-way SAP Solution Edition
Y
-
P
-
-
-
-
-
-
V5R3
#7641 4-way SAP Solution Edition
Y
-
B
-
-
-
-
-
-
V5R3
#7663 570 1GB Memory Activation
Y
-
-
B
-
-
-
-
-
V5R3
#7680 Accelerator for System i5
Y
M/-*
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
V5R3
#7681 Accelerator for System i5
Y
M/-*
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
V5R3
#7682 Accelerator for System i5
Y
M/-*
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
V5R3
#7687 Accelerator for System i5
Y
M/-*
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
V5R3
#7728 570 Reserve Capacity Prepaid
Y
-
-
B
-
-
-
-
-
V5R4
#7734 Enterprise Edition for #0906
Y
-/B*
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
V5R3
#7735 Enterprise Edition for #0906
Y
-/B*
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
V5R3
#7736 Enterprise Edition for #0906
Y
-/B*
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
V5R3
#7738 570 Base Processor Activation
Y
-
-
P
-
-
-
-
-
V5R3
#7741 550 Reserve Capacity Prepaid
Y
-
B
-
-
-
-
-
-
V5R3
#7747 Enterprise Edition for #0934
Y
-
-
B
-
-
-
-
-
V5R3
#7748 Enterprise Edition for #0935
Y
-
-
B
-
-
-
-
-
V5R3
#7749 Enterprise Edition for #0936
Y
-
-
B
-
-
-
-
-
V5R3
#7750 Easy Access Front Cover
Y
B
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
V5R3
#7751 Easy Access Front Cover
Y
-
B
-
-
-
-
-
-
V5R3
#7753 Acoustic Front Door
Y
B
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
V5R3
#7754 Acoustic Front Door
Y
-
B
-
-
-
-
-
-
V5R3
#7757 Standard Edition for #0934
Y
-
-
B
-
-
-
-
-
V5R3
#7758 Standard Edition for #0935
Y
-
-
B
-
-
-
-
-
V5R3
#7759 Standard Edition for #0936
Y
-
-
B
-
-
-
-
-
V5R3
#7760 Capacity BackUp Edition for #0937
Y
-
-
B
-
-
-
-
-
V5R3
Feature code and description
CIF
Model or tower
Minimum
i5/OS level
520 (9405/9406)
550
570
595
#5095/#0595
#5074/#5094/#5294
#5088/#0588
#5790

262
IBM System i5, eServer i5, and iSeries System Builder: IBM i5/OS Version 5 Release 4
CIF
#7763 High Availability Edition for #0934
Y
-
-
P
-
-
-
-
-
V5R3
#7764 High Availability Edition for #0935
Y
-
-
P
-
-
-
-
-
V5R3
#7765 High Availability Edition for #0936
Y
-
-
P
-
-
-
-
-
V5R3
#7768 CPU Power Regulator
Y
-
-
B
-
-
-
-
-
V5R3
#7784 Standard Edition for #0906
Y
-/B*
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
V5R3
#7785 Standard Edition for #0906
Y
-/B*
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
V5R3
#7798 550 non-IBM Rack Mount
Y
-
PU
-
-
-
-
-
-
V5R3
#7801 - 6m HMC Attachment Cable
Y
B
B
B
B
-
-
-
-
V5R3
#7802 - 15m HMC Attachment Cable
Y
B
B
B
B
-
-
-
-
V5R3
#7815 595 One Processor Activation
Y
-
-
-
B
-
-
-
-
V5R3
#7840 Side-by-side Attach Kit 1.8m Rack Y B B B B - - - - V5R3
#7841 Ruggedize Rack Kit Y B B B B - - - - V5R3
#7861 Single Wide Short Blindswap Cassette
Y
N
N
Y
N
N
N
N
N
V5R3
#7862 Single Wide Long Blindswap Cassette
Y
Y
Y
Y
N
N
N
N
Y
V5R3
#7863 Double Wide Long Blindswap Cassette
Y
Y
Y
Y
N
N
N
N
Y
V5R3
#7875 CPU Power Regulator
Y
-
-
B
-
-
-
-
-
V5R3
#7884 520 Rack Mount
Y
PU
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
V5R3
#7885 520 Deskside
Y
PU
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
V5R3
#7886 550 IBM Rack Mount
Y
-
PU
-
-
-
-
-
-
V5R3
#7887 550 Deskside
N
-
PU
-
-
-
-
-
-
V5R3
#7889 550 Redundant Power Supply
Y
-
B
-
-
-
-
-
-
V5R3
#7892 2GB DDR2 Main Storage
N
-
-
B
-
-
-
-
-
V5R3
#7893 4GB DDR2 Main Storage
N
-
-
B
-
-
-
-
-
V5R3
#7894 8GB DDR2 Main Storage
N
-
-
B
-
-
-
-
-
V5R3
#7937 - 595 Bolt-Down (Lo Raised Fl)
N
-
-
-
M
-
-
-
-
V5R3
#7938 - 595 Bolt-Down (Hi Raised Fl)
N
-
-
-
M
-
-
-
-
V5R3
#7939 - 595 Bolt-Down (Non Raised Fl)
N
-
-
-
M
-
-
-
-
V5R3
#7940 Advanced Power Virtualization
B
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
V5R3
#7941 Advanced Power Virtualization
-
B
-
-
-
-
-
-
V5R3
#7942 Advanced Power Virtualization
-
-
B
-
-
-
-
-
V5R3
#7971 595 On/Off Processor Enablement
Y
-
-
-
M
-
-
-
-
V5R3
Feature code and description
CIF
Model or tower
Minimum
i5/OS level
520 (9405/9406)
550
570
595
#5095/#0595
#5074/#5094/#5294
#5088/#0588
#5790

Customer Install Features
263
CIF
#7972 595 On/Off Processor Day Billing
Y
-
-
-
M
-
-
-
-
V5R3
#7975 595 Reserve Capacity Prepaid
Y
-
-
-
B
-
-
-
-
V5R3
#7992 Advanced Power Virtualization
Y
-
-
-
B
-
-
-
-
---
#8312 550 1.9 GHz Processor 0/2-way
Y
-
B
-
-
-
-
-
-
V5R3
#8325 520 1.9 GHz Processor
Y
P*
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
V5R3
#8327 520 1.9 GHz Processor
N
B*
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
V5R3
#8330 520 1.9 GHz Processor 0/2-way
N
-/B*
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
V5R3
#8338 570 2.2 GHz Processor 0/2-way
N
-
-
B
-
-
-
-
-
V5R3
#8410 520 Base Processor Activation
Y
-/B*
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
V5R3
#8413 550 Base Processor Activation
Y
-/B*
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
V5R3
#8453 - Base Customer Placement
N
-
-
P
-
-
-
-
-
V5R3
#8457 595 Base Processor Activation
Y
-
-
-
B
-
-
-
-
V5R3
#8470 570 Base 1GB Memory Activation
Y
-
-
B
-
-
-
-
-
V5R3
#8754 Optional Base 50 GB ¼-inch Cartridge Tape
Device
Y
B
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
V5R3
#8950 Model 520 Processor
N
P
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
V5R3
#8951 Model 520 Processor
N
B
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
V5R3
#8952 Model 520 Processor
N
B
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
V5R3
#8953 Model 520 Processor
N
B
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
V5R3
#8954 Model 520 Processor
N
B
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
V5R3
#8955 Model 520 2-way Processor
N
P
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
V5R3
#8961 Model 570 CoD 0/2-way Processor
Y
-
-
B
-
-
-
-
-
V5R3
#8966 595 1.9 Ghz Proccessor 0/16-way
N
-
-
-
B
-
-
-
-
V5R3
#8972 Model 520 Processor
N
-/B
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
V5R3
#9299 Base Enterprise Enablement
Y
-/B*
B
B
B
-
-
-
-
V5R3
#9493 Base PCI WAN for ECS
Y
-/B*
B
B
B
-
-
-
-
V5R4
#9494 Base PCI WAN for ECS (CIM)
Y
-/B*
B
B
B
-
-
-
-
V5R4
#9510 Base Integrated Cache 40MB
Y
P/-*
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
V5R3
#9517 Base HSL-2/RIO-G Bus Adapter
Y
-
-
-
-
B
B
-
-
V5R3
#9531 Base HSL-2/RIO-G Bus Adapter
Y
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
Y
V5R3
#9545 Base 4 GB DDR1 Main Storage
Y
P
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
V5R3
Feature code and description
CIF
Model or tower
Minimum
i5/OS level
520 (9405/9406)
550
570
595
#5095/#0595
#5074/#5094/#5294
#5088/#0588
#5790

264
IBM System i5, eServer i5, and iSeries System Builder: IBM i5/OS Version 5 Release 4
CIF
*

i5/OS V5R3 with V5R3M5 LIC on Model 520+ or for #2847 PCI IOP for SAN Load Source needed
5.2 IBM eServer iSeries Models 800, 810, 825, 870, #2497/#2498
890 system unit and tower supported features
The table in this section lists the commonly ordered feature codes for the IBM
~

iSeries models. They identify which features are CIF features, in which model and expansion
unit the feature is supported, and the minimum release of i5/OS or OS/400 required to
support the feature.
The following table shows the features supported in Models 800, 810, 825, 870, and 890
(#2497 and #2498 processors), and the associated expansion units, the CIF designation, and
minimum OS/400 operating system level of each feature.
Refer to Chapter 4, “IBM System i5, eServer i5, and iSeries features and placement” on
page 97 to understand the minimum operating system requirements by feature code, and the
processors each feature is supported in.
#9548 Base 1GB Main Storage
Y
P/-*
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
V5R3
#9549 Base 2GB Main Storage
Y
P/-*
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
V5R3
#9553 Base 4GB Main Storage
Y
P/-*
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
V5R3
#9570 Reserved Rack Space Y - - P - - - - - V5R3
#9691 Base Bus Adapter M M M M - Y - - V4R5
#9710 Base PCI Integrated xSeries Server Y - B B - B B B - V5R3
#9726 Base 512 MB Server Memory
Y
-
-
-
B
B
B
B
-
V5R3
#9771 Base PCI Two-Line WAN with integrated
modem
Y
S
S
S
S
-
-
-
-
V5R3
#9793 Two-Line WAN IOA with Modem
Y
B
B
B
B
-
-
-
-
V5R3
#9794 Two-Line IOA with Modem
Y
B
B
B
B
-
-
-
-
V5R3
#9844 Base PCI IOP
Y
B
B
B
B
B
B
-
-
V5R3
#9876 Base Optical Bus Adapter
N
-
B
B
B
-
P
P
-
V5R3
#9877 Base HSL-2 Bus Adapter
N
B
B
B
B
B
B
B
-
V5R3
Feature code and description
CIF
Model or tower
Minimum
i5/OS level
520 (9405/9406)
550
570
595
#5095/#0595
#5074/#5094/#5294
#5088/#0588
#5790

Customer Install Features
265
CIF
Feature code and description
CIF
Model or tower
Minimum
OS/400
level
800
810
825
870
890
#5095/#0595
#5074/#5094/#5294
#5088 #0588
#0041 Device Parity Protection-All
Y
B
B
B
B
-
-
-
V5R2
#0092 External xSeries Attach
Y
B
B
B
B
B
-
-
-
V5R2
#0123 #5074 Lower Unit in Rack
Y
-
S
S
S
S
-
-
V5R2
#0126 CEC EIA Reduction Option
N
-
-
-
B
B
-
-
-
V5R2
#0133 Plant Install in Rack
Y
B
B
-
-
-
-
-
-
V5R2
#0134 Field Install in Rack (HD)
Y
-
-
B
-
-
-
-
-
V5R2
#0197 Model 890 24-way Processor
N
-
-
-
-
B
-
-
-
V5R2
#0198 Model 890 32-way Processor
N
-
-
-
-
B
-
-
-
V5R2
#0325 IPCS Extension Cables for NT
Y
B
B
B
B
B
B
B
B
V5R2
#0367 Operations Console PCI Cable
Y
B
B
B
B
B
B
B
B
V5R2
#0369 100m Optical SPCN Cable
Y
-
-
B
B
B
B
B
B
V5R2
#0371 LC-SC Adapter Kit (50 um)
Y
B
B
B
B
B
B
B
B
V5R2
#0372 LC-SC Adapter Kit (62.5 um)
Y
B
B
B
B
B
B
B
B
V5R2
#0383 Remote Control Panel Cable
Y
B
B
B
B
B
V5R2
#0426 512 MB Server Memory
N
-
-
B
B
B
B
B
B
V5R2
#0427 1 GB Server Memory
N
-
-
B
B
B
B
B
B
V5R2
#0446 512 MB DDR Server Memory
Y
B
B
-
-
-
B
B
B
V5R2
#0447 1 GB DDR Server Memory
Y
B
B
-
-
-
B
B
B
V5R2
#0531 i5/OS V5R3, V5R3M5 LIC
Y
M
M
M
M
M
-
-
-
V5R3
#0532 i5/OS V5R4, V5R4M0 LIC
Y
M
M
M
M
M
-
-
-
V5R4
#0551 iSeries Rack Y B B B B B - - - V5R2
#0578 PCI Expansion Unit in Rack N - S S S B - - - V5R2
#0588 PCI-X Expansion Unit in Rack
N
B
B
B
B
B
-
-
-
V5R2
#0595 PCI-X Expansion Unit in Rack
Y
B
B
B
B
B
-
-
-
V5R2
#0601 - Direct Attach #2743 PCI 1 Gbps Ethernet
IOA
Y
-
SC
SC
SC
B
S
S
S
V5R2
#0602 - Direct Attach #2760 PCI 1 Gbps Ethernet
UTP IOA
Y
-
SC
SC
SC
B
S
S
S
V5R2
#0603 - Direct Attach #2744 PCI 100 Mbps
Token-Ring IOA
Y
B
B
B
B
B
B
B
B
V5R2
#0604 - Direct Attach #2763 PCI RAID Disk Unit
Controller
Y
SC
SC
SC
SC
SC
SC
-
-
V5R2

266
IBM System i5, eServer i5, and iSeries System Builder: IBM i5/OS Version 5 Release 4
CIF
#0605 - Direct Attach #4748 PCI RAID Disk Unit
Controller
Y
-
-
SC
SC
SC
S
S
-
V5R2
#0606 - Direct Attach #4778 PCI RAID Disk Unit
Controller
Y
-
-
B
B
B
B
B
-
V5R2
#0607 - Direct Attach #4838 PCI 100/10 Mbps
Ethernet IOA
Y
-
SC
SC
SC
B
S
S
S
V5R2
#0608 - Direct Attach #4745 PCI WAN IOA
Y
-
SC
SC
SC
SC
S
S
S
V5R2
#0609 - Direct Attach #2772 PCI Dual
WAN/Modem IOA
Y
B
B
B
B
B
B
B
B
V5R2
#0610 - Direct Attach #2773 PCI Dual
WAN/ModemIOA
Y
B
B
B
B
B
B
B
B
V5R2
#0612 - Direct Attach #2766 PCI Fibre Channel
Disk Controller
Y
B
B
B
B
B
B
B
B
V5R2
#0613 - Direct Attach #2742 PCI 2-Line WAN IOA
Y
B
B
B
B
B
B
B
B
V5R2
#0614 - Direct Attach #2793 PCI 2-Line WAN
w/Modem
Y
B
B
B
B
B
B
B
B
V5R2
#0615 - Direct Attach #2794 PCI 2-Line WAN
w/Modem
Y B B B B B B B B V5R2
#0616 - Direct Attach #2805 PCI Quad Modem
IOA
Y B B B B B B B B V5R2
#0617 - Direct Attach #2806 PCI Quad Modem
(CIM)
Y
B
B
B
B
B
B
B
B
V5R2
#0618 - Direct Attach #2757 PCI-X Ultra RAID
Disk Controller
Y
B
B
B
B
B
B
B
-
V5R2
#0619 - Direct Attach #2782 PCI-X RAID Disk Unit
Controller
Y
B
B
B
-
-
B
-
-
V5R2
#0620 - Direct Attach #5700 PCI 1 Gbps Ethernet
IOA
Y
B
B
B
B
B
B
B
B
V5R2
#0621 - Direct Attach #5701 PCI 1 Gbps Ethernet
UTP IOA
Y
B
B
B
B
B
B
B
B
V5R2
#0623 - Direct Attach #2849 PCI 100/10 Mbps
Ethernet IOA
Y
B
B
B
B
B
B
B
B
V5R2
#0624 - Direct Attach #5702 PCI-X Ultra Tape
Controller
Y
B
B
B
B
B
B
B
B
V5R2
#0626 - Direct Attach #2787 PCI-X Fibre Channel
Disk Controller
Y
B
B
B
B
B
B
B
B
V5R2
#0628 - Direct Attach #5703 PCI-X RAID Disk Unit
Controller
Y
B
B
B
B
B
B
B
B
V5R2
#0647 PCI-X Disk/Tape Controller without IOP
Y
M
M
M
M
M
B
S/B
B
---
Feature code and description
CIF
Model or tower
Minimum
OS/400
level
800
810
825
870
890
#5095/#0595
#5074/#5094/#5294
#5088 #0588

Customer Install Features
267
CIF
#0648 PCI-X Disk Controller 90MB without IOP
Y
M
M
M
M
M
B
S/B
B
---
#0694 - #5094 Equivalent
Y
-
-
-
-
-
-
B
-
V5R2
#1460 3m Copper HSL Cable
Y
B
B
B
-
-
-
-
-
V5R2
#1461 6m Copper HSL Cable
Y
B
B
B
-
-
-
-
-
V5R2
#1462 15m Copper HSL Cable
Y
B
B
B
-
-
-
-
-
V5R2
#1463 2m SPCN Cable
Y
B
B
B
B
B
B
B
B
V5R2
#1464 6m SPCN Cable
Y
B
B
B
B
B
B
B
B
V5R2
#1465 15m SPCN Cable
Y
B
B
B
B
B
B
B
B
V5R2
#1466 30m SPCN Cable
Y
B
B
B
B
B
B
B
B
V5R2
#1468 250m Optical SPCN Cable
Y
-
-
B
B
B
B
B
B
V5R2
#1470 6m Optical HSL Cable
Y
-
-
B
B
B
B
B
B
V5R2
#1471 30m Optical HSL Cable Y - - B B B B B B V5R2
#1472 100m Optical HSL Cable Y - - B B B B B B V5R2
#1473 250m Optical HSL Cable
Y
-
-
B
B
B
B
B
B
V5R2
#1474 6m HSL to HSL-2 Cable
Y
B
B
B
B
B
B
B
B
V5R2
#1475 10m HSL to HSL-2 Cable
Y
B
B
B
B
B
B
B
B
V5R2
#1476 4.3m 200V/12A Power Cd U.K.
Y
-
-
-
-
-
-
B
-
V5R2
#1482 3.5m HSL-2 Cable
Y
-
-
B
B
B
-
B
B
V5R2
#1483 10m HSL-2 Cable
Y
-
-
B
B
B
-
B
B
V5R2
#1485 15m HSL-2 Cable
Y
-
-
B
B
B
-
B
B
V5R2
#1576 5250 CPW Capacity Card
N
-
-
-
-
PU
-
-
-
V5R2
#1577 5250 CPW Capacity Card
N
-
-
-
-
B
-
-
-
V5R2
#1578 5250 CPW Capacity Card
N
-
-
-
-
B
-
-
-
V5R2
#1579 5250 CPW Capacity Card
N
-
-
-
-
B
-
-
-
V5R2
#1581 5250 CPW Capacity Card
N
-
-
-
-
B
-
-
-
V5R2
#1583 5250 CPW Capacity Card
N
-
-
-
-
B
-
-
-
V5R2
#1585 5250 CPW Capacity Card
N
-
-
-
-
B
-
-
-
V5R2
#1587 5250 CPW Capacity Card
N
-
-
-
-
B
-
-
-
V5R2
#1588 5250 CPW Capacity Card
N
-
-
-
-
B
-
-
-
V5R2
#1591 5250 CPW Capacity Card
N
-
-
-
-
B
-
-
-
V5R2
#1609 825 CUoD Activation
Y
-
-
B
-
-
-
-
-
V5R2
Feature code and description
CIF
Model or tower
Minimum
OS/400
level
800
810
825
870
890
#5095/#0595
#5074/#5094/#5294
#5088 #0588

268
IBM System i5, eServer i5, and iSeries System Builder: IBM i5/OS Version 5 Release 4
CIF
#1610 890 CUoD Activation
Y
-
-
-
-
B
-
-
-
V5R2
#1611 870 CUoD Activation
Y
-
-
-
B
-
-
-
-
V5R2
#1612 890 CUoD Activation
Y
-
-
-
-
B
-
-
-
V5R2
#1613 890 CUoD Activation
Y
-
-
-
-
B
-
-
-
V5R2
#1700 IPCS Keyboard or Mouse for NT
Y
B
B
B
B
B
B
B
B
V5R2
#1773 TCoD Enablement for Mod 825 Y - - M - - - - - V5R2
#1776 TCoD Enablement for Mod 870 Y - - - M - V5R2
#1777 TCoD Enablement for Mod 890 Y - - - - M - - - V5R2
#1778 TCoD Enablement for Mod 890
Y
-
-
-
-
M
-
-
-
V5R2
#2463 Model 800 Processor
N
P
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
V5R2
#2464 Model 800 Processor
N
B
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
V5R2
#2465 Model 810 Processor
N
-
B
-
-
-
-
-
-
V5R2
#2466 Model 810 Processor
N
-
B
-
-
-
-
-
-
V5R2
#2467 Model 810 Processor
N
-
B
-
-
-
-
-
-
V5R2
#2469 Model 810 2-way Processor
N
-
B
-
-
-
-
-
-
V5R2
#2473 Model 825 3/6-Way POD Processor
N
-
-
B
-
-
-
-
-
V5R2
#2486 Model 870 8/16-way Processor
N
-
-
-
B
-
-
-
-
V5R2
#2487 Model 890 16/24-way Processor
N
-
-
-
-
B
-
-
-
V5R2
#2488 Model 890 24/32-way Processor
N
-
-
-
-
B
-
-
-
V5R2
#2497 Model 890 16/24-way Processor
N
-
-
-
-
B
-
-
-
V5R2
#2498 Model 890 24/32-way Processor
N
-
-
-
-
B
-
-
-
V5R2
#2738 HSL Ports - 8 Copper
N
-
-
M
M
M
-
-
-
V5R2
#2739 Optical Bus Adapter
N
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
V5R2
#2742 Two-Line WAN IOA
Y
B
B
B
B
B
B
B
B
V5R2
#2743 1 Gbps PCI Ethernet IOA
Y
-
S
S
S
B
S
S
S
V5R2
#2744 PCI 100 Mbps Token Ring IOA
Y
B
B
B
B
B
B
B
B
V5R2
#2749 PCI Ultra Magnetic Media Controller
Y
B
B
B
B
B
B
B
B
V5R2
#2757 PCI-X Ultra RAID Disk Controller
Y
B
B
B
B
B
B
B
-
V5R2
#2760 PCI 1 Gbps Ethernet UTP Adapter
Y
-
S
S
S
S
S
S
S
V5R2
#2763 PCI RAID Disk Unit Controller
Y
-
SC
SC
SC
SC
SC
-
-
V5R2
#2765 PCI Fibre Channel Tape Controller Y B B B B B B B B V5R2
Feature code and description
CIF
Model or tower
Minimum
OS/400
level
800
810
825
870
890
#5095/#0595
#5074/#5094/#5294
#5088 #0588

Customer Install Features
269
CIF
#2766 PCI Fibre Channel Disk Controller Y B B B B B B B B V5R2
#2768 PCI Magnetic Media Controller Y - S S S B S S S V5R2
#2772 PCI Dual WAN/Modem IOA
Y
B
B
B
B
B
B
B
B
V5R2
#2773 PCI Dual WAN/Modem IOA
Y
B
B
B
B
B
B
B
B
V5R2
#2776 HSL-2 Ports - 8 Copper
N
-
-
-
B
B
-
-
-
V5R2
#2780 PCI-X Ultra4 RAID Disk Ctrl
B
B
B
B
B
B
B
V5R2
#2782 PCI-X RAID Disk Unit Controller
Y
B
B
B
-
-
B
-
-
V5R2
#2785 HSL-2 Ports - 2 Copper
Y
-
-
B
-
-
-
-
-
V5R2
#2786 HSL Ports - 2 Optical
Y
-
-
B
-
-
-
-
-
V5R2
#2787 PCI-X Fibre Channel Disk Controller
Y
B
B
B
B
B
B
B
B
V5R2
#2788 HSL Ports - 8 Optical
N
-
-
-
B
B
-
-
-
V5R2
#2790 PCI Integrated Netfinity Server
N
-
-
S
S
S
S
S
S
V5R2
#2791 PCI Integrated xSeries Server
N
-
-
S
S
S
S
S
S
V5R2
#2792 PCI Integrated xSeries Server
N
-
-
B
B
B
B
B
B
V5R2
#2793 Two-Line WAN IOA with Modem
Y
B
B
B
B
B
B
B
B
V5R2
#2794 Two-Line WAN IOA with Modem
Y
B
B
B
B
B
B
B
B
V5R2
#2795 128 MB Server Memory
N
-
-
M
M
B
M
M
M
V5R2
#2796 256 MB Server Memory
N
-
-
M
M
B
M
M
M
V5R2
#2797 1 GB Server Memory
N
-
-
M
M
B
M
M
M
V5R2
#2799 PCI Integrated xSeries Server
N
-
-
S
S
B
S
S
S
V5R2
#2805 PCI Quad Modem IOA
Y
B
B
B
B
B
B
B
B
V5R2
#2806 PCI Quad Modem (CIM)
Y
B
B
B
B
B
B
B
B
V5R2
#2817 PCI 155 Mbps MMF ATM IOA
Y
-
S
S
S
S
S
S
S
V5R2
#2842 PCI IOP
Y
-
S
-
-
-
S
-
-
V5R2
#2843 PCI IOP Y - S S S B S S S V5R2
#2844 PCI IOP Y B B B B B B B B V5R2
#2849 10/100 Mbps Ethernet Adapter Y B B B B B B B B V5R2
#2886 Optical Bus Adapter
Y
-
-
-
-
-
M
M
M
V5R2
#2887 HSL-2 Bus Adapter
Y
-
-
-
-
-
M
M
M
V5R2
#2890 PCI Integrated Netfinity Server
Y
-
SC
-
-
-
S
S
S
V5R2
#2891 PCI Integrated xSeries Server
Y
-
SC
-
-
-
S
S
S
V5R2
Feature code and description
CIF
Model or tower
Minimum
OS/400
level
800
810
825
870
890
#5095/#0595
#5074/#5094/#5294
#5088 #0588

270
IBM System i5, eServer i5, and iSeries System Builder: IBM i5/OS Version 5 Release 4
CIF
#2892 PCI Integrated xSeries Server
Y
B
B
-
-
-
B
B
B
V5R2
#2895 128 MB Server Memory
Y
-
M
-
-
-
M
M
M
V5R2
#2896 256 MB Server Memory
Y
-
M
-
-
-
M
M
M
V5R2
#2897 1 GB Server Memory
Y
-
M
-
-
-
M
M
M
V5R2
#2899 PCI Integrated xSeries Server
Y
-
SC
-
-
-
S
S
S
V5R2
#3015 8 GB Main Storage
N
-
-
-
B
B
-
-
-
V5R2
#3016 8 GB Main Storage
N
-
-
-
-
B
-
-
-
V5R2
#3017 32 GB Main Storage
N
-
-
-
B
B
-
-
-
V5R2
#3018 32 GB Main Storage
N
-
-
-
-
B
-
-
-
V5R2
#3020 4 GB Main Storage
N
-
-
-
B
B
-
-
-
V5R2
#3021 4 GB Main Storage
N
-
-
-
-
B
-
-
-
V5R2
#3022 128 MB Main Storage
Y
-
M
-
-
-
-
-
-
V5R2
#3024 256 MB Main Storage
Y
-
B
-
-
-
-
-
-
V5R2
#3025 512 MB Main Storage
Y
-
S
-
-
-
-
-
-
V5R2
#3026 512 MB Main Storage
Y
-
B
-
-
-
-
-
-
V5R2
#3027 1 GB Main Storage
Y
-
B
-
-
-
-
-
-
V5R2
#3029 128 MB Main Storage
Y
-
B
-
-
-
-
-
-
V5R2
#3035 16 GB Main Storage
N
-
-
-
B
B
-
-
-
V5R2
#3036 16 GB Main Storage N - - - - B - - - V5R2
#3042 256 MB Main Storage Y - - B - - - - - V5R2
#3043 512 MB Main Storage Y - - B - - - - - V5R2
#3044 1024 MB Main Storage
Y
-
-
B
-
-
-
-
-
V5R2
#3045 1024 MB Main Storage
Y
-
-
B
-
-
-
-
-
V5R2
#3046 2048 MB Main Storage
Y
-
-
B
-
-
-
-
-
V5R2
#3092 256 MB Main Storage
Y
B
B
-
-
-
-
-
-
V5R2
#3093 512 MB Main Storage
Y
B
B
-
-
-
-
-
-
V5R2
#3094 1024 MB Main Storage
Y
B
B
-
-
-
-
-
-
V5R2
#3095 1024 MB Main Storage
Y
B
B
-
-
-
-
-
-
V5R2
#3096 2048 MB Main Storage
Y
B
B
-
-
-
-
-
-
V5R2
#4308 4.19 GB Disk Unit
Y
-
-
-
-
-
-
S
-
V5R2
#4314 8.58 GB Disk Unit
Y
-
S
S
S
S
S
S
-
V5R2
Feature code and description
CIF
Model or tower
Minimum
OS/400
level
800
810
825
870
890
#5095/#0595
#5074/#5094/#5294
#5088 #0588

Customer Install Features
271
CIF
#4317 8.58 GB 10k RPM Disk Unit
Y
-
SC
SC
SC
SC
S
S
-
V5R2
#4318 17.54 GB 10k RPM Disk Unit
Y
B
B
B
B
B
B
B
-
V5R2
#4319 35.16 GB 10k RPM Disk Unit
Y
B
B
B
B
B
B
B
-
V5R2
#4324 17.54 GB Disk Unit
Y
-
S
S
S
S
S
S
-
V5R2
#4326 35.16 GB 15k RPM Disk Unit
Y
B
B
B
B
B
B
B
-
V5R2
#4327 70.56 GB 15k RPM Disk Unit
Y
B
B
B
B
B
B
B
-
V5R2
#4425 CD-ROM
Y
-
-
-
S
S
-
S
-
V5R2
#4430 DVD-RAM
Y
-
-
-
S
B
-
S
-
V5R2
#4482 4GB ¼-inch Cartridge Tape Device
Y
-
-
-
S
B
-
S
-
V5R2
#4483 16 GB ¼-inch Cartridge Tape Device
Y
-
-
-
S
S
-
S
-
V5R2
#4486 25 GB ¼-inch Cartridge Tape Device
Y
-
-
-
S
S
-
S
-
V5R2
#4487 50 GB ¼-inch Cartridge Tape Device
Y
-
-
-
S
B
-
S
-
V5R2
#4525 CD-ROM Y - SC - - - - - - V5R2
#4530 DVD-RAM Y B B - - - - - - V5R2
#4531 DVD-ROM Y B B - - - - - - V5R2
#4533 DVD-RAM
Y
B
B
-
-
-
-
-
-
V5R2
#4582 4 GB ¼-inch Cartridge Tape Device
Y
B
B
-
-
-
-
-
-
V5R2
#4583 16 GB ¼-inch Cartridge Tape Device
Y
-
SC
-
-
-
-
-
-
V5R2
#4584 30 GB ¼-inch Cartridge Tape Device
Y
B
B
-
-
-
-
-
-
V5R2
#4585 80 GB VXA-2 Tape Device
Y
B
B
-
-
-
-
-
-
V5R2
#4586 25 GB ¼-inch Cartridge Tape Device
Y
-
SC
-
-
-
-
-
-
V5R2
#4587 50 GB ¼-inch Cartridge Tape Device
Y
B
B
-
-
-
-
-
-
V5R2
#4625 CD-ROM
Y
-
-
SC
SC
SC
-
SC
-
V5R2
#4630 DVD-RAM
Y
-
-
B
B
B
-
B
-
V5R2
#4631 DVD-ROM
Y
-
-
B
B
B
-
B
-
V5R2
#4633 DVD-RAM
Y
-
-
B
B
B
-
B
-
V5R2
#4682 4 GB ¼-inch Cartridge Tape Device
Y
-
-
B
B
B
-
B
-
V5R2
#4684 30 GB ¼-inch Cartridge Tape Device
Y
-
-
B
B
B
-
B
-
V5R2
#4685 80 GB VXA-2 Tape Device
Y
-
-
B
B
B
-
B
-
V5R2
#4686 25 GB ¼-inch Cartridge Tape Device
Y
-
-
SC
SC
SC
-
SC
-
V5R2
#4687 50 GB ¼-inch Cartridge Tape Device
Y
-
-
B
B
B
-
B
-
V5R2
Feature code and description
CIF
Model or tower
Minimum
OS/400
level
800
810
825
870
890
#5095/#0595
#5074/#5094/#5294
#5088 #0588

272
IBM System i5, eServer i5, and iSeries System Builder: IBM i5/OS Version 5 Release 4
CIF
#4723 PCI 10 Mbps Ethernet Adapter
Y
-
SC
SC
SC
SC
S
S
S
V5R2
#4745 PCI 2-line WAN IOA
Y
-
S
S
S
B
S
S
S
V5R2
#4746 PCI Twinaxial IOA
Y
B
B
B
B
B
B
B
B
V5R2
#4748 PCI RAID Disk Unit Controller
Y
-
SC
SC
SC
SC
SC
SC
-
V5R2
#4778 PCI RAID Disk Unit Controller
Y
B
B
B
B
B
B
B
-
V5R2
#4801 PCI Cryptographic Coprocessor
Y
B
B
B
B
B
B
B
B
V5R2
#4810 PCI Integrated xSeries Server Y B B - - - B S/B B V5R2
#4805 PCI Cryptographic Accelerator Y B B B B B B B B V5R2
#4815 PCI ATM 155 Mbps UTP OC3 Y - SC SC SC SC S S S V5R2
#4816 PCI ATM 155 Mbps MMF
Y
-
SC
SC
SC
SC
S
S
S
V5R2
#4818 PCI ATM 155 Mbps SMF OC3
Y
-
SC
SC
SC
SC
S
S
S
V5R2
#4838 PCI 100/10 Mbps Ethernet IOA
Y
-
SC
SC
SC
B
SC
SC
SC
V5R2
#5074 PCI Expansion Tower
Y
-
SC
SC
SC
B
-
-
-
V5R2
#5075 PCI Expansion Tower
Y
-
S
S
-
-
-
-
-
V5R2
#5078 PCI Expansion Unit
N
-
-
-
-
-
-
S
-
V5R2
#5079 1.8 m I/O Tower
Y
-
SC
SC
SC
B
-
-
-
V5R2
#5088 PCI-X Expansion Unit
N
-
-
-
B
B
-
B
-
V5R2
#5094 PCI-X Expansion Tower
Y
B
B
B
B
B
-
-
-
V5R2
#5095 PCI-X Expansion Tower
Y
B
B
B
B
B
-
-
-
V5R2
#5107 30 Disk Expansion
N
-
-
-
B
B
-
-
-
V5R2
#5108 30 Disk Expansion Feature
N
-
-
-
-
-
-
B
-
V5R2
#5111 30 Disk Expansion with Dual Line Cords
N
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
V5R2
#5114 Dual Line Cords Tower
N
-
-
-
B
B
-
-
-
V5R2
#5115 Dual Line Cords Tower
Y
-
-
-
B
B
-
B
-
V5R2
#5116 Dual Line Cords - 5294 Tower
Y
-
-
-
-
-
-
B
-
V5R2
#5138 Redundant Power and Cooling
Y
-
-
-
-
-
B
-
-
V5R2
#5160 Power Dist Unit 1 Phase NEMA
N
B
B
B
B
B
-
-
-
V5R2
#5161 Power Distribution Unit
N
B
B
B
B
B
-
-
-
V5R2
#5162 Power Distribution Unit
N
B
B
B
B
B
-
-
-
V5R2
#5294 1.8m I/O Tower
Y
-
B
B
B
B
-
-
-
V5R2
Feature code and description
CIF
Model or tower
Minimum
OS/400
level
800
810
825
870
890
#5095/#0595
#5074/#5094/#5294
#5088 #0588

Customer Install Features
273
CIF
#5540 System Console on Twinaxial Workstation
IOA
Y
B
B
B
B
B
-
-
-
V5R2
#5544 System Console on Operations Console Y B B B B B - - - V5R2
#5546 System Console on 100 Mbps Token Ring Y B B - B B - - - V5R2
#5548 System Console on 100 Mbps Ethernet Y B B B B B - - - V5R2
#5580 - #2780 Controller with Auxiliary Write
Cache
Y
B
B
B
B
B
B
S/B
-
V5R2
#5581 - #2757 Controller with Auxiliary Write
Cache
Y
B
B
B
B
B
B
S/B
-
V5R2
#5700 PCI 1 Gbps Ethernet IOA
Y
B
B
B
B
B
B
B
B
V5R2
#5701 PCI 1 Gbps Ethernet UTP IOA
Y
B
B
B
B
B
B
B
B
V5R2
#5702 PCI-X Ultra Tape Controller
Y
B
B
B
B
B
B
B
B
V5R2
#5703 PCI-X Tape/DASD Controller
Y
B
B
B
B
B
B
B
B
V5R2
#5705 PCI-X Tape/DASD Controller
Y
P
B
-
-
-
-
-
-
V5R2
#5736 PCI-X Disk/Tape Controller with IOP
Y
M
M
M
M
M
B
S/B
B
V5R3
#5737 PCI-X Disk Controller 90MB with IOP
Y
M
M
M
M
M
B
S/B
B
V5R3
#5760 PCI-X Fibre Channel Disk Controller
Y
M/B
B
B
B
B
B
S/B
B
V5R3
#5761 PCI-X Fibre Channel Tape Controller
Y
M/B
B
B
B
B
B
S/B
B
V5R3
#5766 PCI-X Tape Controller
Y
M
M
M
M
M
B
S/B
B
V5R3
#7002 HSL Enabler
Y
B
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
V5R2
#7116 System Unit Expansion
Y
B
B
-
-
-
-
-
-
V5R2
#7124 DASD Expansion Unit - 5 slot
Y
-
-
B
-
-
-
-
-
V5R2
#7136 DASD Expansion Unit - 6 slot
Y
B
B
-
-
-
-
-
-
V5R2
#7137 DASD Concurrent Maintenance Cage
Y
B
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
V5R2
#7188 Power Dist Unit - Side Mount
Y
B
B
B
B
B
-
-
-
V5R2
#8093 Optional 1.8 m I/O Rack
N
-
-
-
-
PU
-
-
-
V5R2
#8094 Optional 1.8 m I/O Rack
N
-
-
-
PU
PU
-
-
-
V5R2
#9079 Base I/O Tower
N
-
-
-
SC
SC
-
-
-
V5R2
#9094 Base PCI I/O Enclosure
N
-
-
-
PU
PU
-
-
-
V5R2
#9603 POD Activation
N
-
-
-
P
P
-
-
-
V5R2
#9691 Base Bus Adapter
-
-
-
-
-
-
P/-
-
V4R5
#9726 Base 512 MB Server Memory
Y
-
-
PU
PU
PU
PU
PU
PU
V5R2
Feature code and description
CIF
Model or tower
Minimum
OS/400
level
800
810
825
870
890
#5095/#0595
#5074/#5094/#5294
#5088 #0588

274
IBM System i5, eServer i5, and iSeries System Builder: IBM i5/OS Version 5 Release 4
CIF
#9730 Base HSL-2 Ports - 4 Copper
Y
-
-
-
PU
PU
-
-
-
V5R2
#9746 Base PCI Twinax Workstation IOA
Y
P
-
-
-
-
P
P
P
V5R2
#9749 Base PCI 100/10 Ethernet IOA
Y
P
-
-
-
-
P
P
P
V5R2
#9771 Base PCI Two-Line WAN with integrated
modem
Y P PU PU PU PU - - - V5R2
#9785 Base HSL-2 Ports - 2 Copper Y - - PU - - - - - V5R2
#9786 Base HSL Ports - 2 Optical Y - - PU - - - - - V5R2
#9787 Base HSL-2 Ports - 2 Copper N - - B - - - - - V5R2
#9789 Base HSL Ports - 4 Optical Y - - - - PU - - - V5R2
#9792 Base PCI Integrated xSeries Server Y - - PU PU PU PU PU PU V5R2
#9793 Two-Line WAN IOA with Modem
Y
P
PU
PU
PU
PU
-
-
-
V5R2
#9794 Two-Line IOA with Modem
Y
P
PU
PU
PU
PU
-
-
-
V5R2
#9844 Base PCI IOP
Y
-
-
PU
PU
PU
B
B
-
V5R2
#9886 Base Optical Bus Adapter
Y
-
-
-
-
-
B
B
B
V5R2
#9887 Base HSL-2 Bus Adapter
Y
-
-
-
B
B
B
B
B
V5R2
#9943 Base PCI IOP
Y
-
-
-
-
B
-
-
-
V5R2
Feature code and description
CIF
Model or tower
Minimum
OS/400
level
800
810
825
870
890
#5095/#0595
#5074/#5094/#5294
#5088 #0588

© Copyright IBM Corp. 1997 - 2006. All rights reserved.
275
Tower Schematics
Chapter 6.
System i5, eServer i5 and iSeries
towers schematics
This chapter identifies the system diagrams for the towers that are supported by the IBM
System i5, eServer i5 and iSeries servers, and the power and packaging features for those
towers. IBM System i5, eServer i5 and iSeries Models 800, 810, 825, 870, and 890 do not
support System Products Division (SPD) towers and expansion units or migration towers.
When upgrading from earlier models to these models, it is necessary to plan for the loss of
towers and input/output processors (IOPs) and input/output adapters (IOAs) that are not
supported on the later systems.
The tower schematics might have a shaded card slot showing a base IOP. A base IOP might
not be included in the tower. See “#9844 Inclusion Rules” on page 174 for the list of criteria
allowing the inclusion of a base IOP.
Refer to the following publications for an explanation of RIO-G configuration rules and
placement considerations:
IBM eServer iSeries Migration: A Guide to Upgrades and Migrations to POWER
Technology, SG24-7200
This redbook also contains configuration rules for IBM System i5 and eServer i5 models
and towers.
IBM eServer iSeries Migration: System Migration and Upgrades at V5R1 and V5R2,
SG24-6055
This redbook also contains configuration rules for iSeries models and towers.
DB2 UDB for OS/390 and Continuous Availability, SG24-5486, i5/OS V5R4
IBM eServer i5 and iSeries System Handbook i5/OS Version 5 Release 3 October 2005 -
Draft, GA19-5486, OS/400 V5R3
High-speed Link Loop Architecture for the IBM eServer iSeries Server: OS/400 Version 5
Release 2, REDP-3652
V5R3 HSL Presentation 22 November 2005 at:
http://www-03.ibm.com/servers/eserver/iseries/ha/pdf/V5R3_HSL_Rules.pdf
6

276
IBM System i5, eServer i5, and iSeries System Builder: IBM i5/OS Version 5 Release 4
Tower Schematics
For further Information use the following resources.
http://publib.boulder.ibm.com/infocenter/eserver/v1r2s/en_US/index.htm
Model General availability Withdrawn from marketing
#0578 PCI Expansion Unit in Rack 23 April 2001 01 October 2004
#0588 PCI-X Expansion Unit in Rack 28 February 2003 01 June 2006
#0595 PCI-X Expansion Unit in Rack 28 February 2003 ---
#5074 PCI Expansion Tower 12 June 2000 01 October 2005
#5075 PCI Expansion Tower 12 June 2000 21 November 2003
#5078 PCI Expansion Unit 23 April 2001 01 October 2004
#5079 1.8 m I/O Tower 12 June 2000 01 October 2005
#5088 PCI-X Expansion Unit 28 February 2003 01 June 2006
#5094 PCI-X Expansion Tower 28 February 2003 ---
#5095 PCI-X Expansion Tower 28 February 2003 ---
#5097 1.8m I/O RACK July 2004 01 October 2005
#5294 1.8m I/O Tower 28 February 2003 ---
#5790 PCI Expansion Drawer 15 October 2004 ---
#8093 Optional 1.8 m I/O Rack 14 May 2002 07 May 2003
#8094 Optional 1.8 m I/O Rack 28 February 2003 01 October 2005
#8294 Optional Base 1.8m Rack 15 October 2004 ---
#9057 Storage Expansion Unit 19 August 1997 01 January 2004
#9074 Base I/O Tower 12 June 2000 January 2004
#9079 Base I/O Tower 12 June 2000 October 2004
#9094 Base PCI I/O Enclosure 14 May 2002 01 October 2005
#9194 Base PCI-X Expansion Tower 15 October 2004 ---
Note: The darker shaded areas in the following tables and graphics indicate the base
features.

System i5, eServer i5 and iSeries towers schematics
277
Tower Schematics
6.1 System i towers, racks, and expansion unit schematics
This section shows schematics of the towers, racks, and expansion units supported by the
System i models represented in this IBM Redbook.
6.1.1 #5074 PCI Expansion Tower
The #5074 PCI Expansion Tower is supported by Models 520, 550, 570, 595 810, 820, 825,
830, 840, SB2, SB3, 870 and 890.
3 IOA
Back
DISK SLOTS
DISK SLOTS
DISK SLOTS
DISK SLOTS
DISK SLOTS
DISK SLOTS
DISK SLOTS
DB1
DB2
D36 D37 D38 D39 D40
D31 D32 D33 D34 D35
OP Panel
D46 D47 D48 D49 D50
Rem Media
D41
DISK SLOTS
DISK SLOTS
Rem Media
D42
D21 D22 D23 D24 D25
D11 D12 D13 D14 D15
D01 D02 D03 D04 D05
D26 D27 D28 D29 D30
D16 D17 D18 D19 D20
D06 D07 D08 D09 D10
#5101/#5111
Front
FAN
B01
FAN
B02
AC
Input

765 W
Power
Supply
A01
765 W
Power
Supply
A02
765 W
Power
Supply
(#5101)
A03
(unused)
T05
T01
T02
T03
T04
Batteries
Legend
Base Feature
Required Feature
Unavailable if
Integrated xSeries
Server is installed
Note 1:
If C05 has an Integrated xSeries Server,
slot C06 is unavailable, and slot C07 is available
only as a short slot.
Note 2:
If C11 has an Integrated xSeries Server,
slot C12 is unavailable, and slot C13 is available
only as a short slot.
PCI Cards
Multi-Adapter Bridge Bus
Number
3 IOA
4 IOA
1,2 IOP/Int. xSeries Svr
5,6 IOP/IOA
HSL adapter
7,8 IOA
3,4 IOA
5,6 IOP/IOA
7,8 IOA
1,2 IOP #9843
5,6 IOP/IOA
4 IOA
1,2 IOP/Int. xSeries Svr
7,8 IOA
Multi-
Adapter
Bridge
Boundary
Multi-
Adapter
Bridge
Boundary
C01
C02
C03
C04
C05
C06
C07
C11
C12
C13
C14
C15
Slots
DB3
Note
: The total number of disk bays is 45.
C09
C10
1
2
Note 3:
#5700/#5701 must be placed in a 32-bit
slot.

278
IBM System i5, eServer i5, and iSeries System Builder: IBM i5/OS Version 5 Release 4
Tower Schematics
6.1.2 #5075 PCI Expansion Tower
The #5075 PCI Expansion Tower includes a 32 MB Peripheral Component Interconnect (PCI)
IOP (CCIN 284B) embedded on its backplane. The #5075 is supported by Models 270, 810,
820 and 825.
Right
Back
575W
Power Supply
#5156
PO2

Fan
B01
Fan
#5156
B02
OP Panel
Front
Fan
B01
OP Panel
Fan
#5156
B02
Disk Unit
Cage
DB1
575W
Power Supply
PO1

575W
Power Supply
PO1

575W
Power Supply
#5156
PO2

DISK SLOTS
D01
D02
D03
D04
D05
D06
1 Embedded IOP
5,6 IOP/IOA
3,4 IOP/IOA/Int. xSeries Svr
2 DISK IOA
PCI Cards
7,8 IOA
7,8 IOA
Short
5,6 IOP/IOA
3,4 IOP/IOA
1,2 IOP/IOA/Int. xSeries Svr
Multi-
Adapter
Bridge
Boundary
Multi-Adapter Bridge
Bus Number
C04
C02
C03
C05
C06
C07
EMBED
C01
Slots
PCI
PCI
PCI
DISK IOA
PCI
PCI Short
PCI
PCI
PCI
Multi-
Adapter
Bridge
Boundary
C08
Legend
Base Feature
Required Feature
Unavailable if
Integrated xSeries
Server is installed
Note 1:
If C05 has an Integrated xSeries Server,
slot C06 is unavailable, and slot C07 is available
only as a short slot.
Note 2:
If C02 has an Integrated xSeries Server,
slot C03 is unavailable, and slot C04 is available
only as a short slot.
1
2
Note 3:
#5700/#5701 must be placed in
a 32-bit slot.

If #5700/#5701 is installed
in C01 then move Disk IOA to next
available slot.

System i5, eServer i5 and iSeries towers schematics
279
Tower Schematics
6.1.3 #5078/#0578 PCI Expansion Unit
The #5078 PCI Expansion Unit or #0578 PCI Expansion Unit in Rack is attached to the top of
a #5074 PCI Expansion Tower or #9079 Base I/O Tower. It can also be mounted in an #0551
iSeries Rack.
6.1.4 #5079 1.8 m I/O Tower
The #5079 1.8 m I/O Tower is supported by Models 520, 570, 595, 810, 820, 825, 830, 840,
870, and 890. The #5079 consists of two #5074 PCI Expansion Towers with side covers and
casters removed.
OP Panel
PCI Cards
Multi-Adapter Bridge Bus
Number
Multi-
Adapter
Bridge
Boundary
Multi-
Adapter
Bridge
Boundary
C01
C02
C03
C04
C05
C06
C07
C09
C10
C11
C12
C13
C14
C15
Slots
3 IOA
4 IOA
1,2 IOP/Int. xSeries Svr
5,6 IOP/IOA
HSL adapter
7,8 IOA
3,4 IOA
5,6 IOP/IOA
7,8 IOA
1,2 IOP
5,6 IOP/IOA
4 IOA
7,8 IOA
3 IOA
1
2
Back
Legend
Base Feature
Required Feature
Unavailable if
Integrated xSeries
Server is installed
Note 1:
If C05 has an Integrated xSeries Server,
slot C06 is unavailable, and slot C07 is available
only as a short slot.
Note 2:
If C11 has an Integrated xSeries Server,
slot C12 is unavailable, and slot C13 is available
only as a short slot.
Front
BULK
B03
BULK
B04
Note 3:
If #5700/#5701 is installed in C01
then move Disk IOA to next available slot.
Restriction:
#5700/#5701 must be placed in a
32-bit slot
1,2 IOP/Int. xSeries Svr

280
IBM System i5, eServer i5, and iSeries System Builder: IBM i5/OS Version 5 Release 4
Tower Schematics
DISK SLOTS
DISK SLOTS
DISK SLOTS
DISK SLOTS
DISK SLOTS
DISK SLOTS
DISK SLOTS
D36 D37 D38 D39 D40
D31 D32 D33 D34 D35
OP Panel
D46 D47 D48 D49 D50
Rem Media
D41
DISK SLOTS
DISK SLOTS
Rem Media
D42
D21 D22 D23 D24 D25
D11 D12 D13 D14 D15
D01 D02 D03 D04 D05
D26 D27 D28 D29 D30
D16 D17 D18 D19 D20
D06 D07 D08 D09 D10
DISK SLOTS
DISK SLOTS
DISK SLOTS
DISK SLOTS
DISK SLOTS
DISK SLOTS
DISK SLOTS
D36 D37 D38 D39 D40
D31 D32 D33 D34 D35
OP Panel
D46 D47 D48 D49 D50
Rem Media
D41
DISK SLOTS
DISK SLOTS
Rem Media
D42
D21 D22 D23 D24 D25
D11 D12 D13 D14 D15
D01 D02 D03 D04 D05
D26 D27 D28 D29 D30
D16 D17 D18 D19 D20
D06 D07 D08 D09 D10
AC
Input
FAN
B01
FAN
B02
765 W
Power
Supply
A01
765 W
Power
Supply
A02
765 W
Power
Supply
A03
(unused)
T05
T01
T02
T03
T04
Batteries
AC
Input
FAN
B01
FAN
B02
765 W
Power
Supply
A01
765 W
Power
Supply
A02
765 W
Power
Supply
A03
(unused)
T05
T01
T02
T03
T04
Batteries
5,6 IOP/IOA
3 IOA
4 IOA
HSL adapter
PCI Cards
1,2 IOP/Int. Netfinity Svr.
3,4 IOA
5,6 IOP/IOA
7,8 IOA
7,8 IOA
1,2 IOP #9943
5,6 IOP/IOA
3 IOA
4 IOA
1,2 IOP/Int. Netfinity Svr.
7,8 IOA
Multi-
Adapter
Bridge
Boundary
Multi-
Adapter
Bridge
Boundary
C01
C02
C03
C04
C05
C06
C07
C09
C10
C11
C12
C13
C14
C15
Slots
5,6 IOP/IOA
3 IOA
4 IOA
HSL adapter
PCI Cards
1,2 IOP/Int. Netfinity Svr.
3,4 IOA
5,6 IOP/IOA
7,8 IOA
7,8 IOA
1,2 IOP #9943
5,6 IOP/IOA
3 IOA
4 IOA
1,2 IOP/Int. Netfinity Svr.
7,8 IOA
Multi-
Adapter
Bridge
Boundary
Multi-
Adapter
Bridge
Boundary
C01
C02
C03
C04
C05
C06
C07
C09
C10
C11
C12
C13
C14
C15
Slots
Legend
Base Feature
Required Feature
Unavailable if
Integrated Netfinity
Server is installed
Note 1:
If C05 has an
Integrated Netfinity Server,
slot C06 is unavailable, and
slot C07 is available only as a
short slot.
Note 2:
If C11 has an
Integrated Netfinity Server,
slot C12 is unavailable, and
slot C13 is available only as
a short slot.
Multi-Adapter
Bridge Bus
Number
Multi-Adapter
Bridge Bus
Number
Note
: Total number of disk bays is 2 x 45
1 2
1 2

System i5, eServer i5 and iSeries towers schematics
281
Tower Schematics
6.1.5 #5088/#0588 PCI-X Expansion Unit
The #5088 PCI-X Expansion Unit is attached to the top of a #5074 PCI Expansion Tower,
#5094 PCI-X Expansion Tower, or #9094 Base PCI I/O Enclosure. The #0588 is mounted in
an #0551 iSeries Rack.
OP Panel
Multi-
Adapter
Bridge
Boundary
Multi-
Adapter
Bridge
Boundary
Back
Legend
Base Feature
Required Feature
Unavailable if
Integrated xSeries
Server is installed
Front
POWER
P01
(B01)
POWER
P02
(B02)
Note 2: If C11 has an Integrated xSeries
Server, slot C12 is unavailable, and slot C13
is available only as a short slot. A #2792 does
not reduce a third slot to a short slot.
Note 1: If C05 has an Integrated xSeries
Server, slot C06 is unavailable, and slot C07
is available only as a short slot. A #2792 does
not reduce a third slot to a short slot.
Note 3: IXS placement is not
supported from plant. Only a
#2792 is allowed in this position.
PCI Cards
Multi-Adapter Bridge
Bus Number
Slots
3 IOP/ IOA/IXA
4 IOP/IOA/IXA
1,2 IOP/IOA/IXS
5,6 IOP/IOA
HSL adapter
7,8 IOA
3,4 IOP/IOA/IXA
5,6 IOP/IOA
7,8 IOA
1,2 IOP/IOA/IXS
5,6 IOP/IOA
4 IOP/IOA
1,2 IOP/IOA/IXS
7,8 IOA
3 IOP/IOA
1
2
C07
C10
C11
C12
C13
C14
C15
C01
C02
C03
C04
C05
C06
C09
C08
3
Note: All slots are 3.3V
VPD
SPCN
Slots

282
IBM System i5, eServer i5, and iSeries System Builder: IBM i5/OS Version 5 Release 4
Tower Schematics
6.1.6 #5094 PCI Expansion Tower
The #5094 PCI-X Expansion Tower is supported by Models 520, 550, 570, 595, 800, 810,
820, 825, 830, 840, 870, and 890.
Back
DISK SLOTS
DISK SLOTS
DISK SLOTS
DISK SLOTS
DISK SLOTS
DISK SLOTS
DISK SLOTS
DB1
DB2
D36 D37 D38 D39 D40
D31 D32 D33 D34 D35
OP Panel
D46 D47 D48 D49 D50
Rem Media
D41
DISK SLOTS
DISK SLOTS
Rem Media
D42
D21 D22 D23 D24 D25
D11 D12 D13 D14 D15
D01 D02 D03 D04 D05
D26 D27 D28 D29 D30
D16 D17 D18 D19 D20
D06 D07 D08 D09 D10
#5108
Front
Legend
Base Feature
Required Feature
Unavailable if
Integrated xSeries
Server is installed
DB3
Note
: The total number of disk bays is 45.
FAN
B01
FAN
B02
PCI Cards
Multi-Adapter Bridge
Bus Number
Slots
3 IOP/IOA/IXA
4 IOP/IOA/IXA
1,2 IOP/IOA/IXS
5,6 IOP/IOA
HSL adapter
7,8 IOA
3,4 IOP/IOA/IXA
5,6 IOP/IOA
7,8 IOA
1,2 IOP (#9844)/IOA/IXS
5,6 IOP/IOA
4 IOP/IOA
1,2 IOP/IXS
7,8 IOA
3 IOP/IOA
1
2
C01
C02
C03
C04
C05
C06
C07
C09
C10
C11
C12
C13
C14
C15
C08
3
Note: All slots are 3.3V
VPD
SPCN
Note 2: If C11 has an Integrated xSeries Server,
slot C12 is unavailable, and slot C13 is available
only as a short slot. A #2792 does not reduce a
third slot to a short slot.
Note 1: If C05 has an Integrated xSeries Server,
slot C06 is unavailable, and slot C07 is available
only as a short slot. A #2792 does not reduce a
third slot to a short slot.
Note 3: IXS placement is not supported
from plant. Only a #2792 is allowed in
this position.
AC Dist
Box
(A01)
AC Dist
Box
(A02)
Power supply slots are used as follows:
P01/P02: Base power
P03: Auxiliary DASD cage or
dual line cord
P00: Dual line cord or
auxiliary DASD cage
840 W
Power
Supply
P01
840 W
Power
Supply
P02
P03
840 W
Power
Supply
840 W
Power
Supply
P00

System i5, eServer i5 and iSeries towers schematics
283
Tower Schematics
6.1.7 #5095/#0595 PCI-X Expansion Tower
The #5095 PCI-X Expansion Tower and #0595 PCI-X Expansion Unit in Rack are supported
by Models 270, 520, 570, 800, 810, 820, 825, 830, 840, 870, and 890.
Op Panel
DASD
DASD
DASD
DASD
DASD
DASD
DASD
DASD
DASD
DASD
DASD
DASD
NB1
Front
5,6 C07
3,4 C06
1,2 C05
7,8 C04
3,4 C02
1,2 C01
5,6 C03
7,8 C08
M
A
B




1







M
A
B




0






Power Supply P01
Power Supply P02 #5138
Fan
D01
D02
D03
D04
D05
D06
D07
D08
D09
D10
D11
D12
DB2
DB1
CB1
B01
B02
B03B04
Right (when stand-alone) Top (when rack-mounted)
HSL adapter
I
OP
/
I
OA
IOP/IXS (#9844)
I
OP
/
I
OA

I
OA

I
O
P
/
I
O
A

I
O
A

I
O
P
/
I
O
A

FanFanFan

284
IBM System i5, eServer i5, and iSeries System Builder: IBM i5/OS Version 5 Release 4
Tower Schematics
6.1.8 #5294 PCI-X Expansion Tower
The #5294 1.8m I/O Tower is supported by Models 520, 570, 820, 825, 830, 840, 870, and
890. The #5294 consists of two #5094 PCI-X Expansion Towers with side covers and casters
removed.
DISK SLOTS
DISK SLOTS
DISK SLOTS
DISK SLOTS
DISK SLOTS
DISK SLOTS
DISK SLOTS
D36 D37 D38 D39 D40
D31 D32 D33 D34 D35
OP Panel
D46 D47 D48 D49 D50
Rem Media D41
DISK SLOTS
DISK SLOTS
Rem Media D42
D21 D22 D23 D24 D25
D11 D12 D13 D14 D15
D01 D02 D03 D04 D05
D26 D27 D28 D29 D30
D16 D17 D18 D19 D20
D06 D07 D08 D09 D10
DISK SLOTS
DISK SLOTS
DISK SLOTS
DISK SLOTS
DISK SLOTS
DISK SLOTS
DISK SLOTS
D36 D37 D38 D39 D40
D31 D32 D33 D34 D35
OP Panel
D46 D47 D48 D49 D50
Rem Media D41
DISK SLOTS
DISK SLOTS
Rem Media
D42
D21 D22 D23 D24 D25
D11 D12 D13 D14 D15
D01 D02 D03 D04 D05
D26 D27 D28 D29 D30
D16 D17 D18 D19 D20
D06 D07 D08 D09 D10
Legend
Base Feature
Required Feature
Unavailable if
Integrated Netfinity
Server is installed
Note
: The total number of disk bays is 2 x 45.
FAN
B01
FAN
B02
Note: All slots are 3.3V
VPD
SPCN
Note 1:
If C05 has an
Integrated xSeries Server,
slot C06 is unavailable, and
slot C07 is available only as a
short slot. A #2792 does not
reduce a third slot to a short
slot.
Note 2:
If C11 has an
Integrated xSeries Server,
slot C12 is unavailable, and
slot C13 is available only as a
short slot. A #2792 does not
reduce a third slot to a short
slot.
Note 3:
IXS placement is not
supported from plant.
Only a #2792 is allowed in
this position.
3 IOA
1,2 IOP/Int. xSeries Svr.
5,6 IOP/IOA
7,8 IOA
5,6 IOP/IOA
7,8 IOA
AC Dist
Box
(A01)
AC Dist
Box
(A02)
840 W
Power
Supply
P02
840 W
Power
Supply
P01
P03
840 W
Power
Supply
840 W
Power
Supply
P00
AC Dist
Box
(A01)
AC Dist
Box
(A02)
Power supply slots are used as follows:
P01 - Base power
P02 - Base power
P03 - Auxiliary DASD cage (standard)
P00 - Dual line cord
Power supply slots are used as follows:
P01 - Base power
P02 - Base power
P03 - Auxiliary DASD cage (standard)
P00 - Dual line cord
7,8 IOA
PCI Cards
FAN
B01
FAN
B02
Multi-Adapter Bridge
Bus Number
Slots
3 IOA
4 IOA
1,2 IOP/IXS
5,6 IOP/IOA
HSL adapter
7,8 IOA
3,4 IOA
5,6 IOP/IOA
7,8 IOA
1,2 IOP (#9844)/IOA/IXS
5,6 IOP/IOA
4 IOP/IOA
7,8 IOA
3 IOP/IOA
1
2
C01
C02
C03
C04
C05
C06
C07
C09
C10
C11
C12
C13
C14
C15
C08
3
VPD
1,2 IOP/IOA
Note:
All slots are 3.3V
SPCN
840 W
Power
Supply
P01
840 W
Power
Supply
P02
P03
840 W
Power
Supply
840 W
Power
Supply
P00
PCI Cards
4 IOA
5,6 IOP/IOA
Multi-Adapter Bridge
Bus Number
Slots
1
2
C01
C02
C03
C04
C05
C07
C09
C10
C12
C13
C14
C15
C08
3
1,2 IOP/Int. xSeries Svr.
3,4 IOA
1,2 IOP (#9844)/IOA/IXS
HSL adapter
3 IOA
4 IOA
C11
C06

System i5, eServer i5 and iSeries towers schematics
285
Tower Schematics
6.1.9 #5790 PCI Expansion Drawer
The #5790 PCI Expansion Drawer is supported on Models 520, 550 and 570. The #5790
mounts in #0551 iSeries Rack and #0553 iSeries 2.0 m Racks and uses four EIA units
(half-width of the rack).
6.1.10 #8093 Optional Base 1.8 m I/O Rack
The #8093 Optional 1.8 m I/O Rack is the 1.8m optional base I/O rack for the Model 870 and
890.
Note: A #4812 PCI Integrated xSeries Server consumes two slots.
Slots
1
2 3
4
5
6
I0P|I0A
I0P|I0A|IXS
I0
A
I0P|I0A
I0P|I0A|IXS
I0
A
SPCN
Ports
HSL
Redundant Power Supplies

286
IBM System i5, eServer i5, and iSeries System Builder: IBM i5/OS Version 5 Release 4
Tower Schematics
See the #9094 PCI Card Enclosure
for card placement details.

DISK SLOTS
DISK SLOTS
DISK SLOTS
DISK SLOTS
DISK SLOTS
DISK SLOTS
D36 D37 D38 D39 D40
DISK SLOTS
D31 D32 D33 D34 D35
OP Panel
D46 D47 D48 D49 D50
Rem Media
D41
DISK SLOTS
DISK SLOTS
Rem Media
D42
D21 D22 D23 D24 D25
D11 D12 D13 D14 D15
D01 D02 D03 D04 D05
D26 D27 D28 D29 D30
D16 D17 D18 D19 D20
D06 D07 D08 D09 D10
AC
Input
FAN
B01
FAN
B02
765 W
Power
Supply
A01
765 W
Power
Supply
A02
765 W
Power
Supply
A03
(unused)
T05
T01
T02
T03
T04
Batteries
5,6 IOP/IOA
3 IOA
4 IOA
HSL adapter
PCI Cards
1,2 IOP/Int. xSeries Svr.
3,4 IOA
5,6 IOP/IOA
7,8 IOA
7,8 IOA
1,2 IOP
5,6 IOP/IOA
3 IOA
4 IOA
1,2 IOP/Int. xSeries Svr.
7,8 IOA
Multi-
Adapter
Bridge
Boundary
Multi-
Adapter
Bridge
Boundary
C01
C02
C03
C04
C05
C06
C07
C09
C10
C11
C12
C13
C14
C15
Slots
Legend
Base Feature
Required Feature
Unavailable if
Integrated xSeries
Server is installed
Note 1:
If C05 has an
Integrated xSeries Server,
slot C06 is unavailable, and
slot C07 is available only as
a short slot.
Note 2:
If C11 has an
Integrated xSeries Server,
slot C12 is unavailable, and
slot C13 is available only as
a short slot.
Multi-Adapter
Bridge Bus
Number
Note
: The total number of disk bays is 2 x 45.
Note 3:
The position of the cards
may change depending on the
console and other features selected.
FAN
B01
FAN
B02
#9844/#9943
#9793 / #9794
HSL
V/S Comm
JTAG-A
SPCN
Mfg Int
Serial-1
(2-x-0-3)
(2-x-0-4)
(2-x-0-5)
(2-x-0-6)
(2-x-0-7)
D21 D22
D23
D24 D25
D11
D12
D13 D14 D15
D01 D02 D03 D04 D05
(2-x-1-3)
(2-x-1-4)
(2-x-1-5)
(2-x-1-6)
(2-x-1-7)
(2-x-2-3)
(2-x-2-4)
(2-x-2-5)
(2-x-2-6)
(2-x-2-7)
D26 D27 D28 D29 D30
D16
D17
D18
D19
D20
(3-x-1-3)
(3-x-1-4)
(3-x-1-5)
(3-x-1-6)
(3-x-1-7)
D06 D07 D08 D09 D10
(3-x-0-3)
(3-x-0-4)
(3-x-0-5)
(3-x-0-6)
(3-x-0-7)
(3-x-2-3)
(3-x-2-4)
(3-x-2-5)
(3-x-2-6)
(3-x-2-7)
(1-x-2-3)
(1-x-2-4)
D46
D47
D48
D49 D50
(
1
-
x
-
2
-
3
)
(
1
-
x
-
2
-
4
)
(
1
-
x
-
2
-
5
)
(
1
-
x
-
2
-
6
)
(
1
-
x
-
2
-
7
)
(1-x-1-3)
(1-x-1-4)
(1-x-1-5)
(1-x-1-6)
(1-x-1-7)
D36 D37 D38 D39 D40
(1-x-0-1)
(1-x-0-2)
(1-x-0-3)
(1-x-0-4)
(1-x-0-5)
D31 D32 D33 D34 D35
(1-x-1-6)
(1-x-1-5)
(1-x-1-4)
(1-x-1-3)
OP Panel
(1-x-0-7)
Rem Media
D42
Required
DVD-ROM
840 W
Power
Supply
P02
840 W
Power
Supply
P01
P03
840 W
Power
Supply
840 W
Power
Supply
P00
AC Dist
Box
(A01)
AC Dist
Box
(A02)
21

System i5, eServer i5 and iSeries towers schematics
287
Tower Schematics
6.1.11 #8094 Optional 1.8 m I/O Rack
The #8094 Optional 1.8 m I/O Rack is the base I/O rack for the Model 870 and 890. It consists
of a #5094 PCI-X Expansion Tower on top and a #9094 Base PCI I/O Enclosure on the
bottom with side covers and casters removed.
See the #9094 PCI Card Enclosure
for card placement details.

Base Feature
Required Feature
Unavailable if Integrated
Netfinity Server is
installed
Note 3:
Integrated xSeries
Server placement is not
supported from the plant.
Only a #2792 is allowed in this
position.
Note 1:
If C05 has an
Integrated xSeries Server,
slot C06 is unavailable, and
slot C07 is available only as a
short slot. A #2792 does not
reduce a third slot to a short
slot.
Note 2:
If C11 has an
Integrated xSeries Server,
slot C12 is unavailable, and
slot C13 is available only as a
short slot. A #2792 does not
reduce a third slot to a short
slot.
DISK SLOTS
DISK SLOTS
DISK SLOTS
DISK SLOTS
DISK SLOTS
DISK SLOTS
DISK SLOTS
D36 D37 D38 D39 D40
D31 D32 D33 D34 D35
OP Panel
D46 D47 D48 D49 D50
Rem Media
D41
DISK SLOTS
DISK SLOTS
Rem Media
D42
D21 D22 D23 D24 D25
D11 D12 D13 D14 D15
D01 D02 D03 D04 D05
D26 D27 D28 D29 D30
D16 D17 D18 D19 D20
D06 D07 D08 D09 D10
DISK SLOTS
DISK SLOTS
DISK SLOTS
DISK SLOTS
DISK SLOTS
DISK SLOTS
DISK SLOTS
D36 D37 D38 D39 D40
D31 D32 D33 D34 D35
OP Panel
D46 D47 D48 D49 D50
Rem Media
D41
DISK SLOTS
DISK SLOTS
Rem Media
D42
D21 D22 D23 D24 D25
D11 D12 D13 D14 D15
D01 D02 D03 D04 D05
D26 D27 D28 D29 D30
D16 D17 D18 D19 D20
D06 D07 D08 D09 D10
Legend
Note
: The total number of disk bays is 2 x 45.
PCI Cards
FAN
B01
FAN
B02
#9844/#9943
#9793
HSL adapter
V/S Comm
JTAG-A
SPCN
Mfg Int
Serial-1
FAN
B01
FAN
B02
Multi-Adapter Bridge
Bus Number
Slots
1
2
C01
C02
C03
C04
C05
C06
C07
C09
C10
C11
C12
C13
C14
C15
C08
3
Note: All slots are 3.3V
VPD
SPCN
1,2 IOP//IOA/IXS
4 IOA
5,6 IOP/IOA
7,8 IOA
5,6 IOP/IOA
7,8 IOA
5,6 IOP/IOA
4 IOP/IOA
7,8 IOA
1,2 IOP(#9844)/IOA/IXS
3,4 IOA
1,2 IOP/IOA
3 IOP/IOA
3 IOA
HSL adapter
840 W
Power
Supply
P01
840 W
Power
Supply
P02
P03
840 W
Power
Supply
840 W
Power
Supply
P00
AC Dist
Box
(A01)
AC Dist
Box
(A02)
AC Dist
Box
(A01)
AC Dist
Box
(A02)
Power supply slots are used as follows:
P01 - Base power
P02 - Base power
P03 - Dual line cord (standard)
P00 - Auxiliary DASD cage (standard)
Power supply slots are used as follows:
P01 - Base power
P02 - Base power
P03 - Auxiliary DASD cage (standard)
P00 - Dual line cord
840 W
Power
Supply
P01
840 W
Power
Supply
P02
P03
840 W
Power
Supply
840 W
Power
Supply
P00

288
IBM System i5, eServer i5, and iSeries System Builder: IBM i5/OS Version 5 Release 4
Tower Schematics
6.1.12 #9094 Base PCI I/O Enclosure
The #9094 Base PCI I/O Enclosure is the base I/O expansion unit for the Model 870 and 890.
Front
FAN
B01
FAN
B02
Back
= Base feature
= Required feature
#9844/#9943
#9793
HSL adapter
V/S Comm
JTAG-A
SPCN
Mfg Int
Serial-1
PCI
(2-x-0-3)
(2-x-0-4)
(2-x-0-5)
(2-x-0-6)
(2-x-0-7)
D21 D22
D23
D24 D25
D11
D12
D13 D14 D15
D01 D02 D03 D04 D05
(2-x-1-3)
(2-x-1-4)
(2-x-1-5)
(2-x-1-6)
(2-x-1-7)
(2-x-2-3)
(2-x-2-4)
(2-x-2-5)
(2-x-2-6)
(2-x-2-7)
D26 D27 D28 D29 D30
D16
D17
D18
D19
D20
(3-x-1-3)
(3-x-1-4)
(3-x-1-5)
(3-x-1-6)
(3-x-1-7)
D06 D07 D08 D09 D10
(3-x-0-3)
(3-x-0-4)
(3-x-0-5)
(3-x-0-6)
(3-x-0-7)
(3-x-2-3)
(3-x-2-4)
(3-x-2-5)
(3-x-2-6)
(3-x-2-7)
(1-x-1-3)
(1-x-1-4)
(1-x-1-5)
(1-x-1-6)
(1-x-1-7)
D36 D37 D38 D39 D40
(1-x-0-1)
(1-x-0-2)
(1-x-0-3)
(1-x-0-4)
(1-x-0-5)
D31 D32 D33 D34 D35
(1-x-1-6)
(1-x-1-5)
(1-x-1-4)
(1-x-1-3)
OP Panel
(1-x-0-7)
Rem Media
D42
(1-x-2-3)
(1-x-2-4)
D46
D47
D48
D49 D50
(
1
-
x
-
2
-
4
)
(
1
-
x
-
2
-
5
)
(
1
-
x
-
2
-
6
)
(
1
-
x
-
2
-
7
)
(
1
-
x
-
2
-
3
)
#5107
Required
DVD-ROM
Dual Line Cord
840 W
Power
Supply
P01
840 W
Power
Supply
P02
P03
840 W
Power
Supply
840 W
Power
Supply
P00
AC Dist
Box
(A01)
AC Dist
Box
(A02)
LEGEND
Kn = Physical Address
W = DS Card Address
X = IOA number
Y = SCSI bus number
Z = AS/400 Drive Address
(W-X-Y-Z)
Kn
See #9094 PCI Card Enclosure for card placement details

Note: Power supply slots are used as follows
P01 - Base power
P02 - Base power
P03 - Dual line cord (standard)
P00 - Auxiliary DASD backplane
Note: Hot plug and concurrent add of PCI cards, disk units, and removable media devices
are supported.

System i5, eServer i5 and iSeries towers schematics
289
Tower Schematics
6.1.13 #9094 PCI Card Enclosure
6.2 Required EIA units
The IBM marketing configurator does not manage rack space in System i racks. See
Table 6-1 to determine the number of EIA units required for each Hardware Management
console (HMC), System i system unit or expansion tower installed in a System i rack.
Table 6-1 EIA units
Legend
Base Feature
Required Feature
Unavailable if
Integrated xSeries
Server is installed
Note 2:
If C11 has an Integrated xSeries Server,
slot C12 is unavailable, and slot C13 is available
only as a short slot. A #2792 does not reduce a
third slot to a short slot.
Note 1:
If C05 has an Integrated xSeries Server,
slot C06 is unavailable, and slot C07 is available
only as a short slot. A #2792 does not reduce a
third slot to a short slot.
Multi-
Adapter
Bridge
Boundary
Multi-
Adapter
Bridge
Boundary
Multi-Adapter Bridge
Bus Number
Slots
3 IOA
4 IOA
1,2 IOP/IXS
5,6 IOP/IOA
HSL adapter
7,8 IOA
3,4 #9793
5,6 IOP/IOA
7,8 IOA
1,2 #9844 / #9943
5,6 IOP/IOA
4 IOA
1,2 IOP/IXS
7,8 IOA
3 IOA
1
2
C07
C10
C11
C12
C13
C14
C15
C01
C02
C03
C04
C05
C06
C09
C08
PCI
Cards
#9094 PCI Card Enclosure
3
Note 3:
Slot C01 in the #9094 for a Model 870 has
a #9844, and a #9844 or #9943 for a Model 890.
System i model or tower#0551 iSeries
Rack
#0553 iSeries
2.0 m Rack
#0554 iSeries
11U Rack
#0555 iSeries
25U Rack
Model 270 system unit 16 - includes two
EIA for the
#0133 and
#0137
Model 520 system unit 4 4
Model 550 System Unit 4 4
Model 570 processor
enclosure
4 0/4 - 4
5/8 - 8
9/12 - 12
13/16 - 16

290
IBM System i5, eServer i5, and iSeries System Builder: IBM i5/OS Version 5 Release 4
Tower Schematics
Model 595 processor
enclosure
Not available in a
#0551 iSeries
Rack
Model 800 system unit - 16 (includes 2
EIA for the
#0133 and
#0137)
16 (includes 2
EIA for the
#0133 and
#0137)
Model 810 system unit 16 (includes 2
EIA for the
#0133 and
#0137)
16 (includes 2
EIA for the
#0133 and
#0137)
Model 825 system unit 16 (includes 2
EIA for the
#0134 and
#0138)
16 (includes 2
EIA for the
#0134 and
#0138)
#0595 PCI-X Expansion Unit in
Rack
5 5
#0578 PCI Expansion Unit in
Rack
8
#0588 PCI-X Expansion Unit in
Rack
8 8
#5074 PCI Expansion Tower 18
#5790 PCI Expansion Drawer
(half wide)
4
#6586 Modem Tray for 19-Inch
Rack
1U 1U 1U 1U
#7307 Dual I/O Unit Enclosure 4 4 4 4
#7311 Dual I/O Unit Enclosure 4 4 4 4
Model 7310-CR2 HMC rack
mountable console
1
#9079 Base I/O Tower 18
System i model or tower#0551 iSeries
Rack
#0553 iSeries
2.0 m Rack
#0554 iSeries
11U Rack
#0555 iSeries
25U Rack

© Copyright IBM Corp. 1997 - 2006. All rights reserved.
291
External Storage
Chapter 7.
Storage and media for IBM
System i5, eServer i5, and iSeries
models
This chapter describes miscellaneous facts for the storage options for IBM System i5, IBM
eServer i5, and iSeries servers. Included are specifications for internal tape devices for
¼-inch cartridge, LTO and VXA compatibility, an explanation of the alternate installation
device and IPL terminology, and cable information, including #2768 PCI Magnetic Media
Controller device cabling rules.
7

292
IBM System i5, eServer i5, and iSeries System Builder: IBM i5/OS Version 5 Release 4
External Storage
7.1 External tape for System i5, eServer i5, and iSeries systems
External disk drives and subsystems offer an optional configuration for IBM System i5,
eServer i5, and iSeries servers to extend disk storage capacity.
For descriptions of the external disk storage configurations supported on these servers, such
as the TotalStorage Enterprise Storage Server, including the IBM TotalStorage DS6000™
and DS8000™ Families, refer to the IBM Total Storage related products to iSeries Web site
at:
http://www-03.ibm.com/servers/storage/support/eserver/iseries.html
For information about other external tape devices, automated tape libraries, and optical
devices, refer to:
http://www-03.ibm.com/servers/storage/support/eserver/iseries-tape.html
Some external tape devices are currently supported under an IOA only when that IOA is
driven by an IOP on the System i server. Devices requiring an IOP/IOA include tape drives
attached via a Fibre Channel controller, tape drives attached via an LVD SCSI controller (for
example, the #5702/#5712 PCI-X Tape/DASD Controller and the #5736 PCI-X Disk/Tape
Controller with IOP) and any tape drive attached via an HVD SCSI controller (for example, the
#2749 PCI Ultra Magnetic Media Controller).
The following tape devices require an IOP-based controller:
3576
3580
3581
3582
3583
3584
3590
3592
The minimum operating system level for external tape storage depends on the operating
system level required for the adapter. Some internal and external tape devices, optical disk,
CD and DVD can be driven by IOP-less controllers. This capability requires i5/OS V5R3 with
V5R3M5 LIC on the Model 520+ and i5/OS V5R4 on all other model 520, 550, 570 and 595
systems.
The devices supporting IOP-less controllers are as follows:
#4684, #5753, 7207-330 and 7212-102 (#1107) and #9653 30GB QIC devices
#4487, #4687 and 7212-102 (#1108) #5754 50GB QIC devices
#1889, 7206-VX2 and 7212-102 (#1104) VXA-2 80Gb devices
#6279, 7206-VXA3 and 7212-102 (#1114) VXA-320 160GB devices
#5755 and 7212-102 (#1109) LTO-2 200 GB devices
Refer to IBM TotalStorage Tape Selection and Differentiation Guide, SG24-6946, to assist
you in finding the best tape product solution for the designated backup environment. The
latest edition of this IBM Redbook covers the 3494, 3580, 3581, 3582, 3583, 3584, 3590,
3592, and other tape products.
The maximum number of automated tape library drives supported depends on the adapter
used to attach to the System i server.
Supported tape libraries include the 3580 IBM TotalStorage, 7329-308 SLR100 ¼-inch Tape
Autoloader, IBM TotalStorage 3494 Enterprise Tape Library, 3575 Magstar® MP Tape

Storage and media for IBM System i5, eServer i5, and iSeries models
293
External Storage
Library Dataserver, IBM TotalStorage 3582 Ultrium Tape Library, IBM 3583 Ultrium Scalable
Tape Library and the 3584 Ultra Scalable Tape Library Model L22.
External optical storage for IBM System i5, eServer i5, and iSeries systems are the 3995
Optical Library Dataserver, 3996 Optical Library, 7210-020 External CD-ROM, 7210-025
External DVD-RAM and 7210-030 External DVD-RAM.
7.1.1 Alternate IPL or alternate installation device
The term
alternate IPL
or
ALT-IPL
is used in this book to describe both alternate IPL devices
and alternate installation devices. It is important to understand the differences. An alternate
IPL device must be attached to the first system bus (bus one), and an alternate installation
device can be attached to any bus except bus one.
Alternate installation device support allows you to perform installation and recovery
procedures using a combination of devices. Prior to V4R1, these types of activities can only
be performed using devices attached to the first system bus. The first system bus connects to
the service processor IOP. Typically, this is where the optical device or tape devices used for
installations are attached. From OS/400 V4R1 onward, you can use a combination of devices
that are attached on the first system bus and on additional buses. The alternate installation
device is not attached to the first system bus.
If you use this function, the system uses existing support (a device on the first system bus) to
install or recover enough of the Licensed Internal Code (LIC) required to perform an IPL with
IPL-type D. Then, using the new alternate installation device support, the system continues
the operation using media in the alternate installation device. This new function supports
installation and recovery from tape media, such as SAVSYS tapes or distribution tapes that
you created, which contains LIC and might contain the operating system, licensed programs,
and data.
See Backup and Recovery, SC41-5304, for more information.
7.2 SAN components for IBM System i5, eServer i5 and iSeries
systems
For information about storage area networks (SANs) supported by iSeries servers, refer to:
http://www-03.ibm.com/servers/storage/support/eserver/iseries-san.html
http://www-1.ibm.com/servers/storage/san/index.html
http://www-1.ibm.com/servers/storage/support/san/index.html
http://knowledge.storage.ibm.com/HBA/HBASearchTool
Note: The Update Device Microcode API (QTAUPDDV) allows tape device microcode to
be updated using an image copied from the Web. This function is supported with i5/OS
Version 5 systems and OS/400.
Note: The #2765 PCI Fibre Channel Tape Controller and #5704 PCI-X Fibre Channel
Tape Controller do not support the alternate IPL device function. A D-mode IPL is required
using CD-ROM, DVD-ROM, or another ALT-IPL tape device. Then select a #2765 or
#5704 to complete the installation or recovery process.

294
IBM System i5, eServer i5, and iSeries System Builder: IBM i5/OS Version 5 Release 4
External Storage
7.3 QIC tape specifications and compatibility for IBM System
i5, eServer i5, and iSeries systems
The following table provides device specifications, performance, and compatibility details for
internal QIC tape formats.
IBM tape device QIC-
2 GB
QIC-
2 GB
DC
4/8GB
SLR5
QIC-
4 GB
DC
MLR1
QIC
5010
DC
MLR1
QIC
5010
DC
MLR3 SLR
60
SLR
100
Drive storage capability 2.5 GB
4
2.5 GB
4
4 GB 13 GB
4
16 GB 25 GB 30 GB 50 GB
Compaction algorithm LZ1 LZ1 LZ1 LZ1 LZ1 LZ1 LZ1
Minimum OS/400 level V4R1 V4R1 V4R1 V3R7 V4R1 V4R1 V4R5 V5R1
Format Capacity Native
data
transfer
rate
Media Media
part
number
#6380
#6480
#6381
#6481
#4482
#4582
#6382
#6482
7207-
122
#6385
7
#6485
7
#4483
#4583
#6383
#6483
#4486
#4586
#6386
#6486
#4584
#4684
#5753
6
#6384
#6484
#9284
#9653
6
7207-
330
#4487
#4587
#5754
6
#8287
#8754
6
#4687
7329-
380
MLR3
1
25 GB
8
2 MBps MLR3-25GB 59H4128 -- -- -- -- -- R/W R/W R/W
QIC5010
1
16 GB 1.5 MBps MLR1-16GB 59H4175 -- -- -- R/W R/W R/W R/W R
13 GB 1.5 MBps DC5010 16G8574 -- -- -- R/W R/W R/W R/W R
2 GB 1.5 MBps MLR1-2 GB 35L0589 -- -- -- R/W R/W R/W R/W R
QIC4DC
2
8 GB 760 KB/s SLR5-4 GB 59H3660 -- -- R/W -- R R R R
QIC4GB 4 GB 380 KB/s SLR5-4 GB 59H3660 -- -- R/W -- R R R R
QIC2DC
2
5 GB 600 KB/s DC9250 16G8436 -- R/W R/W -- R R R
QIC2GB 2.5 GB 300 KB/s DC9250 16G8436 R/W R/W R/W R/W R R R
QIC1000 1.2 GB 300 KB/s DC9120 21F8730 R/W R/W R/W R/W -- --
QIC525 525 MB 200 KB/s DC6525 21F8597 R/W R/W R/W R/W
5
-- --
QIC525 320 MB 200 KB/s DC6320 21F8583 R/W R/W R/W R/W -- --
QIC120 120 MB 120 KB/s DC6150 21F8578 R/W R/W R/W R/W
5
-- --
QIC24
3
60 MB DC6150 R R -- -- -- --
SLR100 50 GB 5 MBps SLR100-50 35L0968 -- -- -- -- -- -- -- R/W
5 GB 5 MBps SLR100-5G 35L0961 -- -- -- -- -- -- R/W R/W
SLR60 30 GB 4 MBps SLR60-30G 19P4209 -- -- -- -- -- -- R/W R/W
37.5 GB 4 MBps SLR60-37.5
GB
24R0146 -- -- -- -- -- -- R/W R/W
Notes:
1.Indicates that the capacity can double typically when the compression option is selected.
2.QIC-2DC and QIC-4DC are compression formats. Cartridge capacity is data dependent. Capacities shown are typical.
3.QIC24 format is written by S/36.
4.Available as a migration feature only during an upgrade.
5.Use of DC6150 and DC6525 media can shorten the life of the tape device and require more frequent maintenance.
6.Requires i5/OS V5R3
7.The internal 13 GB tape drives with feature code #6385 or #6485 also supports the 16 MB IBM MLR1 tape media.
8.Minimum operating system to support the 25GB capacity cartridge drive: V4R1.

Storage and media for IBM System i5, eServer i5, and iSeries models
295
External Storage
7.4 VXA and LTO tape specifications and compatibility for IBM
System i5, eServer i5, and iSeries systems
The following table provides device specifications, performance, and compatibility details for
internal LTO and VXA tape formats.
IBM tape device VXA-2 VXA 320 LTO-2
Tape
Unit
Drive storage capability 80 GB 160 GB 400GB
Compaction algorithm ALDC ALDC SLDC
Minimum operating system level OS/400
V5R1
i5/OS
V5R3
i5/OS
V5R3
Format Native
Media
Capacity
Native
data
transfer
rate
Media Media part
number
#1889
6
#4585
#4685
#9285
#9689
6
#6279#5755
VXA1
1,6
59 GB 6 MBps V17-59GB 19P4877 R/W --
20 GB 6 MBps V6-20GB 19P4878 R/W --
20 GB 6 MBps V6-test 19P4879 R/W --
VXA2
1,3
80 GB 6 MBps V23-80GB 19P4876 R/W R/W
59 GB 6 MBps V17-59GB 19P4877 R/W --
20 GB 6 MBps V6-20GB 19P4878 R/W --
20 GB 6 MBps V6-test 19P4879 R/W --
80 GB 6 MBps X23-80GB 24R2137 R/W R/W
40 GB 6 MBps X10-40GB 24R2136 R/W R/W
20 GB 6 MBps X6-20GB 24R2134 R/W R/W
20 GB 6 MBps X6-test 24R2135 R/W R/W
VXA3
1,2,4,5
80 GB 12 MBps V23-80GB 19P4876 -- R/W
80 GB 12 MBps X23-80GB 24R2137 -- R/W
40 GB 12 MBps X10-40GB 24R2136 -- R/W
20 GB 12 MBps X6-20GB 24R2134 -- R/W
20 GB 12 MBps X6-test 24R2135 -- R/W
LTO 1 200 GB 24 MBps LTO Ultrium 1 09L9120 R/W
LTO 2
1
400 GB 24 MBps LTO Ultrium 2 08L9870 R/W
Notes:
1.Indicates that the capacity can double typically when the compression option is selected.
2.The VXA3 format doubles the native capacity of the media.
3.The VXA-2 drive can use VXA1 and VXA2 formats.
4.The VXA-320 drive can use VXA2 and VXA3 formats. The VXA-320 drive can read VXA-1 formats.
5.The VXA-320 drive auto-ejects all V-type media except V23.
6.The VXA1 format is not supported on V23 and X-type media.

296
IBM System i5, eServer i5, and iSeries System Builder: IBM i5/OS Version 5 Release 4
External Storage
7.5 External SCSI, Fibre Channel tape, and optical cable part
numbers for IBM System i5, eServer i5, and iSeries systems
The following tables provide the cable part number for SCSI and Fibre Channel attached
devices. Part numbers might not be available in all countries or regions.
Note: The length in feet is rounded to the nearest whole number.
SCSI cables for #2729 PCI Magnetic Media Controller, #2749 PCI Ultra Magnetic Media Controller, #6534 Magnetic Media
Controller, and #6501 Tape/Disk Device Controller
Tape drive
Length
Part number
Feature code
3490 C10, C11, C22
with #5040 - SCSI attach
#6501 attach only
4.5m (15 ft)
12.0m (39 ft)
18.0m (59 ft)
61G8328
61G8329
61G8330
6045
6120
6180
3490 E01, E11
3590 B11, B1A, E11, E1A, H11, H1A
2.8m (9 ft) (HD68 to HD68)
4.5m (15 ft) (HD68 to HD68)
12.0m (39 ft)(HD68 to HD68)
18.0m (59 ft)(HD68 to HD68)
25.0m (82 ft)(HD68 to HD68)
05H4647
05H4648
05H4649
05H4650
05H4651
5128
5145
5112
5118
5125
3490 F00, F01, F11
3570 BXX and CXX
7208 - 342
9427 - 210, 211
0.5m (2 ft) (HD68 to HD68)
4.5m (15 ft) (HD68 to HD68)
12.0m (39 ft)(HD68 to HD68)
18.0m (59 ft)(HD68 to HD68)
25.0m (82 ft)(HD68 to HD68)
49G6456
49G6457
49G6458
49G6459
08L6201
5205
5245
5212
5218
5225 (3570 Cxx)
3580-H11, H13, H23
3581-H17
3581-L28 (with #3104 HVD converter)
3582-L23
3583 HVD drives
3584 HVD drives
#1455 if shipped prior to 31 August
2001, and HVD drives #1465 *
0.41m (1.5 ft)(HD68 to HD68)
0.72m (2.4 ft) (HD68 to HD68)
2.5m (8 ft)(HD68 to HD68)
5.0m (16 ft) (HD68 to HD68)
10.0m (33 ft)(HD68 to HD68)
18.0m (59 ft) (HD68 to HD68)
25.0m (82 ft) (HD68 to HD68)
VHDCI to HD68 interposer
Interposer for #6501
19P0872
19P0873
35L1307
19P0052
19P0053
19P0097
19P0054
19P0482
05H3834
5302 (9702 - 3580, 3581)
5305 (9705 - 3583)
5310
5318
5325
5099
2895
* 3584 HVD drives #1455 shipped on or after 31 August 2001 and HVD drives #1475 have VHDCI connectors, so these drives can use
the VHDCI to HD68 cables shown for adapters #5702 and #5705, or they require the VHDCI to HD68 interposer.

Storage and media for IBM System i5, eServer i5, and iSeries models
297
External Storage
SCSI cables for #2729 PCI Magnetic Media Controller, #2749 PCI Ultra Magnetic Media Controller, and #6534 Magnetic Media
Controller
Tape drive
Length
Part number
Feature code
3995 - C4x 12.0m (39 ft)
12.0m (39 ft) (for #2621 attach only)
05H5543
05H5439
7401/9401
7400/9400
7208 - 012 1.5m (5 ft)
4.0m (13 ft)
12.0 (39 ft)
52G0174
59H3462
59H3463
2871
2903
2904
7208 - 222/ 232/234
9348 - 001/002
1.0m (3 ft)
4.0m (13 ft)
12.0m (39 ft)
06H6037
59H3460
59H3461
2875
2901
2902
7208 - 342 4.5m (15 ft)
12.0m (39 ft)
18.0m (59 ft)
49G6457
49G6458
49G6459
5245/9245
5212/9212
5218/9218
SCSI cables for #2718 PCI Magnetic Media Controller and #2768 PCI Magnetic Media Controller
Tape drive Length Part number Feature code
7206-VX2 1.5m (5 ft) (HD68 to HD68)
2.5m (8 ft) (HD68 to HD68)
19P4506
35L1307
5300/9750
5302/9752
7207 - 122
7207 - 330
7208 - 345
1.5m (5 ft) (HD68 to HD68)
2.5m (8 ft) (HD68 to HD68)
19P4506
35L1307
5300/9750
5302/9752
7210 - 020 1.0m (3 ft) (HD68 to LD50) 06H6037 2872/9148
7210 - 025
1
7210 - 030
2, 3
7212 - 102
2, 3
1.5m (5 ft) (HD68 to HD68)
2.5m (8 ft) (HD68 to HD68)
19P4506
35L1307
5300/9750
5302/9752
7329 - 308 2.4m (8ft) (HD68 to HD68) 67G1260 5224/9224
Notes:
1.Maximum cable length for the 7210-025 is 2.5 m.
2.The Model 7210-030 and 7212-102 do not connect via the #2718.
3.The maximum cable length attached to #2768 is 2.5 m.

298
IBM System i5, eServer i5, and iSeries System Builder: IBM i5/OS Version 5 Release 4
External Storage
SCSI cables for #5715/#5705 PCI-X Tape/DASD Controller (one port), #5702 PCI-X Ultra Tape Controller/#5712 PCI-X
Tape/DASD Controller (two ports, VHDCI interface), #0647/#5775 PCI-X Disk/Tape Controller without IOP and #5736 PCI-X
Disk/Tape Controller with IOP/#5766 PCI-X Tape Controller
Tape drive
Length
Part number
Feature code
3580-L23
3582 Drives #8103, #8203
3583 Drives #8103
2.5m (8 ft) (VHDCI to HD68)
4.5m (14.5 ft) (VHDCI to HD68)
10.0m (33 ft) (VHDCI to HD68)
20.0m (66 ft) (VHDCI to HD68)
25.0m (82 ft) (VHDCI to HD68)
Interposer VHDCI to HD68
19P0279
19P0050
19P0048
19P0049
35L1977
19P0872
5602 (9703 - 3580)
5604 (9704 - 3583)
5610
5620
5625
5099
3581-L28 2.5m (8 ft) (VHDCI to HD68)
4.5m (14.5 ft) (VHDCI to HD68)
10.0m (33 ft) (VHDCI to HD68)
25.0m (82 ft) (VHDCI to HD68)
CRU
1
5602 (9703)
5604
5610
5625
3584 Drives #1474 4.5m (14.5 ft) (VHDCI to VHDCI)
10.0m (33 ft) (VHDCI to VHDCI)
20.0m (66 ft) (VHDCI to VHDCI)
25.0m (82 ft) (VHDCI to VHDCI)
19P2499
09L0881
19P1904
19P2500
5704
5710
5702
5725
3996-032, 080, 174 4.5m (14.5 ft) (VHDCI to HD68)
10.0m (33 ft) (VHDCI to HD68)
19P0050
19P0048
5604
5610
7206-VX2
7208-345
1.5m (5 ft) (VHDCI to HD68)
2.5m (8 ft) (VHDCI to HD68)
4.5m (14.5 ft) (VHDCI to HD68)
2
10.0m (33 ft) (VHDCI to HD68)
2
19P4508
19P0279
19P0050
19P0048
5601/9761
5602/9762
5604/9764
5610/9760
7207 - 122 1.5m (5 ft) (VHDCI to HD68)
2.5m (8 ft) (VHDCI to HD68)
19P4508
19P0279
5601/9761
5602/9762
7207 - 330 1.5m (4.5 ft) (VHDCI to HD68)
2.5m (8 ft) (VHDCI to HD68)
4.5m (14.5 ft) (VHDCI to HD68)
2
10.0m (33 ft) (VHDCI to HD68)
2
19P4508
19P0279
19P0050
19P0048
5601/9761
5602/9762
5604/9764
5610/9760
7210 - 020 1.0m (3 ft) (HD68 to LD50)
also require interposer VHDCI to HD68
06H6037
19P0482
2872/9148
5099
7210 - 025 0.5m (2 ft) (VHDCI to HD68)
1.5m (5 ft) (VHDCI to HD68)
2.5m (8 ft) (VHDCI to HD68)
19P4507
19P4508
19P0279
5600/9765
5601/9761
5602/9762
7210 - 030
2
0.5m (2 ft) (VHDCI to HD68)
1.5m (4.5 ft) (VHDCI to HD68)
2.5m (8 ft) (VHDCI to HD68)
4.5m (14.5 ft) (VHDCI to HD68)
2
19P4507
19P4508
19P0279
19P0050
5600/9765
5601/9761
5602/9762
5604/9764
7212 - 102
2
0.5m (2 ft) (VHDCI to HD68)
1.5m (4.5 ft) (VHDCI to HD68)
2.5m (8 ft) (VHDCI to HD68)
4.5m (14.5 ft) (VHDCI to HD68)
2
10.0m (33 ft) (VHDCI to HD68)
2
19P4507
19P4508
19P0279
19P0050
19P0048
5600/9765
5601/9761
5602/9762
5604/9764
5610/9760
Notes:
1.Customer Replaceable Unit. Use feature code to order.
2.4.5m and 10.0m cable can be used only if the 7206-VX2, 7207-330, 7212-102 or 7208-345 is the only device on the bus.

Storage and media for IBM System i5, eServer i5, and iSeries models
299
External Storage
Fibre Channel cables for #5704 PCI-X Fibre Channel Tape Controller (LC) and #2765 PCI Fibre Channel Tape Controller (LC)
Tape device
Length
Part number
Feature code
3581-F28 5m (16 ft) Fibre Channel (LC-LC)
25m (82 ft) Fibre Channel (LC-LC)
61m (200 ft) Fibre Channel (LC-LC)
7m (23 ft) Fibre Channel (LC-SC)
22m (72 ft) Fibre Channel (LC-SC)
61m (200 ft) Fibre Channel (LC-SC)
CRU
*
#6005
#6025
#6061
#5907
#5922
#5961
3582 Drives #8105, #8205 5m (16 ft) Fibre Channel (LC-LC)
13m (43 ft) Fibre Channel (LC-LC)
25m (82 ft) Fibre Channel (LC-LC)
61m (200 ft) Fibre Channel (LC-LC)
7m (23 ft) Fibre Channel (LC-SC)
13m (43 ft) Fibre Channel (LC-SC)
22m (72 ft) Fibre Channel (LC-SC)
61m (200 ft) Fibre Channel (LC-SC)
19K1252
11P3880
19K1253
11P3884
11P3895
11P3896
11P3897
11P3900
#6005
#6013
#6025
#6061
#5907
#5913
#5922
#5961
3583 Drives #8105 or
SDGM
5m (16 ft) Fibre Channel (LC-LC)
13m (43 ft) Fibre Channel (LC-LC)
25m (82 ft) Fibre Channel (LC-LC)
61m (200 ft) Fibre Channel (LC-LC)
7m (23 ft) Fibre Channel (LC-SC)
13m (43 ft) Fibre Channel (LC-SC)
22m (72 ft) Fibre Channel (LC-SC)
61m (200 ft) Fibre Channel (LC-SC)
5m (16 ft) Fibre Channel (SC-SC)
13m (43 ft) Fibre Channel (SC-SC)
25m (82 ft) Fibre Channel (SC-SC)
61m (200 ft) Fibre Channel (SC-SC)
19K1252
11P3880
19K1253
11P3884
11P3895
11P3896
11P3897
11P3900
03K9202
54G3386
03K9204
54G3390
#6005
#6013
#6025
#6061
#5907
#5913
#5922
#5961
#5805
#5813
#5825
#5861
3584 Fibre Channel Drives
#1456, #1466, #1479
5m (16 ft) Fibre Channel (LC-LC)
13m (43 ft) Fibre Channel (LC-LC)
25m (82 ft) Fibre Channel (LC-LC)
61m (200 ft) Fibre Channel (LC-LC)
7m (23 ft) Fibre Channel (LC-SC)
13m (43 ft) Fibre Channel (LC-SC)
22m (72 ft) Fibre Channel (LC-SC)
61m (200 ft) Fibre Channel (LC-SC)
5m (16 ft) Fibre Channel (SC-SC)
13m (43 ft) Fibre Channel (SC-SC)
25m (82 ft) Fibre Channel (SC-SC)
61m (200 ft) Fibre Channel (SC-SC)
19K1252
11P3880
19K1253
11P3884
11P3895
11P3896
11P3897
11P3900
03K9202
54G3386
03K9204
54G3390
#6005
#6013
#6025
#6061
#5907
#5913
#5922
#5961
#5805
#5813
#5825
#5861
3590-E1A, E11, H1A, H11 7m (23 ft) Fibre Channel (LC-SC)
13m (43 ft) Fibre Channel (LC-SC)
22m (72 ft) Fibre Channel (LC-SC)
61m (200 ft) Fibre Channel (LC-SC)
5m (16 ft) Fibre Channel (SC-SC)
13m (43 ft) Fibre Channel (SC-SC)
25m (82 ft) Fibre Channel (SC-SC)
61m (200 ft) Fibre Channel (SC-SC)
11P3895
11P3896
11P3897
11P3900
03K9201
54G3386
03K9203
54G3390
#5907
#5913
#5922
#5961
#5805
#5813
#5825
#5861
3592-J1A 5m (16 ft) Fibre Channel (LC-LC)
13m (43 ft) Fibre Channel (LC-LC)
25m (82 ft) Fibre Channel (LC-LC)
61m (200 ft) Fibre Channel (LC-LC)
7m (23 ft) Fibre Channel (LC-SC)
13m (43 ft) Fibre Channel (LC-SC)
22m (72 ft) Fibre Channel (LC-SC)
61m (200 ft) Fibre Channel (LC-SC)
19K1252
11P3880
19K1253
11P3884
11P3895
11P3896
11P3897
11P3900
#6005
#6013
#6025
#6061
#5907
#5913
#5922
#5961
* Customer Replaceable Unit, use feature code to order

300
IBM System i5, eServer i5, and iSeries System Builder: IBM i5/OS Version 5 Release 4
External Storage
7.6 Device cabling rules for #5702, #5705, #5712, #5715, #2718,
and #2768 PCI Magnetic Media Controller
The #2718, #2768, #5702, #5705, #5712, and #5715 provide Ultra SCSI attachment
capability for an external tape, an external CD-ROM device, or an external DVD-RAM device
that have a Single Ended SCSI interface. The #5702 PCI-X Ultra Tape Controller and #5712
PCI-X Tape/DASD Controller have two SCSI ports, each port providing the same attachment
capability of the #2718, #2768, #5705 and #5715. This doubles the capability.
The supported devices are:
7206-VX2 80 GB External VXA-2 Tape Drive
7207-122 QIC-SLR Tape Bridge Box (4 GB External ¼-inch Cartridge Tape Drive)
7207-330 30GB External SLR60 Tape Drive
7208-345 60 GB External 8mm Tape Drive
7210-020 External CD-ROM
7210-025 External DVD-RAM
7210-030 External DVD-RAM
7212-102 IBM TotalStorage Storage Device Enclosure
7329-308 SLR100 ¼-inch Tape Autoloader
The following combination of devices are supported:
One 7206-VX2
One 7207-122
One 7207-330
One 7208-345
One 7210-020
One 7210-025
One 7210-030
One 7212-102
One 7329-308
Two 7210-025s (the two devices are daisy-chained)
Two 7210-030s (the two devices are daisy-chaned)
One 7210-025 and one 7210-020 (the two devices are daisy-chained with the 7210-025
physically connected first; no #0120 attachment specify code is required for the 7210-020)
One 7210-030 and one 7207-122 (the two devices are daisy-chained with the 7207-122
physically connected first)
One 7210-030 and one 7208-345 (the two devices are daisy-chained withe the 7208-345
physically connected first)
One 7210-030 and one 7210-025 (the two devices are daisy-chained with the 7210-030
physically connected first)
One 7207-122 and one 7210-020 (the two devices are daisy-chained with the 7207-122
physically connected first; no #0120 attachment specify code is required for the 7210-020)
One 7207-122 and one 7210-025 (the two devices are daisy-chained with the 7207-122
physically connected first)
One 7208-345 and one 7210-020 (the two devices are daisy-chained with the 7208-345
physically connected first; no #0120 attachment specify code is required for the 7210-020)
One 7208-345 and one 7210-025 (the two devices are daisy-chained with the 7208-345
physically connected first)

Storage and media for IBM System i5, eServer i5, and iSeries models
301
External Storage
The #0120 7210-020 Attachment Specify is required for each 7210-020 External CD-ROM
drive to be connected directly (not daisy-chained) to the system through a #2718, #2768,
#5702, or #5705.
The #0162 Extended Single Ended Attach Specify is required when these devices are directly
attached (not second on a daisy-chained string) to an iSeries server via a #2718 PCI
Magnetic Media Controller, #2768 PCI Magnetic Media Controller, #5702 PCI-X Ultra Tape
Controller/#5712 PCI-X Tape/DASD Controller, or #5705//#5715 PCI-X Tape/DASD
Controller.
7210-025 External DVD-RAM
7210-030 External DVD-RAM
7329-308 SLR100 ¼-inch Tape Autoloader
Note: If the 7210-020 is to be daisy-chained with another external device, this specify code
must not be present.
Note: If any of these devices are daisy-chained off another device, the #0162 specify must
not be present.

302
IBM System i5, eServer i5, and iSeries System Builder: IBM i5/OS Version 5 Release 4
External Storage

© Copyright IBM Corp. 1997 - 2006. All rights reserved.
303
CCIN
Cross Reference
Chapter 8.
Customer Card Identification
Numbers cross reference
8
The following list contains the Customer Card Identification Number (CCIN), feature code, for
many System i5 family features. It assists IBM Clients and personnel in configuring
Miscellaneous Equipment Specifications (MES) and upgrades. It provides a cross reference
for the CCIN number reported by the Hardware Resources Listing with a feature code used
for ordering.
The CCIN number is used when working from a Hardware Resource Listing. The Hardware
Resource Listing is also known as the Rack Configuration Listing. The entries selected are
those which are most useful when interpreting Hardware Resource Listings.
See Chapter 9, “Feature code cross reference” on page 323, for a list of CCIN numbers
sorted by feature code. The feature code is used by marketing to report configurations and
work with upgrades.

304
IBM System i5, eServer i5, and iSeries System Builder: IBM i5/OS Version 5 Release 4
Feature Code
Cross Reference
CCIN Feat.
code
Description
0047 0047 Device Parity RAID-6 All
0121 0121#0121 Lower Unit in Rack Specify
0122 0122#0122 Upper Unit in Rack Specify
0135 0135 Rear Cover - CEC only
0136 0136 Rear Cover - CEC with #7116
0145 0145 AIX Partition Specify
0150 0150 820 Base Processor
0151 0151 820 Base Processor
0152 0152 820 Base Processor
0165 0165 VHDCI Attachment
0226 0226 1 Gbps Ethernet Specify
0272 0272 Renovated by IBM
0290 0290 Ext Tape Attached via #5736,#5775
0297 0297 Model 250 Package - 2295
0298 0298 Model 250 Package - 2296
0299 0299 MES Conversion. Analysis for #5580,
#5581
0329 0329 V.24/EIA232 80-ft Cable
0330 0330 V.24/EIA232 20-ft Cable
0331 0331 V.24/EIA232 50-ft Cable
0332 0332 V.24/EIA232 20-ft Enh Cable
0333 0333 V.24/EIA232 50-ft Enh Cable
0334 0334 V.24/EIA232 80-ft Enh Cable
0335 0335 V.36/EIA449 20-ft Cable
0336 0336 V.36/EIA449 50-ft Cable
0337 0337 V.36/EIA449 150-ft Cable
0338 0338 V.35 20-ft Cable
0339 0339 V.35 50-ft Cable
0340 0340 V.35 80-ft Cable
0341 0341 X.21 20-ft Cable
0342 0342 X.21 50-ft Cable
0343 1460 3m Copper HSL Cable
0344 0344 20-ft Comm Console Cable
0348 0348 V.24/EIA232 20-ft PCI Cable
0349 0349 V.24/EIA232 50-ft PCI Cable
0350 0350 V.24/EIA232 20-ft E PCI Cable
0351 0351 V.24/EIA232 50-ft E PCI Cable
0352 0352 V.24/EIA232 80-ft E PCI Cable
0353 0353 V.35 20-ft PCI Cable
0354 0354 V.35 50-ft PCI Cable
0355 0355 V.35 80-ft PCI Cable
0356 0356 V.36 20-ft PCI Cable
0357 0357 V.36 50-ft PCI Cable
0358 0358 V.36 150-ft PCI Cable
0359 0359 X.21 20-ft PCI Cable
0360 0360 X.21 50-ft PCI Cable
0361 1461 6m Copper HSL Cable
0362 0362 Comm Console PCI Cable
0364 0364 Parallel Cable
0365 0365 V.24/EIA232 80-ft PCI Cable
0368 1462 15m Copper HSL Cable
0380 0380 Remote Control Panel Cable
0381 0381 Remote Control Panel Cable
0382 0382 Remote Control Panel Cable
0383 0383 Remote Control Panel Cable
0446 0426 512 MB Server Memory
0446 0446 512 MB DDR Server Memory
0446 9726 Base 512 MB Server Memory
0447 0427 1 GB Server Memory
0447 0447 1 GB DDR Server Memory
0448 0428 2 GB Server Memory
0448 0448 2 GB DDR Server Memory
0530 0530 Software Version V5R3
0531 0531#0531 i5/OS V5R3, V5R3M5 LIC
0532 0532 V5R4 OS, V5R4M0 LIC
0550 0550#0550 iSeries Rack - 830 Rack
0551 0551#0551 iSeries Rack - 270 Rack
0553 0553#0553 iSeries 2.0 m Rack
0599 0599 Rack filler kit
1307 1307 1.75 m HSL-2 Cable
1308 1308 2.5 m HSL-2Cable
1468 1468 250 m Optical SPCN Cable
1469 1468 4.3m/200V/25A HD Wired EMEA
1470 1470 6m HSL Optical Cable
1471 1471 30m HSL Optical Cable
1472 1472 100m HSL Optical Cable
1473 1473 250m HSL Optical Cable
1474 1474 6m HSL to HSL-2 Cable
1475 1475 10m HSL to HSL-2 Cable
1477 1477 200V 16A 14 Ft PDU Cord
1481 1481 1.2m HSL-2 Cable
1482 1482 3.5m HSL-2 Cable
1483 1483 10m HSL-2 Cable
1485 1485 15m HSL-2 Cable
1500 1500 Interactive Capacity Card
1501 1501 Interactive Capacity Card
1502 1502 Interactive Capacity Card
1503 1503 Interactive Capacity Card
1504 1504 Interactive Capacity Card
1505 1505 Interactive Capacity Card
1506 1506 Interactive Capacity Card
1507 1507 Interactive Capacity Card
1508 1508 Interactive Capacity Card
1509 1509 Interactive Capacity Card
1510 1510 Interactive Capacity Card
1511 1511 Interactive Capacity Card
1512 1512 Interactive Capacity Card
1513 1513 Interactive Capacity Card
1514 1514 Interactive Capacity Card
1516 1516 Interactive Capacity Card
1517 1517 Interactive Capacity Card
1518 1518 Interactive Capacity Card
1519 1519 Interactive Capacity Card
1520 1520 Interactive Capacity Card
1521 1521 Interactive Capacity Card
1522 1522 Interactive Capacity Card
1523 1523 Interactive Capacity Card
1524 1524 Interactive Capacity Card
1525 1525 Interactive Capacity Card
1526 1526 Interactive Capacity Card
1527 1527 Interactive Capacity Card
1531 1531 Interactive Capacity Card
1532 1532 Interactive Capacity Card
1533 1533 Interactive Capacity Card
1534 1534 Interactive Capacity Card
1535 1535 Interactive Capacity Card
CCIN Feat.
code
Description

Customer Card Identification Numbers cross reference
305
CCIN
Cross Reference
1536 1536 Interactive Capacity Card
1537 1537 Interactive Capacity Card
1540 1540 Interactive Capacity Card
1541 1541 Interactive Capacity Card
1542 1542 Interactive Capacity Card
1543 1543 Interactive Capacity Card
1544 1544 Interactive Capacity Card
1545 1545 Interactive Capacity Card
1546 1546 Interactive Capacity Card
1547 1547 Interactive Capacity Card
1548 1548 Interactive Capacity Card
1576 1576 Interactive Capacity Card
1577 1577 Interactive Capacity Card
1578 1578 Interactive Capacity Card
1579 1579 Interactive Capacity Card
1581 1581 Interactive Capacity Card
1583 1583 Interactive Capacity Card
1585 1585 Interactive Capacity Card
1587 1587 Interactive Capacity Card
1588 1588 Interactive Capacity Card
1591 1591 Interactive Capacity Card
1800 1800 HSL-2 Ports - 2 Copper
1801 1801 HSL-2 Ports - 2 Optical
1802 1802 IBT 2 port
1806 1806 HSL-2 Ports - 2 Copper
1807 1807 HSL-2 Ports - 2 Optical
2010 2010 1.6 SPPR CPU for Model 20S
2030 2030 0.7 SPPR CPU for Model 200
2031 2031 1.1 SPPR CPU for Model 200
2032 2032 1.6 SPPR CPU for Model 200
2040 2040 1.1 SPPR Processor
2041 2041 1.6 SPPR Processor
2042 2042 2.0 SPPR Processor
2043 2043 3.0 SPPR Processor
2044 2044 5.0 SPPR Processor
2050 2050 6.4 SPPR Processor
2051 2051 11.4 SPPR Processor
2052 2052 16.8 SPPR Processor
2058 4805 PCI Crypto Accelerator
2066 2066 Model 730 2-way Processor
2114 2114 External SCSI Y-Cable
2118 1850 VHDCI to P Converter Cable
2159 2159 Model 170 Processor
2160 2160 Model 170 Processor
2164 2164 Model 170 Processor
2176 2176 Model 170 Processor
2183 2183 Model 170 Processor
2207 2207 Model S40 8-way Processor
2208 2208 Model S40 12-way Processor
2248 2248 Model 270 Processor
2250 2250 Model 270 Processor
2252 2252 Model 270 Processor
2253 2253 Model 270 2-way Processor
2289 2289 Model 170 Processor
2290 2290 Model 170 Processor
2290 2298 Model 170 Processor Package 64 MB
2291 2291 Model 170 Processor
2291 2299 Model 170 Processor Package 64 MB
CCIN Feat.
code
Description
2292 2292 Model 170 Processor
2295 0297 Model 250 Package
2295 2295 Model 250 Processor
2296 0298 Model 250 Package
2296 2296 Model 250 Processor
2315 2315 Model SB2 8-way Processor
2316 2316 Model SB3 12-way Processor
2318 2318 Model SB3 24-way Processor
2341 2341 Model S40 ISV 12-way Processor
2349 2349 Model 830 4/8-way Processor
2351 2351 Model 830 1/8-way POD
2352 2352 Model 840 8/12-way POD
2353 2353 Model 840 12/18-way POD
2354 2354 Model 840 18/24-way POD
2383 2383 Model 170 Processor
2384 2384 Model 170 Processor
2385 2385 Model 170 Processor
2386 2386 Model 170 Processor
2388 2388 Model 170 2-way Processor
2395 2395 Model 820 Processor
2396 2396 Model 820 Processor
2397 2397 Model 820 2-way Processor
2398 2398 Model 820 4-way Processor
2400 2400 Model 830 2-way Processor
2402 2402 Model 830 4-way Processor
2403 2403 Model 830 8-way Processor
2407 2407 Dedicated Domino Processor
2408 2408 Dedicated Domino Processor
2409 2409 Dedicated Domino Processor (2-way)
2410 2410 100 Client Server Processor
2411 2411 3.0 SPPR Processor
2412 2412 6.1 SPPR Processor
2416 2416 Model 840 8/12-way POD
2417 2417 Model 840 12/18-way POD
2418 2418 Model 840 12-way Processor
2419 2419 Model 840 18/24-way POD
2420 2420 Model 840 24-way Processor
2422 2422 Dedicated Domino Processor
2423 2423 Dedicated Domino Processor
2424 1851 0.6m SCSI P-P Cable
2424 2424 Dedicated Domino 2-way Processor
2425 1852 2.5m SCSI P-P Cable
2425 2425 Dedicated Domino Processor
2426 2426 Dedicated Domino 2-way Processor
2427 2427 Dedicated Domino 4-way Processor
2431 2431 Model 270 Processor
2434 2434 Model 270 2-way Processor
2435 2435 Model 820 Processor
2436 2436 Model 820 Processor
2437 2437 Model 820 2-way Processor
2438 2438 Model 820 4-way Processor
2452 2452 Dedicated Domino Processor
2454 2454 Dedicated Domino 2-way Processor
2456 2456 Dedicated Domino Processor
2457 2457 Dedicated Domino 2-way Processor
2458 2458 Dedicated Domino 4-way Processor
2461 2461 Model 840 24-way Processor
2463 2463 Model 800 1-way Processor
CCIN Feat.
code
Description

306
IBM System i5, eServer i5, and iSeries System Builder: IBM i5/OS Version 5 Release 4
Feature Code
Cross Reference
2464 2464 Model 800 1-way Processor
2465 2465 Model 810 1-way Processor
2466 2466 Model 810 1-way Processor
2467 2467 Model 810 1-way Processor
2469 2469 Model 810 2-way Processor
2473 2473 Model 825 3/6-way Processor
2486 2486 Model 870 8/16-way Processor
2487 2487 Model 890 16/24-way Processor
2487 2497 Model 890 16/24-way Processor
2488 2488 Model 890 24/32-way Processor
2488 2498 Model 890 24/32-way Processor
2495 2495 Model 825 1/6-way Processor
2496 2496 Model 870 2/16-way Processor
2497 2497 Model 890 16/24-way Processor
2498 2498 Model 890 24/32-way Processor
2499 2499 Model 890 4/32-way Processor
2515 2515 C10 Floating Pt Processor
2516 2516 C20 Floating Pt Processor
2523 2523 D80 Processor
2525 2525 D02 Processor
2528 2528 16.8 SPPR CPU for Model F97
2530 2530 E04 Processor
2531 2413 E06 Processor
2533 2533 E20 Processor
2534 2534 E25 Processor
2536 2536 E35 Processor
2537 2537 E45 Processor
2539 2539 E02 Twinaxial
2540 2540 0.7 SPPR CPU for Model D35
2541 2541 D45 Processor
2542 2542 D50 Processor
2543 2543 D60 Processor
2544 2544 D70 Processor
2552 2552 C06 Processor
2553 2553 D06 Processor
2554 2554 D04 Processor
2555 2555 D10 Processor
2556 2556 D20 Processor
2557 2557 D25 Processor
2558 2558 C04 Processor 8 MB
2559 2559 E50 Processor
2560 2560 E60 Processor
2561 2561 E70 Sort Processor
2562 2562 E80 Sort Processor
2563 2563 E90 (2way) Sort
2568 2568 E95 (2way) Sort
2582 2582 F06 Processor
2583 2583 F25 Processor
2584 9584 ASCII Workstation Controller
2585 2414 F02 Processor
2585 9585 Twinaxial Workstation Controller
2586 2586 0.7 SPPR for F04
2587 2587 F10 Processor
2588 2588 F20 Processor
2591 2591 Ext. 1.44 GB Diskette Drive
2592 2592 F35 Processor
2593 2593 F45 Sort Processor
2594 2594 F50 Processor
CCIN Feat.
code
Description
2595 2595 F60 Sort Processor
2596 2596 F70 Processor 1-way
2597 2597 F80 Processor 2-way
2598 2598 F90 Processor 2-way
2600 2600 Magnetic Storage Controller
2601 2601 9346 Mag Tape Unit Controller
2602 2602 Processor Expansion
2602 2607 9348 Mag Tape Unit Attach
2604 2604 3422 3430 Mag Tape Subsys
2605 2605 ISDN Basic Rate Adapter
2608 2608 2440/9348 HCD Mag Tape Att
2609 2609 EIA 232/V.24 2-Line Adapt
2609 2654 EIA 232/V.24 2-Line 20E
2609 2655 EIA 232/V.24 2-Line 20
2609 2657 EIA 232/V.24 2-Line 50E
2609 2658 EIA 232/V.24 2-Line 50
2609 8863 EIA 232/V.24 2-Line 20E
2609 8866 EIA 232/V.24 2-Line 50E
2610 2610 X.21 2-Line Adapter
2610 2656 X.21 2-Line 20
2610 2659 X.21 2-Line 50
2611 2611 DASD Controller
2612 2612 EIA 232/V.24 1-Line Adapter
2612 9612 Standard EIA 232/V.24 1-Line/Ad
2613 2613 V.35 1-Line Adapter
2614 2614 X.21 1-Line Adapter
2617 2617 Ethernet/IEEE 802.3 CSMA/CD
2617 9617 Base Ethernet IOP
2618 2618 Fiber Distributed Data Adapt
2618 8664 Optional Base Fiber DD Intf
2619 2619 16/4 Mbps Token-Ring Adapter
2619 9619 Base 16/4 Mbps Token-Ring IOP
2620 2620 Cryptographic Processor
2621 2621 Removable Media Device Attach
2622 2622 3490 Magnetic Tape Attach
2623 2623 Six-Line Comm Controller
2623 9623 Standard Six Line Comm Controller
2624 2624 Storage Device Controller
2624 9624 Store Device Control Spec
2625 2625 Ethrnet/IEEE 802.3 CSMA/CD
2626 2626 16/4 Mbps Token-Ring Adapter/A
2628 2628 Cryptographic Processor-Comm
2629 2629 LAN/WAN/Workstation IOP
2630 8505 I/O Card Unit Conversion
2634 2634 16/4 Mbps Token-Ring Adapter
2636 2636 16/4 Mbps Token-Ring Adapter
2637 9144 ASCII Workstation Controller
2637 9147 Standard MFIOP/ASCII WSC
2637 9150 Standard MFIOP/ASCII WSC
2638 9146 Standard MFIOP/Twinaxial WSC
2644 2644 34xx Magnetic Tape Attachment
2647 2647 9348 Model 2 Tape Attachment
2651 9651 Storage Device Controller
2654 8609 EIA 232/V.24 2-Line
2654 9609 Standard EIA 232/V.24 2-line
2661 9148 Standard MFIOP/Twinaxial WSC
2661 9151 Standard MFIOP/Twinaxial WSC
2661 9172 Twinaxial MFIOP
CCIN Feat.
code
Description

Customer Card Identification Numbers cross reference
307
CCIN
Cross Reference
2663 2663 I/O Attachment Processor
2664 2664 Integrated Fax Adapter
2665 2665 Copper Dist Data Interface
2665 8665 Optional Base Shielded DD Intf
2666 2666 Frame Relay Adapter
2668 2668 AS/400 Wireless LAN Adapter
2669 2669 Shared Bus Interface Card
2670 2670 System Unit Expansion Tower (optical)
2671 2671 PCI Bus IOP
2672 2672 PCI Bus IOP
2673 2673 Optical Bus Adapter
2673 9673 Standard Optical Bus Adapter
2674 2674 Optical Bus Adapter
2680 2680 Optical Bus Receiver (266 Mbps)
2682 2682 Opitcal Bus Receiver (1063 Mbps)
2683 2683 266 Mbps OptiConnect Receiver
2685 2685 1063 Mbps OptiConnect Receive
2686 2686 Optical Link Processor (266 Mbps)
2688 2688 Optical Link Processor (1063 Mbps)
2691 2691 Optical Bus Adapt w/Token Ring
2691 9691#9691 Base Bus Adapter HSL Copper
2692 2692 Optional Bus Adapt w/Ethernet
2693 2693 Optional Bus Adapt w/Token Ring
2694 2694 Optional Bus Adapt w/Ethernet
2695 2695 Optical Bus Adapter
2696 9696 Base Optical Bus Adapter
2699 2699 2-Line WAN IOA
2699 9699 Base 2-Line WAN IOA
2705 2705 M1 Filler Tray
2706 2706 M2 Terminator Tray
2713 2713 SPD I/O Regulator
2715 2715 Processor/Memory Regulator
2718 2718 PCI Magnetic Media Controller
2720 2720 PCI WAN/Twinaxial IOA
2720 9720 Base PCI WAN/Twinaxial IOA
2721 2721 PCI 2-Line WAN IOA
2721 9721 Base PCI 2-Line WAN IOA
2722 2722 PCI Twinaxial Workstation IOA
2723 2723 PCI Ethernet IOA
2723 4723 PCI 10 Mbps Ethernet IOA
2723 9723 Base Ethernet IOA
2724 2724 PCI 16/4 Mbps Token-Ring IOA
2724 9724 Base 16/4 Mbps Token-Ring IOA
2726 2726 PCI RAID Disk Unit Controller
2728 9728 Base PCI Disk Unit Controller
2729 2729 PCI Magnetic Media Controller
2730 2730 Programmable Regulator
2732 2732 PCI Serial HIPPI Adapter
2732 9732 Base HSL Ports - 8 Copper
2732 9733 Base HSL Ports - 8 Copper
2735 2735 Optical Bus Adapter
2736 2736 Optical Bus Adapter
2737 2737 PCI USB 1.1 Adapter
2737 9737 Base HSL Ports - 16 Copper
2738 2738 HSL Ports - 8 Copper
2739 2739 Optical Bus Adapter
2739 9739 Base Optical Bus Adapter
2740 2740 PCI RAID Disk Unit Controller
CCIN Feat.
code
Description
2740 9740 Base PCI RAID Disk Unit Controller
2741 2741 PCI RAID Disk Unit Controller
2742 0613 Linux Direct Attach-2742
2742 2742 PCI 2-Line WAN IOA
2743 0601 Linux Direct Attach-2743
2743 2743 PCI 1 Gbps Ethernet IOA
2744 0603 Linux Direct Attach-2744
2744 2744 PCI 100 Mbps Token-Ring IOA
2745 0398 Operations Console Package
2745 0608 Linux Direct Attach-4745
2745 2745 PCI 2-Line WAN IOA
2745 4745 PCI 2-Line WAN IOA
2745 9745 Base PCI 2-Line WAN IOA
2746 2746 PCI Twinaxial Workstation IOA
2746 4746 PCI Twinaxial Workstation IOA
2746 9746 Base PCI Twinaxial Workstation IOA
2748 0605 Linux Direct Attach-4748
2748 2748 PCI RAID Disk Unit Controller
2748 4748 PCI RAID Disk Unit Controller
2748 9748 Base PCI Disk Unit Controller
2749 2749 PCI Ultra Mag Media Controller
2750 2750 PCI ISDN BRI U IOA
2750 4750#4750 PCI ISDN BRI U IOA
2751 2751 PCI ISDN BRI S/T IOA
2751 4751 PCI ISDN BRI S/T IOA
2754 2754 HSL Ports - 8 Copper
2754 2777 HSL Ports - 8 Copper
2754 9752 Base HSL Ports - 8 Copper
2754 9777 Base HSL Ports - 8 Copper
2755 2755 HSL Ports -16 Copper
2755 9755 Base HSL Ports -16 Copper
2757 0618 Linux Direct Attach-2757
2757 2757 PCI-X Ultra RAID Disk Ctrl
2758 2758 HSL Ports - 2 Optical/ 6 Copper
2758 2774 HSL Ports - 2 Optical/ 6 Copper
2758 9758 Base HSL Ports - 2 Optical/6 Cop
2758 9774 Base HSL Ports - 2 Optical/6 Cop
2759 2759 HSL Ports - 4 Optical/12 Copper
2759 9759 Base HSL Ports-4 Optical/12 Cop
2760 0602 Linux Direct Attach-2760
2760 2760 PCI 1 Gbps Ethernet UTP IOA
2761 2761 PCI Integrated Analog Modem
2761 4761 PCI Integrated Analog Modem
2763 0604 Linux Direct Attach-2763
2763 2763 PCI RAID Disk Unit Controller
2765 0611 Direct Attach 2765
2765 2765 PCI Fibre Channel Tape Controller
2766 0612 Linux Direct Attach-2766
2766 2766 PCI Fibre Channel Disk Controller
2767 9767 Base PCI Disk Unit Controller
2768 2768 PCI Magnetic Media Controller
2771 9771 Base PCI 2-Line WAN w/Modem
2772 0609 Linux Direct Attach - #2772
2772 0610 Linux Direct Attach - #2773
2772 2772 PCI Dual WAN/Modem IOA
2772 2773 PCI Dual WAN/Modem IOA (ANSI)
2773 0610 Linux Direct Attach - #2773
2776 2776 HSL-2 Ports - 8 Copper
CCIN Feat.
code
Description

308
IBM System i5, eServer i5, and iSeries System Builder: IBM i5/OS Version 5 Release 4
Feature Code
Cross Reference
2778 0606 Linux Direct Attach-4778
2778 2778 PCI RAID Disk Unit Controller
2778 4778 PCI RAID Disk Unit Controller
2778 9778 Base PCI RAID Disk Unit Controller
2780 0627 Linux Direct Attach-2780
2780 2780 PCI Ultra 4 SCSI Disk Ctrl
2782 0619 Linux Direct Attach-2782
2782 2782 PCI-X RAID Disk Unit Controller
2785 2785 HSL-2 Ports - 2 Copper
2785 9785 Base HSL-2 Ports - 2 Copper
2786 2786 HSL Ports - 2 Optical
2786 9786 Base HSL Ports - 2 Optical
2787 0626 Linux Direct Attach-2787
2788 2788 HSL Ports - 8 Optical
2789 2789 HSL Ports - 4 Optical
2789 9789 Base HSL Ports - 4 Optical
2793 0614 Linux Direct Attach-2793
2793 0615 Linux Direct Attach-2794
2793 2793 PCI 2-Line WAN w/Modem
2793 2794 PCI 2-Line WAN w/Modem (CIM)
2793 6803 PCI WAN for ECS
2793 6804 PCI WAN for ECS (CIM)
2793 9493 Base PCI WAN for ECS
2793 9494 Base PCI WAN for ECS (CIM
2793 9793 Base PCI 2-Line WAN w/Modem
2793 9794 Base PCI 2-Line WAN w/Modem
2794 0615 Linux Direct Attach - #2794
2799 2799#2799 PCI Integrated xSeries Server
2800 9800 Internal Disk Unit (640 MB)
2801 2801 1.96 GB Internal Disk Unit
2801 9801 Internal Disk Unit (1 GB)
2802 2802 2.0 GB Internal Disk Unit
2802 9802 Standard 2.0 GB Int Disk Unit
2805 0616 Linux Direct Attach-2805
2805 0617 Linux Direct Attach-2806
2805 2805 PCI Quad Modem IOA
2805 2806 PCI Quad Modem IOA (CIM)
2806 0617 Linux Direct Attach -0617 (CIM)
2806 2806 PCI Quad Modem IOA(CIM)
2809 2809 PCI LAN/WAN/Workstation IOP
2810 2810 LAN/WAN IOP
2811 2811 PCI 25 Mbps UTP ATM
2812 2812 PCI 45 Mbps Coax T3/DS3 ATM
2813 2813 PCI 155 Mbps MMF ATM
2813 2814 PCI 100 Mbps MMF ATM
2815 2815 PCI 155 Mbps UTP OC3 ATM
2815 4815 PCI 155 Mbps UTP OC3 ATM
2816 2816 PCI 155 Mbps MMF ATM
2816 4816 PCI 155 Mbps MMF ATM
2817 2817 PCI 155 Mbps MMF ATM
2818 2818 PCI 155 Mbps SMF OC3 ATM
2818 4818 PCI 155 Mbps SMF OC3 ATM
2819 2819 PCI 34 Mbps Coax E3 ATM
2824 2824 PCI LAN/WAN/Workstation IOP
2830 2830 Main Storage Expansion
2838 0607 Linux Direct Attach-4838
2838 2838 PCI 100/10 Mbps Ethernet IOA
2838 4838 PCI 100/10 Mbps Ethernet IOA
CCIN Feat.
code
Description
2838 9738 Base PCI 100/10 Mbps Ethernet
2842 0636 Graphics Adapter (GXT4500P)
2842 2842 PCI IOP
2843 2843 PCI IOP
2843 9943 Base PCI IOP
2844 2844 PCI IOP
2844 9844 Base PCI IOP
2847 2847 Fibre Channel IOP for SAN load source
2849 0623 Linux Direct Attach-2849
2849 0633 LANAI+ (GXT 135P)
2849 2849 PCI 100/10 Mbps Ethernet IOA
2849 9749 Base PCI 100/10 Ethernet IOA
2850 2850 Integrated PC Server 32 MB
2850 2851 PCI Integrated PC Server
2850 2852 PCI Integrated PC Server
2850 2854 PCI Integrated PC Server
2850 2857 PCI Integrated PC Server
2850 2858 FSIOA 128 MB Memory Keyboard
Mouse
2850 2865 PCI Integ Netfinity Server
2850 2866 PCI Integ Netfinity Server
2850 2868 PCI Integ Netfinity Server
2853 2853 3450 0.66m system to device cable
2855 2855 3450 1.2m system to device cable
2856 2856 3450 1.2m system to device cable
2860 2860 16 MB IOP Memory
2861 1855 4-port EIA 232 Cable
2861 2861 32 MB IOP Memory
2862 2862 128 MB IOP Memory
2863 2863 Cable, Artic960HX
2864 2864 Cable, Artic960HX
2867 2867 256 MB IOP Memory
2877 2877 Cable H.100 BUS
2881 2881 Main Storage Expansion
2884 2884 Main Storage Expansion
2886 2886 Optical Bus Adapter
2886 9886 Base Optical Bus Adapter
2887 2887 HSL-2 Bus Adapter
2887 9887 Base HSL-2 Bus Adapter
2888 2888 HSL-2/RIO-G Ports - 2 Copper
2890 2790 PCI Integrated Netfinity Server
2890 2791 PCI Integrated xSeries Server
2890 2799 PCI Integ xSeries Server
2890 2890 PCI Integ Netfinity Server
2890 2891 PCI Integ xSeries Server
2890 2899 PCI Integ xSeries Server
2892 2792 PCI Integrated xSeries Server
2892 2892 PCI Integ xSeries Server
2892 4710#4710 PCI Integrated xSeries Server
2892 4810#4810 PCI Integrated xSeries Server
2892 9792 Base PCI Integ xSeries Server
2895 2795 128 MB Server Memory
2895 2895 128 MB Server Memory
2896 2796 256 MB Server Memory
2896 2896 256 MB Server Memory
2897 2797 1 GB Server Memory
2897 2897 1 GB Server Memory
2934 2934 Async Term/Printer Cable
CCIN Feat.
code
Description

Customer Card Identification Numbers cross reference
309
CCIN
Cross Reference
2936 2936 Async Modem Cable-EIA232/188
2943 2943 8-port EIA232/422 Adapter
2944 0634 128-port ASYNC Adapter
2946 2946 622 MBS ADM Fiber Adpt
2947 2947 Artic960HX Adpt
2951 2951 Hermosa cable EIA232
2952 2952 Hermosa cable V.35
2953 2953 Hermosa V.36
2953 2954 Hermosa cable X.21
2962 0635 SDLC/X.25 - 2-port Adapter
3001 3001 32 MB Main Storage
3002 3000 Migrated 128 MB Main Storage
3002 3002 128 MB Main Storage
3002 3062 128 MB Main Storage
3003 3003 256 MB Main Storage
3005 3005 512 MB Main Storage
3005 3065 512 MB Main Storage
3006 3006 512 MB Main Storage
3006 3066 512 MB Main Storage
3007 3007 1 GB Main Storage
3007 3067 1 GB Main Storage
3009 3009 128 MB Main Storage
3015 3015 8 GB Main Storage
3016 3016 8 GB Main Storage
3017 3017 32 GB Main Storage
3018 3018 32 GB Main Storage
3020 3020 4 GB Main Storage
3021 3021 4 GB Main Storage
3022 3022 128 MB Main Storage
3024 3024 256 MB Main Storage
3025 3025 512 MB Main Storage
3026 3026 512 MB Main Storage
3027 3027 1 GB Main Storage
3029 3029 128 MB Main Storage
3032 3032 256 MB Main Storage
3033 3033 512 MB Main Storage
3034 3034 1 GB Main Storage
3035 3035 16 GB Main Storage
3036 3036 16 GB Main Storage
3037 3037 64 GB Main Storage PDIMM
3038 3038 64 GB Main Storage PDIMM
3042 3042 256 MB Main Storage
3043 3043 512 MB Main Storage
3044 3044 1024 MB Main Storage
3045 3045 1024 MB Main Storage
3046 3046 2048 MB Main Storage
3054 3054 4 MB Additional Main Storage
3055 3055 8 MB Additional Main Storage
3060 3060 16 MB Additional Main Storage
3061 3061 16 MB Additional Main Storage
3092 3092 256 MB Main Storage
3093 3093 512 MB Main Storage
3094 3094 1024 MB Main Storage
3095 3095 1024 MB Main Storage
3096 3096 2048 MB Main Storage
3100 3100 16 MB Main Storage
3101 3101 32 MB Main Storage
3102 3102 16 MB Main Storage
CCIN Feat.
code
Description
3103 3103 32 MB Main Storage
3103 4103 32 MB Main Storage
3104 3104 64 MB Main Storage
3104 4204 64 MB Main Storage
3104 9304 Standard 64 MB Main Storage
3108 3108 8 MB Main Storage
3109 3109 32 MB Main Storage
3110 3110 64 MB Main Storage
3110 8210 Optional 64 MB Main Storage
3110 9110 Standard 64 MB Main Storage
3116 3116 MFIOP Storage Expansion
3117 3117 8 MB Main Storage
3117 4117 8 MB Main Storage SIMM
3118 3118 16 MB Main Storage
3118 4118 16 MB Main Storage SIMM
3119 3119 8 MB Main Storage
3120 3120 8 MB Main Storage
3120 4120 8 MB Main Storage
3121 3121 8 MB Main Storage
3121 4121 8 MB Main Storage
3122 3122 32 MB Main Storage
3122 4122 32 MB Main Storage
3124 1873 Dwr to Dwr Serial Cable
3125 1874 Rack to Rack Serial Cable
3130 3130 32 MB Main Storage
3131 3131 64 MB Main Storage
3131 9231 Optional Base 64 MB Main Storage
3132 3132 128 MB Main Storage
3132 9232 Optional Base 128 MB Main Storage
3133 3133 64 MB Main Storage
3133 4133 64 MB Main Storage
3134 3134 128 MB Main Storage
3134 4134 128 MB Main Storage
3134 9234 Standard 128 MB Main Storage
3135 3135 256 MB Main Storage
3135 4135 256 MB Main Storage
3135 7135 Optional 256 MB Main Storage
3135 8135 Optional Base 256 MB Main Storage
3136 3136 256 MB Main Storage
3136 4136 256 MB Main Storage
3138 3138 64 MB Main Storage
3138 4138 64 MB Main Storage
3140 3140 8 MB Main Storage
3141 3141 16 MB Main Storage
3142 3142 32 MB Main Storage
3144 3144 8 MB Main Storage
3144 4144 8 MB Main Storage
3145 3145 16 MB Main Storage
3145 4145 16 MB Main Storage
3146 3146 32 MB Main Storage
3146 4146 32 MB Main Storage
3147 3147 32 MB Main Storage
3147 4147 32 MB Main Storage
3149 3149 128 MB Main Storage
3149 4149 128 MB Main Storage
3152 3152 32 MB Main Storage
3152 9252 Standard 32 MB Main Storage
3153 3153 64 MB Main Storage
CCIN Feat.
code
Description

310
IBM System i5, eServer i5, and iSeries System Builder: IBM i5/OS Version 5 Release 4
Feature Code
Cross Reference
3153 8253 Optional Base 64 MB Main Storage
3154 3154 128 MB Main Storage
3154 8254 Optional Base 128 MB Main Storage
3154 9254 Standard 128 MB Main Storage
3155 3155 256 MB Main Storage
3155 7255 Optional Base 256 MB Main Storage
3155 8255 Optional Base 256 MB Main Storage
3156 3156 64 MB Main Storage
3156 4156 64 MB Main Storage
3156 8156 Optional Base 64 MB Main Storage
3156 9156 Standard 64 MB Main Storage
3157 3157 128 MB Main Storage
3157 4157 128 MB Main Storage
3157 7157 Optional Base 128 MB Main Storage
3157 8157 Optional Base 128 MB Main Storage
3158 3158 256 MB Main Storage
3158 4158 256 MB Main Storage
3158 7158 Optional Base 256 MB Main Storage
3158 8158 Optional Base 256 MB Main Storage
3159 3159 8 MB Main Storage
3159 9159 Standard 8 MB Main Storage
3160 3160 16 MB Main Storage
3160 8160 Optional Addtl 16 MB Main Storage
3160 9160 Standard 16 MB (2 SIMM)
3161 3161 32 MB Main Storage
3161 4161 32 MB Main Storage
3161 9161 Standard 32 MB Main Storage
3162 3162 128 MB Main Storage
3162 9262 Standard 128 MB Main Storage
3163 3163 256 MB Main Storage
3163 7263 Optional Base 256 MB Main Storage
3163 9263 Standard 256 MB Main Storage
3164 3164 512 MB Main Storage
3164 7264 Optional Base 512 MB Main Storage
3164 8264 Optional Base 512 MB Main Storage
3165 3165 1024 MB Main Storage
3165 7265 Optional Base 1024 MB Main Storage
3165 8265 Optional Base 512 MB Main Storage
3166 3166 256 MB Main Storage
3166 7266 Optional Base 256 MB Main Storage
3166 9266 Standard 256 MB Main Storage
3172 3172 32 MB Main Storage (2 SIMMs)
3172 3182 32 MB Main Storage
3172 4172 32 MB Main Storage
3172 8172 Delt Price 32 MB
3172 9272 Standard 32 MB Main Storage
3172 9282 Standard 32 MB Main Storage
3179 3179 256 MB Main Storage
3179 9179 Base 256 MB Main Storage
3180 3180 512 MB Main Storage
3180 8180 Optional Base 512 MB Main Storage
3184 3184 32 MB Main Storage
3184 9184 Standard 32 MB Main Storage
3185 3185 64 MB Main Storage
3185 8185 Optional Base 64 MB Main Storage
3185 9185 Standard 64 MB Main Storage
3186 3186 128 MB Main Storage
3186 7186 Optional Base 128 MB Main Storage
CCIN Feat.
code
Description
3186 8186 Optional Base 128 MB Main Storage
3187 3187 256 MB Main Storage
3187 7187 Optional Base 256 MB Main Storage
3187 8187 Optional Base 256 MB Main Storage
3189 3189 128 MB Main Storage
3190 3190 256 MB Main Storage
3190 9190 Base 256 MB Main Storage
3191 3191 512 MB Main Storage
3191 8191 Optional Base 512 MB Main Storage
3192 3192 1024 MB Main Storage
3192 8192 Optional Base 1024 MB Main Storage
3193 3193 2048 MB Main Storage
3193 8193 Optional Base 2048 MB Main Storage
3195 3195 4096 MB Main Storage
3196 3196 8192 MB Main Storage
3197 3197 1024 MB Main Storage
3198 3198 2048 MB Main Storage
3273 1893 36.4 GB 10k rpm Disk Unit
3274 1894 73.4 GB 10k rpm Disk Unit
3275 1895 146.8 GB 10k rpm Disk Unit
3277 1896 36.4 GB 15k rpm Disk Unit
3278 1897 73.4 GB 15k rpm Disk Unit
3279 1898 146.8 GB Disk Unit
3612 3612 1024 MB Main Storage
3613 3613 2048 MB Main Storage
3614 3614 4096 MB Main Storage
3628 3628 Black P260/P275 Color
3636 1876 L200 Flat Panel Monitor
3637 3637 T541H/L150PTFT Color
3638 3638 Black C220P Color Monitor
3639 3639 Black L170P TFT Display
3641 3641 T115 TFT 15" Color Display
3643 3643 T120 TFT 20" Color Display
3644 3644 T119 TFT 19" Color Display
3645 3645 T117 TFT 17" Color Display
3925 1875 Serial Port Converter Cable
4010 4010 4 MB Write Cache
4011 4011 8 MB Data Store
4012 4012 32 MB Data Store
4104 4104 4 MB Main Storage
4104 9904 4 MB Main Storage
4114 4114 4 MB Main Storage Expansion
4263 4263 Direct Attach Tape Cables
4326 4326 35.16 GB 15k rpm Disk Unit
4326 7508 Quantity 150 of #4326
4327 4327 70.56 GB 15k rpm Disk Unit
4327 7509 Quantity 150 of #4327
4328 4328 141.12 GB15k rpm Disk Unit
4328 7510 Quantity 150 of #4328
4332 4332 Fibre Channel Loop Ctlr
4690 4690 Rack Status Beacon Assem
4691 4691 Rack Status Beacon Cable
4692 4692 Junction Box Cable
4693 4693 Rack Beacon Junction box
4758 4800 PCI Crypto Coprocessor
4758 4801 PCI Crypto Coprocessor
4758 4802 PCI Crypto Coprocessor
4764 4806 PCI-X Cryptographic Coprocessor
CCIN Feat.
code
Description

Customer Card Identification Numbers cross reference
311
CCIN
Cross Reference
4812 4811#4811 PCI Integrated xSeries Server
4812 4812#4812 PCI Integrated xSeries Server
4812 4813#4813 PCI Integrated xSeries Server
4953 4953 155 MBps ATM UTP Adapter
4957 4957 155 MBps ATM Fiber Adapter
4959 4959 4/16 Token ring adpt/
4960 4960 Crypto SSL HW Accelerator
4961 0637 100/10 Mbps 4-port Ethernet Adapter
4961 4961 240V, 6ft, 30A Line Cord
4962 4962 Ethernet/LAN Encryption
4963 4963 Cryptographic Coprocessor
5033 5033#5033 Migration Tower I
5034 5034#5034 Migration Tower I
5035 5035#5035 Migration Tower I
5052 8052 Optional 16 Disk Unit Expansion
5066 0565#5065 Equivalent
5066 5066 1.8 M I/O Tower
5078 0578 PCI Expansion Unit in Rack
5078 5078 PCI Expansion Unit
5079 0574#5074 Equivalent
5079 5079 1.8 M I/O Tower
5088 0588 PCI-X Expansion Unit in Rack
5088 5088 PCI-X Expansion Unit
5094 0694#5094 Equivalent
5094 5094 PCI-X Expansion Tower
5095 0595 PCI-X Tower Unit in Rack
5097 5097 1.8M I/O Rack
5111 5111#5111 30 Disk Expansion with Dual
Line Cord
5121 5121 Power Regulator Card
5130 5130 Tower Attach Power (RISC)
5133 5133 Feature Power Supply
5133 5134 Feature Power Supply
5135 5135 Feature Power Supply
5136 5136 Feature Power Supply
5140 5140 Regulator
5141 5141 3.6V I/O Regulator
5142 5142 Tower Attach Power
5143 5143 Feature Power Supply (400W)
5144 5144 BBU External (Optional)
5145 5145 BBU Internal (Optional)
5146 5146 Redundant Power (Bulk Reg)
5147 5147 Feature Power - 560W
5148 5148 Addtnl Battery Backup Internal
5149 5149 Redundant Power (Bulk Reg)
5150 5150 Battery Backup (External)
5151 5151 Power Supply (650 Watts)
5152 5152 Feature Power Supply (500W)
5153 5153 Redundant Power Supplies
5156 5156#5156 Redundant Power and Cooling
5157 5157#5157 Feature Power Supply
5159 5159 850 W Power Supply
5160 5160#5160 Power Distribution Unit
5161 5161#5161 Power Distribution Unit
5162 5162#5162 Power Distribution Unit
5163 5163 Power Dist Unit 3 Phase PDU
5228 8954 Model 520 1-way Processor
5229 5229 Model 520 2-way Processor
CCIN Feat.
code
Description
5229 8955 Model 520 2-way Processor
5237 8958 Model 550 1/4-way Processor
5700 0620 Linux Direct Attach-5700
5700 5700#5700 PCI 1 Gbps Ethernet IOA
5700 6800 PCI 1 Gbps Ethernet IOA
5701 0621 Linux Direct Attach-5701
5701 5701 PCI 1 Gbps Ethernet UTP IOA
5701 6801 PCI 1 Gbps Ethernet UTP IOA
5702 0624 Linux Direct Attach-5702
5702 0645 Direct Attach 5712
5702 5702#5702 PCI-X Ultra Tape Controller
5702 5705#5705 PCI-X Tape/DASD Controller
5702 5712 Ultra320 SCSI
5702 5715 PCI-X Tape/DASD Controller
5703 0628 Linux Direct Attach-5703
5703 5703 PCI-X RAID Disk Controller
5704 0625 Linux Direct Attach-5704
5706 0643 Linux Direct Attach-5706
5706 5706 10/100/1000 Mbps Ethernet Fiber
5706 5706 Dual Port Gigabit Ethernet
5707 0644 Linux Direct Attach-5707
5707 5707 10/100/1000 Mbps Ethernet UTP
5707 5707 PCI 1 Gbps Ethrnt 2- port
5708 5580 RAID Disk Unit Controller 2780
with auxiliary Write Cache
5708 5581 RAID Disk Unit Controller 2757
with auxiliary Write Cache
5709 5709 Ultra320 SCSI Raid
5716 0646 Directect Attach 5716
5718 5718 10 GB Ethernet (Fiber)
5727 9510 Base Integrated Cache - 40 MB
6001 6001 SPCN Power Cable - 2 m
6006 6006 SPCN Power Cable - 3 m
6007 6007 SPCN Power Cable - 15 m
6008 6008 SPCN Power Cable - 6 m
6029 6029 SPCN Power Cable - 30 m
6040 6040 Twinaxial Workstation Controller
6041 6041 ASCII Workstation Controller
6050 6050 Twinaxial Workstation Controller
6050 9050 Base Twinaxial Workstation Controller
6053 9053 Standard Twinaxial WSC Specify
6054 6054 Local Talk Controller
6054 8054 LocalTalk Adapter
6054 9054 Standard LocalTalk Controller
6068 6068 Opt Front Door for 1.8m Rack
6080 7841 Ruggedize Rack Pack
6100 6100 Disk Unit (315 MB)
6100 9100 315 MB Disk Unit Relocation
6102 9102 Standard 320 MB Disk Unit
6103 6103 Single Disk Unit (400 MB)
6103 9103 Standard 400 MB Disk Unit
6104 6126 Base DASD Replace (988 MB)
6104 7840 Side-by-side for 1.8m Racks
6104 9104 Standard 988 MB Disk Unit
6105 1105 Single Disk Unit (320 MB) Kit
6105 1200 Single Disk Unit (320 MB) Kit
6105 6105 Single Disk Unit (320 MB)
6105 6108 Additional Dual Disk (640 MB)
CCIN Feat.
code
Description

312
IBM System i5, eServer i5, and iSeries System Builder: IBM i5/OS Version 5 Release 4
Feature Code
Cross Reference
6105 9106 Standard Dual Disk (640 MB)
6107 1107 Single Disk Unit (400 MB) Kit
6107 1201 Single Disk Unit (400 MB) Kit
6107 6107 Single Disk Unit (400 MB)
6107 6120 Dual Disk Unit (800 MB)
6107 6121 Additional Dual Disk (800 MB)
6107 9120 Standard Dual Disk (800 MB)
6109 1109 Single Disk Unit (988 MB) Kit
6109 1202 Single Disk Unit (988 MB) Kit
6109 1210 Additional Disk Unit (988 MB)
6109 6109 Single Disk Unit (988 MB)
6109 6123 Additional Dual Disk (1976 MB)
6109 6124 Base DASD Upgrade (1976 MB)
6109 6125 Base DASD Replace (988 MB)
6109 6127 Base DASD Replace (1976 MB)
6109 8123 Dual Disk Unit (1976 MB)
6109 9109 Standard 988 MB Disk Unit Spec
6110 6110 Magnetic Storage Dev Controller
6110 8110 Standard Mag Storage Controller
6111 6111 Magnetic Storage Dev Controller
6111 8111 Standard Mag Storage Controller
6112 6112 Magnetic Storage Device Controller
6120 1889 80 GB VXA-2 Tape Drive
6122 9122 Standard 851 MB Disk Unit (RPQ)
6134 6134 60 GB 8 mm Tape Unit
6140 6140 Twinaxial Workstation Controller
6140 9140 Twinaxial Workstation Control
6141 6141 ASCII Workstation Controller
6141 9141 ASCII Workstation Control
6146 6146 Diskette Adapter
6147 6147 Diskette Adapter
6148 6148 8-Port Twinaxial Expansion
6149 6149 16/4 Mbps Token-Ring IOA
6149 9249 Base 16/4 Mbps Token-Ring IOA
6150 6150 Three-Line Communication Controller
6151 6151 X.21 1-Line 20
6151 6171 X.21 1-Line 50
6152 6152 EIA 232/V.24 Adapter
6152 6154 EIA 232/V.24 1-Line 20E
6152 6155 EIA 232/V.24 1-Line 20
6152 6174 EIA 232/V.24 1-Line 50E
6152 6175 EIA 232/V.24 1-Line 50
6152 9862 EIA 232/V.24 1-Line 20E
6152 9865 EIA 232/V.24 1-Line50E
6153 6153 V.35 1-Line (20-ft Cable)
6153 6173 V.35 1-Line (50-ft Cable)
6160 6160 Token-Ring Network Adapter
6180 6180 Twinaxial Workstation IOA
6180 9280 Base Twinaxial WSC
6181 6181 Ethernet/IEEE 802.3 IOA
6181 9381 Base Ethernet/IEEE 802.3 IOA
6183 6183 6 port ASCII IOA
6202 6203 PCI Ultra3 SCSI Adapter
6204 6204 Differential SCSI Adapter
6230 0638 SSA (40 MBps) Adapter
6231 0639 128 MB DIMM & CD-ROM
6235 0640 Fast Write Cache Option
6246 6246 1.8m Rack Trim Kit
CCIN Feat.
code
Description
6258 6258 36 GB 4 mm Tape Unit
6312 6312 Quad Digital Trunk Adapter
6320 9520 Standard CD-ROM
6321 4425 CD-ROM
6321 4525 CD-ROM
6321 4625 CD-ROM
6321 6325 CD-ROM
6321 6425 CD-ROM
6330 4430 DVD-RAM
6330 4530 DVD-RAM
6330 4630 DVD-RAM
6331 5751 DVD-RAM
6333 4533 DVD-RAM
6333 4633 DVD
6333 5752 DVD-RAM
6335 1262 840 MB QIC-3040-MC
6335 1335 6335 External Conversion Kit
6335 6335 840 MB QIC-mini Tape Unit
6335 6365 840 MB QIC-mini Tape External
6336 4431 DVD-ROM
6336 4531 DVD-ROM
6336 4631 DVD-ROM
6337 2640 DVD-ROM Slimline Drive
6337 5750 DVD-ROM - Slim Line
6340 6340 13 GB QIC mini Tape Unit
6341 6341 120 MB ¼-in Cartridge Tape
6341 9341 Standard 120 MB ¼-inch Tape
6342 6342 525 MB ¼-inch Cartridge Tape
6342 8342 525 MB ¼-inch Cartridge Tape
6342 9342 Standard 525 MB ¼-inch Tape
6343 5343 Base Tape Replace (1.2 GB)
6343 6343 1.2 GB ¼-inch Cartridge Tape
6343 7343 1.2 GB ¼-inch Cartridge Tape
6343 8343 1.2 GB ¼-inch Cartridge Tape
6343 9343 Standard 1.2 GB ¼-inch Tape
6344 6344 2.5 GB ¼-in Cartridge Tape
6344 7344 2.5 GB ¼-in Cartridge Tape
6344 8344 2.5 GB ¼-inch Cartridge Tape
6345 6345 13 GB ¼-in Cartridge Tape
6345 8345 13 GB ¼-inch Cartridge Tape
6346 6346 120 MB ¼-in Cartridge Tape
6347 6347 525 MB ¼-in Cartridge Tape
6347 7347 Base Tape Upgrade (525 MB)
6347 8347 525 MB ¼-inch Cartridge Tape
6347 9347 Standard 525 MB ¼-inch Tape
6348 5348 Base Tape Replace (1.2 GB)
6348 6348 1.2 GB ¼-in Cartridge Tape
6348 7348 1.2 GB ¼-in Cartridge Tape
6348 8348 1.2 GB ¼-inch Cartridge Tape
6348 9348 Standard 1.2 GB ¼-inch-inch Tape
6349 5349 Base Tape Replace (2.5 GB)
6349 6349 2.5 GB ¼-in Cartridge Tape
6349 7349 2.5 GB ¼-in Cartridge Tape
6349 8349 2.5 GB ¼-in Cartridge Tape
6350 6350 13 GB ¼-in Cartridge Tape
6366 6366 120 MB ¼-in Cartridge Tape
6366 6367 525 MB ¼-in Cartridge Tape
6368 6368 1.2 GB ¼-inch Cartridge Tape
CCIN Feat.
code
Description

Customer Card Identification Numbers cross reference
313
CCIN
Cross Reference
6369 6369 2.5 GB ¼-inch Cartridge Tape
6370 6370 13 GB ¼-in Cartridge Tape
6378 1250 525 MB ¼-inch Tape Kit
6378 1378 525 MB ¼-inch Cart Tape Kit
6379 1251 1.2 GB ¼-inch Tape Kit
6379 1349 1.2 GB ¼-inch Tape Kit
6379 1379 1.2 GB ¼-inch Cart Tape Kit
6380 1252 2.5 GB ¼-inch Tape Kit
6380 1260 2.5 GB ¼-inch Tape
6380 1350™ 2.5 GB ¼-inch Tape Kit
6380 1380 2.5 GB ¼-inch Cart Tape Kit
6380 6380 2.5 GB ¼-inch Cartridge Tape
6380 6480 2.5 GB ¼-inch Cart Tape
6380 9380 2.5 GB ¼-inch Cart Tape
6385 1355 13.0 GB ¼-inch Tape Kit
6385 6385 13 GB ¼-inch Cartridge Tape
6385 6485 13 GB ¼-inch Cartridge Tape
6387 4487 50 GB ¼-inch Cartridge Tape Device
6387 4587 50 GB ¼-inch Cartridge Tape Device
6390 1261 7.0 GB 8 mm Cart Tape
6390 1360 7.0 GB 8 mm Cartridge Tape Kit
6390 6390 7 GB 8 mm Cartridge Tape Unit
6390 6490 7 GB 8 mm Cartridge Tape
6500 6500 Disk Controller
6501 6501 Tape/Disk Device Controller
6502 6502 Disk Unit Controller for RAID
6502 6522 Disk Unit Cntrlr for RAID
6506 6516 16 MB One-Port FSIOP
6506 6517 32 MB One-Port FSIOP
6506 6518 48 MB One-Port FSIOP
6506 6519 64 MB One-Port FSIOP
6506 6526 16 MB 2-Port FSIOP
6506 6527 32 MB 2-Port FSIOP
6506 6528 48 MB 2-Port FSIOP
6506 6529 64 MB 2-Port FSIOP
6506 8716 Optional 16 MB 1-Port FSIOP
6506 8717 Optional 32 MB 1-Port FSIOP
6506 8718 Optional 48 MB 1-Port FSIOP
6506 8719 Optional 64 MB 1-Port FSIOP
6506 8726 Optional 16 MB 2-Port FSIOP
6506 8727 Optional 32 MB 2-Port FSIOP
6506 8728 Optional 48 MB 2-Port FSIOP
6506 8729 Optional 64 MB 2-Port FSIOP
6509 6509 Additional 16 MB FSIOP Memory
6512 6512 Disk Unit Controller for RAID
6513 6513 Internal Tape Device Controller
6517 9517 Standard File Server 32 MB 1 Port
6520 6520 Upgrade 1 to 2 Port FSIOP
6529 9529 Standard File Server 64 MB 2 Port
6530 6523 Disk Unit Controller
6530 6530 Storage Device Controller
6532 6532 RAID Disk Unit Controller
6533 6533 RAID Disk Unit Controller
6534 6534 Magnetic Media Controller
6535 6536 SSA Disk Unit Controller
6535 6537 SSA RAID Disk Unit Controller
6580 6580 Optional Rack Security Kit
6586 6586 Modem Tray for 19-Inch Rack
CCIN Feat.
code
Description
6587 6587 Model 520 Rear Cover
6601 6601 Single Disk Unit (1031 MB)
6601 6701 Base Disk Replace (1.0 GB)
6601 9601 Standard 1.0 GB Disk Unit
6602 1203 Single Disk Unit (1031 MB) Kit
6602 1211 Additional Disk Unit (1.031 GB)
6602 1213 Standard Disk Unit (1.031 GB, 2 byte)
6602 1312 1-byte 1.03 GB Disk Unit Kit
6602 1322 2-byte 1.03 GB Disk Unit Kit
6602 1602 Single Disk Unit Kit (1.03 GB)
6602 4211 Addt Disk Unit (1.031 GB)
6602 4652 Single Disk Unit (1031 MB)
6602 6602 Single Disk Unit (1031 MB)
6602 6612 Dual Disk Unit (2.0 GB)
6602 6652 Additional Disk Unit (1.03 GB)
6602 6802 Base Disk Replacement (1.0 GB)
6602 6812 Base Disk Replacement (2.0 GB)
6602 8612 Base 2.0 GB Dual Disk Unit
6602 9602 Standard 1.0 GB Disk Unit
6602 9652 Standard Disk Unit (1.031 GB, 2 byte)
6603 1204 Single Disk Unit (1967 MB) Kit
6603 1212 Additional Disk Unit (1967 MB)
6603 1214 Optional Base Disk Unit (1.967 GB, 2b)
6603 1313 1-byte 1.96 GB Disk Unit Kit
6603 1323 2-byte 1.96 GB Disk Unit Kit
6603 1603 Single Disk Unit Kit (1.96 GB
6603 4212 Addt Disk Unit (1967 MB)
6603 4650 Additional Disk Unit (1.967 GB, reg)
6603 6603 Single Disk Unit (1967 MB)
6603 6613 Dual Disk Unit (4 GB)
6603 6650 Additional Disk Unit (1.96 GB)
6603 7613 Base DASD Replace (3934 MB)
6603 8613 Base DASD Upgrade (3934 MB)
6603 8650 Optional Disk Unit (1.967 GB, 2 byte)
6605 1205 Additional 1.031 GB Disk Unit
6605 1325 2-byte 1.03 GB Disk Unit Kit
6605 4205 Addt Disk Unit (1.031 GB)
6605 4605 Addt Disk Unit (1.031 GB, reg)
6605 6605 1.03 GB Disk Unit
6605 9605 Standard 1.031 Disk Unit
6605 9705 Standard 1.031 Disk Unit regulated
6606 1206 Additional 1.967 GB Disk Unit
6606 1326 2-byte 1.96 GB Disk Unit Kit
6606 1336 2-byte 1.96 GB Disk Unit Kit
6606 4206 Addt Disk Unit (1.967 GB)
6606 4606 Single Disk Unit (1967 MB)
6606 6606 1.96 GB Disk Unit
6606 6806 1.96 GB Disk Unit
6606 6906 1.96 GB Disk Unit
6606 8606 Single Disk Unit (1967 MB)
6606 8706 Optional Base Disk Unit (1.967 GB)
6606 9606 Base 1.96 GB Disk Unit
6607 1207 Additional 4.194 GB Disk Unit
6607 1327 2-byte 4.19 GB Disk Unit Kit
6607 1337 2-byte 4.19 GB Disk Unit Kit
6607 4207 Addt Disk Unit (4.194 GB)
6607 4308 4.19 GB Disk Unit
6607 4607 Addt Disk Unit (4.194 GB, reg)
CCIN Feat.
code
Description

314
IBM System i5, eServer i5, and iSeries System Builder: IBM i5/OS Version 5 Release 4
Feature Code
Cross Reference
6607 6607 4.19 GB Disk Unit
6607 6807 4.19 GB Disk Unit
6607 6907 4.19 GB Disk Unit
6607 7607 Optional Base 4.19 GB Disk Unit
6607 8607 Optional Base DASD (4.194 GB, reg)
6607 8707 Optional Base Disk Unit (4.194 GB)
6607 9707 Base 4.19 GB Disk Unit
6607 9907 Base 4.19 GB Disk Unit
6616 6616 Integrated PC Server
6617 6617 Integrated PC Server
6617 6618 Integrated Netfinity Server
6713 1333 2-byte 8.58 GB Disk Unit Kit
6713 4314 8.58 GB Disk Unit
6713 6713 8.58 GB Disk Unit
6713 6813 8.58 GB Disk Unit
6713 7500 Quantity 150 of #4314
6713 7713 Optional Base 8.58 GB Disk Unit
6713 8713 Optional Base 8.58 GB Disk Unit
6713 8813 Optional Base 8.58 GB Disk Unit
6713 9313 Base 8.58 GB Disk Unit
6714 1334 2-byte 17.54 GB Disk Unit Kit
6714 4324 17.54 GB Disk Unit
6714 6714 17.54 GB Disk Unit
6714 6824 17.54 GB Disk Unit
6714 7503 Quantity 150 of #4324
6714 8714 Optional Base 17.54 GB Disk Unit
6714 8824 Optional Base 17.54 GB Disk Unit
6714 8924 Optional Base 17.54 GB Disk Unit
6717 4317 8.58 GB 10k rpm Disk Unit
6717 6717 8.58 GB 10k rpm Disk Unit
6717 6817 8.58 GB 10k rpm Disk Unit
6717 7501 Quantity 150 of #4317
6717 8617 Optional Base 8.58 GB 10k rpm Disk
6717 8817 Optional Base 8.58 GB 10k rpm Disk
6717 8917 Optional Base 8.58 GB 10k rpm Disk
6718 4318 17.54 GB 10k rpm Disk Unit
6718 6718 17.54 GB 10k rpm Disk Unit
6718 6818 17.54 GB 10k rpm Disk Unit
6718 7502 Quantity 150 of #4318
6718 8618 Optional Base 17 GB 10k rpm Disk
6718 8818 Optional Base 17 GB 10k rpm Disk
6718 8918 Optional Base 17 GB 10k rpm Disk
6719 4319 35.16 GB 10k rpm Disk Unit
6719 7504 Quantity 150 of #4319
6731 4331 1.6 GB Read Cache Device
6731 6831 1.6 GB Read Cache Device
6750 6750 MFIOP
6751 9751 Base MFIOP with RAID
6752 6752 MFIOP
6753 6753 MFIOP
6753 9753 Base MFIOP
6754 9754 Base MFIOP with RAID
6831 6831 1.6 GB Read Cache Device
6863 6863 System i5 Slim-Line Doors
6864 6864 System i5 Acoustic Doors
7000 9000 Panel Keylock Feature
7104 7104 System Unit Expansion
7116 9116 High Performance CD Enable
CCIN Feat.
code
Description
7117 9117 Expansion Unit 1
7126 9126 Standard Mixed Disk Enabler
7128 7128#7128 DASD Expansion Unit
7130 7130#7130 Expansion Unit Tape Cage
7147 7147 Value Edition for #09XX
7180 7180 Acoustic Front Door
7181 7181 Easy-Access Front Cover
7182 7182 520 Rack Mount
7183 7183 550 Rack Mount
7188 7188 Power Disk Unit - Side Mount
7194 7194 Easy-Access Front Cover
7197 7197 570 Front Bezel
7198 7198 Adjustable Depth Rack Rails
7199 7199 Acoustic Front Door
7256 7256 520 Enterprise Enablement
7257 7257 550 Enterprise Enablement
7258 7258 570 Full Enterprise Enable
7259 7259 595 Full Enterprise Enable
7260 7260 570 Enterprise Enablement
7261 7261 595 Enterprise Enablement
7307 7307 Dual I/O Unit Enclosure
7320 7320 520 One Processor Activation
7323 7323 550 One Processor Activation
7337 7373 HA Edition for #0906
7341 7341 550 On/Off Proc Day Billing
7354 7354 Accelerator for System i5
7355 7355 Accelerator for System i5
7357 7357 Accelerator for System i5
7366 7366 Solution Edition for #0906
7390 7390 Model 520 Value/Express Edition
7391 7391 Model 520 Value/Express Edition
7391 7393 Model 520 Value/Express Edition
7392 7392 Model 520 Value/Express Edition
7392 7394 Model 520 Value/Express Edition
7395 7395 Model 520 Value/Express Edition
7396 7396 Model 520 Value/Express Edition
7397 7397 Model 520 Value/Express Edition
7400 7400 Model 800 Value Edition
7404 7404 Model 810 Standard Edition
7404 7404 Package Feature
7406 7406 Model 810 Enterprise Edition
7406 7406 Package Feature
7407 7407 Model 810 Standard/Domino Edition
7408 7408 Model 800 Advanced Edition
7409 7409 Model 810 Enterprise Edition
7410 7410 Model 810 Standard/Domino Edition
7412 7412 Model 810 Enterprise Edition
7416 7416 Model 825 Standard/Domino Edition
7418 7418 Model 825 Enterprise Edition
7418 7434 Model 825 High Availability Edition
7419 7419 Model 870 Standard Edition
7421 7421 Model 870 Enterprise Edition
7421 7436 Model 870 High Availability Edition
7422 7422 Model 890 Standard Edition
7424 7424 Model 890 Enterprise Edition
7424 7437 Model 890 High Availability Edition
7425 7425 Model 890 Standard Edition
7427 7427 Model 890 Enterprise Edition
CCIN Feat.
code
Description

Customer Card Identification Numbers cross reference
315
CCIN
Cross Reference
7427 7438 Model 890 High Availability Edition
7428 7428 Model 810 Standard/Domino Edition
7429 7429 Model 520 Express Config
7430 7430 Model 810 Enterprise Edition
7431 7431 Model 870 Standard Edition
7433 7433 Model 870 Enterprise Edition
7433 7435 Model 870 High Availability Edition
7439 7439 Model 870 Capacity BackUp Edition
7440 7440 Model 870 Capacity BackUp Edition
7441 7441 Model 890 Capacity BackUp Edition
7445 7445 Model 810 High Availability Edition
7446 7446 Model 810 High Availability Edition
7447 7447 Model 810 High Availability Edition
7448 7448 Model 810 High Availability Edition
7450 7411 Model 520 Express Config
7450 7413 Model 520 Express Config
7450 7417 Model 520 Express Config
7450 7450 Model 520 Value/Express Edition
7451 7414 Model 520 Express Config
7451 7420 Model 520 Express Config
7451 7451 Model 520 Value/Express Edition
7452 7452 Model 520 Value/Express Edition
7452 7552 Model 520 High Availability Edition
7453 7453 Model 520 Enterprise Edition
7454 7454 Model 520 Standard Edition
7455 7455 Model 520 Enterprise Edition
7456 7456 Model 520 Standard Edition
7457 7457 Model 520 Enterprise Edition
7458 7458 Model 520 Standard Edition
7459 7459 Model 520 Enterprise Edition
7462 7462 Model 550 Standard Edition
7463 7463 Model 550 Enterprise Edition
7469 7469 Model 570 0/4-way Standard Edition
7470 7470 Model 570 0/4-way Enterprise Edition
7471 7471 Model 570 0/8-way Standard Edition
7472 7472 Model 570 0/8-way Enterprise Edition
7473 7473 Model 570 0/12-way Standard Edition
7474 7474 Model 570 0/12-way Enterprise Edition
7475 7475 Model 570 0/16-way Standard Edition
7476 7476 Model 570 0/16-way Enterprise Edition
7480 7480 Standard Edition for 8966
7481 7481 Enterprise Edition for 8966
7481 7580 HA Edition for #0940
7482 7482 Standard Edition for 8966
7483 7483 Enterprise Edition for 8966
7483 7581 HA Edition for #0941
7484 7484 Model 59 32/48-way Standard Edition
7485 7485 Model 595 32/48-way Enterprise
Edition
7486 7486 Standard Edition for 8966
7487 7487 Enterprise Edition for 8966
7487 7583 HA Edition for #0943
7488 7488 Model 570 0/2-way Standard Edition
7489 7489 Model 570 0/2-way Enterprise Edition
7490 7490 Model 570 0/2-way Standard Edition
7491 7491 Model 570 0/2-way Enterprise Edition
7494 7494 Model 570 2/4-way Standard Edition
7495 7495 Model 570 2/4-way Enterprise Edition
CCIN Feat.
code
Description
7496 7496 Model 595 8/16-way Standard Edition
7497 7497 Model 595 8/16-way Enterprise Edition
7498 7498 Model 59 16/32-way Standard Edition
7499 7499 Model 595 16/32-way Enterprise
Edition
7530 7530 Model 5501/4-way Domino
7531 7531 Model 5501/4-way Solution E1
7532 7532 Model 5501/4-way CRM (Clear Tech
w/Domino)
7533 7533 Model 5501/4-way SAP 2-way
7534 7534 Model 5501/4-way SAP 4-way
7541 7541 Model 520 Solution Edition
7553 7553 Model 520 High Availability Edition
7554 7554 Model 520 High Availability Edition
7555 7555 Model 520 High Availability Edition
7558 7558 Model 5501/4-way Solution
7559 7559 Model 570 Hig